As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 3, 2019
Securities Act File No. 333-______
Investment Company Act File No. 811-22437
 
United States
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-2


☒ Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933
☐ Pre-Effective Amendment No.
   ☐ Post-Effective Amendment No.
and/or
☒ Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940
☒ Amendment No. 5
 

GUGGENHEIM TAXABLE MUNICIPAL MANAGED DURATION TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)


227 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (312) 827-0100

Amy J. Lee
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC
227 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)



Copies to:
Michael K. Hoffman, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Kevin T. Hardy, Esq.
 Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
155 North Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Approximate date of proposed public offering: From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box .  .  .  . ☒
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
☐    When declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).
If appropriate, check the following box:
☐    This [post-effective] amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed [post-effective amendment] [registration statement].
☐    This form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is  ______.

 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Title of Securities Being Registered
 
 
Amount Being Registered
Proposed Maximum Offering Price
Per Share
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price
 
Amount of Registration
Fee
Common Shares, $0.01 par value
(1)
(2)
$1,000,000(3)
$121.20(4)
 
 

(1)
There are being registered hereunder a presently indeterminate number of common shares to be offered on an immediate, continuous or delayed basis.
(2)
The proposed maximum offering price per share will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale by the Registrant of the common shares registered under this registration statement.
(3)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(4)
Paid herewith.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 
The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject To Completion, dated September 3, 2019
 
PROSPECTUS
 
$[ ]
Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust
Common Shares
Investment Objectives. Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust (the “Trust”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Trust’s investment objective is to provide current income with a secondary objective of long-term capital appreciation. The Trust cannot assure investors that it will achieve its investment objectives.
Investment Strategy. The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of taxable municipal securities. Under normal market conditions, the Trust invests at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined herein) in taxable municipal securities, including Build America Bonds (“BABs”), which qualify for federal subsidy payments under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “Act”). Additionally, under normal market conditions, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than taxable municipal securities, including tax-exempt municipal securities, from which interest income is exempt from regular federal income tax (sometimes referred to as “tax-exempt municipal securities”), asset-backed securities (“ABS”), senior loans and other income-producing securities. Under normal market conditions, the Trust invests at least 80% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are investment grade quality. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are below investment grade quality. The Trust does not invest more than 25% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities in any one state of origin or more than 15% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are illiquid.
(continued on following page)
Offering. The Trust may offer, from time to time, up to $[ ] aggregate initial offering price of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Shares”), in one or more offerings in amounts, at prices and on terms set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus (each a “Prospectus Supplement”). You should read this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement carefully before you decide to invest in the Common Shares.
The Trust may offer Common Shares (1) directly to one or more purchasers, (2) through agents that the Trust may designate from time to time or (3) to or through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to a particular offering of Common Shares will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of Common Shares, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Trust and agents or underwriters or among underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The Trust may not sell Common Shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this Prospectus and a Prospectus Supplement. See “Plan of Distribution.”
Investing in the Trust’s Common Shares involves certain risks. The Trust intends to utilize leverage, which is subject to numerous risks. An investment in the Trust is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. See “Risks” beginning on page [ ] of this Prospectus. Certain of these risks are summarized in “Prospectus Summary—Special Risk Considerations” beginning on page [ ] of this Prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information contained in this Prospectus before making a decision to purchase the Trust’s Common Shares.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Prospectus dated , 2019
 

Adviser. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as the Trust’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the Trust’s investment sub-adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”). Guggenheim Partners is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundation insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners with the supervision of more than $270 billion of assets as of June 30, 2019. Guggenheim Partners is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe, and Asia. The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are referred to herein collectively as the “Adviser.”
Financial Leverage. The Trust may employ leverage through (i) the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper (collectively, “Indebtedness”), (ii) engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, (iii) investments in inverse floating rate securities, which have the economic effect of leverage and (iv) the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) (collectively “Financial Leverage”). The Trust has no current intention to issue Preferred Shares. The Trust may utilize Financial Leverage up to the imposed by the 1940 Act. The Adviser anticipates that the use of Financial Leverage will result in higher income to holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) over time; however there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. The rights of Common Shareholders will be subordinate to any Financial Leverage of the Trust. The costs associated with the issuance and use of Financial Leverage will be borne by Common Shareholders, which will result in a reduction of net asset value of the Common Shares. Under current market conditions, the Trust expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, such that the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed 33 1/3% of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage). The Trust has entered into a committed facility agreement with Société Générale S.A., pursuant to which the Trust may borrow up to $125 million. As of May 31, 2019, there was approximately $44.5 in borrowings outstanding under the committed facility agreement, representing approximately 9% of the Trust’s Managed Assets as of such date, and there was approximately $56.2 million in reverse repurchase agreements outstanding, representing approximately 11% of the Trust’s Managed Assets as of such date. In addition, the Trust may engage in certain derivative transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Trust to make payments, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, in which case the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Trust’s Financial Leverage. The Trust’s total Financial Leverage may vary significantly over time based on the Adviser’s assessment of market conditions, available investment opportunities and cost of Financial Leverage. Although the use of Financial Leverage by the Trust may create an opportunity for increased total return for the Common Shares, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. Financial Leverage involves risks and special considerations for shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and market price of and dividends on the Common Shares. To the extent the Trust increases its amount of Financial Leverage outstanding, it will be more exposed to these risks. The cost of Financial Leverage, including the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, is borne by Common Shareholders. To the extent the Trust increases its amount of Financial Leverage outstanding, the Trust’s annual expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares will increase. See “Use of Financial Leverage.”
Common Shares. The Trust’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus, will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GBAB.” The net asset value of the Common Shares at the close of business on August 26, 2019 was $23.32 per share, and the last reported sale price of the Common Shares on the NYSE on such date was $25.13, representing a premium to net asset value of 7.76%. See “Market and Net Asset Value Information.”
You should read this Prospectus, which contains important information about the Trust, together with any Prospectus Supplement, before deciding whether to invest, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated , 2019, containing additional information about the Trust, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, the table of contents of which is on page [ ] of this Prospectus, or request other information about the Trust (including the Trust’s annual and semi-annual reports) or make shareholder inquiries by
ii

calling (800) 345-7999 or by writing the Trust, or you may obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Trust) from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Free copies of the Trust’s reports and the SAI will also be available from the Trust’s website at www.guggenheiminvestments.com/gbab. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, the Trust’s website is not part of this Prospectus.
The Trust’s Common Shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
*  * *
Beginning on January 1, 2021, paper copies of the Trust’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website address to access the report.
If you already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change, and you need not take any action. At any time, you may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from the Trust electronically by contacting your financial intermediary or, if you are a registered shareholder and your shares are held with the Trust’s transfer agent, Computershare, you may log into your Investor Center account at www.computershare.com/investor and go to “Communication Preferences” or call 1-866-488-3559.
You may elect to receive paper copies of all future shareholder reports free of charge. If you invest through a financial intermediary, you can contact your financial intermediary to request that you continue to receive paper copies of your shareholder reports; if you invest directly with the Trust, you may call Computershare at 1-866-488-3559. Your election to receive reports in paper form will apply to all funds held in your account with your financial intermediary or, if you invest directly, to all closed-end funds you hold.
 
iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Page
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
1
SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES
21
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
23
SENIOR SECURITIES AND OTHER FINANCIAL LEVERAGE
25
THE TRUST
26
USE OF PROCEEDS
26
MARKET AND NET ASSET VALUE INFORMATION
26
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
27
THE TRUST’S INVESTMENTS
29
USE OF FINANCIAL LEVERAGE
38
RISKS
42
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
55
NET ASSET VALUE
58
DISTRIBUTIONS
58
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
60
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE
61
ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE TRUST’S GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
63
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
64
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND
64
TAX MATTERS
65
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION  69
CUSTODIAN, ADMINISTRATOR, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND-DISBURSING AGENT  71
LEGAL MATTERS  71
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  71
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION  71
PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST  72
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION  73
 
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus and any accompanying Prospectus Supplement. The Trust has not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Trust is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this Prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this Prospectus. The Trust’s business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Prospectus contains or incorporates by reference forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the federal securities laws, that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements describe the Trust’s plans, strategies, and goals and the Trust’s beliefs and assumptions concerning future economic and other conditions and the outlook for the Trust, based on currently available information. In this Prospectus, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “objectives,” “goals,” “future,” “intends,” “seeks,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” and similar expressions are used in an effort to identify forward-looking statements, although some forward-looking statements may be expressed differently. The Trust is not entitled to the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
iv

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This is only a summary of information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Shares”). You should carefully read the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplements, especially the information set forth under the headings “Investment Objectives and Policies” and “Risks.” You may also wish to request a copy of the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information, dated , 2019 (the “SAI”), which contains additional information about the Trust.
 
The Trust
Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust (the “Trust”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company.
 
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as the Trust’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the Trust’s investment sub-adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”). The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are referred to herein collectively as the “Adviser.”
   
The Offering
The Trust may offer, from time to time, up to $[ ] aggregate initial offering price of Common Shares, on terms to be determined at the time of the offering. The Trust will offer Common Shares at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus (each a “Prospectus Supplement”).
 
The Trust may offer Common Shares (1) directly to one or more purchasers, (2) through agents that the Trust may designate from time to time, or (3) to or through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to a particular offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of Common Shares, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Trust and agents or underwriters or among underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The Trust may not sell Common Shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this Prospectus and a Prospectus Supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of Common Shares. See “Plan of Distribution.”
   
Use of Proceeds
Unless otherwise specified in a Prospectus Supplement, the Trust intends to invest the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objectives and policies as stated herein. It is currently anticipated that the Trust will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objectives and policies within three months after the completion of any such offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in cash, cash equivalents or other securities, including U.S. Government securities or high quality, short-term debt securities. The Trust may also use the proceeds for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses, although the Trust currently has no intent to issue Common Shares primarily for these purposes.
   
Investment Objectives and Strategy
The Trust’s investment objective is to provide current income with a secondary objective of long-term capital appreciation. The Trust cannot assure investors that it will achieve its investment objectives. The Trust’s
 
1

 
investment objectives are considered fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of the Common Shares (the “Common Shareholders”).
 
The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of taxable municipal securities, including Build America Bonds (“BABs”).
   
Investment Policies
Under normal market conditions:
·    The Trust invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in taxable municipal securities, including BABs.
·    The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets (as defined herein) in securities other than taxable municipal securities, including tax-exempt municipal securities, asset-backed securities, senior loans and other income producing securities.
·    The Trust will not invest more than 25% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities of any one state of origin.
·    The Trust will not invest more than 15% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are illiquid.
Credit Quality. Under normal market conditions, the Trust invests at least 80% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are investment grade quality. A security is considered investment grade quality if, at the time of investment, it is rated within the four highest letter grades by at least one of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) (that is Baa3 or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or BBB- or better by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”)) that rate such security, even if it is rated lower by another, or if it is unrated by any NRSRO but judged to be of comparable quality by the Adviser.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are rated below investment grade (that is below Baa3 by Moody’s or below BBB- by S&P or Fitch) or are unrated by any NRSRO but judged to be of comparable quality by the Adviser. If NRSROs assign different ratings to the same security, the Trust will use the highest rating for purposes of determining the security’s credit quality. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” See “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
Duration Management Strategy. “Duration” is a measure of the price volatility of a security as a result of changes in market rates of interest, based on the weighted average timing of a security’s expected principal and interest payments. There is no limit on the remaining maturity or duration of any individual security in which the Trust may invest, nor will the Trust’s portfolio be managed to any duration benchmark prior to taking into account the duration management strategy discussed herein.
 
The Trust intends to employ investment and trading strategies to seek to maintain the leverage-adjusted portfolio duration to generally less than 10 years. As of May 31, 2019, the Trust’s duration was approximately six years. The Adviser may seek to manage the duration of the Trust’s portfolio through the use of derivative instruments, including U.S. treasury swaps, credit default swaps, total return swaps and futures contracts to reduce the overall volatility of the Trust’s portfolio to changes in market interest rates. For example, the
 
2

  Adviser may seek to manage the overall duration through the combination of the sale of interest-rate swaps on the long end of the yield curve (for example a transaction in which the Trust would pay a fixed interest rate on a 30 year swap transaction) with the purchase of an interest-rate swap on the intermediate portion of the yield curve (for example a transaction in which the Trust would receive a fixed interest rate on a ten year swap transaction). In addition, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than taxable municipal securities, which may consist of short-duration fixed-income securities, which may help to decrease the overall duration of the Trust’s portfolio while also potentially adding incremental yield. The Adviser anticipates focusing such investments in ABS, senior loans and high-yield fixed-income securities, although the types of short-duration fixed-income securities in which the Trust may invest may vary significantly over time. The Adviser may seek to manage the Trust’s duration in a flexible and opportunistic manner based primarily on then current market conditions and interest rate levels. The Trust may incur costs in implementing the duration management strategy, but such strategy will seek to reduce the volatility of the Trust’s portfolio. There can be no assurance that the Adviser’s duration management strategy will be successful at any given time in managing the duration of the Trust’s portfolio or helping the Trust to achieve its investment objectives.
 
Investment Funds. As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to securities in which it may invest directly by investing up to 20% of its Managed Assets in other investment companies, including U.S. registered investment companies and/or other U.S. or foreign pooled investment vehicles (collectively, “Investment Funds”). Investment Funds do not include structured finance investments, such as asset-backed securities. To the extent that the Trust invests in Investment Funds that invest at least 80% of their total assets in taxable municipal securities, such investment will be counted for purposes of the Trust’s policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in taxable municipal securities. Investments in other Investment Funds involve operating expenses and fees at the Investment Funds level that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Trust and are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders.
 
Synthetic Investments. As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to investments in which the Trust may invest directly through the use of derivative instruments (including swaps, options, forwards, notional principal contracts or customized derivative or financial instruments) to replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an investment in which the Trust may invest directly. The Trust may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Adviser use derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Trust’s investment strategies, including counterparty risk, lack of liquidity in such derivative instruments and additional expenses associated with using such derivative instruments. To the extent that the Trust obtains indirect investment exposure to taxable municipal securities through the use of the foregoing derivative instruments with economic characteristics similar to taxable municipal securities, such investments will be counted for purposes of the Trust’s policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in taxable municipal securities. The Trust has not adopted any percentage limitation with respect to the overall percentage of investment exposure to taxable municipal securities that the Trust may obtain through the use of derivative instruments.
 
Strategic Transactions. In addition to those derivatives transactions utilized in connection with the Trust’s duration management strategy, the Trust may, but
 
3

 
is not required to, use various portfolio strategies, including derivatives transactions involving interest rate and foreign currency transactions, swaps, options and futures (“Strategic Transactions”), to earn income, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks. In the course of pursuing Strategic Transactions, the Trust may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, instruments or equity and fixed-income indices, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, and enter into swap, cap, floor or collar transactions. In addition, Strategic Transactions may also include new techniques, instruments or strategies that are developed or permitted as regulatory changes occur. Successful use of Strategic Transactions depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly market movements, which cannot be assured. Losses on Strategic Transactions may reduce the Trust’s net asset value and its ability to pay distributions if they are not offset by gains on portfolio positions being hedged. See “Investment Objectives and Policies—Strategic Transactions” in this Prospectus and “Investment Objectives and Policies—Derivative Instruments” in the SAI.
 
Other Investment Practices. The Trust may engage in certain investment transactions described herein. The Trust may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities. The Trust may enter into transactions on a “when issued” or “delayed delivery” basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved. The Trust may lend portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions and enter into short sales and repurchase agreements. The Trust may, without limitation, seek to obtain market exposure to the securities in which it primarily invests by entering into a series of purchase and sale contracts or by using similar investment techniques (such as buy backs or dollar rolls). See “Investment Objectives and Policies—Certain Other Investment Practices.”
 
These policies may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board of Trustees”), but no change is anticipated. If the Trust’s policy with respect to investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in taxable municipal securities changes, the Trust will provide shareholders at least 60 days’ prior notice before implementation of the change.
   
Special Tax Considerations
The Trust has elected to be treated as, and intends to continue to qualify for taxation as, a regulated investment company (“RIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For so long as the Trust so qualifies, it will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income or gains that it timely distributes to its shareholders. The Trust primarily invests in taxable municipal securities whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax. Thus, dividends with respect to the Common Shares will generally be taxable as ordinary income for U.S. federal income tax purposes (except in the case of capital gain dividends). See “Tax Matters.”
 
Financial Leverage
The Trust may employ leverage through (i) the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper (collectively, “Indebtedness”), (ii) engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, (iii) investments in inverse floating rate securities, which have the economic effect of leverage, and (iv) the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) (collectively “Financial Leverage”).
 
The Trust may utilize leverage up to the limits imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). Under the 1940 Act the Trust may
 
4

 
not incur Indebtedness if, immediately after incurring such Indebtedness, the Trust would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 300% (i.e., for every dollar of Indebtedness outstanding, the Trust is required to have at least three dollars of assets). Under the 1940 Act, the Trust may not issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after issuance, the Trust would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 200% (i.e., for every dollar of Preferred Shares outstanding, the Trust is required to have at least two dollars of assets). However, under current market conditions, the Trust currently expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or reverse repurchase agreements, such that the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed 33 1/3 % of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) (or 50% of net assets). The Trust has entered a committed facility agreement with Société Générale S.A., pursuant to which the Trust may borrow up to $125 million. As of May 31, 2019, there was approximately $44.5 in borrowings outstanding under the committed facility agreement, representing approximately 9% of the Trust’s Managed Assets as of such date, and there was approximately $56.2 million in reverse repurchase agreements outstanding, representing approximately 11% of the Trust’s Managed Assets as of such date.
 
Although the use of Financial Leverage by the Trust may create an opportunity for increased total return for the Common Shares, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. Financial Leverage involves risks and special considerations for shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and market price of and dividends on the Common Share. To the extent the Trust increases its amount of Financial Leverage outstanding, it will be more exposed to these risks. The cost of Financial Leverage, including the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, is borne by Common Shareholders. To the extent the Trust increases its amount of Financial Leverage outstanding, the Trust’s annual expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares will increase.
 
With respect to leverage incurred through investments in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). As a result of such segregation, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act and the Trust’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will not be limited by the 1940 Act. However, the Trust’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will be included when calculating the Trust’s Financial Leverage and therefore will be limited by the Trust’s maximum overall Financial Leverage levels approved by the Board of Trustees and may be further limited by the availability of cash or liquid securities to earmark or segregate in connection with such transactions.
 
In addition, the Trust may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Trust to make payments, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Trust under the terms of such transactions or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with
 
5

 
applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. As a result of such segregation or cover, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act and will not be included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Trust’s Financial Leverage. To the extent that the Trust’s obligations under such transactions are not so segregated or covered, such obligations may be considered “senior securities representing indebtedness” under the 1940 Act and therefore subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement described above and other requirements of the 1940 Act.
 
The Adviser anticipates that the use of Financial Leverage may result in higher total return to the Common Shareholders over time; however, there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. The costs associated with the issuance of Financial Leverage will be borne by Common Shareholders, which will result in a reduction of net asset value of the Common Shares. The fee paid to the Adviser will be calculated on the basis of the Trust’s Managed Assets, including proceeds from Financial Leverage, so the fees paid to the Adviser will be higher when Financial Leverage is utilized.
 
Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. The maximum level of and types of Financial Leverage used by the Trust will be approved by the Board of Trustees. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or, if utilized, will be successful. See “Risks—Financial Leverage Risk.”
   
Temporary Defensive Investments
During periods in which the Adviser believes that changes in economic, financial or political conditions make it advisable to maintain a temporary defensive posture (an Investments “temporary defensive period”), or in order to keep the Trust’s cash fully invested, including the period during which the net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares are being invested, the Trust may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in money market instruments and repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments. The Trust may not achieve its investment objectives during a temporary defensive period or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels. See “The Trust’s Investments—Temporary Defensive Investments.”
   
Management of the Trust
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC acts as the Trust’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Trust (the “Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser is responsible for the management of the Trust and administers the affairs of the Trust to the extent requested by the Board of Trustees. As compensation for its services, the Trust pays the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 0.60% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.
 
“Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the proceeds of any Financial Leverage (whether or not these assets are reflected in the Trust’s financial statements for purposes of generally accepted accounting principles), minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any Financial Leverage. Managed Assets shall include assets attributable to Financial Leverage of any form, including Indebtedness,
 
6

 
engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, investments in inverse floating rate securities, and Preferred Shares.
 
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC acts as the Trust’s investment Sub-Adviser pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement with the Trust and the Investment Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio of investments. As compensation for its services, the Investment Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 0.30% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.
   
Distributions
The Trust intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Trust intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders at least annually. The Trust expects that dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist primarily of (i) investment company taxable income, which includes, among other things, ordinary income, net short-term capital gain and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, and (ii) net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Distributions may be paid by the Trust from any permitted source and, from time to time, all or a portion of a distribution may be a return of capital. The Trust cannot assure you, however, as to what percentage of the dividends paid on the Common Shares, if any, will consist of net capital gain, which is taxed at reduced rates for non-corporate investors. The distributions paid by the Trust for any particular month may be more than the amount of net investment income from that monthly period. As a result, all or a portion of a distribution may be a return of capital, which is in effect a partial return of the amount a Common Shareholder invested in the Trust. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a return of capital distribution is generally not taxable up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in their Common Shares and would reduce such tax basis. Although a return of capital may not be taxable, it will generally increase the Common Shareholder’s potential gain, or reduce the Common Shareholder’s potential loss, on any subsequent sale or other disposition of Common Shares. Shareholders who periodically receive the payment of a distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net income or profits when they are not. Shareholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from the Trust is net income or profit. Alternatively, in certain circumstances, the Trust may elect to retain income or capital gain and pay income or excise tax on such undistributed amount, to the extent that the Board of Trustees, in consultation with Trust management, determines it to be in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During the Trust’s fiscal year ended May 31, 2019, the Trust paid excise tax of $192,846. See “Distributions” and “Tax Matters.”
 
The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to Common Shareholders.
 
If you hold your Common Shares in your own name or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), unless you elect to receive cash, all dividends and distributions that are declared by the Trust will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Trust pursuant to the Plan. If you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does
 
7

  not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial advisor for more information. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
   
Listing and Symbol
The Trust’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus, will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GBAB.” The net asset value of the Common Shares at the close of business on August 26, 2019 was $23.32 per share, and the last reported sale price of the Common Shares on the NYSE on such date was $25.13, representing a premium to net asset value of 7.76%. See “Market and Net Asset Value Information.”
   
Special Risk Considerations
Investment in the Trust involves special risk considerations, which are summarized below. The Trust is designed as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Trust is not intended to be a complete investment program. The Trust’s performance and the value of its investments will vary in response to changes in interest rates, inflation and other market factors. See “Risks” for a more complete discussion of the special risk considerations associated with an investment in the Trust.
   
 
Not a Complete Investment Program. An investment in the Common Shares of the Trust should not be considered a complete investment program. The Trust is intended for long-term investors seeking current income and capital appreciation. The Trust is not meant to provide a vehicle for those who wish to play short-term swings in the stock market. Each Common Shareholder should take into account the Trust’s investment objectives as well as the Common Shareholder’s other investments when considering an investment in the Trust.
   
 
Investment and Market Risk. An investment in Common Shares of the Trust is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. An investment in the Common Shares of the Trust represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Trust. The value of those securities may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The value of the securities owned by the Trust may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular issuer, such as real or perceived economic conditions, changes in interest or currency rates or changes in investor sentiment or market outlook generally. At any point in time, your Common Shares may be worth less than your original investment, including the reinvestment of Trust dividends and distributions.
   
 
Management Risk. The Trust is subject to management risk because it is an actively managed portfolio. In acting as the Trust’s Adviser, responsible for management of the Trust’s portfolio securities, the Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Trust, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.
   
 
Municipal Securities Risk. The amount of public information available about municipal securities is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Trust’s municipal securities investments may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser. The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly below investment grade municipal securities, also tends to be less well-developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the
 
8

 
Trust’s ability to sell such securities at prices approximating those at which the Trust may currently value them.
 
In addition, many state and municipal governments that issue securities are under significant economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and such holders may not be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled.
   
 
Taxable Municipal Securities Risk. While interest earned on municipal securities is generally not subject to federal tax, any interest earned on taxable municipal securities is fully taxable at the federal level and may be subject to tax at the state level. Additionally, litigation, legislation or other political events, local business or economic conditions or the bankruptcy of the issuer could have a significant effect on the ability of an issuer of municipal securities to make payments of principal and/or interest. Political changes and uncertainties in the municipal market related to taxation, legislative changes or the rights of municipal security holders can significantly affect municipal securities. Because many securities are issued to finance similar projects, especially those relating to education, health care, transportation and utilities, conditions in those sectors can affect the overall municipal market. In addition, changes in the financial condition of an individual municipal issuer can affect the overall municipal market.
   
 
Build America Bonds Risk. BABs are a form of municipal financing. The BABs market is smaller and less diverse than the broader municipal securities market. In addition, because the relevant provisions of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 were not extended, bonds issued after December 31, 2010 cannot qualify as BABs. As of the date of this prospectus, there is no indication that Congress will renew the program to permit issuance of new Build America Bonds. As a result, the number of available BABs is limited, which may negatively affect the value of the BABs. In addition, there can be no assurance that BABs will continue to be actively traded. It is difficult to predict the extent to which a market for such bonds will continue, meaning that BABs may experience greater illiquidity than other municipal obligations. Because issuers of direct payment BABs held in the Trust’s portfolio receive reimbursement from the U.S. Treasury with respect to interest payments on bonds, there is a risk that those municipal issuers will not receive timely payment from the U.S. Treasury and may remain obligated to pay the full interest due on direct payment BABs held by the Trust. Under the sequestration process under the Budget Control Act of 2011, automatic spending cuts that became effective on March 1, 2013 reduced the federal subsidy for BABs and other subsidized taxable municipal bonds. The reduced federal subsidy has been extended through 2024. The subsidy payments were reduced by 6.6% in 2018 and by 6.2% in 2019. Furthermore, it is possible that a municipal issuer may fail to comply with the requirements to receive the direct pay subsidy or that a future Congress may further reduce or terminate the subsidy altogether. In addition, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) contains a general offset rule (the “IRS Offset Rule”) which allows for the possibility that subsidy payments to be received by issuers of BABs may be subject to offset against amounts owed by them to the federal government. Moreover, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) may audit the agencies issuing BABs and such audits may, among other things, examine the price at which BABs are initially
 
9

  sold to investors. If the IRS concludes that a BAB was mispriced based on its audit, it could disallow all or a portion of the interest subsidy received by the issuer of the BAB. The IRS Offset Rule and the disallowance of any interest subsidy as a result of an IRS audit could potentially adversely affect a BABs issuer’s credit rating, and adversely affect the issuer’s ability to repay or refinance BABs. This, in turn, could adversely affect the ratings and value of the BABs held by the Trust and the Trust’s net asset value. The IRS has withheld subsidies from several states and municipalities.
   
 
Credit Risk. Credit risk is the risk that one or more securities in the Trust’s portfolio will decline in price, or fail to pay interest or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation experiences a decline in its financial status. A downgrade of the rating assigned to a security by an NRSRO may reduce the value of that security.
   
 
Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that fixed income securities, such as preferred and debt securities and certain equity securities will decline in value because of a rise in market interest rates. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates recently have declined significantly below historical average rates, and the Federal Reserve has begun to raise the Federal Funds rate. Prevailing interest rates may be adversely impacted by market and economic factors, including the potential impact of tapering of “quantitative easing” by the Federal Reserve Board. If interest rates rise the markets may experience increased volatility, which may adversely affect the value and/or liquidity of certain of the Trust’s investments. Increases in interest rates may adversely affect the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives. The prices of longer-term securities fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term securities as interest rates change. The Trust’s use of leverage, as described below, will tend to increase Common Share interest rate risk. The Trust may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of credit securities held by the Trust and decreasing the Trust’s exposure to interest rate risk. The Trust is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and may choose not to do so. In addition, there is no assurance that any attempts by the Trust to reduce interest rate risk will be successful or that any hedges that the Trust may establish will perfectly correlate with movements in interest rates. The Trust may invest in variable and floating rate debt instruments, which generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than fixed rate instruments, but generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline.
   
 
Duration Management Risk. The Trust’s managers expect to employ investment and trading strategies to seek to maintain the leverage-adjusted duration of the Trust’s portfolio at generally less than 10 years. Such strategies include, among others, security selection and the use of financial products. Financial products may include US treasury swaps, total return swaps and futures contracts, among others. During the latest semi-annual period the Trust’s managers used a combination of Corporate Bonds, Asset Backed Securities, Collateralized Loan Obligations, Collateralized Mortgage Obligations, Preferred Stock, Term Loans and other similar instruments to
 
10

  achieve a leverage-adjusted duration of less than 10 years. These investments were also used to provide the Trust with protection against interest rate volatility while providing income to the Trust. (Duration is a measure of a bond’s price sensitivity to changes in interest rates, expressed in years. Duration is a weighted average of the times that interest payments and the final return of principal are received. The weights are the amounts of the payments discounted by the yield to maturity of the bond.)
   
 
Financial Leverage Risk. Although the use of Financial Leverage by the Trust may create an opportunity for increased after-tax total return for the Common Shares, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. If the income and gains earned on securities purchased with Financial Leverage proceeds are greater than the cost of Financial Leverage, the Trust’s return will be greater than if Financial Leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income or gains from the securities purchased with such proceeds does not cover the cost of Financial Leverage, the return to the Trust will be less than if Financial Leverage had not been used.
 
Financial Leverage involves risks and special considerations for shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value, market price and dividends on the Common Shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage; the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt or in the dividend rates on any Financial Leverage that the Trust must pay will reduce the return to the Common Shareholders; and the effect of Financial Leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Trust were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the Common Shares.
 
It is also possible that the Trust will be required to sell assets, possibly at a loss, in order to redeem or meet payment obligations on any leverage. Such a sale would reduce the Trust’s net asset value and also make it difficult for the net asset value to recover. The Trust in its best judgment nevertheless may determine to continue to use Financial Leverage if it expects that the benefits to the Trust’s shareholders of maintaining the leveraged position will outweigh the current reduced return.
 
Certain types of Borrowings subject the Trust to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Borrowings issued by the Trust also may subject the Trust to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for such Borrowings. Such guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Adviser from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies.
 
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense and Trust expenses associated with the repurchase agreement, that the market value of the securities sold by the Trust may decline below the price at which the Trust is obligated to repurchase such securities and that the securities may not be returned to the Trust. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed. In connection with reverse repurchase agreements, the Trust will also be subject to counterparty risk with respect to the purchaser of the securities. If the broker/dealer to whom the Trust sells securities becomes insolvent, the Trust’s right to purchase or
 
11

 
repurchase securities may be restricted.
 
Because the fees received by the Adviser are based on the Managed Assets of the Trust (including the proceeds of any Financial Leverage), the Adviser has a financial incentive for the Trust to utilize Financial Leverage, which may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Common Shareholders. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period during which it is employed.
 
If the cost of leverage is no longer favorable, or if the Trust is otherwise required to reduce its leverage, the Trust may not be able to maintain distributions on Common Shares at historical levels and Common Shareholders will bear any costs associated with selling portfolio securities.
   
 
Reinvestment Risk. Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Trust’s portfolio will decline if the Trust invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called bonds at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or the overall return of the Trust.
   
 
Inflation/Deflation Risk. Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Trust’s use of Financial Leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to Common Shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio.
   
 
Insurance Risk. The Trust may purchase municipal securities that are secured by insurance, bank credit agreements or escrow accounts. The credit quality of the companies that provide such credit enhancements will affect the value of those securities. Certain significant providers of insurance for municipal securities have in the past incurred significant losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other lower credit quality investments that experienced recent defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. As a result, such losses reduced the insurers’ capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations under such insurance if they are called upon to do so in the future. While an insured municipal security will typically be deemed to have the rating of its insurer, if the insurer of a municipal security suffers a downgrade in its credit rating or the market discounts the value of the insurance provided by the insurer, the rating of the underlying municipal security will be more relevant and the value of the municipal security would more closely, if not entirely, reflect such rating. In such a case, the value of insurance associated with a municipal security would decline and may not add any value. The insurance feature of a municipal security normally provides that it guarantees the full payment of principal and interest when due through the life of an insured obligation, but does not guarantee the market value of the insured obligation or the net asset value of the Common Shares attributable to such insured obligation.
   
 
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk. The Trust may invest in securities rated below investment grade (that is below Baa3 by Moody’s; or below BBB- by S&P or Fitch; comparably rated by another statistical rating organization; or,
 
12

  if unrated, as determined by the Adviser to be of comparable credit quality), which are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” Investment in securities of below investment grade quality involves substantial risk of loss. Securities of below investment grade quality are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and issuer-specific developments. Issuers of below investment grade securities are not perceived to be as strong financially as those with higher credit ratings. These issuers are more vulnerable to financial setbacks and recession than more creditworthy issuers, which may impair their ability to make interest and principal payments. Securities of below investment grade quality display increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to a deteriorating economic environment. The market values, total return and yield for securities of below investment grade quality tend to be more volatile than the market values, total return and yield for higher-quality securities. Securities of below investment grade quality tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities and therefore more difficult to value accurately and sell at an advantageous price or time and may involve greater transactions costs and wider bid/ask spreads than higher-quality securities. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain below investment grade securities, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in below investment grade securities, you could have an increased risk of losing money on your investment in Common Shares, both in the short-term and the long-term. To the extent that the Trust invests in securities that have not been rated by an NRSRO, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.
   
 
Sector Risk. The Trust may invest a significant portion of its managed assets in certain sectors which may subject the Trust to additional risk and variability. To the extent that the Trust focuses its managed assets in the hospital and healthcare facilities sector, for example, the Trust will be subject to risks associated with such sector, including adverse government regulation and reduction in reimbursement rates, as well as government approval of products and services and intense competition. Securities issued with respect to special taxing districts will be subject to various risks, including real-estate development related risks and taxpayer concentration risk. Further, the fees, special taxes or tax allocations and other revenues established to secure the obligations of securities issued with respect to special taxing districts are generally limited as to the rate or amount that may be levied or assessed and are not subject to increase pursuant to rate covenants or municipal or corporate guarantees. Charter schools and other private educational facilities are subject to various risks, including the reversal of legislation authorizing or funding charter schools, the failure to renew or secure a charter, the failure of a funding entity to appropriate necessary funds and competition from alternatives such as voucher programs. Issuers of municipal utility securities can be significantly affected by government regulation, financing difficulties, supply and demand of services or fuel and natural resource conservation. The transportation sector, including airports, airlines, ports and other transportation facilities, can be significantly affected by changes in the economy, fuel prices, maintenance, labor relations, insurance costs and government regulation.
 
13

 
Special Risks Related to Certain Municipal Securities. The Trust may invest in municipal leases and certificates of participation in such leases. Municipal leases and certificates of participation involve special risks not normally associated with general obligations or revenue bonds. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the governmental issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and may result in a delay in recovering or the failure to fully recover the Trust’s original investment. In the event of non-appropriation, the issuer would be in default and taking ownership of the assets may be a remedy available to the Trust, although the Trust does not anticipate that such a remedy would normally be pursued. To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis. Certificates of participation, which represent interests in unmanaged pools of municipal leases or installment contracts, involve the same risks as the underlying municipal leases. In addition, the Trust may be dependent upon the municipal authority issuing the certificates of participation to exercise remedies with respect to the underlying securities. Certificates of participation entail a risk of default or bankruptcy not only of the issuer of the underlying lease but also of the municipal agency issuing the certificate of participation.
   
 
Structured Finance Investments Risk. The Trust’s structured finance investments may consist of residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) issued by governmental entities and private issuers, ABS, structured notes, credit-linked notes and other types of structured finance securities. Holders of structured finance securities bear risks of the underlying assets, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk. The Trust may have the right to receive payments only from the issuer of the structured finance security, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured finance investments enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of assets without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same assets, investors in structured finance securities generally pay their share of the structured finance security issuer’s administrative and other expenses. The prices of indices and assets underlying structured finance securities, and, therefore, the prices of structured finance securities, will be influenced by, and will rise and fall in response to, the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured finance security uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term assets, the issuer may be forced to sell its assets at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured finance securities owned by the Trust. Certain structured finance securities may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market.
 
14

 
The Trust may invest in structured finance securities collateralized by low grade or defaulted loans or securities. Investments in such structured finance securities are subject to the risks associated with below investment grade securities. Such securities are characterized by high risk. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities.
 
The Trust may invest in senior and subordinated classes issued by structured finance vehicles. The payment of cash flows from the underlying assets to senior classes take precedence over those of subordinated classes, and therefore subordinated classes are subject to greater risk. Furthermore, the leveraged nature of subordinated classes may magnify the adverse impact on such class of changes in the value of the assets, changes in the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets, prepayment on assets and availability, price and interest rates of assets.
 
Structured finance securities are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in structured finance securities may be characterized by the Trust as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances.
   
 
Asset-Backed Securities Risk. In addition to the general risks associated with credit securities discussed herein and the risks discussed under “Structured Finance Investments Risks,” ABS are subject to additional risks. ABS may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates. ABS involve certain risks in addition to those presented by mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”). ABS do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the underlying collateral as MBS and are more dependent on the borrower’s ability to pay and may provide the Trust with a less effective security interest in the related collateral than do MBS. There is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. The collateral underlying ABS may constitute assets related to a wide range of industries and sectors, such as credit card and automobile receivables or other assets derived from consumer, commercial or corporate sectors.
 
For example, ABS can be collateralized with credit card and automobile receivables. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due.
 
Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. If the economy of the United States deteriorates, defaults on securities backed by credit card, automobile and other receivables may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any ABS owned by the Trust. In recent years, certain automobile
 
15

 
manufacturers have been granted access to emergency loans from the U.S. Government and have experienced bankruptcy. As a result of these events, the value of securities backed by receivables from the sale or lease of automobiles may be adversely affected.
 
If the economy of the United States deteriorates, defaults on securities backed by credit card, automobile and other receivables may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any ABS owned by the Trust. In addition, these securities may provide the Trust with a less effective security interest in the related collateral than do mortgage-related securities. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.
 
ABS collateralized by other types of assets are subject to risks associated with the underlying collateral.
   
 
Senior Loans Risk. The Trust may invest in senior secured floating rate Loans made to corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers (“Senior Loans”). Senior Loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the issuing entity, are typically secured with specific collateral and typically have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the borrower. The Trust’s investments in Senior Loans are typically below investment grade and are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. The risks associated with Senior Loans of below investment grade quality are similar to the risks of other lower grade securities, although Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to subordinated and unsecured securities. Senior Loans’ higher standing has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization. In addition, because their interest payments are adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates, investments in Senior Loans generally have less interest rate risk than other lower grade securities, which may have fixed interest rates.
   
 
Liquidity Risk. The Trust may invest up to 15% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities that are, at the time of investment, illiquid, and certain other securities in which the Trust may invest may be illiquid. Illiquid securities are securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value that the Trust values the securities. Illiquid securities may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid securities and may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. The Trust may be subject to significant delays in disposing of illiquid securities. Accordingly, the Trust may be forced to sell these securities at less than fair market value or may not be able to sell them when the Adviser believes it is desirable to do so. Illiquid securities also may entail registration expenses and other transaction costs that are higher than those for liquid securities. Restricted securities (i.e., securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale) may be illiquid. However, some restricted securities (such as securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and certain commercial paper) may be treated as liquid for these purposes. Inverse floating-rate securities or the residual interest certificates of tender option bond trusts are not considered illiquid securities.
   
 
Volatility Risk. The use of Financial Leverage by the Trust will cause the net asset value, and possibly the market price, of the Trust’s Common Shares to fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates and other
 
16

  economic indicators. In addition, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its managed assets in below investment grade securities (i.e., “junk bonds”), which may be less liquid and therefore more volatile than investment grade municipal securities. As a result, the net asset value and market price of the Trust’s Common Shares will be more volatile than those of a closed-end investment company that is not exposed to leverage or that does not invest in below investment grade securities. In a declining market, the use of leverage may result in a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Trust were not leveraged.
   
 
Inverse Floating-Rate Securities Risk. Under current market conditions, the Trust anticipates utilizing Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or engaging in reverse repurchase agreements. However, the Trust also may utilize Financial Leverage through investments in inverse floating-rate securities (sometimes referred to as “inverse floaters”). Typically, inverse floating-rate securities represent beneficial interests in a special purpose trust (sometimes called a “tender option bond trust”) formed by a third party sponsor for the purpose of holding municipal bonds. Distributions on inverse floating-rate securities bear an inverse relationship to short-term municipal bond interest rates. In general, income on inverse floating-rate securities will decrease, or in the extreme be eliminated, when interest rates increase and increase when interest rates decrease. Investments in inverse floating-rate securities may subject the Trust to the risks of reduced or eliminated interest payments and losses of principal. Short-term interest rates are at historic lows and may be more likely to rise in the current market environment. Inverse floating-rate securities may increase or decrease in value at a greater rate than the underlying interest rate, which effectively leverages the Trust’s investment. As a result, the market value of such securities generally will be more volatile than that of fixed-rate securities. Inverse floating-rate securities have varying degrees of liquidity based, among other things, upon the liquidity of the underlying securities deposited in a special purpose trust. The Trust may invest in taxable inverse floating-rate securities, issued by special purpose trusts formed with taxable municipal securities. The market for such inverse floating-rate securities issued by special purpose trusts formed with taxable municipal securities is relatively new and undeveloped. Initially, there may be a limited number of counterparties, which may increase the credit risks, counterparty risk and liquidity risk of investing in taxable inverse floating-rate securities. The leverage attributable to such inverse floating-rate securities may be “called away” on relatively short notice and therefore may be less permanent than more traditional forms of Financial Leverage. In certain circumstances, to the extent the Trust relies on inverse floating-rate securities to achieve its desired effective leverage ratio the likelihood of an increase in the volatility of net asset value and market price of the Common Shares may be greater. To the extent the Trust relies on inverse floating-rate securities to achieve its desired effective leverage ratio, the Trust may be required to sell its inverse floating-rate securities at less than favorable prices, or liquidate other Trust portfolio holdings in certain circumstances.
   
 
Sovereign Debt Risk. Investments in sovereign debt involve special risks. Foreign governmental issuers of debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or pay interest when due. In the event of default, there may be limited or no legal recourse in that, generally, remedies for defaults must be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party. Political conditions, especially a sovereign entity’s willingness to meet the terms of its debt obligations, are of considerable significance. The ability of a foreign sovereign issuer, especially
 
17

  an emerging market country, to make timely payments on its debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the sovereign issuer’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credit facilities and investments, fluctuations of interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves.
   
 
Strategic Transactions Risk. The Trust may engage in various portfolio strategies, including derivatives transactions involving interest rate and foreign currency transactions, swaps, options and futures, for hedging and risk management purposes and to enhance total return. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Strategic Transactions involve risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction and illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the Trust’s ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes.
   
 
Synthetic Investments Risk. The Trust may be exposed to certain additional risks to the extent the Adviser uses derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Trust’s investment strategies. If the Trust enters into a derivative instrument whereby it agrees to receive the return of a security or financial instrument or a basket of securities or financial instruments, it will typically contract to receive such returns for a predetermined period of time. During such period, the Trust may not have the ability to increase or decrease its exposure. In addition, such customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Trust will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Trust’s performance in a material adverse manner. Furthermore, derivative instruments typically contain provisions giving the counterparty the right to terminate the contract upon the occurrence of certain events. If a termination were to occur, the Trust’s return could be adversely affected as it would lose the benefit of the indirect exposure to the reference securities and it may incur significant termination expenses.
   
 
Counterparty Risk. The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased by the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.
   
 
Securities Lending Risk. The Trust may lend its portfolio securities to banks or dealers which meet the creditworthiness standards established by the Board of Trustees. Securities lending is subject to the risk that loaned securities may not be available to the Trust on a timely basis and the Trust may therefore lose
 
18

  the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Any loss in the market price of securities loaned by the Trust that occurs during the term of the loan would be borne by the Trust and would adversely affect the Trust’s performance. Also, there may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of securities loaned or even a loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially while the loan is outstanding.
   
 
Investment Funds Risk. As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to securities in which it may invest directly by investing up to 20% of its Managed Assets in Investment Funds. Investments in Investment Funds present certain special considerations and risks not present in making direct investments in securities in which the Trust may invest. Investments in Investment Funds involve operating expenses and fees that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Trust. Such expenses and fees attributable to the Trust’s investment in another Investment Fund are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. Accordingly, investment in such entities involves expense and fee layering. To the extent management fees of Investment Funds are based on total gross assets, it may create an incentive for such entities’ managers to employ Financial Leverage, thereby adding additional expense and increasing volatility and risk. A performance-based fee arrangement may create incentives for an adviser or manager to take greater investment risks in the hope of earning a higher profit participation. Investments in Investment Funds frequently expose the Trust to an additional layer of Financial Leverage.
   
 
Market Discount Risk. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Trust’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities. Although the value of the Trust’s net assets is generally considered by market participants in determining whether to purchase or sell Common Shares, whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common Shares will depend entirely upon whether the market price of Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for Common Shares.
 
The Trust’s net asset value will be reduced immediately following an offering of the Common Shares due to the costs of such offering, which will be borne entirely by the Trust. The sale of Common Shares by the Trust (or the perception that such sales may occur) may have an adverse effect on prices of Common Shares in the secondary market. An increase in the number of Common Shares available may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. The Trust may, from time to time, seek the consent of Common Shareholders to permit the issuance and sale by the Trust of Common Shares at a price below the Trust’s then current net asset value, subject to certain conditions, and such sales of Common Shares at price below net asset value, if any, may increase downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. These sales, if any, also might make it more difficult for the Trust to sell additional Common Shares in the future at a time and price it deems appropriate.
 
Whether Common Shareholder will realize a gain or loss upon the sale of Common Shares depends upon whether the market value of the Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the price the Common Shareholder paid, taking into account transaction costs for the Common Shares, and is not directly dependent upon the Trust’s net asset value. Because the market price of Common Shares will be determined by factors such as net asset value, dividend and distribution levels (which are dependent,
 
19

  in part, on expenses), supply of and demand for Common Shares, stability of dividends or distributions, trading volume of Common Shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust, the Trust cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the public offering price for the Common Shares. Common Shares of the Trust are designed primarily for long-term investors; investors in Common Shares should not view the Trust as a vehicle for trading purposes.
   
 
Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Trust’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Trust. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Trust. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Trust which, when distributed to Common Shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may create realized capital losses. See “Taxation.”
   
 
Additional Risks. For additional risks relating to investments in the Trust, including “UK Departure from EU Risk,” “Redenomination Risk,” “LIBOR Risk,” “Recent Market Developments Risk,” “Legislation and Regulation Risk,” “Geopolitical and Market Disruption Risk,” “Technology Risk” and “Cyber Security Risk,” please see “Risks” beginning on page [ ] of this Prospectus.
   
Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Trust’s Governing Documents
The Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) and the Trust’s Bylaws (collectively, the “Governing Documents”) include provisions that could limit the ability of other in the Trust’s entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to an open-end fund. These provisions could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Trust’s Governing Documents” and “Risks—Anti-Takeover Provisions.”
   
Custodian, Administrator, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent
The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the custodian of the Trust’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian holds the Trust’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian receives a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Trust, plus certain charges for securities transactions.
 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. serves as the Trust’s dividend disbursing agent and agent under the Trust’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan Agent”) and Computershare Inc. serves as transfer agent and registrar with respect to the Common Shares of the Trust.
 
MUFG Investor Services (US) LLC (“MUFG”), serves as the Trust’s administrator. Pursuant to an administration agreement, MUFG provides certain administrative services to the Trust. Pursuant to a fund accounting agreement, MUFG is responsible for maintaining the books and records of the Trust’s securities and cash.
20

SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES
The following table contains information about the costs and expenses that Common Shareholders will bear directly or indirectly. The table is based on the capital structure of the Trust as of May 31, 2019 (except as noted below). The purpose of the table and the example below is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a holder of Common Shares, would bear directly or indirectly.
Common Shareholder Transaction Expenses
     
Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price) 
   
%(1)
Offering expenses borne by the Trust (as a percentage of offering price)
   
0.60
%(1)(2)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan fees(3) 
 
None
 

   
As a Percentage of
Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares(4)
 
Annual Expenses
     
Management fees(5) 
   
0.73
%
Interest expense(6) 
   
0.73
%
Other expenses(7)
   
0.22
%
Total annual expenses 
   
1.68
%

(1)
If Common Shares to which this Prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the Prospectus Supplement will set forth any applicable sales load and the estimated offering expenses borne by the Trust.
(2)
The Adviser has incurred on behalf of the Trust all costs associated with the Trust’s registration statement and any offerings pursuant to such registration statement. The Trust has agreed, in connection with offerings under this registration statement, to reimburse the Adviser for offering expenses incurred by the Adviser on the Trust’s behalf in an amount up to the lesser of the Trust’s actual offering costs or 0.60% of the total offering price of the Common Shares sold in such offering.
(3)
Common Shareholders will pay brokerage charges if they direct the Plan Agent to sell Common Shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
(4)
Based upon average net assets applicable to Common Shares during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2019.
(5)
The Trust pays the Adviser an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 0.60% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets (net assets plus any assets attributable to Financial Leverage). The fee shown above is based upon outstanding Financial Leverage of 20% of the Trust’s Managed Assets. If Financial Leverage of more than 20% of the Trust’s Managed Assets is used, the management fees shown would be higher.
(6)
Includes interest payments on borrowed funds and interest expense on reverse repurchase agreements. Interest payments on borrowed funds is based upon the Trust’s outstanding Borrowings as of May 31, 2019, which included Borrowings under the Trust’s committed facility agreement in an amount equal to 9% of the Trust’s Managed Assets, at an average interest rate of 3.32%. Interest expenses on reverse repurchase agreements is based on the Trust’s outstanding reverse repurchase agreements as of May 31, 2019, which included leverage in the form of reverse repurchase agreements in an amount equal to 11% of the Trust’s Managed Assets, at a weighted average interest rate cost to the Trust of 2.96%. The actual amount of interest payments and expenses by the Trust will vary over time in accordance with the amount of Borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements and variations in market interest rates.
(7)
Other expenses are estimated based upon those incurred during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2019.
21

Example
As required by relevant Securities and Exchange Commission regulations, the following example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (1) “Total annual expenses” of 1.68% of net assets attributable to Common Shares and (2) a 5% annual return*:
 
1 Year
3 Years
5 Years
10 Years
Total Annual Expenses paid by Common Shareholders(1)
$23
$59
$97
$205
*
The Example should not be considered a representation of future expenses or returns. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those assumed. Moreover, the Trust’s actual rate of return may be higher or lower than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example. The example assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value.
(1)
The example above does not include sales loads or estimated offering costs. In connection with an offering of Common Shares, the Prospectus Supplement will set forth an Example including sales load and estimated offering costs.
22

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the Trust’s financial performance. The information in this table for the fiscal years ended 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is derived from the Trust’s financial statements and has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. The Trust’s audited financial statements appearing in the Trust’s annual report to shareholders for the year ended May 31, 2019, including the report of Ernst & Young LLP thereon, are incorporated by reference in the SAI.
 
 
Year Ended
   
Year Ended
   
Year Ended
   
Year Ended
   
Year Ended
 
 
 
May 31, 2019
   
May 31, 2018
   
May 31, 2017
   
May 31, 2016
   
May 31, 2015
 
   
Per Share Data: 
                             
Net asset value, beginning of period 
 
$
22.69
   
$
23.30
   
$
23.30
   
$
23.35
   
$
23.26
 
Income from investment operations: 
                                       
Net investment income(a) 
   
1.30
     
1.48
     
1.59
     
1.48
     
1.48
 
Net gain (loss) on investments (realized and unrealized) 
   
0.23
     
(0.58
)
   
(0.04
)
   
0.13
     
0.27
 
Total from investment operations 
   
1.53
     
0.90
     
1.55
     
1.61
     
1.75
 
Common shares’ offering expense charged to paid-in capital
   
     
     
     
     
 
Less distributions from: 
                                       
Net investment income 
   
(1.43
)
   
(1.35
)
   
(1.55
)
   
(1.64
)
   
(1.48
)
Capital gains 
   
(0.08
)
   
(0.16
)
   
     
(0.02
)
   
(0.18
)
Total distributions to shareholders 
   
(1.51
)
   
(1.51
)
   
(1.55
)
   
(1.66
)
   
(1.66
)
Net asset value, end of period 
 
$
22.71
   
$
22.69
   
$
23.30
   
$
23.30
   
$
23.35
 
Market value, end of period 
 
$
23.38
   
$
21.44
   
$
23.23
   
$
22.28
   
$
21.64
 
   
Total Return(b) 
                                       
Net asset value 
   
7.11
%
   
3.93
%
   
6.81
%
   
7.25
%
   
7.64
%
Market value 
   
16.81
%
   
(1.23
%)
   
11.62
%
   
10.95
%
   
7.52
%
Ratios/Supplemental Data: 
                                       
Net assets, end of period (in thousands) 
 
$
395,716
   
$
395,221
   
$
405,780
   
$
405,820
   
$
406,668
 
Ratio to average net assets of: 
                                       
Total expenses, including interest expense(c) 
   
1.68
%
   
1.65
%
   
1.54
%
   
1.38
%
   
1.32
%
Net investment income, including interest expense 
   
5.82
%
   
6.42
%
   
6.80
%
   
6.47
%
   
6.26
%
Portfolio turnover rate 
   
6
%
   
8
%
   
6
%
   
7
%
   
11
%
Senior Indebtebness: 
                                       
Borrowings – committed facility agreement (in thousands) 
 
$
44,510
   
$
44,510
   
$
47,509
   
$
61,710
   
$
35,510
 
Asset Coverage per $1,000 of borrowings(d) 
 
$
9,891
   
$
9,879
   
$
9,541
   
$
7,576
   
$
12,452
 
Supplemental asset coverage per $1,000 of borrowings(e) 
 
$
11,152
   
$
11,014
   
$
10,966
   
$
9,030
   
$
14,993
 
 
(footnotes on following page)
 
23

 
 
 
For the Year
 
For the Year
 
For the Year
 
October 28, 2010*
 
 
Ended
 
Ended
 
Ended
 
through
 
 
May 31, 2014
 
May 31, 2013
 
May 31, 2012
 
May 31, 2011
 
 
$
23.61
 
$
23.49
 
$
20.65
 
$
19.1
(f) 
                         
   
1.63
   
1.65
   
1.59
   
0.68
 
   
(0.32
 
0.07
   
2.74
   
1.5
 
   
1.31
   
1.72
   
4.33
   
2.18
 
   
   
   
   
(0.04
                         
   
(1.60
 
(1.60
 
(1.49
 
(0.59
   
(0.06
 
   
   
 
   
(1.66
 
(1.60
 
(1.49
 
(0.59
 
$
23.26
 
$
23.61
 
$
23.49
 
$
20.65
 
 
$
21.69
 
$
22.7
 
$
22.46
 
$
19.54
 
                         
   
6.15
 
7.48
 
21.64
 
11.34
   
3.54
 
8.27
 
23.35
 
0.80
                         
 
$
405,039
 
$
411,135
 
$
408,960
 
$
359,444
 
                         
   
1.35
 
1.38
 
1.36
 
1.05
%(g) 
   
7.37
 
6.99
 
7.33
 
6.00
%(g) 
   
10
 
12
 
7
 
3
                         
 
$
30,964
 
$
44,213
 
$
37,444
 
$
N/A
 
 
$
14,081
 
$
10,299
 
$
11,922
 
$
N/A
 
 
$
16,953
 
$
12,239
 
$
14,275
 
$
N/A
 
 
 
 *
Commencement of investment operations.
(a) 
Based on average shares outstanding. 
(b) 
Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of a common share at the beginning of the period and a sale on the last day of the period reported either at net asset value (“NAV”) or market price per share. Dividends and distributions are assumed to be reinvested at NAV for NAV returns or the prices obtained under the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan for market value returns. Total investment return does not reflect brokerage commissions. A return calculated for a period of less than one year is not annualized. 
(c) 
Excluding interest expense, the operating expense ratios for the years ended May 31 would be: 
  
 
 
 
 
2019 
2018 
2017 
2016 
2015 
0.95% 
0.99% 
1.00% 
0.99% 
1.02% 
  
 
(d) 
Calculated by subtracting the Trust’s total liabilities (not including the borrowings) from the Trust’s total assets and dividing by the borrowings 
(e) 
Calculated by subtracting the Trust’s total liabilities (not including the borrowings or reverse repurchase agreements) from the Trust’s total assets and dividing by the borrowings. 
(f)
Before deduction of offering expenses charged to capital.
(g)
Annualized.
24


SENIOR SECURITIES
The following table sets forth information about the Trust’s outstanding senior securities as of the end of each fiscal year since its inception. The information in this table for the fiscal years ended 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
Fiscal Year Ended
Title of Security
Total Principal
Amount Outstanding
Asset Coverage
Per $1,000 of Principal Amount
May 31, 2019
Borrowings
$44,509,544
$9,891
May 31, 2018
Borrowings
$44,509,544
$9,879
May 31, 2017
Borrowings
$47,509,544
$9,541
May 31, 2016
Borrowings
$61,709,544
$7,576
May 31, 2015
Borrowings
$35,509,544
$12,452
May 31, 2014
Borrowings
$30,963,936
$14,081
May 31, 2013
Borrowings
$44,213,936
$10,299
May 31, 2012
Borrowings
$37,444,000
$11,922
May 31, 2011
Borrowings
N/A
N/A
 
As a result of the Trust having earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities to collateralize reverse repurchase agreement transactions or otherwise having covered the transactions, in accordance with releases and interpretive letters issued by the SEC, the Trust does not treat its obligations under such transactions as senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act.
25

THE TRUST
Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Trust was organized as a statutory trust on June 30, 2010, pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, and is governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Trust commenced operations on October 27, 2010. Its principal office is located at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606, and its telephone number is (312) 827-0100.
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC serves as the Trust’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC.
USE OF PROCEEDS
Unless otherwise specified in a Prospectus Supplement, the Trust intends to invest the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objectives and policies as stated herein. It is currently anticipated that the Trust will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objectives and policies within three months after the completion of such offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in cash, cash equivalents or other securities, including U.S. Government securities or high quality, short-term debt securities. The Trust may also use the proceeds for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses, although the Trust currently has no intent to issue Common Shares primarily for this purpose.
MARKET AND NET ASSET VALUE INFORMATION
The Trust’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus, will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the NYSE. The Trust’s Common Shares commenced trading on the NYSE on October 28, 2010.
The Common Shares have traded both at a premium and at a discount in relation to the Trust’s net asset value per share. Although the Common Shares recently have traded at a premium to net asset value, there can be no assurance that this will continue after the offering nor that the Common Shares will not trade at a discount in the future. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to net asset value. The Trust’s net asset value will be reduced immediately following an offering of the Common Shares due to the costs of such offering, which will be borne entirely by the Trust. The sale of Common Shares by the Trust (or the perception that such sales may occur) may have an adverse effect on prices of Common Shares in the secondary market. An increase in the number of Common Shares available may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. See “Risks—Market Discount Risk.”
The following table sets forth, for each of the periods indicated, the high and low closing market prices for the Common Shares on the NYSE, the net asset value per Common Share and the premium or discount to net asset value per Common Share at which the Common Shares were trading. Net asset value is generally determined on each Tuesday that the NYSE is open for business and the last business day of each calendar month. See “Net Asset Value” for information as to the determination of the Trust’s net asset value.
 
Market Price
 
Net Asset Value
per Common Share
on Date of Market
Price High and Low(1)
 
Premium/(Discount)
on Date of Market
Price High and Low(2)
Fiscal Quarter Ended
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
August 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
     
May 31, 2019
$23.55
 
$21.97
 
$22.57
 
$22.19
 
4.34%
 
(0.99)%
February 28, 2019
$22.88
 
$21.23
 
$22.24
 
$22.25
 
2.88%
 
(4.58)%
November 30, 2018
$22.19
 
$19.94
 
$22.48
 
$22.01
 
(1.29)%
 
(9.40)%
August 31, 2018
$22.21
 
$21.24
 
$22.66
 
$22.55
 
(1.99)%
 
(5.81)%
 
26

 
 
May 31, 2018
$21.84
 
$21.10
 
$22.80
 
$22.53
 
(4.21)%
 
(6.35)%
February 28, 2018
$23.12
 
$20.98
 
$23.51
 
$22.63
 
(1.66)%
 
(7.29)%
November 30, 2017
$23.23
 
$22.14
 
$23.74
 
$23.24
 
(2.15)%
 
(4.73)%
August 31, 2017
$23.24
 
$22.57
 
$23.49
 
$23.33
 
(1.06)%
 
(3.26)%
May 31, 2017
$23.23
 
$21.40
 
$23.30
 
$22.71
 
(0.30)%
 
(5.77)%

(1)
Based on the Trust’s computations.
(2)
Calculated based on the information presented. Percentages are rounded.
The last reported sale price, net asset value per Common Share and percentage premium to net asset value per Common Share on August 26, 2019 was $25.13, $23.32 and 7.76%, respectively. The Trust cannot predict whether its Common Shares will trade in the future at a premium to or discount from net asset value, or the level of any premium or discount. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from net asset value. As of August 26, 2019, 17,425,386 Common Shares of the Trust were outstanding.
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
Investment Objectives and Strategy
The Trust’s investment objective is to provide current income with a secondary objective of long-term capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Trust will achieve its investment objectives or be able to structure its investments as anticipated. The Trust’s investment objectives are considered fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the Common Shareholders.
The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of taxable municipal securities, including Build America Bonds.
Investment Policies
Under normal market conditions:
·
The Trust invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in taxable municipal securities, including BABs.
·
The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than taxable municipal securities, including municipal securities the interest income from which is exempt from regular federal income tax (sometimes referred to as “tax-exempt municipal securities”), asset-backed securities (“ABS”), senior loans and other income producing securities.
·
The Trust will not invest more than 25% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities in any one state of origin.
·
The Trust will not invest more than 15% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are illiquid.
Credit Quality. Under normal market conditions, the Trust invests at least 80% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are investment grade quality. A security is considered investment grade quality if, at the time of investment, it is rated within the four highest letter grades by at least one of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) (that is Baa3 or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or BBB- or better by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”)) that rate such security, even if it is rated lower by another, or if it is unrated by any NRSRO but judged to be of comparable quality by the Adviser.
Under normal market conditions, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are rated below investment grade (that is below Baa3 by Moody’s or below BBB- by S&P or Fitch) or are unrated by any NRSRO but judged to be of comparable quality by the Adviser. If NRSROs assign different ratings to the same security, the Trust will use the highest rating for purposes of determining the security’s credit quality. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”
 
The credit quality policies noted above apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Trust is not required to dispose of a security in the event that an NRSRO downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a
27

particular issue. In determining whether to retain or sell such a security, the Adviser may consider such factors as the Adviser’s assessment of the credit quality of the issuer of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other NRSROs.
NRSROs are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations. Ratings assigned by an NRSRO are not absolute standards of credit quality and do not evaluate market risks or the liquidity of securities. NRSROs may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings and an issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. To the extent that the issuer of a security pays an NRSRO for the analysis of its security, an inherent conflict of interest may exist that could affect the reliability of the rating. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Adviser also independently evaluates these securities and the ability of the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated lower grade securities, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities. A general description of the ratings of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch is set forth in Appendix A to the Statement of Additional Information.
Duration Management Strategy. “Duration” is a measure of the price volatility of a security as a result of changes in market rates of interest, based on the weighted average timing of a security’s expected principal and interest payments. Duration differs from “maturity” of a security (which is the date on which the issuer is obligated to repay the principal amount) in that it considers a security’s yield, coupon payments, principal payments and call features in addition to the amount of time until the security finally matures. As the value of a security changes over time, so will its duration. Prices of securities with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to interest rate changes than securities with shorter durations, and (in general) a portfolio of securities with a longer duration can be expected to be more sensitive to interest rate changes than a portfolio with a shorter duration. There is no limit on the remaining maturity or duration of any individual security in which the Trust may invest, nor will the Trust’s portfolio be managed to any duration benchmark prior to taking into account the duration management strategy discussed herein.
The Trust intends to employ investment and trading strategies to seek to reduce the leverage-adjusted portfolio duration to generally less than ten (10) years. The Adviser may seek to manage the duration of the Trust’s portfolio through the use of derivative instruments, including U.S. treasury swaps, credit default swaps, total return swaps and futures contracts to reduce the overall volatility of the Trust’s portfolio to changes in market interest rates. For example, the Adviser may seek to manage the overall duration through the combination of the sale of interest-rate swaps on the long end of the yield curve (for example a transaction in which the Trust would pay a fixed interest rate on a 30 year swap transaction) with the purchase of an interest-rate swap on the intermediate portion of the yield curve (for example a transaction in which the Trust would receive a fixed interest rate on a ten year swap transaction). In addition, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than taxable municipal securities, which may consist of short-duration fixed-income securities, which may help to decrease the overall duration of the Trust’s portfolio while also potentially adding incremental yield. The Adviser anticipates focusing such investments in ABS, senior loans and high-yield fixed income securities, although the types of short-duration fixed-income securities in which the Trust may invest may vary significantly over time. The Adviser may seek to manage the Trust’s duration in a flexible and opportunistic manner based primarily on then current market conditions and interest rate levels. The Trust may incur costs in implementing the duration management strategy, but such strategy will seek to reduce the volatility of the Trust’s portfolio. There can be no assurance that the Adviser’s duration management strategy will be successful at any given time in managing the duration of the Trust’s portfolio or helping the Trust to achieve its investment objectives.
The investment policies set forth above may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board of Trustees”), but no change is anticipated. If the Trust’s policy with respect to investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in taxable municipal securities changes, the Trust will provide shareholders at least 60 days’ prior notice before implementation of the change. Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations set forth in this prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations does not require any action.
28

THE TRUST’S INVESTMENTS
The Trust’s investment portfolio may include investments in the following types of securities and investments. There is no guarantee the Trust will buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described herein.
Municipal Securities
The Trust may invest in taxable municipal securities (including BABs) and tax-exempt municipal securities, including municipal bonds and notes, other securities issued to finance and refinance public projects, and other related securities and derivative instruments creating exposure to municipal bonds, notes and securities that provide for the payment of interest income that is exempt from regular federal income tax. Municipal securities are often issued by state and local governmental entities to finance or refinance public projects such as roads, schools, and water supply systems. Municipal securities may also be issued on behalf of private entities or for private activities, such as housing, medical and educational facility construction, or for privately owned transportation, electric utility or pollution control projects. Municipal securities may be issued on a long term basis to provide permanent financing. The repayment of such debt may be secured generally by a pledge of the full faith and credit taxing powers of the issuer, a limited or special tax, or any other revenue source, including project revenues, which may include tolls, fees and other user charges, lease payments and mortgage payments. Municipal securities may also be issued to finance projects on a short-term interim basis, anticipating repayment with the proceeds of the later issuance of long-term debt.
Municipal securities are either general obligation or revenue bonds and typically are issued to finance public projects (such as roads or public buildings), to pay general operating expenses or to refinance outstanding debt. General obligation bonds are backed by the full faith and credit, or taxing authority, of the issuer and may be repaid from any revenue source; revenue bonds may be repaid only from the revenues of a specific facility or source. The Trust also may purchase municipal securities that represent lease obligations, municipal notes, pre-refunded municipal bonds, private activity bonds, taxable municipal bonds, floating rate securities and other related securities and may purchase derivative instruments that create exposure to municipal bonds, notes and securities. The Trust may purchase municipal securities representing a wide range of sectors and issued for a wide range of purposes.
The yields on municipal securities depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing interest rates and the condition of the general money market and the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. A municipal security’s market value generally will depend upon its form, maturity, call features, and interest rate, as well as the credit quality of the issuer, all such factors examined in the context of the municipal securities market and interest rate levels and trends. The market value of municipal securities will vary with changes in interest rate levels and as a result of changing evaluations of the ability of their issuers to meet interest and principal payments.
Municipal Leases and Certificates of Participation. The Trust also may purchase municipal securities that represent lease obligations and certificates of participation in such leases. These carry special risks because the issuer of the securities may not be obligated to appropriate money annually to make payments under the lease. A municipal lease is an obligation in the form of a lease or installment purchase that is issued by a state or local government to acquire equipment and facilities. Income from such obligations generally is exempt from state and local taxes in the state of issuance. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment or facilities. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and result in a delay in recovering, or the failure to recover fully, the Trust’s original investment. To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis. In order to reduce this
29

risk, the Trust will only purchase municipal securities representing lease obligations where the Adviser believes the issuer has a strong incentive to continue making appropriations until maturity.
A certificate of participation represents an undivided interest in an unmanaged pool of municipal leases, an installment purchase agreement or other instruments. The certificates are typically issued by a municipal agency, a trust or other entity that has received an assignment of the payments to be made by the state or political subdivision under such leases or installment purchase agreements. Such certificates provide the Trust with the right to a pro rata undivided interest in the underlying municipal securities. In addition, such participations generally provide the Trust with the right to demand payment, on not more than seven days’ notice, of all or any part of the Trust’s participation interest in the underlying municipal securities, plus accrued interest.
Municipal Notes. The Trust also may purchase municipal securities in the form of notes that generally are used to provide for short-term capital needs, in anticipation of an issuer’s receipt of other revenues or financing, and typically have maturities of up to three years. Such instruments may include tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes and construction loan notes. Tax anticipation notes are issued to finance the working capital needs of governments. Generally, they are issued in anticipation of various tax revenues, such as income, sales, property, use and business taxes, and are payable from these specific future taxes. Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under federal revenue sharing programs. Bond anticipation notes are issued to provide interim financing until long-term bond financing can be arranged. In most cases, the long-term bonds then provide the funds needed for repayment of the bond anticipation notes. Tax and revenue anticipation notes combine the funding sources of both tax anticipation notes and revenue anticipation notes. Construction loan notes are sold to provide construction financing. Mortgage notes insured by the Federal Housing Authority secure these notes; however, the proceeds from the insurance may be less than the economic equivalent of the payment of principal and interest on the mortgage note if there has been a default. The anticipated revenues from taxes, grants or bond financing generally secure the obligations of an issuer of municipal notes. An investment in such instruments, however, presents a risk that the anticipated revenues will not be received or that such revenues will be insufficient to satisfy the issuer’s payment obligations under the notes or that refinancing will be otherwise unavailable.
Pre-Refunded Municipal Securities. The principal of, and interest on, pre-refunded municipal securities are no longer paid from the original revenue source for the securities. Instead, the source of such payments is typically an escrow fund consisting of U.S. Government securities. The assets in the escrow fund are derived from the proceeds of refunding bonds issued by the same issuer as the pre-refunded municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities use this advance refunding technique to obtain more favorable terms with respect to securities that are not yet subject to call or redemption by the issuer. For example, advance refunding enables an issuer to refinance debt at lower market interest rates, restructure debt to improve cash flow or eliminate restrictive covenants in the indenture or other governing instrument for the pre-refunded municipal securities. However, except for a change in the revenue source from which principal and interest payments are made, the pre-refunded municipal securities remain outstanding on their original terms until they mature or are redeemed by the issuer.
Insured Municipal Securities. The Trust may purchase municipal securities that are additionally secured by insurance, bank credit agreements or escrow accounts. The credit quality of companies that provide such credit enhancements will affect the value of these securities. Although the insurance feature is designed to reduce certain financial risks, the premiums for insurance and the higher market price paid for insured obligations may reduce the Trust’s income, which may in turn negatively affect the Trust’s net asset value. The Trust may use any insurer, regardless of its rating. A municipal security typically will be deemed to have the rating of its insurer. However, in the event an insurer has a credit rating below the rating of an underlying municipal security or is perceived by the market to have such a lower rating, the municipal security rating would be the more relevant rating and the value of the municipal security would more closely, if not entirely, reflect such rating. As a result, the value of insurance associated with a municipal security may decline and the insurance may not add any value. The insurance feature normally provides that it guarantees the full payment of principal and interest when due of an insured obligation, but does not guarantee the market value of the insured obligation or the net asset value of the Common Shares represented by such insured obligation.
Private Activity Bonds. Private activity bonds, formerly referred to as industrial development bonds, are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately operated housing facilities, airport, mass transit or port facilities, sewage disposal, solid waste disposal or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas or electricity. Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are
30

used for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute municipal securities, although the current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues.
Taxable Municipal Bonds. The Trust may invest in taxable municipal bonds that do not qualify for federal support. Taxable municipal bonds are municipal bonds in which interest paid to the bondholder does not qualify as tax-exempt for federal tax purposes because of the use to which the bond proceeds are put by the municipal borrower. Taxable municipal bonds may include bonds issued to finance sports facilities or investor-led housing, refunding of a refunded issue or borrowing to replenish a municipality’s underfunded pension plan. Taxable municipal bonds may be issued on behalf of private non-profit universities or hospitals. Although taxable municipal bonds are subject to federal taxation, they may not be subject to taxation by the state in which the municipal issuer is located.
Special Taxing Districts. Special taxing districts are organized to plan and finance infrastructure developments to induce residential, commercial and industrial growth and redevelopment. The bond financing methods such as tax increment finance, tax assessment, special services district and Mello-Roos bonds (a type of municipal bond established by the Community Facilities District Act of 1982), are generally payable solely from taxes or other revenues attributable to the specific projects financed by the bonds without recourse to the credit or taxing powers of related or overlapping municipalities. They often are exposed to real estate development-related risks and can have more taxpayer concentration risk than general tax-supported bonds, such as general obligation bonds. Further, the fees, special taxes, or tax allocations and other revenues that are established to secure such financings are generally limited as to the rate or amount that may be levied or assessed and are not subject to increase pursuant to rate covenants or municipal or corporate guarantees. The bonds could default if development fails to progress as anticipated or if larger taxpayers fail to pay the assessments, fees and taxes as provided in the financing plans of the districts.
Floating Rate Securities
The Trust may also invest in floating rate securities issued by special purpose trusts. The special purpose trust typically sells two classes of beneficial interests or securities: floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as short-term floaters or tender option bonds) and inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as inverse floaters or residual interest securities). The floating rate securities have first priority on the cash flow from the municipal bonds held by the special purpose trust. Typically, a third party, such as a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution, grants the floating rate security holders the option, at periodic intervals, to tender their securities to the institution and receive the face value thereof. Floating rate securities may take the form of short-term floating rate securities or the option period may be substantially longer. Generally, the interest rate earned will be based upon the market rates for municipal securities with maturities or remarketing provisions that are comparable in duration to the periodic interval of the tender option, which may vary from weekly, to monthly, to extended periods of one year or multiple years. Since the option feature has a shorter term than the final maturity or first call date of the underlying bond deposited in the special purpose trust, the Trust as the holder of the floating rate security relies upon the terms of the agreement with the financial institution furnishing the option as well as the credit strength of that institution. As further assurance of liquidity, the terms of the special purpose trust provide for a liquidation of the municipal security deposited in the special purpose trust and the application of the proceeds to pay off the floating rate security. The special purpose trusts that are organized to issue both short-term floating rate securities and inverse floaters generally include liquidation triggers to protect the investor in the floating rate security.
Zero Coupon Bonds
A zero coupon bond is a bond that does not pay interest either for the entire life of the obligation or for an initial period after the issuance of the obligation. When held to its maturity, its return comes from the difference between the purchase price and its maturity value. A zero coupon bond is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero coupon bonds allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The market prices of zero coupon bonds are affected to a greater extent by changes in prevailing levels of interest rates and thereby tend to be more volatile in price than securities that pay interest periodically. In addition, the Trust would be required to distribute the income on any of these instruments as it accrues, even though the Trust will not receive all of the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, the Trust may have to sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, to make income distributions to its Common Shareholders.
31

Asset-Backed Securities
Asset-backed securities are a form of structured debt obligation. ABS are securities that are primarily serviced by the cash flows of a discrete pool of receivables or other financial assets, either fixed or revolving, that by their terms convert into cash within a finite time period. Asset-backed securitization is a financing technique in which financial assets, in many cases themselves less liquid, are pooled and converted into instruments that may be offered and sold in the capital markets. In a basic securitization structure, an entity, often a financial institution, originates or otherwise acquires a pool of financial assets, either directly or through an affiliate. It then sells the financial assets, again either directly or through an affiliate, to a specially created investment vehicle that issues securities “backed” or supported by those financial assets. The securities issued by such investment vehicle are ABS. Payment on the ABS depends primarily on the cash flows generated by the assets in the underlying pool and other rights designed to assure timely payment, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or other features generally known as credit enhancements. The collateral for these securities may include home equity loans, automobile and credit card receivables, boat loans, computer leases, airplane leases, mobile home loans, recreational vehicle loans and hospital account receivables. The Trust may invest in these and other types of asset-backed securities that may be developed in the future.
Senior Loans
Senior Loans generally hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (the “Borrower”), are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower. The proceeds of Senior Loans primarily are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, refinancings and to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. Senior Loans typically have rates of interest which are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. These base lending rates are primarily the London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks and the certificate of deposit rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.
Senior Loans typically have a stated term of between five and nine years, and have interest rates which typically are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. Longer interest rate reset periods generally increase fluctuations in the Trust’s net asset value as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Trust is not subject to any restrictions with respect to the maturity of Senior Loans held in its portfolio. As a result, as short-term interest rates increase, interest payable to the Trust from its investments in Senior Loans should increase, and as short-term interest rates decrease, interest payable to the Trust from its investments in Senior Loans should decrease. Because of prepayments, the Adviser expects the average life of the Senior Loans in which the Trust invests to be shorter than the stated maturity.
Senior Loans are subject to the risk of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. Such non-payment would result in a reduction of income to the Trust, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the net asset value of the Trust. There can be no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral securing a Senior Loan would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of a Borrower, the Trust could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Senior Loan. The collateral securing a Senior Loan may lose all or substantially all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy of a Borrower. Some Senior Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate such Senior Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of Senior Loans including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such Senior Loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the Borrower. If interest were required to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Trust’s performance.
Many Senior Loans in which the Trust invests may not be rated by an NRSRO, will not be registered with the SEC, or any state securities commission, and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available with respect to Senior Loans will generally be less extensive than that available for registered or exchange-listed securities. In evaluating the creditworthiness of Borrowers, the Adviser will consider, and may rely in part on, analyses performed by others. Borrowers may have outstanding debt obligations that are rated below investment grade by an NRSRO. Many of the Senior Loans in which the Trust invests will have been assigned below investment grade ratings by an NRSRO. In the event Senior Loans are not rated, they are likely to be the equivalent of below investment grade quality. Because of the protective features of Senior Loans, the Adviser
32

believes that Senior Loans tend to have more favorable loss recovery rates as compared to more junior types of below investment grade debt obligations. The Adviser does not view ratings as the determinative factor in their investment decisions and rely more upon their credit analysis abilities than upon ratings.
Although changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the value of Senior Loans (due to the fact that floating rates on Senior Loans reset only periodically), the value of Senior Loans is substantially less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than fixed rate instruments. As a result, to the extent the Trust invests in floating-rate Senior Loans, the Trust’s portfolio may be less volatile and less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than if the Trust invested in fixed rate obligations. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may cause a decline in the value of these investments and in the Trust’s net asset value. Other factors, including rating downgrades, credit deterioration, a large downward movement in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity, can reduce the value of Senior Loans and other debt obligations, impairing the Trust’s net asset value.
No active trading market may exist for some Senior Loans, and some loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. A secondary market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the Trust’s net asset value. In addition, the Trust may not be able to readily dispose of its Senior Loans at prices that approximate those at which the Trust could sell such loans if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Trust may have to sell other investments including at times when it may not be advisable to do so, or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. During periods of limited supply and liquidity of Senior Loans, the Trust’s yield may be lower.
Although changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the value of Senior Loans (due to the fact that floating rates on Senior Loans reset only periodically), the value of Senior Loans is substantially less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than that of fixed rate instruments. As a result, to the extent the Trust invests in floating-rate Senior Loans, the Trust’s portfolio may be less volatile and less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than if the Trust invested in fixed rate obligations. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may cause a decline in the value of these investments and in the Trust’s net asset value. Other factors, including rating downgrades, credit deterioration, a large downward movement in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity, can reduce the value of Senior Loans and other debt obligations, impairing the Trust’s net asset value.
The Trust may purchase and retain in its portfolio a Senior Loan where the Borrower has experienced, or may be perceived to be likely to experience, credit problems, including involvement in or recent emergence from bankruptcy reorganization proceedings or other forms of debt restructuring. Such investments may provide opportunities for enhanced income as well as capital appreciation, although they also will be subject to greater risk of loss. At times, in connection with the restructuring of a Senior Loan either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Trust may determine or be required to accept equity securities or junior debt securities in exchange for all or a portion of a Senior Loan.
The Trust may purchase Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis from a participant in the original syndicate of lenders or from subsequent assignees of such interests. If the Trust purchases a Senior Loan on direct assignment, it typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Investments in Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis may involve additional risks to the Trust. For example, if such loan is foreclosed, the Trust could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.
The Trust may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Senior Loans. The participation by the Trust in a lender’s portion of a Senior Loan typically will result in the Trust having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Trust may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of payments from the Borrower. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participations in a loan to a Borrower, and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. The Trust may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, the Trust assumes the credit risk associated with the Borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which the Trust intends to invest may not be rated by any NRSRO. Given the current
33

structure of the markets for loan participations and assignments, the Trust currently expects to treat these securities as illiquid.
The Trust may use an independent pricing service or prices provided by dealers to value loans and other debt securities at their market value. The Trust will use the fair value method to value Senior Loans or other securities if market quotations for them are not readily available or are deemed unreliable. A security that is fair valued may be valued at a price higher or lower than actual market quotations or the value determined by other funds using their own fair valuation procedures.
Other Income Producing Securities
The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than taxable municipal securities, including other income producing securities. In addition to ABS and Senior Loans which are discussed above, other income producing securities in which the Trust may invest are described in the SAI.
Investment Funds
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to securities in which it may invest directly by investing up to 20% of its Managed Assets in other investment companies, including U.S. registered investment companies and/or other U.S. or foreign pooled investment vehicles (collectively, “Investment Funds”). Investment Funds do not include structured finance investments, such as asset-backed securities. To the extent that the Trust invests in Investment Funds that invest at least 80% of their total assets in taxable municipal securities, such investment will be counted for purposes of the Trust’s policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in taxable municipal securities. Investments in other Investment Funds involve operating expenses and fees at the Investment Funds level that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Trust and are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders.
Synthetic Investments
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to investments in which the Trust may invest directly through the use of derivative instruments (including swaps, options, forwards, notional principal contracts or customized derivative or financial instruments) to replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an investment in which the Trust may invest directly. The Trust may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Adviser use derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Trust’s investment strategies, including counterparty risk, lack of liquidity in such derivative instruments and additional expenses associated with using such derivative instruments. To the extent that the Trust obtains indirect investment exposure to taxable municipal securities through the use of the foregoing derivative instruments with economic characteristics similar to taxable municipal securities, such investments will be counted for purposes of the Trust’s policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in taxable municipal securities. The Trust has not adopted any percentage limitation with respect to the overall percentage of investment exposure to taxable municipal securities that the Trust may obtain through the use of derivative instruments.
Unregistered, Restricted and Illiquid Securities
The Trust may invest up to 15% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities that are, at the time of investment, illiquid and certain other securities in which the Trust may invest may be illiquid. Illiquid securities include securities legally restricted as to resale, securities for which there is no readily available trading market or that are otherwise illiquid. The Trust may acquire securities through private placements under which it may agree to contractual restrictions on the resale of such securities. Such restrictions might prevent their sale at a time when such sale would otherwise be desirable. Certain restricted securities may, however, be treated as liquid by the Adviser pursuant to procedures adopted by the Trust’s Board of Trustees, which require consideration of factors such as trading activity, availability of market quotations and number of dealers willing to purchase the security. If the Trust invests in restricted securities for which there is a limited trading market, the level of portfolio illiquidity may be increased to the extent that eligible buyers become uninterested in purchasing such securities.
Securities in which the Trust may invest may be unregistered, restricted or illiquid. The Trust may invest in privately issued securities of both public and private companies, which may be illiquid. Securities of below investment grade quality tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities, and securities of financial distressed or bankrupt issuers may be particularly illiquid. Loans typically are not registered with the SEC and are not listed on any securities exchange and may at times be illiquid. Loan investments through participations and assignments are typically illiquid. Structured finance securities are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered
34

under the securities laws. As a result, investments in structured finance securities may be characterized by the Trust as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances. The securities and obligations of foreign issuers, particular issuers in emerging markets, may be more likely to experience periods of illiquidity. Derivative instruments, particularly privately-negotiated or over-the-counter derivatives, may be illiquid, although can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Trust seeks to close out an exchange traded derivative position.
It may be difficult to sell illiquid securities at a price representing the fair value until such time as such securities may be sold publicly. In the case of unregistered securities, where registration is required to facilitate the sale of such securities, a considerable period may elapse between a decision to sell the securities and the time when it would be permitted to sell. Thus, the Trust may not be able to obtain as favorable a price as that prevailing at the time of the decision to sell.
Interest Rate Transactions
In connection with the Trust’s duration management strategy and anticipated use of Financial Leverage, the Trust may enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions. Interest rate swaps involve the Trust’s agreement with the swap counterparty to pay or receive a fixed-rate payment in exchange for a variable-rate payment. An interest rate cap transaction would require the Trust to pay a premium to the cap counterparty and would entitle it, to the extent that a specified variable-rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate, to receive payment from the counterparty of the difference based on the notional amount.
In connection with the Trust’s duration management strategy, the Trust may use interest rate swaps to reduce the overall duration of the portfolio. In connection with the Trust’s anticipated leverage, the Trust may use interest rate swaps or caps to reduce or eliminate the risk that an increase in short-term interest rates could have on Common Share net earnings as a result of Financial Leverage. For example, the Trust may agree to pay to the swap counterparty a fixed-rate payment in exchange for the counterparty’s paying the Trust a variable-rate payment that is intended to approximate all or a portion of the Trust’s variable-rate payment obligation on the Trust’s Financial Leverage.
The Trust will usually enter into swaps or caps on a net basis; that is, the two payment streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Trust’s receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities having a value at least equal to the Trust’s net payment obligations under any swap transaction, marked to market daily. The Trust will treat such amounts as illiquid.
The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the Trust’s use of interest rate instruments could enhance or harm the overall performance of the Common Shares.
Interest rate swaps and caps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate swaps is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Trust is contractually obligated to make. The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to interest rate transactions entered into by the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. Depending on whether the Trust would be entitled to receive net payments from the counterparty on the swap or cap, which in turn would depend on the general state of short-term interest rates at that point in time, such default by a counterparty could negatively impact the performance of the Common Shares. Although this will not guarantee that the counterparty does not default, the Trust will not enter into an interest rate swap or cap transaction with any counterparty that the Adviser believes does not have the financial resources to honor its obligation under the interest rate swap or cap transaction. Further, the Adviser will regularly monitor the financial stability of a counterparty to an interest rate swap or cap transaction in an effort to proactively protect the Trust’s investments.
At the time the interest rate swap or cap transaction reaches its scheduled termination date, there is a risk that the Trust will not be able to obtain a replacement transaction or that the terms of the replacement will not be as favorable as on the expiring transaction. If this occurs, it could have a negative impact on the performance of the Common Shares. The Trust may choose or be required to prepay Indebtedness. Such a prepayment would likely
35

result in the Trust’s seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any swap or cap transaction entered into in connection with the Trust’s use of Financial Leverage. Such early termination of a swap could result in a termination payment by or to the Trust. An early termination of a cap could result in a termination payment to the Trust. There may also be penalties associated with early termination.
Temporary Defensive Investments
At any time when a temporary defensive posture is believed by the Adviser to be warranted (a “temporary defensive period”), the Trust may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in money market instruments and repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments. The money market instruments in which the Trust may invest are obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; commercial paper rated A-1 or higher by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s; and certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic branches of U.S. banks that are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. During a temporary defensive period, the Trust may also invest in shares of money market mutual funds. Money market mutual funds are investment companies, and the investments in those companies by the Trust are in some cases subject to certain fundamental investment restrictions and applicable law. See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI. As a shareholder in a mutual fund, the Trust will bear its ratable share of its expenses, including management fees, and will remain subject to payment of the fees to the Adviser, with respect to assets so invested. See “Management of the Trust.” The Trust may not achieve its investment objectives during a temporary defensive period or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels.
Certain Other Investment Practices
When Issued, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments. The Trust may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities, including on a “when issued” or “delayed delivery” basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved, in order to acquire the security or to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates and price. In some cases, a forward commitment may be conditioned upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring (i.e., a when, as and if issued security). When such transactions are negotiated, the price is fixed at the time of the commitment, with payment and delivery taking place in the future, generally a month or more after the date of the commitment. While it will only enter into a forward commitment with the intention of actually acquiring the security, the Trust may sell the security before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. Securities purchased under a forward commitment are subject to market fluctuation, and no interest (or dividends) accrues to the Trust prior to the settlement date. The Trust will earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an aggregate amount at least equal to the amount of its outstanding forward commitments.
Loans of Portfolio Securities. To increase income, the Trust may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions if (i) the loan is collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and (ii) no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Trust’s total assets. If the borrower fails to maintain the requisite amount of collateral, the loan automatically terminates and the Trust could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over the value of the collateral. As with any extension of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. There can be no assurance that borrowers will not fail financially. On termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Trust, and any gain or loss in the market price during the period of the loan would inure to the Trust. If the other party to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Trust is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Trust’s ability to sell the collateral and the Trust would suffer a loss. See “Investment Objectives and Policies—Loans of Portfolio Securities” in the SAI.
Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements may be seen as loans by the Trust collateralized by underlying debt securities. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the Trust would acquire an underlying debt obligation for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the Trust to resell, the obligation at an agreed price and time. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return to the Trust that is not subject to market fluctuations during the holding period. The Trust bears a risk of loss in the event that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations and the Trust is delayed in or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the collateral securities, including the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which it seeks to assert these rights. The Adviser, acting under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, reviews the creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which
36

the Trust enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate these risks and monitors on an ongoing basis the value of the securities subject to repurchase agreements to ensure that the value is maintained at the required level. The Trust has not adopted percentage limitations with respect to the percentage of its assets that may be subject to repurchase agreements. The Trust will not enter into repurchase agreements with the Adviser or its affiliates.
Strategic Transactions
In addition to those derivatives transactions utilized in connection with the Trust’s duration management strategy and those described above under “—Portfolio Contents—Interest Rate Transactions,” the Trust may, but is not required to, use various portfolio strategies, including derivatives transactions involving interest rate and foreign currency transactions, swaps, options and futures. In the course of pursuing Strategic Transactions, the Trust may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, instruments or equity and fixed-income indices, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, and enter into swap, cap, floor or collar transactions. In addition, Strategic Transactions may also include new techniques, instruments or strategies that are developed or permitted as regulatory changes occur.
The Trust generally may seek to use Strategic Transactions to earn income, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks. The Trust may use Strategic Transactions as a portfolio management or hedging technique to seek to protect against possible adverse changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for the Trust’s portfolio, protect the value of the Trust’s portfolio, facilitate the sale of certain securities for investment purposes, manage the effective interest rate exposure of the Trust, protect against changes in currency exchange rates, manage the effective maturity or duration of the Trust’s portfolio, or obtain indirect investment exposure as a substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities directly. The Trust will not enter into a Strategic Transaction to the extent such Strategic Transaction would cause the Trust to become subject to regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a commodity pool.
Strategic Transactions have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Losses on Strategic Transactions may reduce the Trust’s net asset value and its ability to pay distributions if they are not offset by gains on portfolio positions being hedged. The use of Strategic Transactions may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment, or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. The use of Financial Leverage by the Trust, if any, may limit the Trust’s ability to use Strategic Transactions.
For a more detailed discussion of certain derivatives and their attendant risks, see “Investment Objectives and Policies—Derivative Instruments” in the SAI.
Portfolio Turnover
The Trust will buy and sell securities to seek to accomplish its investment objectives. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expense to the Trust, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities. The portfolio turnover rate is computed by dividing the lesser of the amount of the securities purchased or securities sold by the average monthly value of securities owned during the year (excluding securities whose maturities at acquisition were one year or less). The Trust’s portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Higher portfolio turnover may decrease the after-tax return to individual investors in the Trust to the extent it results in a decrease of the long-term capital gains portion of distributions to shareholders. Under normal market conditions, the Trust anticipates that its annual portfolio turnover rate will be less than 50%.
Investment Restrictions
The Trust has adopted certain other investment limitations designed to limit investment risk. These limitations are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares, as defined in the 1940 Act (and preferred shares, if any, voting together as a single class). See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI for a complete list of the fundamental investment policies of the Trust.
37

USE OF FINANCIAL LEVERAGE
The Trust may employ leverage through (i) the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper, (ii) engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, (iii) investments in inverse floating rate securities, which have the economic effect of leverage and (iv) the issuance of preferred shares. The Trust has no current intention to issue Preferred Shares. The Trust may utilize Financial Leverage up to the imposed by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act the Trust may not incur Indebtedness if, immediately after incurring such Indebtedness, the Trust would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 300% (i.e., for every dollar of Indebtedness outstanding, the Trust is required to have at least three dollars of assets). Under the 1940 Act, the Trust may not issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after issuance, the Trust would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 200% (i.e., for every dollar of Preferred Shares outstanding, the Trust is required to have at least two dollars of assets). However, under current market conditions, the Trust expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, such that the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed 33 1/3 % of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage). The Adviser anticipate that the use of Financial Leverage will result in higher income to Common Shareholders over time. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. The rights of Common Shareholders will be subordinate to any Financial Leverage of the Trust. The costs associated with the issuance and use of Financial Leverage will be borne by Common Shareholders, which will result in a reduction of net asset value of the Common Shares. The Trust has entered into a committed facility agreement with Société Générale S.A. pursuant to which the Trust may borrow up to $125 million. As of May 31, 2019, there was approximately $44.5 in borrowings outstanding under the committed facility agreement, representing approximately 9% of the Trust’s Managed Assets as of such date, and there was approximately $56.2 million in reverse repurchase agreements outstanding, representing approximately 11% of the Trust’s Managed Assets as of such date. In addition, the Trust may engage in certain derivative transactions, including swaps, that have characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Trust to make payments, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, in which case the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Trust’s Financial Leverage. The Trust’s total Financial Leverage may vary significantly over time based on the Adviser’s assessment of market conditions, available investment opportunities and cost of Financial Leverage. Although the use of Financial Leverage by the Trust may create an opportunity for increased total return for the Common Shares, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. Financial Leverage involves risks and special considerations for shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and market price of and dividends on the Common Shares. To the extent the Trust increases its amount of Financial Leverage outstanding, it will be more exposed to these risks. The cost of Financial Leverage, including the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, is borne by Common Shareholders. To the extent the Trust increases its amount of Financial Leverage outstanding, the Trust’s annual expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares will increase. See “Risks—Financial Leverage Risk.”
Indebtedness
The Trust may utilize Indebtedness to the maximum extent permitted under the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Trust may not incur Indebtedness if, immediately after incurring such Indebtedness, the Trust would have an asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 300% (i.e., the value of the Trust’s total assets less liabilities other than the principal amount represented by Indebtedness must be at least 300% of the principal amount represented by Indebtedness at the time of issuance). In addition, the Trust generally is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on the Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration and after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution, the Trust maintains asset coverage of 300%. However, the foregoing restriction does not apply with respect to certain types of Indebtedness, including a line of credit or other privately arranged borrowings from a financial institution. To the extent the Trust utilizes Indebtedness, the Trust intends, to the extent possible, to prepay all or a portion of the principal amount of any outstanding Indebtedness to the extent necessary to maintain the required asset coverage. The Trust may also utilize Indebtedness in excess of such limit for temporary purposes such as the settlement of transactions.
38

The terms of any such Indebtedness may require the Trust to pay a fee to maintain a line of credit, such as a commitment fee, or to maintain minimum average balances with a lender. Any such requirements would increase the cost of such Indebtedness over the stated interest rate. Such lenders would have the right to receive interest on and repayment of principal of any such Indebtedness, which right will be senior to those of the Common Shareholders. Any such Indebtedness may contain provisions limiting certain activities of the Trust, including the payment of dividends to Common Shareholders in certain circumstances. Any Indebtedness will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future Indebtedness of the Trust. If the Trust utilizes Indebtedness, the Common Shareholders will bear the offering costs of the issuance of any Indebtedness.
Certain types of Indebtedness subject the Trust to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Indebtedness issued by the Trust also may subject the Trust to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more NRSROs, which may issue ratings for such Indebtedness. Such guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Adviser from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies.
The 1940 Act grants to the lenders to the Trust, under certain circumstances, certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default and entitle the debt holders to elect a majority of the Board of Trustees.
Committed Facility Agreement. The Trust has entered into a committed facility agreement with Société Générale S.A., dated as of February 27, 2015, as amended through the date hereof, pursuant to which the Trust may borrow up to $125 million. Interest payable by the Trust on amounts drawn under the committed facility agreement is based on the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 85 basis points. The Trust’s Borrowings under the committed facility are collateralized by portfolio assets which are maintained by the Trust in a separate account with the Trust’s custodian for the benefit of the lender, which collateral exceeds the amount borrowed. Securities deposited in the collateral account may be rehypothecated by Société Générale S.A.. In the event of a default by the Trust under the committed facility, the lender has the right to sell such collateral assets to satisfy the Trust’s obligation to the lender. The committed facility agreement includes usual and customary covenants. These covenants impose on the Trust asset coverage requirements, collateral requirements, investment strategy requirements, and certain financial obligations. These covenants place limits or restrictions on the Trust’s ability to (i) enter into additional indebtedness with a party other than Société Générale S.A., (ii) change its fundamental investment policy, or (iii) pledge to any other party, other than to the counterparty, securities owned or held by the Trust over which the counterparty has a lien. In addition, the Trust is required to deliver financial information to the counterparty within established deadlines, maintain an asset coverage ratio (as defined in Section 18(g) of the 1940 Act) greater than 300%, comply with the rules of the stock exchange on which its shares are listed, and maintain its classification as a “closed-end management investment company” as defined in the 1940 Act. As of May 31, 2019, there was approximately $44.5 in borrowings outstanding under the committed facility agreement, representing approximately 9% of the Trust’s Managed Assets as of such date. However, amounts drawn under the committed facility may vary over time and such amounts will be reported in the Trust’s audited financial statements contained in the Trust’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Roll Transactions
In reverse repurchase agreement transactions, the Trust sells portfolio securities to financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers and agrees to repurchase them at a particular date and price. The Trust may utilize reverse repurchase agreements when it is anticipated that the interest income to be earned from the investment of the proceeds of the transaction is greater than the interest expense of the transaction. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Trust, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Trust. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the reverse repurchase transaction, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Trust compared with what the performance would have been without the use of reverse repurchase transactions.
A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by the Trust of a MBS or other security concurrently with an agreement by the Trust to repurchase a similar security at a later date at an agreed-upon price. The securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate and stated maturity as those sold, but pools of mortgages collateralizing those securities may have different prepayment histories than those sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional
39

instruments for the Trust, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Trust. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Trust compared with what the performance would have been without the use of dollar rolls.
With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, the Trust’s Managed Assets shall include any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Trust to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the underlying asset as of the relevant measuring date.
With respect to Financial Leverage incurred through investments in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. As a result of such segregation, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act and the Trust’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will not be limited by the 1940 Act. However, the Trust’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will be included when calculating the Trust’s Financial Leverage and therefore will be limited by the Trust’s maximum overall leverage levels approved by the Board of Trustees and may be further limited by the availability of cash or liquid securities to earmark or segregate in connection with such transactions. As of May 31, 2019, there was approximately $56.2 million in reverse repurchase agreements outstanding, representing approximately 11% of the Trust’s Managed Assets as of such date.
Inverse Floating Rate Securities
Under current market conditions, the Trust anticipates utilizing Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or engaging in reverse repurchase agreements. The Trust also may utilize Financial Leverage through investments in inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as “inverse floaters”), although the Trust will not do so during its first year of operation. Inverse floating rate securities are securities whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. Generally, inverse floating rate securities represent beneficial interests in a special purpose trust formed by a third party sponsor for the purpose of holding municipal bonds. The special purpose trust typically sells two classes of beneficial interests or securities: floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as short-term floaters or tender option bonds) and inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as inverse floaters or residual interest securities). The short-term floating rate securities have first priority on the cash flow from the municipal bonds held by the special purpose trust. The holder of the inverse floating rate securities receives the residual cash flow from the special purpose trust. Because the holder of the short-term floater is generally assured liquidity at the face value of the security, the holder of the inverse floater assumes the interest rate cash flow risk and the market value risk associated with the municipal security deposited into the special purpose trust. In addition, all voting rights and decisions to be made with respect to any other rights relating to the municipal bonds held in the special purpose trust are passed through to the holder of the residual inverse floating rate securities.
Because increases in the interest rate on the short-term floaters reduce the residual interest paid on inverse floaters, and because fluctuations in the value of the municipal bond deposited in the special purpose trust affect the value of the inverse floater only, and not the value of the short-term floater issued by the special purpose trust, inverse floaters’ value is generally more volatile than that of fixed rate bonds. The market price of inverse floating rate securities is generally more volatile than that of the underlying securities due to the leveraging effect of this ownership structure. The volatility of the interest cash flow and the residual market value will vary with the degree to which the special purpose trust is leveraged. This is expressed in the ratio of the total face value of the short-term floaters in relation to the value of the residual inverse floaters that are issued by the special purpose trust. These securities generally will underperform the market of fixed rate bonds in a rising interest rate environment (i.e., when bond values are falling), but tend to outperform the market of fixed rate bonds when interest rates decline or remain relatively stable. Although volatile, inverse floaters typically offer the potential for yields exceeding the yields available on fixed rate bonds with comparable credit quality, coupon, call provisions and maturity.
Inverse floaters have varying degrees of liquidity based upon the liquidity of the underlying securities deposited in a special purpose trust. The market for such inverse floating rate securities issued by special purpose trusts formed with taxable municipal securities is relatively new and undeveloped. Initially, there may be a limited number of counterparties, which may increase the credit risks, counterparty risk and liquidity risk of investing in taxable inverse floating rate securities.
40

The Trust may invest in inverse floating rate securities, issued by special purpose trusts that have recourse to the Trust. At the Adviser’s discretion, the Trust may enter into a separate shortfall and forbearance agreement with the third party sponsor of a special purpose trust. The Trust may enter into such shortfall and forbearance agreements (i) when the liquidity provider to the special purpose trust requires such an agreement because the level of leverage in the special purpose trust exceeds the level that the liquidity provider is willing support absent such an agreement; and/or (ii) to seek to prevent the liquidity provider from collapsing the special purpose trust in the event that the municipal obligation held in the special purpose trust has declined in value. Such an agreement would require the Trust to reimburse the third party sponsor of the special purpose trust, upon termination of the special purpose trust issuing the inverse floating rate security, the difference between the liquidation value of the bonds held in the special purpose trust and the principal amount due to the holders of floating rate interests. Such agreements may expose the Trust to a risk of loss that exceeds its investment in the inverse floating rate securities. Absent a shortfall and forbearance agreement, the Trust would not be required to make such a reimbursement. If the Trust chooses not to enter into such an agreement, the special purpose trust could be liquidated and the Trust could incur a loss.
With respect to Financial Leverage incurred through investments in inverse floating rate securities, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC. Under current interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, the Trust would earmark or segregate liquid assets, not including assets deposited in the special purpose trust, in an amount equal to any short term floaters that are not owned by the Trust, plus any accrued but unpaid interest due on such short term floaters, issued by special purpose trusts sponsored on behalf of the Trust. As a result of such segregation, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act. Therefore, the Trust’s ability to utilize Financial Leverage through such transactions will not be limited by the 1940 Act, but will be limited by the Trust’s maximum overall leverage levels approved by the Board of Trustees (currently 33 1/3% of the Trust’s Managed Assets) and may be limited by the availability of cash or liquid securities to earmark or segregate in connection with such transactions.
With respect to inverse floating rate securities, the Trust’s Managed Assets include assets attributable to the Trust’s use of effective leverage (whether or not those assets are reflected in the Trust’s financial statements for purposes of generally accepted accounting principles), including the portion of assets in special purpose trusts of which the Trust owns the inverse floater certificates that has been effectively financed by the special purpose trust’s issuance of floating rate certificates.
Preferred Shares
The Trust’s Governing Documents provide that the Board of Trustees may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, by action of the Board of Trustees without prior approval of the holders of the Common Shares. Common Shareholders have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued. Any such Preferred Share offering would be subject to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Although the Trust has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares, it may in the future utilize Preferred Shares to the maximum extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Trust may not issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after issuance, the Trust would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 200% (i.e., for every dollar of Preferred Shares outstanding, the Trust is required to have at least two dollars of assets). See “Description of Capital Structure—Preferred Shares.”
Certain Portfolio Transactions
In addition, the Trust may engage in certain derivative transactions, including swaps, that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Trust to make payments, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Trust under the terms of such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Trust to deliver particular securities to extinguish the Trust’s obligations under such transactions the Trust may “cover” its obligations under such transactions by either (i) owning the securities or collateral underlying such transactions or (ii) having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities or collateral without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, having earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities). Such segregation or cover is intended to provide the Trust with available assets to satisfy its obligations under such transactions. As a result of such segregation or cover, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act, or included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Trust’s Financial Leverage. To the extent that the Trust’s obligations under such
41

transactions are not so segregated or covered, such obligations may be considered “senior securities representing indebtedness” under the 1940 Act and therefore subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement.
Effects of Financial Leverage
Assuming (i) the use by the Trust of Financial Leverage representing approximately 20% of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) and (ii) interest costs to the Trust at an average annual rate of 3.12% with respect to such Financial Leverage, then the incremental income generated by the Trust’s portfolio (net of estimated expenses including expenses related to the Financial Leverage) must exceed approximately 0.63% to cover such interest expense. Of course, these numbers are merely estimates used for illustration. The amount of Financial Leverage used by the Trust as well as actual interest expenses on such Financial Leverage may vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower than the rate estimated above.
The following table is furnished pursuant to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effect of Financial Leverage on Common Share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income, net expenses and changes in the value of investments held in the Trust’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of what the Trust’s investment portfolio returns will be. The table further reflects the issuance of Financial Leverage representing approximately 20% of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) and the Trust’s currently projected annual interest rate of 3.12% with respect to such Financial Leverage. The table does not reflect any offering costs of Common Shares or Financial Leverage.
Assumed Portfolio Total Return (Net of Expenses)
(10.00)%
(5.00)%
0.00%
5.00%
10.00%
           
Common Share Total Return 
 (13.34)%
 (7.07)%
 (0.79)%
5.48%
11.75%
Common Share total return is composed of two elements—the Common Share dividends paid by the Trust (the amount of which is largely determined by the Trust’s net investment income after paying the carrying cost of Financial Leverage) and realized and unrealized gains or losses on the value of the securities the Trust owns. As required by SEC rules, the table assumes that the Trust is more likely to suffer capital loss than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0%, the Trust must assume that the net investment income it receives on its investments is entirely offset by losses on the value of those investments. This table reflects the hypothetical performance of the Trust’s portfolio and not the performance of the Trust’s Common Shares, the value of which will be determined by market and other factors.
During the time in which the Trust is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Trust’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to manage this conflict of interest, the maximum level of and types of Financial Leverage used by the Trust must be approved by the Board of Trustees, and the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser regarding the Trust’s use of Financial Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of the Trust’s portfolio and the performance of the Trust.
Unless and until the Trust utilizes Financial Leverage, the Common Shares will not be leveraged and this section will not apply. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized.
RISKS
Investors should consider the following risk factors and special considerations associated with investing in the Trust. An investment in the Trust is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest.
Not a Complete Investment Program
The Trust is intended for investors seeking a high level of after-tax total return, with an emphasis on current distributions paid to shareholders, over the long term. The Trust is not meant to provide a vehicle for those who wish to play short-term swings in the stock market. An investment in the Common Shares of the Trust should not be
42

considered a complete investment program. Each Common Shareholder should take into account the Trust’s investment objectives as well as the Common Shareholder’s other investments when considering an investment in the Trust.
Investment and Market Risk
An investment in the Trust is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. An investment in the Common Shares of the Trust represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Trust. The value of those securities may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The value of the securities owned by the Trust will affect the value of the Common Shares. At any point in time, your Common Shares may be worth less than your original investment, including the reinvestment of Trust dividends and distributions.
Management Risk
The Trust is subject to management risk because it is an actively managed portfolio. In acting as the Trust’s Adviser, responsible for management of the Trust’s portfolio securities, the Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Trust, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.
Municipal Securities Risk
The amount of public information available about municipal securities is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Trust’s municipal securities investments may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser. The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly below investment grade municipal securities, also tends to be less well-developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Trust’s ability to sell such securities at prices approximating those at which the Trust may currently value them.
In addition, many state and municipal governments that issue securities are under significant economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and such holders may not be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled.
Taxable Municipal Securities Risk.
While interest earned on municipal securities is generally not subject to federal tax, any interest earned on taxable municipal securities is fully taxable at the federal level and may be subject to tax at the state level. Additionally, litigation, legislation or other political events, local business or economic conditions or the bankruptcy of the issuer could have a significant effect on the ability of an issuer of municipal securities to make payments of principal and/or interest. Political changes and uncertainties in the municipal market related to taxation, legislative changes or the rights of municipal security holders can significantly affect municipal securities. Because many securities are issued to finance similar projects, especially those relating to education, health care, transportation and utilities, conditions in those sectors can affect the overall municipal market. In addition, changes in the financial condition of an individual municipal issuer can affect the overall municipal market.
Build America Bonds Risk
BABs are a form of municipal financing. The BABs market is smaller and less diverse than the broader municipal securities market. In addition, because the relevant provisions of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 were not extended, bonds issued after December 31, 2010 cannot qualify as BABs. As of the date of this prospectus, there is no indication that Congress will renew the program to permit issuance of new Build America Bonds. As a result, the number of available BABs is limited, which may negatively affect the value of the BABs. In addition, there can be no assurance that BABs will continue to be actively traded. It is difficult to predict the extent to which a market for such bonds will continue, meaning that BABs may experience greater illiquidity than other municipal obligations.
43

Because issuers of direct payment BABs held in the Trust’s portfolio receive reimbursement from the U.S. Treasury with respect to interest payments on bonds, there is a risk that those municipal issuers will not receive timely payment from the U.S. Treasury and may remain obligated to pay the full interest due on direct payment BABs held by the Trust. Under the sequestration process under the Budget Control Act of 2011, automatic spending cuts that became effective on March 1, 2013 reduced the federal subsidy for BABs and other subsidized taxable municipal bonds. The reduced federal subsidy has been extended through 2024. The subsidy payments were reduced by 6.6% in 2018 and by 6.2% in 2019. Furthermore, it is possible that a municipal issuer may fail to comply with the requirements to receive the direct pay subsidy or that a future Congress may further reduce or terminate the subsidy altogether. In addition, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) contains a general offset rule (the “IRS Offset Rule”) which allows for the possibility that subsidy payments to be received by issuers of BABs may be subject to offset against amounts owed by them to the federal government. Moreover, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) may audit the agencies issuing BABs and such audits may, among other things, examine the price at which BABs are initially sold to investors. If the IRS concludes that a BAB was mispriced based on its audit, it could disallow all or a portion of the interest subsidy received by the issuer of the BAB. The IRS Offset Rule and the disallowance of any interest subsidy as a result of an IRS audit could potentially adversely affect a BABs issuer’s credit rating, and adversely affect the issuer’s ability to repay or refinance BABs. This, in turn, could adversely affect the ratings and value of the BABs held by the Trust and the Trust’s net asset value. The IRS has withheld subsidies from several states and municipalities.
Reinvestment Risk
Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Trust’s portfolio will decline if the Trust invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called securities at market interest rates that are below the Trust portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or the overall return of the Trust.
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk that one or more credit securities in the Trust’s portfolio will decline in price, or fail to pay interest or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation experiences a decline in its financial status. A downgrade of the rating assigned to a credit security by an NRSRO may reduce the value of that security.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that fixed income securities, such as preferred and debt securities and certain equity securities will decline in value because of a rise in market interest rates. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates recently have declined significantly below historical average rates, and the Federal Reserve has begun to raise the Federal Funds rate. Prevailing interest rates may be adversely impacted by market and economic factors, including the potential impact of tapering of “quantitative easing” by the Federal Reserve Board. If interest rates rise the markets may experience increased volatility, which may adversely affect the value and/or liquidity of certain of the Trust’s investments. Increases in interest rates may adversely affect the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives. The prices of longer-term securities fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term securities as interest rates change. The Trust’s use of leverage, as described below, will tend to increase Common Share interest rate risk. The Trust may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of credit securities held by the Trust and decreasing the Trust’s exposure to interest rate risk. The Trust is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and may choose not to do so. In addition, there is no assurance that any attempts by the Trust to reduce interest rate risk will be successful or that any hedges that the Trust may establish will perfectly correlate with movements in interest rates.
The Trust may invest in variable and floating rate debt instruments, which generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than fixed rate instruments, but generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline.
Duration Management Risk
The Trust’s managers expect to employ investment and trading strategies to seek to maintain the leverage-adjusted duration of the Trust’s portfolio at generally less than 10 years. Such strategies include, among others, security selection and the use of financial products. Financial products may include US treasury swaps, total return swaps and futures contracts, among others. During the latest semi-annual period the Trust’s managers used a combination of Corporate 
44

Bonds, Asset Backed Securities, Collateralized Loan Obligations, Collateralized Mortgage Obligations, Preferred Stock, Term Loans and other similar instruments to achieve a leverage-adjusted duration of less than 10 years. These investments were also used to provide the Trust with protection against interest rate volatility while providing income to the Trust. (Duration is a measure of a bond’s price sensitivity to changes in interest rates, expressed in years. Duration is a weighted average of the times that interest payments and the final return of principal are received. The weights are the amounts of the payments discounted by the yield to maturity of the bond.)
Financial Leverage Risk
Although the use of Financial Leverage by the Trust may create an opportunity for increased after-tax total return for the Common Shares, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. If the income and gains earned on securities purchased with Financial Leverage proceeds are greater than the cost of Financial Leverage, the Trust’s return will be greater than if Financial Leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income or gains from the securities purchased with such proceeds does not cover the cost of Financial Leverage, the return to the Trust will be less than if Financial Leverage had not been used.
Financial Leverage involves risks and special considerations for shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value, market price and dividends on the Common Shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage; the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt or in the dividend rates on any Financial Leverage that the Trust must pay will reduce the return to the Common Shareholders; and the effect of Financial Leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Trust were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the Common Shares.
It is also possible that the Trust will be required to sell assets, possibly at a loss, in order to redeem or meet payment obligations on any leverage. Such a sale would reduce the Trust’s net asset value and also make it difficult for the net asset value to recover. The Trust in its best judgment nevertheless may determine to continue to use Financial Leverage if it expects that the benefits to the Trust’s shareholders of maintaining the leveraged position will outweigh the current reduced return.
Certain types of Borrowings subject the Trust to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Borrowings issued by the Trust also may subject the Trust to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for such Borrowings. Such guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Adviser from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies.
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense and Trust expenses associated with the repurchase agreement, that the market value of the securities sold by the Trust may decline below the price at which the Trust is obligated to repurchase such securities and that the securities may not be returned to the Trust. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed. In connection with reverse repurchase agreements, the Trust will also be subject to counterparty risk with respect to the purchaser of the securities. If the broker/dealer to whom the Trust sells securities becomes insolvent, the Trust’s right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted.
Because the fees received by the Adviser are based on the Managed Assets of the Trust (including the proceeds of any Financial Leverage), the Adviser has a financial incentive for the Trust to utilize Financial Leverage, which may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Common Shareholders. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period during which it is employed.
If the cost of leverage is no longer favorable, or if the Trust is otherwise required to reduce its leverage, the Trust may not be able to maintain distributions on Common Shares at historical levels and Common Shareholders will bear any costs associated with selling portfolio securities.
Reinvestment Risk
Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Trust’s portfolio will decline if the Trust invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called bonds at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or the overall return of the Trust.
45

Inflation/Deflation Risk
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Trust’s use of Financial Leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to Common Shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio.
Insurance Risk
The Trust may purchase municipal securities that are secured by insurance, bank credit agreements or escrow accounts. The credit quality of the companies that provide such credit enhancements will affect the value of those securities. Certain significant providers of insurance for municipal securities have in the past incurred significant losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other lower credit quality investments that experienced recent defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. As a result, such losses reduced the insurers’ capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations under such insurance if they are called upon to do so in the future. While an insured municipal security will typically be deemed to have the rating of its insurer, if the insurer of a municipal security suffers a downgrade in its credit rating or the market discounts the value of the insurance provided by the insurer, the rating of the underlying municipal security will be more relevant and the value of the municipal security would more closely, if not entirely, reflect such rating. In such a case, the value of insurance associated with a municipal security would decline and may not add any value. The insurance feature of a municipal security normally provides that it guarantees the full payment of principal and interest when due through the life of an insured obligation, but does not guarantee the market value of the insured obligation or the net asset value of the Common Shares attributable to such insured obligation.
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk
The Trust may invest in securities rated below investment grade (that is below Baa3 by Moody’s; or below BBB- by S&P or Fitch; comparably rated by another statistical rating organization; or, if unrated, as determined by the Adviser to be of comparable credit quality), which are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” Investment in securities of below investment grade quality involves substantial risk of loss. Securities of below investment grade quality are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and issuer-specific developments. Issuers of below investment grade securities are not perceived to be as strong financially as those with higher credit ratings. These issuers are more vulnerable to financial setbacks and recession than more creditworthy issuers, which may impair their ability to make interest and principal payments. Securities of below investment grade quality display increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to a deteriorating economic environment. The market values for, total return and yield for securities of below investment grade quality tend to be more volatile than the market values, total return and yield for higher-quality securities. Securities of below investment grade quality  tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities and therefore more difficult to value accurately and sell at an advantageous price or time and may involve greater transactions costs and wider bid/ask spreads than higher-quality securities. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain below investment grade securities, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in below investment grade securities, you could have an increased risk of losing money on your investment in Common Shares, both in the short-term and the long-term. To the extent that the Trust invests in securities that have not been rated by an NRSRO, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.
Sector Risk
The Trust may invest a significant portion of its managed assets in certain sectors which may subject the Trust to additional risk and variability. To the extent that the Trust focuses its managed assets in the hospital and healthcare facilities sector, for example, the Trust will be subject to risks associated with such sector, including adverse government regulation and reduction in reimbursement rates, as well as government approval of products and services and intense competition. Securities issued with respect to special taxing districts will be subject to various risks, including real-estate development related risks and taxpayer concentration risk. Further, the fees, special taxes
46

or tax allocations and other revenues established to secure the obligations of securities issued with respect to special taxing districts are generally limited as to the rate or amount that may be levied or assessed and are not subject to increase pursuant to rate covenants or municipal or corporate guarantees. Charter schools and other private educational facilities are subject to various risks, including the reversal of legislation authorizing or funding charter schools, the failure to renew or secure a charter, the failure of a funding entity to appropriate necessary funds and competition from alternatives such as voucher programs. Issuers of municipal utility securities can be significantly affected by government regulation, financing difficulties, supply and demand of services or fuel and natural resource conservation. The transportation sector, including airports, airlines, ports and other transportation facilities, can be significantly affected by changes in the economy, fuel prices, maintenance, labor relations, insurance costs and government regulation.
Special Risks Related to Certain Municipal Securities
The Trust may invest in municipal leases and certificates of participation in such leases. Municipal leases and certificates of participation involve special risks not normally associated with general obligations or revenue bonds. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the governmental issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and may result in a delay in recovering or the failure to fully recover the Trust’s original investment. In the event of non-appropriation, the issuer would be in default and taking ownership of the assets may be a remedy available to the Trust, although the Trust does not anticipate that such a remedy would normally be pursued. To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis. Certificates of participation, which represent interests in unmanaged pools of municipal leases or installment contracts, involve the same risks as the underlying municipal leases. In addition, the Trust may be dependent upon the municipal authority issuing the certificates of participation to exercise remedies with respect to the underlying securities. Certificates of participation entail a risk of default or bankruptcy not only of the issuer of the underlying lease but also of the municipal agency issuing the certificate of participation.
Structured Finance Investments Risk
The Trust’s structured finance investments may consist of RMBS and CMBS issued by governmental entities and private issuers, ABS, structured notes, credit-linked notes and other types of structured finance securities. Holders of structured finance securities bear risks of the underlying assets, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk. The Trust may have the right to receive payments only from the issuer of the structured finance security, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured finance investments enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of assets without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same assets, investors in structured finance securities generally pay their share of the structured finance security issuer’s administrative and other expenses. The prices of indices and assets underlying structured finance securities, and, therefore, the prices of structured finance securities, will be influenced by, and will rise and fall in response to, the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured finance security uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term assets, the issuer may be forced to sell its assets at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured finance securities owned by the Trust. Certain structured finance securities may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market.
The Trust may invest in structured finance securities collateralized by low grade or defaulted loans or securities. Investments in such structured finance securities are subject to the risks associated with below investment grade securities. Such securities are characterized by high risk. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities.
47

The Trust may invest in senior and subordinated classes issued by structured finance vehicles. The payment of cash flows from the underlying assets to senior classes take precedence over those of subordinated classes, and therefore subordinated classes are subject to greater risk. Furthermore, the leveraged nature of subordinated classes may magnify the adverse impact on such class of changes in the value of the assets, changes in the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets, prepayment on assets and availability, price and interest rates of assets.
Structured finance securities are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in structured finance securities may be characterized by the Trust as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances.
Asset-Backed Securities Risk
In addition to the general risks associated with credit securities discussed herein and the risks discussed under “Structured Finance Investments Risks,” ABS are subject to additional risks. ABS may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates. ABS involve certain risks in addition to those presented by MBS. ABS do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the underlying collateral as MBS and are more dependent on the borrower’s ability to pay and may provide the Trust with a less effective security interest in the related collateral than do MBS. There is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. The collateral underlying ABS may constitute assets related to a wide range of industries and sectors, such as credit card and automobile receivables or other assets derived from consumer, commercial or corporate sectors.
For example, ABS can be collateralized with credit card and automobile receivables. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due.
Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. If the economy of the United States deteriorates, defaults on securities backed by credit card, automobile and other receivables may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any ABS owned by the Trust. In recent years, certain automobile manufacturers have been granted access to emergency loans from the U.S. Government and have experienced bankruptcy. As a result of these events, the value of securities backed by receivables from the sale or lease of automobiles may be adversely affected.
If the economy of the United States deteriorates, defaults on securities backed by credit card, automobile and other receivables may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any ABS owned by the Trust. In addition, these securities may provide the Trust with a less effective security interest in the related collateral than do mortgage-related securities. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.
ABS collateralized by other types of assets are subject to risks associated with the underlying collateral.
Senior Loans Risk
The Trust may invest in Senior Loans. Senior Loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the issuing entity, are typically secured with specific collateral and typically have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the borrower. The Trust’s investments in Senior Loans are typically below investment grade and are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. The risks associated with Senior Loans of below investment grade quality are similar to the risks of other lower grade securities, although Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to subordinated and unsecured securities. Senior Loans’ higher standing has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization. In addition, because their interest payments are adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates, investments in Senior Loans generally have less interest rate risk than other lower grade securities, which may have fixed interest rates.
48

Liquidity Risk
The Trust may invest up to 15% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities that are, at the time of investment, illiquid, and certain other securities in which the Trust may invest may be illiquid. Illiquid securities are securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value that the Trust values the securities. Illiquid securities may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid securities and may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. The Trust may be subject to significant delays in disposing of illiquid securities. Accordingly, the Trust may be forced to sell these securities at less than fair market value or may not be able to sell them when the Adviser believes it is desirable to do so. Illiquid securities also may entail registration expenses and other transaction costs that are higher than those for liquid securities. Restricted securities (i.e., securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale) may be illiquid. However, some restricted securities (such as securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and certain commercial paper) may be treated as liquid for these purposes. Inverse floating-rate securities or the residual interest certificates of tender option bond trusts are not considered illiquid securities.
Volatility Risk
The use of Financial Leverage by the Trust will cause the net asset value, and possibly the market price, of the Trust’s Common Shares to fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates and other economic indicators. In addition, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its managed assets in below investment grade securities (i.e., “junk bonds”), which may be less liquid and therefore more volatile than investment grade municipal securities. As a result, the net asset value and market price of the Trust’s Common Shares will be more volatile than those of a closed-end investment company that is not exposed to leverage or that does not invest in below investment grade securities. In a declining market, the use of leverage may result in a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Trust were not leveraged.
Inverse Floating-Rate Securities Risk
Under current market conditions, the Trust anticipates utilizing Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or engaging in reverse repurchase agreements. However, the Trust also may utilize Financial Leverage through investments in inverse floating-rate securities (sometimes referred to as “inverse floaters”). Typically, inverse floating-rate securities represent beneficial interests in a special purpose trust (sometimes called a “tender option bond trust”) formed by a third party sponsor for the purpose of holding municipal bonds. Distributions on inverse floating-rate securities bear an inverse relationship to short-term municipal bond interest rates. In general, income on inverse floating-rate securities will decrease, or in the extreme be eliminated, when interest rates increase and increase when interest rates decrease. Investments in inverse floating-rate securities may subject the Trust to the risks of reduced or eliminated interest payments and losses of principal. Short-term interest rates are at historic lows and may be more likely to rise in the current market environment. Inverse floating-rate securities may increase or decrease in value at a greater rate than the underlying interest rate, which effectively leverages the Trust’s investment. As a result, the market value of such securities generally will be more volatile than that of fixed-rate securities. Inverse floating-rate securities have varying degrees of liquidity based, among other things, upon the liquidity of the underlying securities deposited in a special purpose trust. The Trust may invest in taxable inverse floating-rate securities, issued by special purpose trusts formed with taxable municipal securities. The market for such inverse floating-rate securities issued by special purpose trusts formed with taxable municipal securities is relatively new and undeveloped. Initially, there may be a limited number of counterparties, which may increase the credit risks, counterparty risk and liquidity risk of investing in taxable inverse floating-rate securities. The leverage attributable to such inverse floating-rate securities may be “called away” on relatively short notice and therefore may be less permanent than more traditional forms of Financial Leverage. In certain circumstances, to the extent the Trust relies on inverse floating-rate securities to achieve its desired effective leverage ratio the likelihood of an increase in the volatility of net asset value and market price of the Common Shares may be greater. To the extent the Trust relies on inverse floating-rate securities to achieve its desired effective leverage ratio, the Trust may be required to sell its inverse floating-rate securities at less than favorable prices, or liquidate other Trust portfolio holdings in certain circumstances.
UK Departure from EU Risk
On Thursday June 23, 2016, voters in the United Kingdom referendum (the “Referendum”) on the question of whether to remain or leave the European Union (the “EU”) voted in a majority in favor of leaving the EU (“Brexit”). In March 2017, the British Parliament passed a bill authorizing the British Government to invoke Article 50 of the
49

Treaty on European Union – the formal process of withdrawing from the EU. Invoking Article 50 gave the United Kingdom two years to negotiate a separation with the other members of the EU. Withdrawal was expected to occur on March 29, 2019, but in January 2019, a plan to implement Brexit was rejected by the British Parliament and the EU subsequently agreed to a postponement until October 31, 2019. Further postponements are possible. This historic event is widely expected to have consequences that are both profound and uncertain for the economic and political future of the United Kingdom and the EU, and financial markets generally.
The ongoing negotiations surrounding Brexit have yet to provide clarity on what the outcome will be for the UK or Europe. The UK remains a member of the EU until the legally established departure date and, until such date, all existing EU-derived laws and regulations continue to apply in the UK. Those laws may continue to apply for a transitional period, depending on whether an exit deal is struck and, if so, what that deal is. In any event, the UK’s on-shoring of EU legislation currently envisages no policy changes to EU law. However, the EU has not yet provided any material cushion from the effects of Brexit for financial services as a matter of EU law. In addition to the effects on the Trust’s investments in European issuers, the unavoidable uncertainties and events related to Brexit could negatively affect the value and liquidity of the Trust’s other investments, increase taxes and costs of business and cause volatility in currency exchange rates and interest rates. Brexit could adversely affect the performance of contracts in existence at the date of Brexit and European, UK or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit could also lead to legal uncertainty and politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the UK and EU is defined and as the UK determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. In addition, Brexit could lead to further disintegration of the EU and related political stresses (including those related to sentiment against cross border capital movements and activities of investors like the Trust), prejudice to financial services businesses that are conducting business in the EU and which are based in the UK, legal uncertainty regarding achievement of compliance with applicable financial and commercial laws and regulations in view of the expected steps to be taken pursuant to or in contemplation of Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union and negotiations undertaken under Article 218 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and the unavailability of timely information as to expected legal, tax and other regimes. Any of these effects of Brexit, and others that cannot be anticipated, could adversely affect the Trust’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
Redenomination Risk
The result of Brexit, the progression of the European debt crisis and the possibility of one or more Eurozone countries exiting the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”), or even the collapse of the euro as a common currency, has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. The effects of the collapse of the euro, or of the exit of one or more countries from the EMU, on the U.S. and global economies and securities markets are impossible to predict and any such events could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Trust’s portfolio. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Trust’s portfolio investments. If one or more EMU countries were to stop using the euro as its primary currency, the Trust’s investments in such countries may be redenominated into a different or newly adopted currency. As a result, the value of those investments could decline significantly and unpredictably. In addition, securities or other investments that are redenominated may be subject to foreign currency risk, liquidity risk and valuation risk to a greater extent than similar investments currently denominated in euros. To the extent a currency used for redenomination purposes is not specified in respect of certain EMU-related investments, or should the euro cease to be used entirely, the currency in which such investments are denominated may be unclear, making such investments particularly difficult to value or dispose of. The Trust may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek judicial or other clarification of the denomination or value of such securities.
LIBOR Risk
The Trust’s investments and payment obligations may be based on floating rates, such as London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”), Euro Interbank Offered Rate and other similar types of reference rates (each, a “Reference Rate”). On July 27, 2017, the Chief Executive of the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced that the FCA will no longer persuade nor require banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR and certain other Reference Rates after 2021. Such announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR and other Reference Rates on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. This announcement and any additional regulatory or market changes may have an adverse impact on a Trust or its investments.
50

In advance of 2021, regulators and market participants will work together to identify or develop successor Reference Rates. Additionally, prior to 2021, it is expected that market participants will focus on the transition mechanisms by which the Reference Rates in existing contracts or instruments may be amended, whether through market wide protocols, fallback contractual provisions, bespoke negotiations or amendments or otherwise. Nonetheless, the termination of certain Reference Rates presents risks to the Trust. At this time, it is not possible to completely identify or predict the effect of any such changes, any establishment of alternative Reference Rates or any other reforms to Reference Rates that may be enacted in the UK or elsewhere. The elimination of a Reference Rate or any other changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of Reference Rates could have an adverse impact on the market for or value of any securities or payments linked to those Reference Rates and other financial obligations held by the Trust or on its overall financial condition or results of operations. In addition, any substitute Reference Rate and any pricing adjustments imposed by a regulator or by counterparties or otherwise may adversely affect the Trust’s performance and/or NAV.
Recent Market Developments Risk
Periods of market volatility remain, and may continue to occur in the future, in response to various political, social and economic events both within and outside of the United States. These conditions have resulted in, and in many cases continue to result in, greater price volatility, less liquidity, widening credit spreads and a lack of price transparency, with many securities remaining illiquid and of uncertain value. Such market conditions may adversely affect the Trust, including by making valuation of some of the Trust’s securities uncertain and/or result in sudden and significant valuation increases or declines in the Trust’s holdings. If there is a significant decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio, this may impact the asset coverage levels for the Trust’s outstanding leverage.
Risks resulting from any future debt or other economic crisis could also have a detrimental impact on the global economic recovery, the financial condition of financial institutions and the Trust’s business, financial condition and results of operation. Market and economic disruptions have affected, and may in the future affect, consumer confidence levels and spending, personal bankruptcy rates, levels of incurrence and default on consumer debt and home prices, among other factors. To the extent uncertainty regarding the U.S. or global economy negatively impacts consumer confidence and consumer credit factors, the Trust’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be significantly and adversely affected. Downgrades to the credit ratings of major banks could result in increased borrowing costs for such banks and negatively affect the broader economy. Moreover, Federal Reserve policy, including with respect to certain interest rates, may also adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend- and interest-paying securities. Market volatility, rising interest rates and/or unfavorable economic conditions could impair the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives.
Legislation and Regulation Risk
At any time after the date hereof, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the issuers in which the Trust invests. Changing approaches to regulation may also have a negative impact on issuers in which the Trust invests. In addition, legislation or regulation may change the way in which the Trust is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Trust or will not impair the ability of the Trust to achieve its investment objectives.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law in July 2010, has resulted in significant revisions to the U.S. financial regulatory framework. The Dodd-Frank Act covers a broad range of topics, including, among many others: a reorganization of federal financial regulators; the creation of a process designed to ensure financial system stability and the resolution of potentially insolvent financial firms; the enactment of new rules for derivatives trading; the creation of a consumer financial protection watchdog; the registration and regulation of managers of private funds; the regulation of rating agencies; and the
51

enactment of new federal requirements for residential mortgage loans. The regulation of various types of derivative instruments pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act may adversely affect the Trust or its counterparties.
On December 11, 2015, the SEC published a proposed rule that, if adopted, would change the regulation of the use of derivative instruments and financial commitment transactions by registered investment companies. The SEC sought public comments on numerous aspects of the proposed rule, and as a result the nature of any final regulations is uncertain at this time. Such regulations could limit the implementation of the Trust’s use of derivatives, and reverse repurchase agreement transactions and impose additional compliance costs on the Trust, which could have an adverse impact on the Trust. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser cannot predict the effects of these regulations on the Trust’s portfolio. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser intend to monitor developments and seek to manage the Trust’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Trust’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
The current presidential administration has called for, and in certain instances has begun to implement, significant changes to U.S. fiscal, tax, trade, healthcare, immigration, foreign, and government regulatory policy. In this regard, there is significant uncertainty with respect to legislation, regulation and government policy at the federal level, as well as the state and local levels. Recent events have created a climate of heightened uncertainty and introduced new and difficult-to-quantify macroeconomic and political risks with potentially far-reaching implications. There has been a corresponding meaningful increase in the uncertainty surrounding interest rates, inflation, foreign exchange rates, trade volumes and fiscal and monetary policy. To the extent the U.S. Congress or the current presidential administration implements changes to U.S. policy, those changes may impact, among other things, the U.S. and global economy, international trade and relations, unemployment, immigration, corporate taxes, healthcare, the U.S. regulatory environment, inflation and other areas. Some particular areas identified as subject to potential change, amendment or repeal include the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Volcker Rule and various swaps and derivatives regulations, credit risk retention requirements and the authorities of the Federal Reserve, the Financial Stability Oversight Council and the SEC. Although the Trust cannot predict the impact, if any, of these changes to the Trust’s business, they could adversely affect the Trust’s business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Until the Trust knows what policy changes are made and how those changes impact the Trust’s business and the business of the Trust’s competitors over the long term, the Trust will not know if, overall, the Trust will benefit from them or be negatively affected by them.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”), enacted on December 22, 2017, made substantial changes to the Code, most of which went into effect on January 1, 2018. Among those changes are a significant permanent reduction in the generally applicable corporate tax rate, changes in the taxation of individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers that generally but not universally reduce their taxes on a temporary basis subject to “sunset” provisions, the elimination or modification of various previously allowed deductions (including changes to the manner in which depreciation deductions are calculated and substantial limitations on the deductibility of interest and, in the case of individuals, the deduction for personal state and local taxes), certain additional limitations on the deduction of net operating losses, changes that affect the timing of the recognition of certain items of income and significant changes to the international tax rules. The effect of these, and the many other, changes made in the TCJA remains uncertain, both in terms of their direct effect on the taxation of an investment in our Common Shares and their indirect effect on the value of our Common Shares or market conditions generally. Furthermore, many of the provisions of the TCJA still require guidance through the issuance of Treasury regulations in order to assess their effect. There may be a substantial delay before such regulations are promulgated, increasing the uncertainty as to the ultimate effect of the statutory amendments on us. Technical corrections legislation also may be proposed with respect to the TCJA, the effect of which cannot be predicted.
Sovereign Debt Risk
Investments in sovereign debt involve special risks. Foreign governmental issuers of debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or pay interest when due. In the event of default, there may be limited or no legal recourse in that, generally, remedies for defaults must be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party. Political conditions, especially a sovereign entity’s willingness to meet the terms of its debt obligations, are of considerable significance. The ability of a foreign sovereign issuer, especially an emerging market country, to make timely payments on its debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the sovereign issuer’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credit facilities and investments, fluctuations of interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves.
Strategic Transactions Risk
52

The Trust may engage in various portfolio strategies, including derivatives transactions involving interest rate and foreign currency transactions, swaps, options and futures, for hedging and risk management purposes and to enhance total return. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Strategic Transactions involve risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction and illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the Trust’s ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions s may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes.
Synthetic Investment Risk
The Trust may be exposed to certain additional risks to the extent the Adviser uses derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Trust’s investment strategies. If the Trust enters into a derivative instrument whereby it agrees to receive the return of a security or financial instrument or a basket of securities or financial instruments, it will typically contract to receive such returns for a predetermined period of time. During such period, the Trust may not have the ability to increase or decrease its exposure. In addition, such customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Trust will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Trust’s performance in a material adverse manner. Furthermore, derivative instruments typically contain provisions giving the counterparty the right to terminate the contract upon the occurrence of certain events. If a termination were to occur, the Trust’s return could be adversely affected as it would lose the benefit of the indirect exposure to the reference securities and it may incur significant termination expenses.
Counterparty Risk
The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased by the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.
Securities Lending Risk
The Trust may lend its portfolio securities to banks or dealers which meet the creditworthiness standards established by the Board of Trustees. Securities lending is subject to the risk that loaned securities may not be available to the Trust on a timely basis and the Trust may therefore lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Any loss in the market price of securities loaned by the Trust that occurs during the term of the loan would be borne by the Trust and would adversely affect the Trust’s performance. Also, there may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of securities loaned or even a loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially while the loan is outstanding.
Investment Funds Risk
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to securities in which it may invest directly by investing up to 20% of its Managed Assets in Investment Funds. Investments in Investment Funds present certain special considerations and risks not present in making direct investments in securities in which the Trust may invest. Investments in Investment Funds involve operating expenses and fees that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Trust. Such expenses and fees attributable to the Trust’s investment in another Investment Fund are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. Accordingly, investment in such entities involves expense and fee layering. To the extent management fees of Investment Funds are based on total gross assets, it may create an incentive for such entities’ managers to employ Financial Leverage, thereby adding additional expense and increasing volatility and risk. A performance-based fee arrangement may create incentives for an adviser or manager to take greater investment risks in the hope of earning a higher profit participation. Investments in Investment Funds frequently expose the Trust to an additional layer of Financial Leverage.
53

On December 19, 2018, the SEC published a proposed rule that, if adopted, would change the regulation of investments in Investment Funds. Such regulations could permit closed-end funds to invest in Investment Funds in excess of the limits of section 12(d)(1). The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these regulations on the Trust’s portfolio. The Adviser intends to monitor developments and seeks to manage the Trust’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Trust’s investment objectives, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
Market Discount Risk
Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Trust’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities. Although the value of the Trust’s net assets is generally considered by market participants in determining whether to purchase or sell Common Shares, whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common Shares will depend entirely upon whether the market price of Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for Common Shares.
The Trust’s net asset value will be reduced immediately following an offering of the Common Shares due to the costs of such offering, which will be borne entirely by the Trust. The sale of Common Shares by the Trust (or the perception that such sales may occur) may have an adverse effect on prices of Common Shares in the secondary market. An increase in the number of Common Shares available may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. The Trust may, from time to time, seek the consent of Common Shareholders to permit the issuance and sale by the Trust of Common Shares at a price below the Trust’s then current net asset value, subject to certain conditions, and such sales of Common Shares at price below net asset value, if any, may increase downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. These sales, if any, also might make it more difficult for the Trust to sell additional Common Shares in the future at a time and price it deems appropriate.
Whether Common Shareholder will realize a gain or loss upon the sale of Common Shares depends upon whether the market value of the Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the price the Common Shareholder paid, taking into account transaction costs for the Common Shares, and is not directly dependent upon the Trust’s net asset value. Because the market price of Common Shares will be determined by factors such as net asset value, dividend and distribution levels (which are dependent, in part, on expenses), supply of and demand for Common Shares, stability of dividends or distributions, trading volume of Common Shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust, the Trust cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the public offering price for the Common Shares. Common Shares of the Trust are designed primarily for long-term investors; investors in Common Shares should not view the Trust as a vehicle for trading purposes.
Portfolio Turnover Risk
The Trust’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Trust. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Trust. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Trust which, when distributed to Common Shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may create realized capital losses. See “Taxation” in the Trust’s prospectus.
Geopolitical and Market Disruption Risk
The aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Egypt, Libya, Syria, Russia, Ukraine and the Middle East, possible terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world, growing social and political discord in the United States, the European debt crisis, the response of the international community—through economic sanctions and otherwise—to Russia’s annexation of the Crimea region of Ukraine and posture vis-a-vis Ukraine, increasingly strained relations between the United States and a number of foreign countries, including traditional allies, such as certain European countries, and historical adversaries, such as North Korea, Iran, China and Russia, and the international community generally, new and continued political unrest in various countries, such as Venezuela and Spain, the United Kingdom’s pending withdrawal from the EU and the resulting profound and uncertain impacts on the economic and political future of the United Kingdom, the exit or potential exit of one or more countries from the EU or the EMU, the EU and global financial markets, further downgrade of U.S. Government securities, the change in the U.S. president and the new administration and other similar events, may have long-term effects on the United States and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic
54

uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Trust does not know and cannot predict how long the securities markets may be affected by these events and the effects of these and similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. The Trust may be adversely affected by abrogation of international agreements and national laws which have created the market instruments in which the Trust may invest, failure of the designated national and international authorities to enforce compliance with the same laws and agreements, failure of local, national and international organization to carry out their duties prescribed to them under the relevant agreements, revisions of these laws and agreements which dilute their effectiveness or conflicting interpretation of provisions of the same laws and agreements. The Trust may be adversely affected by uncertainties such as terrorism, international political developments, and changes in government policies, taxation, restrictions on foreign investment and currency repatriation, currency fluctuations and other developments in the laws and regulations of the countries in which it is invested.
Technology Risk
As the use of Internet technology has become more prevalent, the Trust and its service providers and markets generally have become more susceptible to potential operational risks related to intentional and unintentional events that may cause the Trust or a service provider to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption or lose operational capacity. There can be no guarantee that any risk management systems established by the Trust, its service providers, or issuers of the securities in which the Trust invests to reduce technology and cyber security risks will succeed, and the Trust cannot control such systems put in place by service providers, issuers or other third parties whose operations may affect the Trust.
Cyber Security Risk
The Trust and its service providers are susceptible to cyber security risks that include, among other things, theft, unauthorized monitoring, release, misuse, loss, destruction or corruption of confidential and highly restricted data; denial of service attacks; unauthorized access to relevant systems, compromises to networks or devices that the Trust and its service providers use to service the Trust’s operations; or operational disruption or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support the Trust and its service providers. Cyber-attacks against or security breakdowns of the Trust or its service providers may adversely impact the Trust and its stockholders, potentially resulting in, among other things, financial losses; the inability of Trust stockholders to transact business and the Trust to process transactions; inability to calculate the Trust’s net asset value; violations of applicable privacy and other laws; regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs; and/or additional compliance costs. The Trust may incur additional costs for cyber security risk management and remediation purposes. In addition, cyber security risks may also impact issuers of securities in which the Trust invests, which may cause the Trust’s investment in such issuers to lose value. There can be no assurance that the Trust or its service providers will not suffer losses relating to cyber-attacks or other information security breaches in the future.
Tax Risk
To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs under the Code, the Trust must, among other things, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources, meet certain asset diversification tests, and distribute for each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (generally, ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss). If for any taxable year the Trust does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income for that year (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions would be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.
Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Trust’s Governing Documents
The Trust’s Governing Documents include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the F Trust to an open-end management investment company. These provisions could deprive the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at the net asset value per share or at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares, outside of tender offers by the Trust, if any. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Trust’s Governing Documents.”
55

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
Trustees and Officers
The Board of Trustees is broadly responsible for the management of the Trust, including general supervision of the duties performed by the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser. The names and business addresses of the Trustees and officers of the Trust and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Trust” in the SAI.
Adviser
Investment Adviser. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC acts as the Trust’s investment adviser. The Investment Adviser is a registered investment adviser and acts as investment adviser to a number of closed-end and open-end management investment companies. The Investment Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606. The Investment Adviser will be responsible for the management of the Trust, will furnish offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Trust, will oversee the activities of the Trust’s Sub-Adviser, will provide personnel, including certain officers required for the Trust’s administrative management, and will pay the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Trust who are its affiliates.
Sub-Adviser. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC acts as the Trust’s investment sub-adviser. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90401. The Sub-Adviser, under the direction and supervision of the Board of Trustees and the Investment Adviser, will be responsible for the management of the Trust’s investment portfolio and will provide certain facilities and personnel related to such management.
Guggenheim Partners. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners with the supervision of more than $270 billion of assets as of June 30, 2019. Guggenheim Partners is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.
Investment Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement
Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between the Trust and the Investment Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Trust pays the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 0.60% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets (from which the Investment Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser’s fees).
Pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement among the Trust, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”), the Investment Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 0.30% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.
A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Advisory Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement by the Board of Trustees is available in the Trust’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2019.
Conflicts of Interest
During the time in which the Trust is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Trust’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to manage this conflict of interest, the maximum level of and types of Financial Leverage used by the Trust must be approved by the Board of Trustees, and the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser regarding the Trust’s use of Financial Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of the Trust’s portfolio and the performance of the Trust.
Portfolio Management
56

The Sub-Adviser’s personnel with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Trust’s portfolio are:
B. Scott Minerd, Chairman, Global Chief Investment Officer, Managing Partner and Portfolio Manager of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Minerd joined Guggenheim Partners (or its affiliate or predecessor) in May 1998. Mr. Minerd leads Guggenheim Partners’ research on global macroeconomics and guides the firm’s investment strategies. Previously, Mr. Minerd was a Managing Director with Credit Suisse First Boston in charge of trading and risk management for the Fixed Income Credit Trading Group. He was responsible for the corporate bond, preferred stock, money markets, U.S. government agency and sovereign debt, derivatives securities, structured debt and interest rate swaps trading business units. Mr. Minerd is a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Investor Advisory Committee on Financial Markets, helping advise the NY Fed President about financial market developments, risks to the financial system and steps that can be taken to understand and mitigate these risks. He is an advisor to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) on long-term investments and is a contributing member of the World Economic Forum (WEF) and their Global Agenda Council on the Arctic.

Anne B. Walsh, Chief Investment Officer, Fixed Income, Senior Managing Director and Portfolio Manager of the Sub-Adviser. Ms. Walsh joined Guggenheim Partners (or its affiliate or predecessor) in 2007 is also the head of the Portfolio Construction Group and Portfolio Management. She oversees more than $185 billion in fixed-income investments including Agencies, Credit, Municipals, and Structured Securities. She is responsible for portfolio design, strategy, sector allocation and risk management, as well as conveying Guggenheim Partners’ macroeconomic outlook to Portfolio Managers and fixed income Sector Specialists. Ms. Walsh specializes in liability-driven portfolio management. Prior to joining Guggenheim Partners, she served as Chief Investment Officer at Reinsurance Group of America, and also held roles at Zurich Scudder Investments, Lincoln Investment Management and American Bankers.
Jeffrey S. Carefoot, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Portfolio Manager of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Carefoot joined Guggenheim in 2007 as a manager and trader of investment grade corporate and preferred portfolios. He also assists in management and trading of municipal portfolios. Previously, Mr. Carefoot was responsible for portfolio management of more than $12 billion of core and core plus strategies at Payden & Rygel Investment Counsel in Los Angeles. Prior to joining Payden & Rygel Investment Counsel, Mr. Carefoot held a position as a Principal, Global Fixed Income Specialist, at Global Fixed Income Partners in Newport Beach CA, and prior to that as a Principal – Senior Institutional Portfolio Manager at Wells Capital Management, Los Angeles, California. Mr. Carefoot has a B.S. from California Polytechnic University and an M.S. from Golden Gate University. He has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst® designation and is a member of the CFA Institute
Allen Li, CFA, Managing Director and Portfolio Manager of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Li joined Guggenheim in 2007 with a dual role in equities and investment grade corporate research. He began covering municipal bonds when Guggenheim built up sector exposure to take advantage of the auction-rate securities market dislocation in early 2008. He manages Guggenheim’s dedicated municipal portfolios in addition to overseeing multi-strategy accounts’ exposure to the sector. Mr. Li received a B.A. in Economics from Cornell University. He has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst® designation and is a member of the CFA Institute.
Steven H. Brown, Senior Managing Director and Portfolio Manager of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Brown joined Guggenheim Partners (or its affiliate or predecessor) in 2010 and is a Portfolio Manager for Guggenheim Partners’ Active Fixed Income and Total Return mandates. He works with the Chief Investment Officers and other members of the Portfolio Management team to develop and execute portfolio strategy. Additionally, he works closely with the Sector Teams and Portfolio Construction Group. Prior to joining Portfolio Management in 2012, Brown worked in Guggenheim Partners’ Asset Backed Securities group. His responsibilities on that team included trading and
57

evaluating investment opportunities and monitoring credit performance. Prior to joining Guggenheim Partners in 2010, Mr. Brown held roles within structured products at ABN AMRO and Bank of America in Chicago and London. Mr. Brown earned a BS in Finance from Indiana University’s Kelley School of Business. He has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst® designation and is a member of the CFA Institute.
Adam J. Bloch, Managing Director and Portfolio Manager of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Bloch joined Guggenheim Partners in 2012 and is a Portfolio Manager for the firm’s Active Fixed Income and Total Return mandates. Mr. Bloch works with the Chief Investment Officers and other Portfolio Managers to develop portfolio strategy that is in line with the firm’s views. He oversees strategy implementation, working with research analysts and traders to generate trade ideas, hedge portfolios, and manage day-to-day risk. Prior to joining Guggenheim Partners, he worked in Leveraged Finance at Bank of America Merrill Lynch in New York where he structured high-yield bonds and leveraged loans for leveraged buyouts, restructurings, and corporate refinancings across multiple industries. Mr. Bloch graduated from the University of Pennsylvania.
The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities of the Trust.
NET ASSET VALUE
The net asset value of the Common Shares is calculated by subtracting the Trust’s total liabilities (including from Borrowings) and the liquidation preference of any outstanding Preferred Shares from total assets (the market value of the securities the Trust holds plus cash and other assets). The per share net asset value is calculated by dividing its net asset value by the number of Common Shares outstanding and rounding the result to the nearest full cent. The Trust calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on each day on which there is a regular trading session on the NYSE. Information that becomes known to the Trust or its agent after the Trust’s net asset value has been calculated on a particular day will not be used to retroactively adjust the price of a security or the Trust’s previously determined net asset value.
The Trust values equity securities at the last reported sale price on the principal exchange or in the principal OTC market in which such securities are traded, as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the day the securities are being valued or, if there are no sales, on the basis of broker quotations. Securities traded primarily on the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) are normally valued by the Trust at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”) provided by Nasdaq each business day. The NOCP is the most recently reported price as of 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, unless that price is outside the range of the “inside” bid and asked prices (i.e., the bid and asked prices that dealers quote to each other when trading for their own accounts); in that case, Nasdaq will adjust the price to equal the inside bid or asked price, whichever is closer. Because of delays in reporting trades, the NOCP may not be based on the price of the last trade to occur before the market closes.
The Trust values exchange-traded options and other exchange-traded derivative contracts at the mean of the best bid and asked prices at the close on those exchanges on which they are traded.
Any swap transaction that the Trust enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have a positive or negative value for purposes of calculating net asset value. Any cap transaction that the Trust enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have no value or a positive value. In addition, accrued payments to the Trust under such transactions will be assets of the Trust and accrued payments by the Trust will be liabilities of the Trust.
The Trust’s securities that are traded primarily in foreign markets may be traded in such markets on days that the NYSE is closed. As a result, the net asset value of the Trust may be significantly affected on days when Common Shareholders have no ability to trade the Common Shares on the NYSE.
The Trust may utilize independent pricing services or bid quotations provided by dealers to value certain of its securities at their market value. The Trust typically uses independent pricing services to value credit securities held by the Trust at their market value. The Trust periodically verifies valuations provided by independent pricing services. If independent pricing services or dealer quotations are not available for a given security, such security will be valued in accordance with valuation guidelines adopted by the Board of Trustees that the Board of Trustees believes are designed to accurately reflect the fair value of securities valued in accordance with such guidelines. For certain credit securities, fair valuations may include input from the Adviser utilizing a wide variety of market data including yields or prices of investments of comparable quality, type of issue, coupon, maturity, rating, indications
58

of value from security dealers, evaluations of anticipated cash flows or collateral, spread over U.S. Treasury obligations, and other information and analysis. The Trust may also use third party service providers to model certain securities using cash flow models to determine fair market value. While the Trust’s use of fair valuation is intended to result in calculation of net asset value that fairly reflects values of the Trust’s portfolio securities as of the time of pricing, the Trust cannot guarantee that any fair valuation will, in fact, approximate the amount the Trust would actually realize upon the sale of the securities in question.
The Trust values derivatives transactions in accordance with valuation guidelines adopted by the Board of Trustees. Accrued payments to the Trust under such transactions will be assets of the Trust and accrued payments by the Trust will be liabilities of the Trust.
DISTRIBUTIONS
The Trust intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income, if any, to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Trust intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders as long-term capital gain dividends at least annually. The Trust expects that distributions paid on the Common Shares will consist of (i) investment company taxable income taxed as ordinary income, which includes, among other things, ordinary income, short-term capital gain and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, (ii) qualified dividend income and (iii) long-term capital gain (gain from the sale of a capital asset held longer than one year). Distributions may be paid by the Trust from any permitted source and, from time to time, all or a portion of a distribution may be a return of capital. To the extent the Trust receives dividends with respect to its investments in common equity securities that consist of qualified dividend income (income from domestic and certain foreign corporations), a portion of the Trust’s distributions to its Common Shareholders may consist of qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains of certain non-corporate U.S. Common Shareholders (including individuals) will be taxable at reduced maximum rates. The Trust cannot assure you, however, as to what percentage of the dividends paid on the Common Shares, if any, will consist of qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains.
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, in the event the Trust makes distributions from sources other than income, a notice will accompany each monthly distribution with respect to the estimated source of the distribution made. Such notices will describe the portion, if any, of the monthly dividend which, in the Trust’s good faith judgment, constitutes long-term capital gain, short-term capital gain, investment company taxable income or a return of capital. The actual character of such dividend distributions for U.S. federal income tax purposes, however, will only be determined finally by the Trust at the close of its fiscal year, based on the Trust’s full year performance and its actual net investment company taxable income and net capital gains for the year, which may result in a recharacterization of amounts distributed during such fiscal year from the characterization in the monthly estimates.
Because of the nature of the Trust’s investments and changes in market conditions from time to time, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular month may be more or less than the amount of net investment income from that monthly period. As a result, all or a portion of a distribution may be a return of capital, which is in effect a partial return of the amount a Common Shareholder invested in the Trust.
If the Trust’s total distributions in any year exceed the amount of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain for the year, any such excess would generally be characterized as a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For example, because of the nature of the Trust’s investments, the Trust may distribute net short-term capital gains early in the calendar year, but incur net short-term capital losses later in the year, thereby offsetting the short-term net capital gains for which distributions have already been made by the Trust. In such a situation, the amount by which the Trust’s total distributions exceed investment company taxable income and net capital gain would generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in their Common Shares, which would reduce such tax basis, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as a gain from the sale of their Common Shares. Consequently, although a return of capital may not be taxable, it will generally increase the Common Shareholder’s potential gain, or reduce the Common Shareholder’s potential loss, on any subsequent sale or other disposition of Common Shares. A return of capital distribution is in effect a partial return of the amount a Common Shareholder invested in the Trust. Shareholders who periodically receive the payment of a distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net income or profits when they are not. Shareholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from the Trust is net income or profit.
59

The Trust expects that over time it will distribute all of its investment company taxable income. The investment company taxable income of the Trust will consist of all dividend and interest income accrued on portfolio assets, short-term capital gain and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, less all expenses of the Trust. Expenses of the Trust will be accrued each day.
To permit the Trust to maintain more stable monthly distributions, the Trust may distribute more or less than the entire amount of the net investment income earned in a particular period. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income actually earned by the Trust during the period, and the Trust may have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio to make a distribution at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action. Any undistributed net investment income may be available to supplement future distributions. Undistributed net investment income is included in the Common Shares’ net asset value, and, correspondingly, distributions from net investment income will reduce the Common Shares’ net asset value.
In certain circumstances, the Trust may elect to retain income or capital gain and pay income or excise tax on such undistributed amount, to the extent that the Board of Trustees, in consultation with Trust management, determines it to be in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During the Trust’s fiscal year ended May 31, 2019, the Trust paid excise tax of $192,846. See “Tax Matters.”
The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to Common Shareholders.
If you hold your Common Shares in your own name or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), unless you elect to receive cash, all dividends and distributions that are declared by the Trust will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Trust pursuant to the Plan. If you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described below. Consult your financial adviser for more information. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
Under the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan, a Common Shareholder whose Common Shares are registered in his or her own name will have all distributions reinvested automatically by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., which is agent under the Plan (the “Plan Agent”), unless the Common Shareholder elects to receive cash. Distributions with respect to Common Shares registered in the name of a broker-dealer or other nominee (that is, in “street name”) will be reinvested in additional Common Shares under the Plan, unless the broker or nominee does not participate in the Plan or the Common Shareholder elects to receive distributions in cash. Investors who own Common Shares registered in street name should consult their broker-dealers for details regarding reinvestment. All distributions to investors who do not participate in the Plan will be paid by check mailed directly to the record holder by Computershare Trust Company, N.A. as dividend disbursing agent. A participant in the Plan who wishes to opt out of the Plan and elect to receive distributions in cash should contact Computershare Trust Company, N.A. in writing at the address specified below or by calling the telephone number specified below.
Under the Plan, whenever the market price of the Common Shares is equal to or exceeds net asset value at the time Common Shares are valued for purposes of determining the number of Common Shares equivalent to the cash dividend or capital gains distribution, participants in the Plan are issued new Common Shares from the Trust, valued at the greater of (i) the net asset value as most recently determined or (ii) 95% of the then-current market price of the Common Shares. The valuation date is the dividend or distribution payment date or, if that date is not a NYSE trading day, the next preceding trading day. If the net asset value of the Common Shares at the time of valuation exceeds the market price of the Common Shares, the Plan Agent will buy the Common Shares for the Plan in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts, except that the Plan Agent will endeavor to terminate purchases in the open market and cause the Trust to issue Common Shares at the greater of net asset value or 95% of market value if, following the commencement of such purchases, the market value of the Common Shares exceeds net asset value. If the Trust should declare a distribution or capital gains distribution payable only in cash, the Plan Agent will buy the Common Shares for the Plan in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts. There is no charge from the Trust for reinvestment of dividends or distributions in Common
60

Shares pursuant to the Plan; however, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan Agent when it makes open-market purchases.
The Plan Agent maintains all shareholder accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmations of all transactions in the account, including information needed by shareholders for personal and tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent in non-certificated form in the name of the participant.
In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees, which hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, and participate in the Plan, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the Common Shareholder as representing the total amount registered in the shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
The automatic reinvestment of dividends and other distributions will not relieve participants of an income tax that may be payable or required to be withheld on such dividends or distributions.
Experience under the Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, the Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate its Plan as applied to any voluntary cash payments made and any dividend or distribution paid subsequent to written notice of the change sent to the members of such Plan at least 90 days before the record date for such dividend or distribution. The Plan also may be amended or terminated by the Plan Agent on at least 90 days’ prior written notice to the participants in such Plan. All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Agent , Computershare, P.O. Box 30170, College Station, Texas 77842, Attention: Shareholder Services Department. Participants may also contact Computershare Trust Company, N.A. online at www.computershare.com/investor or by telephone at 1-866-488-3559.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The Trust is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, dated as of June 30, 2010. The following is a brief description of the terms of the Common Shares, Borrowings and Preferred Shares which may be issued by the Trust. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the Trust’s Governing Documents.
Common Shares
Pursuant to the Declaration of Trust, the Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share. Each Common Share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable. All Common Shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Trust will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares.
Any additional offerings of Common Shares will require approval by the Board of Trustees. Any additional offering of Common Shares will be subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of sales load, except in connection with an offering to existing Common Shareholders or with the consent of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
The Trust’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus, will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GBAB.”
The Trust’s net asset value per Common Share generally increases and decreases based on the market value of the Trust’s securities. Net asset value per Common Share will be reduced immediately following the offering of Common Shares by the amount of the sales load and offering expenses paid by the Trust. See “Use of Proceeds.”
The Trust will not issue certificates for Common Shares.
Issuance of Additional Common Shares. The provisions of the 1940 Act generally require that the public offering price (less underwriting commissions and discounts) of common shares sold by a closed-end investment company must equal or exceed the net asset value of such company’s common shares (calculated within 48 hours of the pricing of such offering), unless such sale is made with the consent of a majority of its common shareholders. The Trust may, from time to time, seek the consent of Common Shareholders to permit the issuance and sale by the Trust of Common Shares at a price below the Trust’s then-current net asset value, subject to certain conditions. If such consent is obtained, the Trust may, contemporaneous with and in no event more than one year following the receipt
61

of such consent, sell Common Shares at price below net asset value in accordance with any conditions adopted in connection with the giving of such consent. Additional information regarding any consent of Common Shareholders obtained by the Trust and the applicable conditions imposed on the issuance and sale by the Trust of Common Shares at a price below net asset value will be disclosed in the Prospectus Supplement relating to any such offering of Common Shares at a price below net asset value. Until such consent of Common Shareholders, if any, is obtained, the Trust may not sell Common Shares at a price below net asset value. Because the Trust’s advisory fee and sub-advisory fee are based upon average Managed Assets, the Investment Adviser’s and the Sub-Adviser’s interests in recommending the issuance and sale of Common Shares at a price below net asset value may conflict with the interests of the Trust and its Common Shareholders.
Borrowings
The Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that the Board of Trustees may authorize the borrowing of money by the Trust, without the approval of the holders of the Common Shares. The Trust may issue notes or other evidences of indebtedness (including bank borrowings or commercial paper) and may secure any such borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting the Trust’s assets as security. See “Use of Financial Leverage—Indebtedness.”
Preferred Shares
The Trust’s Governing Documents provide that the Board of Trustees may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, by action of the Board of Trustees without prior approval of the holders of the Common Shares. Common Shareholders have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued. Any such Preferred Share offering would be subject to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Issuance of Preferred Shares would constitute Financial Leverage and would entail special risks to the Common Shareholders.
Although the Trust has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares, it may in the future utilize Preferred Shares to the maximum extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Trust may not issue Preferred Shares unless, immediately after such issuance, it has an “asset coverage” of at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the value of the Trust’s total assets). For these purposes, “asset coverage” means the ratio of (i) total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by “senior securities” to (ii) the amount of “senior securities representing indebtedness” plus the “involuntary liquidation preference” of the Preferred Shares. “Senior security” generally means any bond, note, or similar security evidencing indebtedness and any class of shares having priority over any other class as to distribution of assets or payment of dividends. “Senior security representing indebtedness” means any “senior security” other than equity shares. The “involuntary liquidation preference” of the Preferred Shares is the amount that holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to receive in the event of an involuntary liquidation of the Trust in preference to the Common Shares.
In addition, the Trust is not permitted to declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in Common Shares), or to declare any other distribution on its Common Shares, or to purchase any Common Shares, unless the Preferred Shares have at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or other distribution, or at the time of any such purchase of Common Shares, an asset coverage of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Trust intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary to maintain asset coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%. Any Preferred Shares issued by the Trust would have special voting rights and a liquidation preference over the Common Shares. Issuance of Preferred Shares would constitute Financial Leverage and would entail special risks to the Common Shareholders.
Any Preferred Shares issued by the Trust would have special voting rights and a liquidation preference over the Common Shares.
If Preferred Shares are outstanding, two of the Trust’s Trustees will be elected by the holders of Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class. The remaining Trustees of the Trust will be elected by Common Shareholders and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. In the unlikely event the Trust failed to pay dividends on Preferred Shares for two years, Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees of the Trust.
The Trust may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more NRSROs that may issue ratings for Preferred Shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio
62

composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Trust by the 1940 Act. The Trust has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares.
Capitalization
The following table provides information about the outstanding securities of the Trust as of May 31, 2019:
Title of Class
Amount Authorized
Amount Held by Trust for its own Account
Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Amounts held by Trust
Common Shares of Beneficial Interest, par value $0.01 per share
Unlimited
17,422,970
ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE TRUST’S GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
The Trust presently has provisions in its Governing Documents which could have the effect of limiting, in each case, (i) the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust, (ii) the Trust’s freedom to engage in certain transactions or (iii) the ability of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or shareholders to amend the Governing Documents or effectuate changes in the Trust’s management. These provisions of the Governing Documents of the Trust may be regarded as “anti-takeover” provisions. The Board of Trustees is divided into three classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of Trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees. A Trustee may be removed from office by the action of a majority of the remaining Trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective Trustee.
In addition, the Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a “Principal Shareholder”) refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust.
The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are:
·
the merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder;
·
the issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan);
·
the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or
·
the sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.
To liquidate the Trust, the Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such liquidation has been approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust shall be required.
63

For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under the Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Trust shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or the Declaration of Trust with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required. A “majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Trust’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
The Board of Trustees has determined that provisions with respect to the Board of Trustees and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Declaration of Trust on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions. See “Additional Information.”
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
Closed-end management investment companies (“closed-end funds”) differ from open-end management investment companies (commonly referred to as “mutual funds”) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a securities exchange and do not redeem their shares at the option of the shareholder. By comparison, mutual funds issue securities redeemable at net asset value at the option of the shareholder and typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Mutual funds are subject to continuous asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management, whereas closed-end funds generally can stay more fully invested in securities consistent with the closed-end fund’s investment objectives and policies. In addition, in comparison to open-end funds, closed-end funds have greater flexibility in their ability to make certain types of investments, including investments in illiquid securities.
However, shares of closed-end funds listed for trading on a securities exchange frequently trade at a discount from net asset value, but in some cases trade at a premium. The market price may be affected by trading volume of the shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the closed-end fund. The foregoing factors may result in the market price of the Common Shares being greater than, less than or equal to net asset value. The Board of Trustees has reviewed the structure of the Trust in light of its investment objectives and policies and has determined that the closed-end structure is in the best interests of the shareholders. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the Board of Trustees would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end management investment company.
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND
Repurchase of Common Shares
The Board of Trustees will review periodically the trading range and activity of the Trust’s shares with respect to its net asset value and the Board of Trustees may take certain actions to seek to reduce or eliminate any such discount. Such actions may include open market repurchases or tender offers for the Common Shares at net asset value. There can be no assurance that the Board of Trustees will decide to undertake any of these actions or that, if undertaken, such actions would result in the Common Shares trading at a price equal to or close to net asset value per Common Share.
Conversion to Open-End Fund
To convert the Trust to an open-end management investment company, the Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such action has been approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust shall be required. A “majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Trust’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the 1940 Act that any conversion of the Trust to an open-
64

end management investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, conversion of the Trust to an open-end management investment company could not occur until 90 days after the shareholders’ meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 30 days’ prior notice to all shareholders.
In the event of conversion, the Common Shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange or market system. If the Trust were converted to an open-end management investment company, it is likely that new Common Shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load. The Board of Trustees believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable, given the Trust’s investment objectives and policies. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the Board of Trustees would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end management investment company.
Shareholders of an open-end management investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. In the event of conversion, the Trust would expect to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but would intend to reserve the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors could incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash.
TAX MATTERS
The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust and the ownership and disposition of the Trust’s Common Shares. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Trust and its Common Shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a taxable U.S. person (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and that you hold your Common Shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investments). This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the IRS, possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal tax concerns affecting the Trust and its Common Shareholders (including Common Shareholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law).
The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.
Taxation of the Trust
The Trust has elected to be treated and intends to continue to qualify annually as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Trust must, among other things, meet certain income, asset diversification and distribution requirements:
(i) The Trust must derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from the following sources: (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code). Generally, a qualified publicly traded partnership includes a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) and that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the items described in (a) above.
(ii) The Trust must diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Trust’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, including receivables, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Trust’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Trust controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code).
65

As long as the Trust qualifies as a RIC, the Trust generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that the Trust distributes to its Common Shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of (i) the Trust’s investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and other taxable income, other than any net capital gain (defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) the Trust’s net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions). The Trust intends to distribute substantially all of such income each year. The Trust will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its Common Shareholders.
The Trust will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). If any such gain is retained, the Trust will be subject to a corporate income tax (at regular corporate rates) on such retained amount. In that event, the Trust may report the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its Common Shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its Common Shares by the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such Common Shareholder’s gross income net of the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii).
The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Trust to the extent the Trust does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Trust will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid federal income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. While the Trust intends to distribute any income and capital gain in order to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that amounts of the Trust’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to entirely avoid the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
Certain of the Trust’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders. The Trust intends to structure and monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a RIC (which may adversely affect the net after-tax return to the Trust).
If for any taxable year the Trust does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to Common Shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the Common Shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Trust’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met, such dividends, however, would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of U.S. Common Shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction in the case of U.S. Common Shareholders taxed as corporations. The Trust could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.
66

Taxation of Common Shareholders
Distributions. Distributions paid to you by the Trust from its net capital gains, which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, if any, that the Trust properly reports as capital gains dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Common Shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Trust from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (including dividends from short-term capital gains) (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income. The Trust does not expect to be eligible to pay exempt-interest dividends from its net tax-exempt interest income from tax-exempt municipal obligations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, Trust distributions from interest on tax-exempt municipal obligations will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes even though such interest would be excluded from gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes if received directly by a shareholder. Since tax-exempt municipal obligations provide lower yields than comparable taxable obligations (due to the tax-exemption), the Trust’s investment in tax-exempt municipal obligations will, in effect, convert lower-yield tax-exempt interest income into fully taxable dividend income.
In the case of corporate shareholders, properly reported ordinary income dividends paid by the Trust generally will be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent that the Trust’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and certain holding period requirements are satisfied by both the Trust and the corporate shareholders. In the case of individuals, any properly reported ordinary income dividend that you receive from the Trust generally will be eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent that (i) the ordinary income dividend is attributable to “qualified dividend income” (i.e., generally dividends paid by U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations) received by the Trust, (ii) the Trust satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock on which such qualified dividend income was paid and (iii) you satisfy certain holding period and other requirements with respect to your Common Shares. Qualified dividend income eligible for these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus will not be included in the computation of your net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset any capital losses. In general, you may include as qualified dividend income only that portion of the dividends that may be and are so reported by the Trust as qualified dividend income. Due to the nature of the Trust’s investments, the Trust does not expect that a significant portion, if any,  of its distributions will be eligible for the dividends received deduction or for the reduced rates applicable to qualified dividend income.
Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of Common Shares. The amount of any Trust distribution that is treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, thereby increasing your potential gain, or reducing your potential loss, on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your Common Shares.
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even if they are reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Trust. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Trust are generally treated as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the Common Shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
The Trust will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Trust.
Sale of Common Shares. The sale or other disposition of Common Shares of the Trust will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such Common Shares for more than one year. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain) by you with respect to such Common Shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of Common Shares will be disallowed if you acquire other Common Shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the Common Shares. In such case, your tax basis in the Common Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates
67

applicable to ordinary income, while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a reduced maximum rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.
Medicare Tax. Certain U.S. Common Shareholders who are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on all or part of their “net investment income,” which includes dividends received from the Trust and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Trust’s stock.
Backup Withholding.
The Trust may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate Common Shareholders who fail to provide the Trust (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its Common Shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Trust and its Common Shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income or other taxes.
68

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
The Trust may sell up to $[ ] in aggregate initial offering price of Common Shares from time to time under this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement (1) directly to one or more purchases; (2) through agents; (3) through underwriters; (4) through dealers; or (5) pursuant to the Plan. Each Prospectus Supplement relating to an offering of Common Shares will state the terms of the offering, including:
·
the names of any agents, underwriters or dealers;
·
any sales loads or other items constituting underwriters’ compensation;
·
any discounts, commissions, or fees allowed or paid to dealers or agents;
·
the public offering or purchase price of the offered Common Shares and the net proceeds the Trust will receive from the sale; and
·
any securities exchange on which the offered Common Shares may be listed.
Direct Sales
The Trust may sell Common Shares directly to, and solicit offers from, institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the Securities Act for any resales of the securities. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. The Trust may use electronic media, including the internet, to sell offered securities directly. The Trust will describe the terms of any of those sales in a Prospectus Supplement.
By Agents
The Trust may offer Common Shares through agents that the Trust may designate. The Trust will name any agent involved in the offer and sale and describe any commissions payable by the Trust in the Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise indicated in the Prospectus Supplement, the agents will be acting on a best efforts basis for the period of their appointment.
By Underwriters
The Trust may offer and sell Common Shares from time to time to one or more underwriters who would purchase the Common Shares as principal for resale to the public, either on a firm commitment or best efforts basis. If the Trust sells Common Shares to underwriters, the Trust will execute an underwriting agreement with them at the time of the sale and will name them in the Prospectus Supplement. In connection with these sales, the underwriters may be deemed to have received compensation from the Trust in the form of underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters also may receive commissions from purchasers of Common Shares for whom they may act as agent. Unless otherwise stated in the Prospectus Supplement, the underwriters will not be obligated to purchase the Common Shares unless the conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement are satisfied, and if the underwriters purchase any of the Common Shares, they will be required to purchase all of the offered Common Shares. The underwriters may sell the offered Common Shares to or through dealers, and those dealers may receive discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters as well as from the purchasers for whom they may act as agent. Any public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.
If a Prospectus Supplement so indicates, the Trust may grant the underwriters an option to purchase additional Common Shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 45 days from the date of the Prospectus Supplement, to cover any overallotments.
By Dealers
The Trust may offer and sell Common Shares from time to time to one or more dealers who would purchase the securities as principal. The dealers then may resell the offered Common Shares to the public at fixed or varying 
69

prices to be determined by those dealers at the time of resale. The Trust will set forth the names of the dealers and the terms of the transaction in the Prospectus Supplement.
General Information
Agents, underwriters, or dealers participating in an offering of Common Shares may be deemed to be underwriters, and any discounts and commission received by them and any profit realized by them on resale of the offered Common Shares for whom they act as agent, may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.
The Trust may offer to sell securities either at a fixed price or at prices that may vary, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices.
To facilitate an offering of Common Shares in an underwritten transaction and in accordance with industry practice, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Shares or any other security. Those transactions may include overallotment, entering stabilizing bids, effecting syndicate covering transactions, and reclaiming selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer.
·
An overallotment in connection with an offering creates a short position in the common stock for the underwriter’s own account.
·
An underwriter may place a stabilizing bid to purchase the Common Shares for the purpose of pegging, fixing, or maintaining the price of the Common Shares.
·
Underwriters may engage in syndicate covering transactions to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of the Common Shares by bidding for, and purchasing, the Common Shares or any other securities in the open market in order to reduce a short position created in connection with the offering.
·
The managing underwriter may impose a penalty bid on a syndicate member to reclaim a selling concession in connection with an offering when the Common Shares originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in syndicate covering transactions or otherwise.
Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the Common Shares above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
Any underwriters to whom the offered Common Shares are sold for offering and sale may make a market in the offered Common Shares, but the underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market-making at any time without notice. There can be no assurance that there will be a liquid trading market for the offered Common Shares.
Under agreements entered into with the Trust, underwriters and agents may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribution for payments the underwriters or agents may be required to make.
The underwriters, agents, and their affiliates may engage in financial or other business transactions with the Trust in the ordinary course of business.
Pursuant to a requirement of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, the maximum compensation to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer may not be greater than eight percent (8%) of the gross proceeds received by the Trust for the sale of any securities being registered pursuant to SEC Rule 415 under the Securities Act.
The aggregate offering price specified on the cover of this Prospectus relates to the offering of the Common Shares not yet issued as of the date of this Prospectus.
To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the underwriters may from time to time act as a broker or dealer and receive fees in connection with the execution of portfolio transactions on behalf of the Trust after the underwriters have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, each may act as a broker while it is an underwriter.
70

A Prospectus and accompanying Prospectus Supplement in electronic form may be made available on the websites maintained by underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of Common Shares for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Such allocations of Common Shares for internet distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, Common Shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell Common Shares to online brokerage account holders.
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
The Trust may issue and sell Common Shares pursuant to the Plan.
CUSTODIAN, ADMINISTRATOR, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND-DISBURSING AGENT
The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the custodian of the Trust’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian holds the Trust’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Trust, plus certain charges for securities transactions. The Bank of New York Mellon is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286.
Computershare Shareowner Services LLC serves as transfer agent and registrar and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. serves as dividend disbursing agent and Plan Agent under the Trust’s Plan, for the Common Shares of the Trust. Computershare Shareowner Services LLC is located at 480 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, New Jersey 07310.
MUFG Investor Services (US) LLC, serves as the Trust’s administrator. Pursuant to an administration agreement, MUFG is responsible for providing administrative services to the Trust. For the services, the Trust pays MUFG, as administrator, a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate equal to 0.0275% of the first $200 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0200% of the next $300 million in average daily Managed Assets, $0.0150% of the next $500 million in average daily Managed Assets, and 0.0100% of average daily Managed Assets above $1 billion.
MUFG also serves as Trust accounting agent to the Trust. Pursuant to a Trust accounting agreement, MUFG performs certain accounting services, including maintaining ledgers; computing per share net asset value, income, gains, yields; verifying and reconciling daily trade activity; accruing expenses and determining outstanding receivables and payables; providing accounting reports; and providing accounting services and data in connection with regulatory filings. For the services, the Trust pays MUFG, as fund accounting agent, a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate equal to 0.0300% of the first $200 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0150% of the next $300 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0100% of the next $500 million in average daily Managed Assets, and 0.0075% of average daily Managed Assets above $1 billion, subject to a minimum fee of $50,000 per year.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters will be passed on for the Trust by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, in connection with the offering of the Common Shares. If certain legal matters in connection with an offering of Common Shares are passed upon by counsel for the underwriters of such offering, that counsel will be named in the Prospectus Supplement related to that offering.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Ernst & Young LLP, 1775 Tysons Blvd, Tysons, Virginia 22102, is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust. The Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Trust.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
This Prospectus constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Trust with the SEC under the Securities Act, and the 1940 Act. This Prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to
71

the Trust and the Common Shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).
PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST
The Trust is committed to maintaining the privacy of its shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Trust collects, how the Trust protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Trust may share information with select other parties.
Generally, the Trust does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its shareholders, although certain non-public personal information of its shareholders may become available to the Trust. The Trust does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service shareholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).
The Trust restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to employees of the Adviser and its delegates and affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. The Trust maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of its shareholders.
72


TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
   
The Trust 
S-[ ]
Investment Objectives and Policies 
S-[ ]
Investment Restrictions 
S-[ ]
Management of the Trust 
S-[ ]
Portfolio Transactions 
S-[ ]
Tax Matters 
S-[ ]
General Information 
S-[ ]
Financial Statements 
S-[ ]
Appendix A: Description of Securities Ratings 
A-1
Appendix B: Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures 
B-1


73


$[ ]

Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust

Common Shares


PROSPECTUS




, 2019

The information in this statement of additional information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This statement of additional information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion, dated September 3, 2019

GUGGENHEIM TAXABLE MUNICIPAL MANAGED DURATION TRUST

Statement of Additional Information
Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust (the “Trust”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Trust’s primary investment objective is to provide current income with a secondary objective of long-term capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Trust will achieve its investment objectives or be able to structure its investments as anticipated, and you could lose some or all of your investment.
This Statement of Additional Information relates to the offering, from time to time, of up to $[ ] aggregate initial offering price of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Shares”) in one or more offerings. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the Trust, dated , 2019 (the “Prospectus”), and any related supplement to the Prospectus (each a “Prospectus Supplement”). Investors should obtain and read the Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement prior to purchasing Common Shares. A copy of the Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement may be obtained without charge, by calling the Trust at (800) 345-7999.
The Prospectus and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed, or inspected at the SEC’s office or via its website (www.sec.gov) at no charge. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page
The Trust 
S-[ ]
Investment Objectives and Policies 
S-[ ]
Investment Restrictions 
S-[ ]
Management of the Trust 
S-[ ]
Portfolio Transactions 
S-[ ]
Tax Matters 
S-[ ]
General Information 
S-[ ]
Financial Statements 
S-[ ]
Appendix A: Description of Securities Ratings 
A-1
Appendix B: Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures 
B-1

Statement of Additional Information dated                      , 2019.

THE TRUST
The Trust is a diversified, closed-end management investment company organized as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Trust’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus, will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GBAB.” Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as the Trust’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the Trust’s investment Sub-Adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio of securities. The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are referred to herein collectively as the “Adviser.”
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
Additional Investment Policies and Portfolio Contents
The following information supplements the discussion of the Trust’s investment objective, policies and techniques that are described in the Prospectus. The Trust may make the following investments, among others, some of which are part of its principal investment strategies and some of which are not. The principal risks of the Trust’s principal investment strategies are discussed in the Prospectus. The Trust may not buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described.
Auction Rate Securities. Municipal securities also include auction rate municipal securities and auction rate preferred securities issued by closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in municipal securities (collectively, “auction rate securities”). In certain recent market environments, auction failures have been widespread, which may adversely affect the liquidity and price of auction rate securities. Provided that the auction mechanism is successful, auction rate securities usually permit the holder to sell the securities in an auction at par value at specified intervals. The dividend is reset by “Dutch” auction in which bids are made by broker-dealers and other institutions for a certain amount of securities at a specified minimum yield. The dividend rate set by the auction is the lowest interest or dividend rate that covers all securities offered for sale. While this process is designed to permit auction rate securities to be traded at par value, there is a risk that an auction will fail due to insufficient demand for the securities. Moreover, between auctions, there may be no secondary market for these securities, and sales conducted on a secondary market may not be on terms favorable to the seller. Thus, with respect to liquidity and price stability, auction rate securities may differ substantially from cash equivalents, notwithstanding the frequency of auctions and the credit quality of the security. The Trust’s investments in auction rate securities of closed-end funds are subject to the limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act. The Trust will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other fees paid by such closed-end funds in addition to the advisory fees payable directly by the Trust.
U.S. Government Securities. The Trust may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities including: (1) U.S. Treasury obligations, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, such as U.S. Treasury bills (maturity of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturity of one to ten years), and U.S. Treasury bonds (generally maturities of greater than ten years), including the principal components or the interest components issued by the U.S. Government under the separate trading of registered interest and principal securities program (i.e., “STRIPS”), all of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities, including government guaranteed mortgage-related securities, some of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, some of which are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Government, and some of which are backed only by the credit of the issuer itself.
Mortgage-Related Securities. Mortgage-related securities include structured debt obligations collateralized by pools of commercial or residential mortgages. Pools of mortgage loans and mortgage-related loans such as mezzanine loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. Mortgage-related securities include complex instruments such as collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), stripped mortgage-backed securities, mortgage pass-through securities, interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), including debt and preferred stock issued by REITs, as well as other real estate-related securities. The mortgage-related securities in which the
S-2

Trust may invest include those with fixed, floating or variable interest rates, those with interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates and those with interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, as well as those that do not bear interest. The Trust may invest in residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), including residual interests, issued by governmental entities and private issuers, including subordinated mortgage-related securities. The Trust may invest in sub-prime mortgages or mortgage-related securities that are backed by sub-prime mortgages. Certain mortgage-related securities that the Trust may invest in are described below.
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities. RMBS are securities the payments on which depend (except for rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to holders of such securities) primarily on the cash flow from residential mortgage loans made to borrowers that are secured (on a first priority basis or second priority basis, subject to permitted liens, easements and other encumbrances) by residential real estate (one- to four-family properties) the proceeds of which are used to purchase real estate and purchase or construct dwellings thereon (or to refinance indebtedness previously so used). Residential mortgage loans are obligations of the borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by residential property is dependent upon the income or assets of the borrower. A number of factors, including a general economic downturn, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances, may impair borrowers’ abilities to repay their loans.
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities. CMBS generally are multi-class debt or pass-through certificates secured or backed by mortgage loans on commercial properties. CMBS generally are structured to provide protection to the senior class investors against potential losses on the underlying mortgage loans. This protection generally is provided by having the holders of subordinated classes of securities (“Subordinated CMBS”) take the first loss if there are defaults on the underlying commercial mortgage loans. Other protection, which may benefit all of the classes or particular classes, may include issuer guarantees, reserve funds, additional Subordinated CMBS, cross-collateralization and over-collateralization. The Trust may invest in Subordinated CMBS issued or sponsored by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Subordinated CMBS have no governmental guarantee and are subordinated in some manner as to the payment of principal and/or interest to the holders of more senior mortgage-related securities arising out of the same pool of mortgages. The holders of Subordinated CMBS typically are compensated with a higher stated yield than are the holders of more senior mortgage-related securities. On the other hand, Subordinated CMBS typically subject the holder to greater risk than senior CMBS and tend to be rated in a lower rating category, and frequently a substantially lower rating category, than the senior CMBS issued in respect of the same mortgage pool. Subordinated CMBS generally are likely to be more sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates and the market for such securities may be less liquid than is the case for traditional income securities and senior mortgage-related securities.
Government Agency Securities. Mortgage-related securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) include GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Ginnie Maes”) which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by GNMA and such guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. GNMA is a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA certificates also are supported by the authority of GNMA to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee.
Government-Related Securities. Mortgage-related securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) include FNMA Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Fannie Maes”) which are solely the obligations of FNMA and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States. FNMA is a privately owned government-sponsored organization. Fannie Maes are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA. Mortgage-related securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) include FHLMC Mortgage Participation Certificates (also known as “Freddie Macs” or “PCs”). FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the United States created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended. Freddie Macs are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal Home Loan
S-3

Bank and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Macs entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by FHLMC. FHLMC guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When FHLMC does not guarantee timely payment of principal, FHLMC may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable. On September 7, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), an independent regulatory agency, placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship, a statutory process designed to stabilize a troubled institution with the objective of returning the entity to normal business operations.
Private Entity Securities. These mortgage-related securities are issued by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Timely payment of principal and interest on mortgage-related securities backed by pools created by non-governmental issuers often is supported partially by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by government entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or mortgage poolers can meet their obligations under the policies, so that if the issuers default on their obligations the holders of the security could sustain a loss. No insurance or guarantee covers the Trust or the price of the Trust’s shares. Mortgage-related securities issued by non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government-agency and government-related securities because there are no direct or indirect government guarantees of payment.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. A CMO is a multi-class bond backed by a pool of mortgage pass-through certificates or mortgage loans. CMOs may be collateralized by (a) Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac pass-through certificates, (b) unsecuritized mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans’ Affairs, (c) unsecuritized conventional mortgages, (d) other mortgage-related securities or (e) any combination thereof. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on collateral underlying a CMO may cause it to be retired substantially earlier than the stated maturities or final distribution dates. The principal and interest on the underlying mortgages may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in many ways. One or more tranches of a CMO may have coupon rates which reset periodically at a specified increment over an index, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) (or sometimes more than one index). These floating rate CMOs typically are issued with lifetime caps on the coupon rate thereon. The Trust also may invest in inverse floating rate CMOs. Inverse floating rate CMOs constitute a tranche of a CMO with a coupon rate that moves in the reverse direction to an applicable index such as LIBOR. Accordingly, the coupon rate thereon will increase as interest rates decrease. Inverse floating rate CMOs are typically more volatile than fixed or floating rate tranches of CMOs. Many inverse floating rate CMOs have coupons that move inversely to a multiple of the applicable indexes. The effect of the coupon varying inversely to a multiple of an applicable index creates a leverage factor. Inverse floaters based on multiples of a stated index are designed to be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and can subject the holders thereof to extreme reductions of yield and loss of principal. The markets for inverse floating rate CMOs with highly leveraged characteristics at times may be very thin. The Trust’s ability to dispose of its positions in such securities will depend on the degree of liquidity in the markets for such securities. It is impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in such securities, and therefore the future degree of liquidity.
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. Stripped mortgage-backed securities are created by segregating the cash flows from underlying mortgage loans or mortgage securities to create two or more new securities, each with a specified percentage of the underlying security’s principal or interest payments. Mortgage securities may be partially stripped so that each investor class receives some interest and some principal. When securities are completely stripped, however, all of the interest is distributed to holders of one type of security, known as an interest-only security (“IO”), and all of the principal is distributed to holders of another type of security known as a principal-only security (“PO”). Strips can be created in a pass-through structure or as tranches of a CMO. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are very sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Trust may not
S-4

fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be materially and adversely affected.
Sub-Prime Mortgages. Sub-prime mortgages are mortgages rated below “A” by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch. Historically, sub-prime mortgage loans have been made to borrowers with blemished (or non-existent) credit records, and the borrower is charged a higher interest rate to compensate for the greater risk of delinquency and the higher costs of loan servicing and collection. Sub-prime mortgages are subject to both state and federal anti-predatory lending statutes that carry potential liability to secondary market purchasers such as the Trust. Sub-prime mortgages have certain characteristics and associated risks similar to below investment grade securities, including a higher degree of credit risk, and certain characteristics and associated risks similar to mortgage-backed securities, including prepayment risk.
Other Mortgage-Related Securities. Other mortgage-related securities include securities other than those described above that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property, including CMO residuals. Other mortgage-related securities may be equity or debt securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
The risks associated with mortgage-backed securities include: (1) credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; (2) adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-backed securities secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; (3) prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in the value of the mortgage-backed security; (4) loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and (5) decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral.
Mortgage-backed securities represent an interest in a pool of mortgages. When market interest rates decline, more mortgages are refinanced and the securities are paid off earlier than expected. Prepayments may also occur on a scheduled basis or due to foreclosure. When market interest rates increase, the market values of mortgage-backed securities decline. At the same time, however, mortgage refinancings and prepayments slow, which lengthens the effective maturities of these securities. As a result, the negative effect of the rate increase on the market value of mortgage-backed securities is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of debt securities. In addition, due to increased instability in the credit markets, the market for some mortgage-backed securities has experienced reduced liquidity and greater volatility with respect to the value of such securities, making it more difficult to value such securities. The Trust may invest in sub-prime mortgages or mortgage-backed securities that are backed by sub-prime mortgages.
Moreover, the relationship between prepayments and interest rates may give some high-yielding mortgage-related and asset-backed securities less potential for growth in value than conventional bonds with comparable maturities. In addition, in periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayments tends to increase. During such periods, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Trust will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid. Because of these and other reasons, mortgage-related and asset-backed security’s total return and maturity may be difficult to predict precisely. To the extent that the Trust purchases mortgage-related and asset-backed securities at a premium, prepayments (which may be made without penalty) may result in loss of the Trust’s principal investment to the extent of premium paid.
The market for CMBS developed more recently and, in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues, is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family mortgage-related securities. CMBS are subject to particular risks, including lack of standardized terms, shorter maturities than residential mortgage loans and payment of all or substantially all of the principal only at maturity rather than regular amortization of principal. In addition, commercial lending generally is viewed as exposing the lender to a greater risk of loss than one-to-four family residential lending. Commercial lending, for example, typically involves larger loans to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers than residential one-to-four family mortgage loans. In addition, the
S-5

repayment of loans secured by income producing properties typically is dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project and the cash flow generated therefrom. Net operating income of an income-producing property can be affected by, among other things: tenant mix, success of tenant businesses, property management decisions, property location and condition, competition from comparable types of properties, changes in laws that increase operating expense or limit rents that may be charged, any need to address environmental contamination at the property, the occurrence of any uninsured casualty at the property, changes in national, regional or local economic conditions and/or specific industry segments, declines in regional or local real estate values, declines in regional or local rental or occupancy rates, increases in interest rates, real estate tax rates and other operating expenses, change in governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies, including environmental legislation, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances. Consequently, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-related securities secured by loans on commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties. Additional risks may be presented by the type and use of a particular commercial property. Special risks are presented by hospitals, nursing homes, hospitality properties and certain other property types. Commercial property values and net operating income are subject to volatility, which may result in net operating income becoming insufficient to cover debt service on the related mortgage loan. The exercise of remedies and successful realization of liquidation proceeds relating to CMBS may be highly dependent on the performance of the servicer or special servicer. There may be a limited number of special servicers available, particularly those that do not have conflicts of interest.
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities. Credit-related risk on RMBS arises from losses due to delinquencies and defaults by the borrowers in payments on the underlying mortgage loans and breaches by originators and servicers of their obligations under the underlying documentation pursuant to which the RMBS are issued. The rate of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans and the aggregate amount of the resulting losses will be affected by a number of factors, including general economic conditions, particularly those in the area where the related mortgaged property is located, the level of the borrower’s equity in the mortgaged property and the individual financial circumstances of the borrower. If a residential mortgage loan is in default, foreclosure on the related residential property may be a lengthy and difficult process involving significant legal and other expenses. The net proceeds obtained by the holder on a residential mortgage loan following the foreclosure on the related property may be less than the total amount that remains due on the loan. The prospect of incurring a loss upon the foreclosure of the related property may lead the holder of the residential mortgage loan to restructure the residential mortgage loan or otherwise delay the foreclosure process.
Sub-Prime Mortgage Market Risk. The residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain mortgages and mortgage-related securities. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially sub-prime and second-line mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have recently experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Largely due to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen. If the economy of the United States deteriorates further, the incidence of mortgage foreclosures, especially sub-prime mortgages, may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any mortgage-backed securities owned by the Trust.
The significance of the mortgage crisis and loan defaults in residential mortgage loan sectors led to the enactment in July 2008 of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, a wide-ranging housing rescue bill that offers up to $300 billion in assistance to troubled homeowners and emergency assistance to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, companies that operate under federal charter and play a vital role in providing financing for the housing markets. The above-mentioned housing bill could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s investment as the bill, among other things, (1) allows approximately 400,000 homeowners to refinance into affordable, government-backed loans through a program run by the Federal Housing Authority (“FHA”), a division of the U.S. Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) and (2) provides approximately $180 million for “pre-
S-6

foreclosure” housing counseling and legal services for distressed borrowers. In addition, the mortgage crisis has led public advocacy groups to demand, and governmental officials to propose and consider, a variety of other “bailout” and “rescue” plans that could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s investments. Certain borrowers may also seek relief through the “FHA Secure” refinancing option that gives homeowners with non-FHA adjustable rate mortgages, current or delinquent and regardless of reset status, the ability to refinance into a FHA-insured mortgage. The Helping Families Save Their Homes Act of 2009, which was enacted on May 20, 2009, provides a safe harbor for servicers entering into “qualified loss mitigation plans” with respect to residential mortgages originated before the act was enacted. By protecting servicers from certain liabilities, this safe harbor may encourage loan modifications and reduce the likelihood that investors in securitizations will be paid on a timely basis or will be paid in full. In addition to the above, a variety of other plans and proposals from federal and state regulatory agencies have been presented. Law, legislation or other government regulation, promulgated in furtherance of a “bailout” or “rescue” plan to address the crisis and distress in the residential mortgage loan sector, may result in a reduction of available transactional opportunities for the Trust, or an increase in the cost associated with such transactions. Any such law, legislation or regulation may adversely affect the market value of non-agency RMBS.
A number of originators and servicers of residential and commercial mortgage loans, including some of the largest originators and servicers in the residential and commercial mortgage loan market, have experienced serious financial difficulties, including some that are now subject to federal insolvency proceedings. Such difficulties may affect the performance of non-agency RMBS and CMBS backed by mortgage loans. There can be no assurance that originators and servicers of mortgage loans will not continue to experience serious financial difficulties or experience such difficulties in the future, including becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or that underwriting procedures and policies and protections against fraud will be sufficient in the future to prevent such financial difficulties or significant levels of default or delinquency on mortgage loans.
Second-Lien Loans. The Trust may invest in “second lien” secured floating rate Loans made by public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes (“Second Lien Loans”). Second Lien Loans are second in right of payment to one or more Senior Loans of the related borrower. Second Lien Loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in Senior Loans and other lower grade Income Securities. However, Second Lien Loans are second in right of payment to Senior Loans and therefore are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the Loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. Second Lien Loans are expected to have greater price volatility and exposure to losses upon default than Senior Loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in Second Lien Loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure.
Other Secured Loans. Other subordinated secured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt (“Other Secured Loans”) are made by public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Other Secured Loans may rank lower in right of payment to one or more Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans of the borrower. Other Secured Loans may rank lower in right of payment to one or more Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans of the borrower. Other Secured Loans typically are secured by a lower priority security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the Borrower’s obligation under the Loan, and typically have more subordinated protections and rights than Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans. Secured Loans may become subordinated in right of payment to more senior obligations of the Borrower issued in the future. Other Secured Loans may have fixed or adjustable floating rate interest payments. Because Other Secured Loans may rank lower as to right of payment than Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans of the Borrower, they may present a greater degree of investment risk than Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below investment grade quality. Other than their more subordinated status, such investments have many characteristics and risks similar to Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans discussed above. The Trust may purchase interests in Other Secured Loans through assignments or participations.
Other Secured Loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second-Lien Loans and below investment grade securities. However, such loans may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans of the borrower and therefore are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after
S-7

giving effect to the higher ranking secured obligations of the borrower. Other Secured Loans are expected to have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in Other Secured Loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure.
Unsecured Loans. Unsecured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt (“Unsecured Loans”) are loans made by public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Unsecured Loans generally have lower priority in right of payment compared to holders of secured debt of the Borrower. Unsecured Loans are not secured by a security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the Borrower’s obligation under the loan. Unsecured Loans by their terms may be or may become subordinate in right of payment to other obligations of the borrower, including Senior Loans, Second-Lien Loans and Other Secured Loans. Unsecured Loans may have fixed or adjustable floating rate interest payments. Because Unsecured Loans are subordinate to the secured debt of the borrower, they present a greater degree of investment risk but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below investment grade quality. Other than their subordinated and unsecured status, such investments have many characteristics and risks similar to Senior Loans, Second-Lien Loans and Other Secured Loans discussed above. The Trust may purchase interests in Unsecured Loans through assignments or participations.
Unsecured Loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second-Lien Loans, Other Secured Loans and below investment grade securities. However, because Unsecured Loans have lower priority in right of payment to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower and are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral, they are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower. Unsecured Loans are expected to have greater price volatility than Senior Loans, Second-Lien Loans and Other Secured Loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in Unsecured Loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure.
Mezzanine Investments. The Trust may invest in certain lower grade securities known as “Mezzanine Investments,” which are subordinated debt securities that are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security (e.g., with attached warrants) or may be convertible into equity securities. Mezzanine Investments may be issued with or without registration rights. Similar to other lower grade securities, maturities of Mezzanine Investments are typically seven to ten years, but the expected average life is significantly shorter at three to five years. Mezzanine Investments are usually unsecured and subordinated to other obligations of the issuer.
     In connection with its purchase of Mezzanine Investments, the Trust may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Trust could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the rights’ and warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.
Corporate Bonds. Corporate bonds are debt obligations issued by corporations. Corporate bonds may be either secured or unsecured. Collateral used for secured debt includes real property, machinery, equipment, accounts receivable, stocks, bonds or notes. If a bond is unsecured, it is known as a debenture. Bondholders, as creditors, have a prior legal claim over common and preferred stockholders as to both income and assets of the corporation for the principal and interest due them and may have a prior claim over other creditors if liens or mortgages are involved. Interest on corporate bonds may be fixed or floating, or the bonds may be zero coupons. Interest on corporate bonds is typically paid semi-annually and is fully taxable to the bondholder. Corporate bonds contain elements of both interest-rate risk and credit risk. The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates and may also be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the marketplace. Corporate bonds usually yield more than government or agency bonds due to the presence of credit risk.
S-8

Collateralized Debt Obligations. A collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) is an asset-backed security whose underlying collateral is typically a portfolio of bonds, bank loans, other structured finance securities and/or synthetic instruments. Where the underlying collateral is a portfolio of bonds, a CDO is referred to as a collateralized bond obligation (“CBO”). Where the underlying collateral is a portfolio of bank loans, a CDO is referred to as a collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”). Investors in CDOs bear the credit risk of the underlying collateral. Multiple tranches of securities are issued by the CDO, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics. Tranches are categorized as senior, mezzanine, and subordinated/equity, according to their degree of risk. If there are defaults or the CDO’s collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches, and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to subordinated/equity tranches. CDOs are subject to the same risk of prepayment described with respect to certain mortgage-related and asset-backed securities. The value of CDOs may be affected by changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or fund providing the credit support or enhancement.
Collateralized Bond Obligations. CBOs are structured securities backed by a diversified pool of high yield, public or private debt securities. These may be fixed pools or may be “market value” (or managed) pools of collateral. The pool of high yield securities is typically separated into tranches representing different degrees of credit quality. The top tranche of CBOs, which represents the highest credit quality in the pool, has the greatest collateralization and pays the lowest interest rate. Lower CBO tranches represent lower degrees of credit quality and pay higher interest rates intended to compensate for the attendant risks. The bottom tranche specifically receives the residual interest payments (i.e., money that is left over after the higher tranches have been paid) rather than a fixed interest rate. The return on the lower tranches of CBOs is especially sensitive to the rate of defaults in the collateral pool.
Collateralized Loan Obligations. A CLO is a structured debt security, issued by a financing company (generally called a “Special Purpose Vehicle” or “SPV”), that was created to reapportion the risk and return characteristics of a pool of assets. The assets, typically Senior Loans, are used as collateral supporting the various debt tranches issued by the SPV. The key feature of the CLO structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of debt securities among the several classes of the CLO. The SPV is a company founded solely for the purpose of securitizing payment claims. On this basis, marketable securities are issued which, due to the diversification of the underlying risk, generally represent a lower level of risk than the original assets. The redemption of the securities issued by the SPV takes place at maturity out of the cash flow generated by the collected claims.
Holders of structured finance products bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk. The Trust may have the right to receive payments only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured finance products enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured finance products generally pay their share of the structured product’s administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying structured finance products will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of structured finance products) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured product uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured finance products owned by the Trust.
Certain structured finance products may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market. CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CBOs, CLOs and CDOs may be characterized by the Trust as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances. In addition to the general risks associated with debt securities discussed herein, CBOs, CLOs and CDOs carry additional risks, including (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the CBOs, CLOs and CDOs are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not
S-9

be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
Investments in structured notes involve risks, including credit risk and market risk. Where the Trust’s investments in structured notes are based upon the movement of one or more factors, including currency exchange rates, interest rates, referenced bonds and stock indices, depending on the factor used and the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in interest rates and movement of the factor may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero, and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Structured notes may be less liquid than other types of securities and more volatile than the reference instrument or security underlying the note.
Risk-Linked Securities. Risk-linked securities (“RLS”) are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. The Trust may invest in RLS in order to earn income, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks. RLS are typically debt obligations for which the return of principal and the payment of interest are contingent on the non-occurrence of a pre-defined “trigger event.” Depending on the specific terms and structure of the RLS, this trigger could be the result of a hurricane, earthquake or some other catastrophic event. Insurance companies securitize this risk to transfer to the capital markets the truly catastrophic part of the risk exposure. A typical RLS provides for income and return of capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but would involve full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. RLS typically have relatively high yields compared with similarly rated fixed-income securities, and also have low correlation with the returns of traditional securities. Investments in RLS may be linked to a broad range of insurance risks, which can be broken down into three major categories: natural risks (such as hurricanes and earthquakes), weather risks (such as insurance based on a regional average temperature) and non-natural events (such as aerospace and shipping catastrophes). Although property-casualty RLS have been in existence for over a decade, significant developments have started to occur in securitizations done by life insurance companies. In general, life insurance industry securitizations could fall into a number of categories. Some are driven primarily by the desire to transfer risk to the capital markets, such as the transfer of extreme mortality risk (mortality bonds). Others, while also including the element of risk transfer, are driven by other considerations. For example, a securitization could be undertaken to relieve the capital strain on life insurance companies caused by the regulatory requirements of establishing very conservative reserves for some types of products. Another example is the securitization of the stream of future cash flows from a particular block of business, including the securitization of embedded values of life insurance business or securitization for the purpose of funding acquisition costs.
Unlike other insurable low-severity, high-probability events (such as auto collision coverage), the insurance risk of which can be diversified by writing large numbers of similar policies, the holders of a typical RLS are exposed to the risks from high-severity, low-probability events such as that posed by major earthquakes or hurricanes. RLS represent a method of reinsurance, by which insurance companies transfer their own portfolio risk to other reinsurance companies and, in the case of RLS, to the capital markets. A typical RLS provides for income and return of capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but involves full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. In essence, investors invest funds in RLS and if a catastrophe occurs that triggers an RLS are exposed to the risks from high-severity, low-probability events such as that posed by major earthquakes or hurricanes. RLS represent a method of reinsurance, by which insurance companies transfer their own portfolio risk to other reinsurance companies and, in the case of RLS, to the capital markets. A typical RLS provides for income and return of capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but involves full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. In essence, investors invest funds in RLS and if a catastrophe occurs that “triggers” the RLS, investors may lose some or all of the capital invested. In the case of an event, the funds are paid to the bond sponsor—an insurer, reinsurer or corporation—to cover losses. In return, the bond sponsors pay interest to investors for this catastrophe protection. RLS can be structured to pay-off on three types of variables—insurance-industry catastrophe loss indices, insure-specific catastrophe losses and parametric indices based on the physical characteristics of catastrophic events. Such variables are difficult to predict or model, and the risk and potential return profiles of RLS may be difficult to assess. Catastrophe-related RLS have been in use since the 1990s, and the securitization and risk-transfer aspects of such RLS are beginning to be employed in other insurance and risk-related areas. The RLS market is thus in the early
S-10

stages of development. No active trading market may exist for certain RLS, which may impair the ability of the Trust to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets.
Preferred Securities. The Trust may invest in preferred securities. There are two basic types of preferred securities. The first, sometimes referred to as traditional preferred securities, consists of preferred stock issued by an entity taxable as a corporation. The second type, sometimes referred to as trust preferred securities, are usually issued by a trust or limited partnership and represent preferred interests in deeply subordinated debt instruments issued by the corporation for whose benefit the trust or partnership was established.
Traditional Preferred Securities. Traditional preferred securities generally pay fixed or adjustable rate dividends to investors and generally have a “preference” over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of a company’s assets. This means that a company must pay dividends on preferred stock before paying any dividends on its common stock. In order to be payable, distributions on such preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Income payments on typical preferred securities currently outstanding are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accumulate even if not declared by the board of directors or otherwise made payable. In such a case all accumulated dividends must be paid before any dividend on the common stock can be paid. However, some traditional preferred stocks are non-cumulative, in which case dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid. A portion of the portfolio may include investments in non-cumulative preferred securities, whereby the issuer does not have an obligation to make up any arrearages to its shareholders. Should an issuer of a non-cumulative preferred stock held by the Trust determine not to pay dividends on such stock, the amount of dividends the Trust pays may be adversely affected. There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on the traditional preferred securities in which the Trust invests will be declared or otherwise made payable.
Preferred stockholders usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. Shares of traditional preferred securities have a liquidation value that generally equals the original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market value of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting companies in the utilities and financial services sectors, which are prominent issuers of preferred securities, and by actual and anticipated changes in tax laws, such as changes in corporate income tax rates or the “dividends received deduction.” Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by traditional preferred securities may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on such securities, the issuer may redeem the securities. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Trust’s holdings of higher rate-paying fixed rate preferred securities may be reduced and the Trust would be unable to acquire securities of comparable credit quality paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds
Trust Preferred Securities. Trust preferred securities are a comparatively new asset class. Trust preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The trust preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates.
Trust preferred securities are typically junior and fully subordinated liabilities of an issuer or the beneficiary of a guarantee that is junior and fully subordinated to the other liabilities of the guarantor. In addition, trust preferred securities typically permit an issuer to defer the payment of income for eighteen months or more without triggering an event of default. Generally, the deferral period is five years or more. Because of their subordinated position in the capital structure of an issuer, the ability to defer payments for extended periods of time without default consequences to the issuer, and certain other features (such as restrictions on common dividend payments by the issuer or ultimate guarantor when full cumulative payments on the trust preferred securities have not been made), these trust preferred securities are often treated as close substitutes for traditional preferred securities, both by issuers and investors. Trust preferred securities have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows.
S-11

Trust preferred securities are typically issued with a final maturity date, although some are perpetual in nature. In certain instances, a final maturity date may be extended and/or the final payment of principal may be deferred at the issuer’s option for a specified time without default. No redemption can typically take place unless all cumulative payment obligations have been met, although issuers may be able to engage in open-market repurchases without regard to whether all payments have been paid.
Many trust preferred securities are issued by trusts or other special purpose entities established by operating companies and are not a direct obligation of an operating company. At the time the trust or special purpose entity sells such preferred securities to investors, it purchases debt of the operating company (with terms comparable to those of the trust or special purpose entity securities), which enables the operating company to deduct for tax purposes the interest paid on the debt held by the trust or special purpose entity. The trust or special purpose entity is generally required to be treated as transparent for federal income tax purposes such that the holders of the trust preferred securities are treated as owning beneficial interests in the underlying debt of the operating company. Accordingly, payments on the trust preferred securities are treated as interest rather than dividends for federal income tax purposes and, as such, are not eligible for the dividends received deduction. The trust or special purpose entity in turn would be a holder of the operating company’s debt and would have priority with respect to the operating company’s earnings and profits over the operating company’s Common Shareholders, but would typically be subordinated to other classes of the operating company’s debt. Typically a preferred share has a rating that is slightly below that of its corresponding operating company’s senior debt securities.
There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including:
Deferral. Preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If the Trust owns a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, the Trust may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such income.
Subordination. Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of having priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments.
Liquidity. Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stocks or U.S. Government securities.
Limited Voting Rights. Generally, preferred security holders (such as the Trust) have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights. In the case of Trust preferred securities, holders generally have no voting rights, except if (i) the issuer fails to pay dividends for a specified period of time or (ii) a declaration of default occurs and is continuing.
Special Redemption Rights. In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred securities may redeem the securities prior to a specified date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by certain changes in federal income tax or securities laws. As with call provisions, a special redemption by the issuer may negatively impact the return of the security held by the Trust.
New Types of Securities. From time to time, preferred securities, including hybrid-preferred securities, have been, and may in the future be, offered having features other than those described herein. The Trust reserves the right to invest in these securities if the Sub-Adviser believe that doing so would be consistent with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies. Since the market for these instruments would be new, the Trust may have difficulty disposing of them at a suitable price and time. In addition to limited liquidity, these instruments may present other risks, such as high price volatility.
S-12

Convertible Securities. A convertible security is a preferred stock, warrant or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other security of the same or a different issuer or into cash within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities generally have characteristics similar to both fixed income and equity securities. The value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates rise and, because of the conversion feature, tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying securities. Convertible securities ordinarily provide a stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stock of the same or similar issuers. Convertible securities generally rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable non-convertible securities. Convertible securities generally do not participate directly in any dividend increases or decreases of the underlying securities although the market prices of convertible securities may be affected by any dividend changes or other changes in the underlying securities.
Common Stocks. The Trust may invest in common stocks that the Sub-Adviser believes offer attractive income potential. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than debt securities over the long-term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and, in certain periods, have significantly under-performed relative to debt securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Trust. Also, the price of common stocks is sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.
Private Securities. Private securities have additional risk considerations than with investments in comparable public investments. Whenever the Trust invests in issuers that do not publicly report financial and other material information, it assumes a greater degree of investment risk and reliance upon the Sub-Adviser’s ability to obtain and evaluate applicable information concerning such companies’ creditworthiness and other investment considerations. Because there is often no readily available trading market for private securities, the Trust may not be able to readily dispose of such investments at prices that approximate those at which the Trust could sell them if they were more widely traded. Private securities are also more difficult to value. Valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation of private securities as compared to public securities because there is less reliable objective data available. Private debt securities are of below investment grade quality, frequently are unrated and present many of the same risks as investing in below investment grade public debt securities. Investing in private debt instruments is a highly specialized investment practice that depends more heavily on independent credit analysis than investments in other types of obligations.
Real Property Asset Companies. The Trust may invest in securities issued by companies that own, produce, refine, process, transport and market “real property assets,” such as real estate and the natural resources upon or within real estate. These real property asset companies include:
·
Companies engaged in the ownership, construction, financing, management and/or sale of commercial, industrial and/or residential real estate (or that have assets primarily invested in such real estate), including REITs; and
·
Companies engaged in energy, natural resources and basic materials businesses and companies engaged in associated businesses. These companies include those engaged in businesses such as oil and gas exploration and production, gold and other precious metals, steel and iron ore production, energy services, forest products, chemicals, coal, alternative energy sources and environmental services, as well as related transportation companies and equipment manufacturers.
Mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest the majority of their assets in real property mortgages and which generally derive income primarily from interest payments thereon. Mortgage REITs are generally not taxed on income timely distributed to shareholders, provided they comply with the
S-13

applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Trust will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by mortgage REITs in which it invests. Investing in mortgage REITs involves certain risks related to investing in real property mortgages. Mortgage REITs are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by borrowers. Mortgage REITs whose underlying assets are mortgages on real properties used by a particular industry or concentrated in a particular geographic region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. Real property mortgages may be relatively illiquid, limiting the ability of mortgage REITs to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions. Mortgage REITs may have limited financial resources, their securities may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies.
Distressed and Defaulted Securities. The Trust may invest in the securities of financially distressed and bankrupt issuers, at the time of investment, including debt obligations that are in covenant or payment default, although the Trust has no present intention to do so. Such investments generally trade significantly below par and are considered speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recovery of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted obligation for other debt or equity securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or speculative. Investments in the securities of financially distressed issuers involve substantial risks. These securities may present a substantial risk of default or may be in default at the time of investment. The Trust may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a portfolio company, the Trust may lose its entire investment or may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than its original investment. Among the risks inherent in investments in a troubled entity is the fact that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the true financial condition of such issuer. The Sub-Adviser’s judgment about the credit quality of the issuer and the relative value of its securities may prove to be wrong.
Securities Subject To Reorganization. The Trust may invest in securities of companies for which a tender or exchange offer has been made or announced and in securities of companies for which a merger, consolidation, liquidation or reorganization proposal has been announced if, in the judgment of the Sub-Adviser, there is a reasonable prospect of high total return significantly greater than the brokerage and other transaction expenses involved. In general, securities which are the subject of such an offer or proposal sell at a premium to their historic market price immediately prior to the announcement of the offer or may also discount what the stated or appraised value of the security would be if the contemplated transaction were approved or consummated. Such investments may be advantageous when the discount significantly overstates the risk of the contingencies involved; significantly undervalues the securities, assets or cash to be received by shareholders of the prospective portfolio company as a result of the contemplated transaction; or fails adequately to recognize the possibility that the offer or proposal may be replaced or superseded by an offer or proposal of greater value. The evaluation of such contingencies requires unusually broad knowledge and experience on the part of the Sub-Adviser which must appraise not only the value of the issuer and its component businesses as well as the assets or securities to be received as a result of the contemplated transaction but also the financial resources and business motivation of the offer and/or the dynamics and business climate when the offer or proposal is in process. Since such investments are ordinarily short-term in nature, they will tend to increase the turnover ratio of the Trust, thereby increasing its brokerage and other transaction expenses. The Sub-Adviser intends to select investments of the type described which, in its view, have a reasonable prospect of capital appreciation which is significant in relation to both the risk involved and the potential of available alternative investments.
Rights Offerings and Warrants to Purchase. The Trust may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Trust could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the rights’ and warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the
S-14

value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.
Equity-Linked Notes. Equity-linked notes are hybrid securities with characteristics of both fixed-income and equity securities. An equity-linked note is a debt instrument, usually a bond, that pays interest based upon the performance of an underlying equity, which can be a single stock, basket of stocks or an equity index. Instead of paying a predetermined coupon, equity-linked notes link the interest payment to the performance of a particular equity market index or basket of stocks or commodities. The interest payment is typically based on the percentage increase in an index from a predetermined level, but alternatively may be based on the decrease in the index. The interest payment may in some cases be leveraged so that, in percentage terms, it exceeds the relative performance of the market. Equity-linked notes generally are subject to the risks associated with the securities of equity issuers, default risk and counterparty risk.
Private Investment Funds. The Trust may invest in Investment Funds, but has no current intention of investing in “Private Investment Funds,” which are privately offered Investment Funds that are excluded from the definition of “investment company” under the 1940 Act, including by operation of Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) thereof, which are commonly referred to as “hedge funds.” To the extent the Trust in the future invests in Private Investment Funds, such investment may pose certain risks to the Trust. In addition to those risks described above with respect to all Investment Funds. Certain Private Investment Funds may involve capital call provisions under which an investor is obligated to make additional investments at specified levels even if it would otherwise choose not to. Investments in Private Investment Funds may have very limited liquidity. Often there will be no secondary market for such investments and the ability to redeem or otherwise withdraw from a Private Investment Fund may be prohibited during the term of the Private Investment Fund or, if permitted, may be infrequent. Certain Private Investment Funds may be subject to “lock-up” periods of a year or more. The valuation of investments in Private Investment Funds often will be based upon valuations provided by the adviser or manager of such Private Investment Fund and it may not always be possible to effectively assess the accuracy of such valuations, particularly if the Private Investment Fund holds substantial investments the values of which are determined by the adviser or manager of the Private Investment Fund based upon a fair valuation methodology. Incentive fee considerations, which are generally expected to be between 15%-25% of the net capital appreciation (if any) in the assets managed by a Private Investment Fund manager, may cause conflicts in the fair valuation of investment holdings by a Private Investment Fund’s adviser or manager. Private Investment Funds may employ a number of investment techniques, including short sales, investment in non-investment grade or nonmarketable securities, uncovered option transactions, forward transactions, futures and options on futures transactions, foreign currency transactions and highly concentrated portfolios, among others, which could, under certain circumstances, magnify the impact of any negative market, sector or investment development. Investors in Private Investment Funds may be exposed to increased leverage risk, as Private Investment Fund may borrow and may utilize various lines of credit, reverse repurchase agreements, “dollar” rolls, issuance of debt securities, swaps, forward purchases and other forms of leverage. Some Private Investment Funds may provide to their investors very limited information with respect to their operation and performance, thereby severely limiting an investor’s ability to verify initially or on a continuing basis any representations made by the Private Investment Funds or the investment strategies being employed. The Trust would not have the ability to direct or influence the management of the Private Investment Funds in which it invests, so the returns on such investments will primarily depend on the performance of the Private Investment Funds’ managers and could suffer substantial adverse effects by the unfavorable performance of such managers.
Short Sales
Although the Trust has no present intention of doing so, the Trust is authorized to make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. To the extent the Trust engages in short sales, the Trust will not make a short sale, if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets. Also, the market value of the securities sold short of any one issuer will not exceed either 10% of the Trust’s total assets or 5% of such issuer’s voting securities. The Trust may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns, or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost, the identical security. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Trust will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be
S-15

decreased, and any loss will be increased, by the transaction costs incurred by the Trust, including the costs associated with providing collateral to the broker-dealer (usually cash and liquid securities) and the maintenance of collateral with its custodian. Although the Trust’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited.
Derivative Instruments
Swaps. Swap contracts may be purchased or sold to obtain investment exposure and/or to hedge against fluctuations in securities prices, currencies, interest rates or market conditions, to change the duration of the overall portfolio or to mitigate default risk. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) on different currencies, securities, baskets of currencies or securities, indices or other instruments, which returns are calculated with respect to a “notional value” (i.e., the designated reference amount of exposure to the underlying instruments). The Trust intends to enter into swaps primarily on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out, with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The Trust may use swaps for risk management purposes and as a speculative investment.
The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Trust’s swap obligations over its entitlements will be maintained in a segregated account by the Trust’s custodian. The Sub-Adviser generally requires counterparties to have a minimum credit rating of A from Moody’s Investors Service (or comparable rating from another rating agency) and monitors such rating on an on-going basis. If the other party to a swap contract defaults, the Trust’s risk of loss will consist of the net amount of payments that the Trust is contractually entitled to receive. Under such circumstances, the Trust will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. Swap instruments are not exchange-listed securities and may be traded only in the over-the-counter market.
Interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Trust with another party of respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments).
Total return swaps. Total return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make payments of the total return from the designated underlying asset(s), which may include securities, baskets of securities, or securities indices, during the specified period, in return for receiving payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from the other designated underlying asset(s).
Currency swaps. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the two parties’ respective commitments to pay or receive fluctuations with respect to a notional amount of two different currencies (e.g., an exchange of payments with respect to fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Japanese yen).
Credit default swaps. The Trust may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. The “buyer” in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no specified credit event with respect to a reference issuer has occurred. The Trust may enter in to cleared credit default swaps (including index credit default swaps) and bilaterally-traded, over-the-counter credit default swaps.
The use of interest rate, total return, currency, credit default and other swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Trust would be unfavorably affected.
Options. The Trust may purchase or sell (i.e., write) options on securities and securities indices or on currencies, which options are listed on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market, as a means of achieving additional return or of hedging the value of the Trust’s portfolio. The Trust my purchase call or put options as long as the aggregate initial margins and premiums, measured at the time of such investment, do not exceed 10% of the fair market value of the Trust’s total assets.
S-16

A call option is a contract that gives the holder of the option the right to buy from the writer of the call option, in return for a premium, the security or currency underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of the call option has the obligation, upon exercise of the option, to deliver the underlying security or currency upon payment of the exercise price during the option period. A put option is a contract that gives the holder of the option the right, in return for a premium, to sell to the seller the underlying security or currency at a specified price. The seller of the put option has the obligation to buy the underlying security upon exercise at the exercise price.
The Trust may purchase or write (sell) exchange traded and over-the-counter options. Writing call options involves giving third parties the right to buy securities from the Trust for a fixed price at a future date and writing put options involves giving third parties the right to sell securities to the Trust for a fixed price at a future date. Buying an options contract gives the Trust the right to purchase securities from third parties or gives the Trust the right to sell securities to third parties for a fixed price at a future date. In addition to options on individual securities, the Trust may buy and sell put and call options on currencies, baskets of securities or currencies, indices and other instruments. Options bought or sold by the Trust may be “cash settled,” meaning that the purchaser of the option has the right to receive a cash payment from the writer of the option to the extent that the value of the underlying position rises above (in the case of a call) or falls below (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. There can be no assurance that the Trust’s use of options will be successful.
In the case of a call option on a common stock or other security, the option is “covered” if the Trust owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Adviser (in accordance with procedures established by the board of trustees of the Trust (the “Board of Trustees” or the “Board”)) in such amount are segregated by the Trust’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Trust. A call option is also covered if the Trust holds a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Adviser as described above. A put option on a security is “covered” if the Trust segregates assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Adviser as described above equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Trust holds a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Adviser as described above.
If the Trust has written an option, it may terminate its obligation by effecting a closing purchase transaction. This is accomplished by purchasing an option of the same series as the option previously written. However, once the Trust has been assigned an exercise notice, the Trust will be unable to effect a closing purchase transaction. Similarly, if the Trust is the holder of an option it may liquidate its position by effecting a closing sale transaction. This is accomplished by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. There can be no assurance that either a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Trust so desires.
The Trust will realize a profit from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is less than the premium received from writing the option or is more than the premium paid to purchase the option; the Trust will realize a loss from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is more than the premium received from writing the option or is less than the premium paid to purchase the option. Since call option prices generally reflect increases in the price of the underlying security or currency, any loss resulting from the repurchase of a call option may also be wholly or partially offset by unrealized appreciation of the underlying security or currency. Other principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price and price volatility of the underlying security or currency and the time remaining until the expiration date. Gains and losses on investments in options depend, in part, on the ability of the Sub-Adviser to predict correctly the effect of these factors. The use of options cannot serve as a complete hedge since the price movement of securities underlying the options will not necessarily follow the price movements of the portfolio securities subject to the hedge.
Options on Securities Indices. The Trust may purchase and sell securities index options. One effect of such transactions may be to hedge all or part of the Trust’s securities holdings against a general decline in the securities
S-17

market or a segment of the securities market. Options on securities indices are similar to options on stocks except that, rather than the right to take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a securities index gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the securities index upon which the option is based is greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option.
The Trust’s successful use of options on indices depends upon its ability to predict the direction of the market and is subject to various additional risks. The correlation between movements in the index and the price of the securities being hedged against is imperfect and the risk from imperfect correlation increases as the composition of the Trust diverges from the composition of the relevant index. Accordingly, a decrease in the value of the securities being hedged against may not be wholly offset by a gain on the exercise or sale of a securities index put option held by the Trust.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures. The Trust may, without limit, enter into futures contracts or options on futures contracts. It is anticipated that these investments, if any, will be made by the Trust primarily for the purpose of hedging against changes in the value of its portfolio securities and in the value of securities it intends to purchase. Such investments will only be made if they are economically appropriate to the reduction of risks involved in the management of the Trust. In this regard, the Trust may enter into futures contracts or options on futures for the purchase or sale of securities indices or other financial instruments including but not limited to U.S. government securities.
A “sale” of a futures contract (or a “short” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to deliver the securities underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. A “purchase” of a futures contract (or a “long” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to acquire the securities underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. Certain futures contracts, including stock and bond index futures, are settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the securities underlying the futures contracts.
No consideration will be paid or received by the Trust upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Trust will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to approximately 1% to 10% of the contract amount (this amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and brokers or members of such board of trade may charge a higher amount). This amount is known as the “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or security underlying the futures contract fluctuates. At any time prior to the expiration of the futures contract, the Trust may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate its existing position in the contract.
An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account attributable to that contract, which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option purchased is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option does change daily and that change would be reflected in the net assets of the Trust.
Futures and options on futures entail certain risks, including but not limited to the following: no assurance that futures contracts or options on futures can be offset at favorable prices, possible reduction of the yield of the Trust due to the use of hedging, possible reduction in value of both the securities hedged and the hedging instrument, possible lack of liquidity due to daily limits on price fluctuations, imperfect correlation between the contracts and the securities being hedged, losses from investing in futures transactions that are potentially unlimited and the segregation requirements described below.
S-18

In the event the Trust sells a put option or enters into long futures contracts, under current interpretations of the 1940 Act, an amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the market value of the contract must be deposited and maintained in a segregated account with the custodian of the Trust to collateralize the positions, in order for the Trust to avoid being treated as having issued a senior security in the amount of its obligations. For short positions in futures contracts and sales of call options, the Trust may establish a segregated account (not with a futures commission merchant or broker) with cash or liquid securities that, when added to amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant or a broker as margin, equal the market value of the instruments or currency underlying the futures contracts or call options, respectively (but are no less than the stock price of the call option or the market price at which the short positions were established).
The purchase of a call option on a futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on an individual security. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the price of the futures contract upon which it is based or the price of the underlying debt securities, it may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or underlying debt securities. As with the purchase of futures contracts, when the Trust is not fully invested it may purchase a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a market advance due to declining interest rates.
The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities. The Trust may purchase a put option on a futures contract to hedge the Trust’s portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates and consequent reduction in the value of portfolio securities.
Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. The Trust may purchase or sell interest rate futures contracts to take advantage of or to protect the Trust against fluctuations in interest rates affecting the value of securities that the Trust holds or intends to acquire. For example, if interest rates are expected to increase, the Trust might sell futures contracts on securities, the values of which historically have a high degree of positive correlation to the values of the Trust’s portfolio securities. Such a sale would have an effect similar to selling an equivalent value of the Trust’s portfolio securities. If interest rates increase, the value of the Trust’s portfolio securities will decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Trust will increase at approximately an equivalent rate thereby keeping the net asset value of the Trust from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The Trust could accomplish similar results by selling securities with longer maturities and investing in securities with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the Trust to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.
Similarly, the Trust may purchase interest rate futures contracts when it is expected that interest rates may decline. The purchase of futures contracts for this purpose constitutes a hedge against increases in the price of securities (caused by declining interest rates) that the Trust intends to acquire. Since fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should approximate that of the securities that will be purchased, the Trust can take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the securities without actually buying them. Subsequently, the Trust can make its intended purchase of the securities in the cash market and currently liquidate its futures position. To the extent the Trust enters into futures contracts for this purpose, it will maintain in a segregated asset account with the Trust’s custodian, assets sufficient to cover the Trust’s obligations with respect to such futures contracts, which will consist of cash or liquid securities from its portfolio in an amount equal to the difference between the fluctuating market value of such futures contracts and the aggregate value of the initial margin deposited by the Trust with its custodian with respect to such futures contracts.
Securities Index Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. Purchases or sales of securities index futures contracts are used for hedging purposes to attempt to protect the Trust’s current or intended investments from broad fluctuations in stock or bond prices. For example, the Trust may sell securities index futures contracts in anticipation of or during a market decline to attempt to offset the decrease in market value of the Trust’s securities portfolio that might otherwise result. If such decline occurs, the loss in value of portfolio securities may be offset, in whole or part, by gains on the futures position. When the Trust is not fully invested in the securities market and anticipates a significant market advance, it may purchase securities index futures contracts in order to gain rapid market exposure that may, in part or entirely, offset increases in the cost of securities that the Trust intends to purchase. As such purchases are made, the corresponding positions in securities index futures contracts will be closed out. The Trust may write put and call options on securities index futures contracts for hedging purposes.
S-19

Senior Loan Based Derivatives. The Trust may obtain exposure to Senior Loans through the use of derivative instruments, which have recently become increasingly available. The Sub-Adviser may utilize these instruments and similar instruments that may be available in the future. The Trust may invest in a derivative instrument known as a Select Aggregate Market Index (“SAMI”), which is a privately offered credit derivative that provides investors with exposure to a reference index of credit default swaps whose underlying reference securities are Senior Loans. While investing in SAMIs will increase the universe of floating-rate income securities to which the Trust is exposed, such investments entail risks that are not typically associated with investments in other floating-rate income securities. The liquidity of the market for SAMIs will be subject to liquidity in the Senior Loan and credit derivatives markets. Investment in SAMIs involves many of the risks associated with investments in derivative instruments discussed generally herein. The Trust may also be subject to the risk that the counterparty in a derivative transaction will default on its obligations. Derivative transactions generally involve the risk of loss due to unanticipated adverse changes in securities prices, interest rates, the inability to close out a position, imperfect correlation between a position and the desired hedge, tax constraints on closing out positions and portfolio management constraints on securities subject to such transactions. The potential loss on derivative instruments may be substantial relative to the initial investment therein.
Credit Derivatives. The Trust may engage in credit derivatives transactions, which generally take one of three forms: swaps (specifically, credit default swaps), options and structured instruments. The Trust may use credit default swaps, among other things, to transfer credit exposure. The Trust may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction and generally will be a net buyer of protection. The "buyer" in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the "seller" a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no specified credit event with respect to a reference issuer has occurred. The Trust may enter in to cleared credit default swaps (including index credit default swaps) and bilaterally-traded, over-the-counter credit default swaps. In a physically-settled credit default swap, if a credit event occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value, or "par value", of the reference obligation in exchange for a deliverable reference obligation. Many credit default swaps are not physically-settled but rather auction-settled. In an auction-settled credit default swap, if a credit event occurs, the seller must pay the difference between the full notional value, or "par value", and the auction-recognized settlement price.
Where the Trust is a buyer, if no credit event occurs, the Trust would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. However, if a credit event occurs, the Trust (if the buyer) will either receive the full notional value of the reference obligation, less the value, if any, of the delivery reference obligation, that may have little or no value or the difference between the full notional value and the auction-recognized settlement price. As a seller, the Trust receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and five years, provided that there is no credit event during the pendency of the trade. If occurs credit event occurs, the Trust as seller must pay the buyer the full notional value, or "par value", of the reference obligation less the value, of any, of the delivery reference obligation, or in exchange for a deliverable reference obligation, depending on the settlement methodology. Unless and until the Trust actually receives the defaulted reference obligation, it will not be a holder of record of such obligation and will not have any rights as a creditor against the relevant issuer.
When the Trust engages in a credit default swap, it may have to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities, and mark the same on a daily basis, in an amount necessary to comply with applicable regulatory requirements. Where the Trust sells protection, it effectively adds the equivalent of leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Trust would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
Credit-Linked Notes. The Trust may invest in credit-linked notes (“CLN”) for risk management purposes, including diversification. A CLN is a derivative instrument. It is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). In addition to the credit risk of the reference obligations and interest rate risk, the buyer/seller of the CLN is subject to counterparty risk.
Additional Risks Relating to Derivative Instruments
Legislation and Regulation Risk. The laws and regulations that apply to derivatives (e.g., swaps, futures, etc.) and persons who use them (including the Trust, the Investment Adviser, Sub-Adviser and others) are rapidly changing in the U.S. and abroad. As a result, restrictions and additional regulations may be imposed on these parties, trading restrictions may be adopted and additional trading costs are possible. The impact of these changes on the Trust and its investment strategies is not yet fully ascertainable.
     In particular, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), was signed into law in July 2010. Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Derivatives Title”) imposed a new regulatory structure on derivatives markets, with particular emphasis on swaps and security based swaps (collectively “swaps”). This regulatory framework covers a broad range of swap market participants, including banks, non-banks, credit unions, insurance companies, broker-dealers and investment advisers.
The SEC, other U.S. regulators, and to a lesser extent the CFTC (the “Regulators”) still are in the process of adopting regulations, making determinations and providing guidance to implement the Derivatives Title, though certain aspects of the regulations are substantially complete. Until the Regulators complete their rulemaking efforts, the full extent to which the Derivatives Title and the rules adopted thereunder will impact the Trust is unclear. It is possible that the continued development of this new regulatory structure for swaps may jeopardize certain trades and/or trading strategies that may be employed by the Investment Adviser, or at least make them more costly.
S-20

  Current regulations require the mandatory central clearing and mandatory exchange trading of particular types of interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps (together, “Covered Swaps”). Together, these new regulatory requirements change the Trust’s trading of Covered Swaps. With respect to mandatory central clearing, the Trust is now required to clear its Covered Swaps through a clearing broker, which requires, among other things, posting initial margin and variation margin to the Trust’s clearing broker in order to enter into and maintain positions in Covered Swaps. With respect to mandatory exchange trading, the Investment Adviser may be required to become a participant on a type of execution platform called a swap execution facility (“SEF”) or may be required to access the SEF through an intermediary (such as an executing broker) in order to be able to trade Covered Swaps for the Trust. In either scenario, the Investment Adviser and/or the Trust may incur additional legal and compliance costs and transaction fees. Just as with the other regulatory changes imposed as a result of the implementation of the Derivatives Title, the increased costs and fees associated with trading Covered Swaps may jeopardize certain trades and/or trading strategies that may be employed by the Investment Adviser, or at least make them more costly.
Additionally, the Regulators have finalized regulations with a phased implementation that require swap dealers to collect from, and post to, the Trust variation margin (and initial margin, if the Trust exceeds a specified exposure threshold) for uncleared derivatives transactions in certain circumstances. U.S. federal banking regulators have also finalized regulations that would impose upon swap dealers new capital requirements. On June 21, 2019, the SEC adopted a package of rules and rule amendments under the Derivatives Title that establish certain requirements for swap dealers, including capital requirements, margin requirements and segregation requirements. The CFTC has proposed, but not yet adopted, capital requirements for swap dealers. As uncleared margin and capital requirements have been and continue to be finalized and implemented, such requirements may make certain types of trades and/or trading strategies more costly or impermissible.
There may be market dislocations due to uncertainty during the implementation period of any new regulation and the Investment Adviser cannot know how the derivatives market will adjust to new regulations. Until the Regulators complete the rulemaking process for the Derivatives Title, it is unknown the extent to which such risks may materialize. These, and other, regulatory changes may negatively impact the Trust’s ability to meet its investment objective either through limits or requirements imposed on it or upon its counterparties.
The Trust may also be required to comply indirectly with equivalent European regulation, the European Market Infrastructure Regulation ("EMIR"), to the extent that it executes derivative transactions with counterparties subject to such regulation. EMIR establishes certain requirements for OTC derivatives contracts, including mandatory clearing obligations, bilateral risk management requirements and reporting requirements. Although it is not yet possible to predict the final impact, if any, of EMIR on the Trust and its investment strategies the Trust may experience additional expense passed on by counterparties.
These, and other, regulatory changes may negatively impact the Trust's ability to meet its investment objective either through limits or requirements imposed on it or upon its counterparties.
     The Financial CHOICE Act, which was passed by the U.S. House of Representatives in June 2017, would, if enacted, roll back parts of the Dodd-Frank Act. There can be no assurance that such legislation or regulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Trust or will not impair the ability of the Trust to utilize certain derivatives transactions or achieve its investment objective.
     Amended Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Rule 4.5 permits investment advisers to registered investment companies to claim an exclusion from the definition of “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) with respect to a fund, provided certain requirements are met. In order to permit the Investment Adviser to claim this exclusion with respect to the Trust, the Trust will limit its transactions in futures, options on futures and swaps (excluding transactions entered into for “bona fide hedging purposes,” as defined under CFTC regulations) such that either: (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish its futures, options on futures and swaps do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Trust’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of its futures, options on futures and swaps does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Trust’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions. Accordingly, the Trust is not subject to regulation under the CEA or otherwise regulated by the CFTC. If the Adviser was unable to claim the exclusion with respect to the Trust, the Adviser would become subject to registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator, which would subject the Adviser and the Trust to additional registration and regulatory requirements and increased operating expenses.
Regulatory requirements, even if not directly applicable to the Trust, including capital requirements, changes to the CFTC speculative position limits regime and mandatory clearing, exchange trading and margin requirements may increase the cost of the Trust’s investments and cost of doing business, which could adversely affect investors.
Swaps Risks. Swap transactions are subject to market risk, risk of default by the other party to the transaction and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets and may involve commissions or other costs. Swaps generally do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Trust is contractually obligated to make, or in the case of the other party to a swap defaulting, the net amount of payments that the Trust is contractually entitled to receive. When the Trust acts as a seller of a credit default swap agreement with respect to a debt security, it is subject to the risk that an adverse credit event may occur with respect to the debt security and the Trust may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the debt security under the swap net of any amounts owed to the Trust by the buyer under the swap (such as the buyer’s obligation to deliver the debt security to the Trust). As a
S-21

result, the Trust bears the entire risk of loss due to a decline in value of a referenced debt security on a credit default swap it has sold if there is a credit event with respect to the security. If the Trust is a buyer of a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Trust may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased.
The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid. However, as a result of  financial turmoil, it is possible that swaps will come under new governmental regulation in the future. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of any new governmental regulation that may be imposed on the ability of the Trust to use swaps and there can be no assurance that such regulation will not adversely affect the Trust’s portfolio. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been fully developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates or currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Trust would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used.
The use of interest rate, total return, currency, credit default and other swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Trust would be unfavorably affected.
Risks Associated with Options on Securities. There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Trust seeks to close out an option position. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (the “OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. The Trust’s ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. If the Trust were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.
The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked to market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks, an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying common stocks and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce the Trust’s capital appreciation potential on the underlying security.
S-22

The number of call options the Trust can write is limited by the amount of Trust assets that can cover such options, and further limited by the fact that call options normally represent 100 share lots of the underlying common stock. The Trust will not write “naked” or uncovered call options. Furthermore, the Trust’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Trust may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Sub-Adviser. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.
To the extent that the Trust writes covered put options, the Trust will bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price. If the option is exercised, the Trust could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise. While the Trust’s potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to the interest earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Trust risks a loss equal to the entire value of the stock.
To the extent that the Trust purchases options, the Trust will be subject to the following additional risks. If a put or call option purchased by the Trust is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Trust will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Trust might be unable to exercise an option it had purchased. If the Trust were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless.
Call Option Writing Risks. To the extent that the Trust writes covered call option, the Trust forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. Thus, the use of options may require the Trust to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell.
Special Risk Considerations Relating to Futures and Options Thereon. The Trust’s ability to establish and close out positions in futures contracts and options thereon will be subject to the development and maintenance of liquid markets. Although the Trust generally will purchase or sell only those futures contracts and options thereon for which there appears to be a liquid market, there is no assurance that a liquid market on an exchange will exist for any particular futures contract or option thereon at any particular time. In the event no liquid market exists for a particular futures contract or option thereon in which the Trust maintains a position, it will not be possible to effect a closing transaction in that contract or to do so at a satisfactory price, and the Trust would either have to make or take delivery under the futures contract or, in the case of a written option, wait to sell the underlying securities until the option expires or is exercised or, in the case of a purchased option, exercise the option. In the case of a futures contract or an option thereon that the Trust has written and that the Trust is unable to close, the Trust would be required to maintain margin deposits on the futures contract or option thereon and to make variation margin payments until the contract is closed.
     Successful use of futures contracts and options thereon by the Trust is subject to the ability of the Investment Adviser to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates. If the Investment Adviser’s expectations are not met, the Trust will be in a worse position than if a hedging strategy had not been pursued. For example, if the Trust has hedged against the possibility of an increase in interest rates that would adversely affect the price of securities in its portfolio and the price of such securities increases instead, the Trust will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Trust has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it may
S-23

have to sell securities to meet the requirements. These sales may be, but will not necessarily be, at increased prices which reflect the rising market. The Trust may have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so.
Additional Risks of Foreign Options, Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts and Forward Contracts. Options, futures contracts and options thereon and forward contracts on securities may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in the Trust’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in the foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (v) lesser trading volume. Exchanges on which options, futures and options on futures are traded may impose limits on the positions that the Trust may take in certain circumstances.
Senior Loan Based Derivatives Risk. The Trust may obtain exposure to Senior Loans through the use of derivative instruments. The Trust may invest in a derivative instrument known as a SAMI, which is a privately offered credit derivative that provides investors with exposure to a reference index of credit default swaps whose underlying reference securities are Senior Loans. Investments in a SAMI involve many of the risks associated with investments in derivatives more generally. Derivative transactions involve the risk of loss due to unanticipated adverse changes in securities prices, interest rates, the inability to close out a position, imperfect correlation between a position and the desired hedge, tax constraints on closing out positions and portfolio management constraints on securities subject to such transactions. The potential loss on derivative instruments may be substantial relative to the initial investment therein. The Trust may also be subject to the risk that the counterparty in a derivative transaction will default on its obligations.
Credit Derivatives Risk. The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Trust would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Sub-Adviser is correct in their forecasts, there is a risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being protected. The Trust’s risk of loss in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the transaction. For example, if the Trust purchases a default option on a security, and if no default occurs with respect to the security, the Trust’s loss is limited to the premium it paid for the default option. In contrast, if there is a default by the grantor of a default option, the Trust’s loss will include both the premium that it paid for the option and any decline in value of the underlying security that the default option protected.
Segregation and Cover Requirements. Futures contracts, swaps, caps, floors and collars, options on securities, indices and futures contracts sold by the Trust are generally subject to earmarking and coverage requirements of either the CFTC or the SEC, with the result that, if the Trust does not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the Trust will be required to designate on its books and records an ongoing basis, cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the Trust’s obligations with respect to such instruments. Such amounts fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease. The earmarking requirement can result in the Trust maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restrict portfolio management.
Loans of Portfolio Securities
Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and the Trust’s investment restrictions, the Trust may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the Trust (subject to notice provisions described below), and are at all times secured by cash or cash equivalents, which are earmarked or segregated pursuant to applicable regulations and that are at least equal to the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. The advantage of such loans is that the Trust continues to receive the income on the loaned securities while at the same time earns interest on the cash amounts deposited as collateral, which will be invested in short-term obligations. The Trust will not lend its portfolio securities if such
S-24

loans are not permitted by the laws or regulations of any state in which its shares are qualified for sale. The Trust’s loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33% of the value of the Trust’s total assets.
A loan may generally be terminated by the borrower on one business day notice, or by the Trust on five business days’ notice. If the borrower fails to deliver the loaned securities within five days after receipt of notice, the Trust could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over collateral. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, these loans of portfolio securities will only be made to firms deemed by the Trust’s management to be creditworthy and when the income that can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. The Board of Trustees will oversee the creditworthiness of the contracting parties on an ongoing basis. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Trust. Any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period would inure to the Trust. The risks associated with loans of portfolio securities are substantially similar to those associated with repurchase agreements. Thus, if the counterparty to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Trust is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Trust’s ability to sell the collateral, and the Trust would suffer a loss. When voting or consent rights that accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Trust will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, to be delivered within one day after notice, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material effect on the Trust’s investment in such loaned securities. The Trust will pay reasonable finder’s, administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of its securities.
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The Trust operates under the following restrictions that constitute fundamental policies that, except as otherwise noted, cannot be changed without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust voting together as a single class, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Trust’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities. Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations set forth below apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations does not require any action. These restrictions provide that the Trust shall not:
1. Issue senior securities nor borrow money, except the Trust may issue senior securities or borrow money to the extent permitted by applicable law.
2. Act as underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent that the Trust may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
3. Invest in any security if, as a result, 25% or more of the value of the Trust’s total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, are in the securities of issuers in any particular industry or group of related industries, except that this policy shall not apply to (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government and its agencies and instrumentalities or (ii) securities issued by state and municipal governments or their political subdivisions (other than those municipal securities backed only by the assets and revenues of non-governmental users with respect to which the Trust will not invest 25% or more of the value of the Trust’s total assets in securities backed by the same source of revenue).
4. Purchase or sell real estate except that the Trust may: (a) acquire or lease office space for its own use, (b) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein or that are engaged in or operate in the real estate industry, (c) invest in securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, (d) purchase and sell mortgage-related securities, (e) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Trust as a result of the ownership of securities and (f) as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
S-25

5. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit the Trust from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts and related options thereon, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars and any other financial instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6. Make loans of money or property to any person, except (a) to the extent that securities or interests in which the Trust may invest are considered to be loans, (b) through the loan of portfolio securities in an amount up to 33 1/3% of the Trust’s total assets, (c) by engaging in repurchase agreements or (d) as may otherwise be permitted by applicable law.
7. With respect to 75% of the value of the Trust’s total assets, purchase any securities (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities), if as a result more than 5% of the Trust’s total assets would then be invested in securities of a single issuer or if as a result the Trust would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any single issuer.
In addition to the foregoing fundamental investment policies, the Trust is also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the board of trustees (the “Board”):
(a) In addition to the issuer diversification limits set forth in investment restriction (7) above, under normal market conditions, the Trust will not purchase any securities (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities), if as a result more than 15% of the Trust’s total assets would then be invested in securities of a single issuer; provided, however, that such limitation shall not apply during the period prior to the full investment of the proceeds of any offering completed by the Trust.
For purposes of applying the limitation set forth in subparagraph (3) above to securities that have a security interest or other collateral claim on specified underlying collateral (including asset-backed securities and collateralized debt and loan obligations) the Trust will determine the industry classifications of such investments based on the Sub-Adviser’s evaluation of the risks associated with the collateral underlying such investments.
For the purpose of applying the limitation set forth in subparagraphs (7) and (a) above, a governmental issuer shall be deemed the single issuer of a security when its assets and revenues are separate from other governmental entities and its securities are backed only by its assets and revenues. Similarly, in the case of a nongovernmental issuer, if the security is backed only by the assets and revenues of the non-governmental issuer, then such non-governmental issuer would be deemed to be the single issuer. Where a security is also backed by the enforceable obligation of a superior or unrelated governmental or other entity (other than a bond insurer), it shall also be included in the computation of securities owned that are issued by such governmental or other entity. Where a security is guaranteed by a governmental entity or some other facility, such as a bank guarantee or letter of credit, such a guarantee or letter of credit would be considered a separate security and would be treated as an issue of such government, other entity or bank. When a municipal security is insured by bond insurance, it shall not be considered a security that is issued or guaranteed by the insurer; instead, the issuer of such municipal security will be determined in accordance with the principles set forth above. The foregoing restrictions do not limit the percentage of the Trust’s assets that may be invested in municipal securities insured by any given insurer.
S-26

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
Board of Trustees
Overall responsibility for management and supervision of the Trust rests with the Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees” or the “Board”). The Board of Trustees approves all significant agreements between the Trust and the companies that furnish the Trust with services, including agreements with the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser.
The Trustees are divided into three classes. Trustees serve until their successors have been duly elected. Following is a list of the names, business addresses, dates of birth, present positions with the Trust, length of time served with the Trust, principal occupations during the past five years and other directorships held by each Trustee.
Name, Business Address(1) and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held with the Trust
Term of Office(2) and Length of Time Served
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex(3) Overseen by Trustee
Other Directorships Held by Trustee
 
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
 
Randall C. Barnes
Year of Birth: 1951
Trustee
Trustee since 2013
Current: Private Investor (2001-present).
 
Former: Senior Vice President and Treasurer, PepsiCo, Inc. (1993-1997); President, Pizza Hut International (1991-1993); Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning and New Business Development, PepsiCo, Inc. (1987-1990).
49
Current: Purpose
Investments, Inc.
(2013-present).
 
Former: Managed Duration
Investment Grade Municipal
Fund (2003-2016).
           
Donald A. Chubb, Jr.
Year of Birth: 1946
Trustee and Chairman of the Valuation Oversight Committee
Trustee since 2014
Current: Retired.
 
Former: Business broker and manager of commercial real estate, Griffith & Blair, Inc. (1997-2017).
48
Current: Midland Care, Inc. (2011-2016)
           
Jerry B. Farley
Year of Birth: 1946
Trustee and Chairman of the Audit Committee
Trustee since 2014
Current: President, Washburn University (1999-present).
 
 
48
Current: CoreFirst
Bank & Trust
(2000-present).
 
Former: Westar Energy,
Inc. (2004-2018)
           
Roman Friedrich III
Year of Birth: 1946
Trustee and Chairman of the Contracts Review Committee
Trustee since 2013
Current: Founder and Managing Partner, Roman Friedrich & Company (1998-present).
48
Former: Zincore Metals,
Inc. (2009-January 2019).
           
Ronald A. Nyberg
Year of Birth: 1953
Trustee and Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee
Trustee since 2013
Current: Partner, Momkus LLC (2016-present).
 
Former: Partner, Nyberg & Cassioppi, LLC (2000-2016); Executive Vice President, General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary, Van Kampen Investments (1982-1999).
49
Current: PPM Funds (February 2018-present); Edward-Elmhurst Healthcare System (2012-present); Western Asset Inflation-Linked Opportunities Fund (2004-present); Western Asset Inflation-Linked Income Fund (2003-present).
 
Former: Managed Duration Investment Municipal Fund (2003-2016).
 
S-27

 
 
Name, Business Address(1) and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held with the Trust
Term of Office(2) and Length of Time Served
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex(3) Overseen by Trustee
Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
Year of Birth 1958
Trustee and Chairman of the Board
Trustee since 2013
Current: Portfolio Consultant (2010-present), Member, Governing Council, Independent Directors Council (2013-present), Governor, Board of Governors, Investment Company Institute (2018-present).
 
Former: Member, Executive Committee, Independent Directors Council (2016-2018); Vice President, Manager and Portfolio Manager, Nuveen Asset Management (1998-1999), Vice President and Manager, Nuveen Unit Investment Trusts (1991-1999), and Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager, Nuveen Unit Investment Trusts (1988-1999), each of John Nuveen & Co., Inc. (1982-1999).
48
Current: Western Asset Inflation Inflation-Linked Opportunities Fund (2004-present); Western Asset Inflation Linked Income Fund (2003-present)
 
Former: Managed Duration Investment Grade Municipal Fund (2003-2016), Bennett Group of Funds (2011-2013)
           
INTERESTED TRUSTEE:
 
Amy J. Lee*
Year of Birth: 1969
Trustee, Vice President and Chief Legal Officer
Trustee since 2018
 
Chief Legal Officer since 2014
 
Vice President since 2013
 
Current: Interested Trustee, certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2018-present), President, certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2017-present), Chief Legal Officer, certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2014-present), Vice President, certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2007-present), Senior Managing Director, Guggenheim Investments (2012-present).
 
Former: President and Chief Executive Officer and the Trust and certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2017-2018), Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary, Security Benefit Life Insurance Company and Security Benefit Corporation (2004-2012).
157
None.
*
Ms. Lee is deemed to be an “interested person” of the Trust under the 1940 Act by reason of her position with the Trust’s Investment Adviser and/or the parent of the Investment Adviser.
(1)
The business address of each Trustee of the Trust is 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606, unless otherwise noted.
(2)
Each Trustee is expected to serve a three year term concurrent with the class of Trustees for he serves.
·
Messrs. Barnes and Chubb, as Class I Trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Trust’s annual meeting of shareholders for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2020.
·
Messrs. Farley, Friedrich and Nyberg, as Class II Trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Trust’s annual meeting of shareholders for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2021.
·
Mr. Toupin and Ms. Lee, as Class III Trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Trust’s annual meeting of shareholders for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2022.
(3)
As of the date of this SAI, the “Fund Complex” consists of seven closed-end funds, including the Trust, and 150 open-end funds advised or serviced by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates. The funds in the Fund Complex are overseen by multiple boards of trustees.
Trustee Qualifications
The Trustees were selected to serve on the Board based upon their skills, experience, judgment, analytical ability, diligence, ability to work effectively with other Trustees, availability and commitment to attend meetings
S-28

and perform the responsibilities of a Trustee and a willingness to take an independent and questioning view of management.
The following is a summary of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each Trustee that support the conclusion, as of the date of this SAI, that each Trustee should serve as a Trustee in light of the Trust’s business and structure. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees do not constitute the holding out of any Trustee as being an expert under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Randall C. Barnes. Mr. Barnes has served as a trustee of certain funds in the Fund Complex since 2004. Through his service as a Trustee of the Trust, employment experience as President of Pizza Hut International and as Treasurer of PepsiCo, Inc., and his personal investment experience, Mr. Barnes is experienced in financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Donald A. Chubb. Mr. Chubb has served as a trustee of certain funds in the Fund Complex since 1994. Through his service as a Trustee of the Trust, his experience in the commercial brokerage and commercial real estate market, and his prior experience, including as a director of Fidelity State Bank and Trust Company (Topeka, KS), Mr. Chubb is experienced in financial, regulatory and investment matters.
Jerry B. Farley. Dr. Farley has served as a trustee of certain funds in the Fund Complex since 2005. Dr. Farley currently serves as President of Washburn University and previously served in various executive positions for the University of Oklahoma and Oklahoma State University. He has also been a Certified Public Accountant since 1972 and, although he has not practiced public accounting, his business responsibilities at education institutions have included all aspects of financial management and reporting. Through his service as a Trustee of the Trust and as chairperson of the Audit Committee, his experience in the administration of the academic, business and fiscal operations of educational institutions, including currently serving as President of Washburn University, and service on other boards, Dr. Farley is experienced in accounting, financial, regulatory and investment matters. The Board has determined that Dr. Farley is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC.
Roman Friedrich III. Mr. Friedrich has served as a trustee of certain funds in the Fund Complex since 2003. Through his service as a Trustee of the Trust and as chairperson of the Contracts Review Committee, his service on other public company boards, his experience as founder and Managing Partner of Roman Friedrich & Company, a financial advisory firm and his prior experience as a senior executive of various financial securities firms, Mr. Friedrich is experienced in financial, investment and regulatory matters.
Amy J. Lee. Ms. Lee has served as a Trustee of the Trust and of other funds in the Fund Complex since 2018. Through her service as Chief Legal Officer of the Trust and certain other funds in the Fund Complex, her service as Senior Managing Director of Guggenheim Investments, as well as her prior experience as Associate General Counsel of Security Benefit Corporation, Ms. Lee is experienced in financial, legal, regulatory and governance matters.
Ronald A. Nyberg. Mr. Nyberg has served as a trustee of certain funds in the Fund Complex since 2003. Through his service as a Trustee of the Trust and as chairperson of the Nominating & Governance Committee, his professional training and experience as an attorney and partner of a law firm, Momkus LLC, and his prior employment experience, including partner of Nyberg & Cassioppi LLC, Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Van Kampen Investments, an asset management firm, Mr. Nyberg is experienced in financial, regulatory and governance matters.
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr. Mr. Toupin has served as a trustee of certain funds in the Fund Complex since 2003. Through his service as a Trustee of the Trust and as chairperson of the Board, and his professional training and employment experience, including Vice President and Portfolio Manager for Nuveen Asset Management, an asset management firm, Mr. Toupin is experienced in financial, regulatory and investment matters.
Each Trustee also has considerable familiarity with the Fund Complex and the Trust’s service providers and their operations, as well as the special regulatory requirements governing registered investment companies and
S-29

the special responsibilities of investment company trustees as a result of their substantial prior service as a Trustee of the funds in the Fund Complex, or, with respect to Ms. Lee, her extensive experience in the financial industry, including her experience with the parent of the Investment Adviser. The Board annually conducts a “self-assessment” wherein the effectiveness of the Board is reviewed.
Executive Officers
The following information relates to the executive officers of the Trust who are not Trustees.
Name, Business
Address(1) and Year of Birth
Position(s) held with the Trust
Term of Office(2) and Length of Time Served
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years
Brian E. Binder
Year of Birth: 1972
President and Chief Executive Officer
Since 2018
Current: President and Chief Executive Officer, certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2018-present); President and Chief Executive Officer, Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC and Security Investors, LLC (2018-present); Senior Managing Director and Chief Administrative Officer, Guggenheim Investments (2018-present).
 
Former: Managing Director and President, Deutsche Funds, and Head of US Product, Trading and Fund Administration, Deutsche Asset Management (2013-2018); Managing Director, Head of Business Management and Consulting, Invesco Ltd. (2010-2012).
       
John L. Sullivan
Year of Birth: 1955
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
Since 2013
Current: CFO, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer, certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2010-present); Senior Managing Director, Guggenheim Investments (2010-present).
 
Former: Managing Director and CCO, Van Kampen Funds (2004-2010); Head of Fund Accounting, Morgan Stanley Investment Management (2002 -2004); CFO and Treasurer, Van Kampen Funds (1996-2004).
       
Joanna M. Catalucci
Year of Birth: 1966
Chief Compliance Officer
Since 2013
Current: Chief Compliance Officer of certain funds in the Fund Complex (2012-present); Senior Managing Director of Compliance and Fund Board Relations, Guggenheim Investments (2012-present).
 
Former: AML Officer, certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2016-2017); Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary, certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2008-2012); Vice President, Rydex Holdings, LLC (2009-2012); Vice President, Security Benefit Asset Management Holdings, LLC (2009--2012); and Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, Security Investors, LLC (2010-2012); Senior Vice President, Security Global Investors, LLC, (2010-2011); Chief Compliance Officer and Senior Vice President Rydex Advisors, LLC (f/k/a PADCO Advisors, Inc.) and Rydex Advisors II, LLC (f/k/a PADCO Advisors II, Inc.), (2010-2011); Chief Compliance Officer Rydex Capital Partners I, LLC & Rydex Capital Partners II, LLC, (2006-2007); and Vice President Rydex Fund Services, LLC (f/k/a Rydex Fund Services, Inc.) (2001-2006).
       
Mark E. Mathiasen
Year of Birth: 1978
Secretary
Since 2013
Current: Secretary of certain funds in the Fund Complex (2007-present); Managing Director, Guggenheim Investments (2007-present).
       
Bryan Stone
Year of birth: 1979
Vice President
Since 2014
Current: Vice President, certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2014-present); Managing Director, Guggenheim Investments (2013-present).
 
Former: Senior Vice President, Neuberger Berman Group LLC (2009-2013); Vice President, Morgan Stanley (2002-2009).
       
Kimberly J. Scott
Year of birth: 1974
Assistant Treasurer
Since 2013
Current: Director, Fund Administration of Guggenheim Investments (2012- present); Assistant Treasurer of certain funds in the Fund Complex (2012- present).
 
Former: Financial Reporting Manager, Invesco, Ltd. (2010-2011); Vice President and Assistant Treasurer (2009-2010), Manager (2005-2009), Mutual Fund Administration, Van Kampen Investments, Inc. (f/k/a Morgan Stanley Investment Management).
 
S-30

 
Name, Business
Address(1) and Year of Birth
Position(s) held with the Trust
Term of Office(2) and Length of Time Served
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years
James M. Howley
Year of Birth: 1972
Assistant Treasurer
Since 2013
Current: Managing Director, Fund Administration, Guggenheim Investments (2004-present); Assistant Treasurer of certain funds in the Fund Complex (2004-present).
 
Former: Manager of Mutual Fund Administration, Van Kampen Investments, Inc. (2000-2004).
       
Michael P. Megaris
Year of Birth: 1984
Assistant Secretary
Since 2014
Current: Assistant Secretary, certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2014 -present); Director, Guggenheim Investments (2000-present).
       
Adam J. Nelson
Year of birth: 1979
Assistant Treasurer
Since 2015
Current: Vice President, Guggenheim Investments (2012-present); Assistant Treasurer, certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2012-present).
 
Former: Assistant Vice President and Fund Administration Director, State Street Corporation (2013-2015); Fund Administration Assistant Director, State Street (2011-2013); Fund Administration Manager, State Street (2009--2011).
       
Glenn McWhinnie
Year of birth: 1969
Assistant Treasurer
Since 2016
Current: Vice President, Guggenheim Investments (2009-present); Assistant Treasurer, certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2016-present).
 
Former: Tax Compliance Manager, Ernst & Young LLP (1996-2009).
       
Jon Szafran
Year of Birth: 1989
Assistant Treasurer
Since 2017
Current: Vice President, Guggenheim Investments (2017-present); Assistant Treasurer, certain other funds in the Fund Complex (2017-present).
 
Former: Assistant Treasurer of Henderson Global Funds and Manager of US Fund Administration, Henderson Global Investors (North America) Inc. (“HGINA”) (2017); Senior Analyst of US Fund Administration, HGINA (2014-2017); Senior Associate of Fund Administration, Cortland Capital Market Services, LLC (2013-2014); Experienced Associate, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (2012-2013).
 
William T. Rehder
Year of Birth: 1967
Assistant Vice President
Since 2019
Current: Assistant Vice President, certain funds in the Fund Complex (2019-present); Managing Director, Guggenheim Investments (2002-present).
 
(1)
The business address of each officer is c/o Guggenheim Investments, 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
(2)
Each officer serves an indefinite term, until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. The date reflects the commencement date upon which the officer held any officer position with the Trust.
Board Leadership Structure
The primary responsibility of the Board of Trustees is to represent the interests of the Trust and to provide oversight of the management of the Trust. The Trust’s day-to-day operations are managed by the Adviser and other service providers who have been approved by the Board. The Board is currently comprised of seven Trustees, six of whom (including the chairperson) are classified under the 1940 Act as “non-interested” persons of the Trust (“Independent Trustees”). Generally, the Board acts by majority vote of all the Trustees, which includes a majority vote of the Independent Trustees.
The Board has appointed an independent chairperson, Ronald E. Toupin, Jr., who presides at Board meetings and who is responsible for, among other things, setting the tone of Board meetings and seeking to encourage open dialogue and independent inquiry among the trustees and management. The Board has established three standing committees (as described below) and has delegated certain responsibilities to those committees, each of which is comprised solely of Independent Trustees. The Board has also established an Executive Committee (as described below). The Board and its committees will meet periodically throughout the year to oversee the Trust’s activities, review contractual arrangements with service providers, review the Trust’s financial statements, oversee compliance with regulatory requirements, and review performance. The Independent Trustees are represented by independent legal counsel at Board and committee meetings. The Board has determined that this leadership structure, including an independent chairperson, a supermajority of Independent Trustees and committee membership limited to Independent Trustees, is appropriate in light of the characteristics and circumstances of the Trust.
S-31

Board Committees
Executive Committee. Messrs. Nyberg and Toupin, who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Trust’s Executive Committee. The Executive Committee is authorized to act on behalf of and with the full authority of the Board of Trustees when necessary in the intervals between meetings of the Board of Trustees.
Nominating and Governance Committee. Messrs. Barnes, Chubb, Farley Friedrich, Nyberg and Toupin, who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee. Mr. Nyberg serves as chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending qualified candidates to the Board of Trustees in the event that a position is vacated or created. In considering trustee nominee candidates, the Nominating and Governance Committee takes into account a wide variety of factors, including the overall diversity of the Board’s composition. The Nominating and Governance Committee believes the Board generally benefits from diversity of background, experience and views among its members, and considers this a factor in evaluating the composition of the Board, but has not adopted any specific policy in this regard. The Nominating and Governance Committee would consider recommendations by shareholders if a vacancy were to exist. Such recommendations should be forwarded to the Secretary of the Trust. The Trust does not have a standing compensation committee.
Audit Committee. Messrs. Barnes, Chubb, Farley Friedrich, Nyberg and Toupin, who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Trust’s Audit Committee. Dr. Farley serves as chairperson of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is generally responsible for reviewing and evaluating issues related to the accounting and financial reporting policies and internal controls of the Trust and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Trust’s financial statements and the audit thereof and acting as a liaison between the Board of Trustees and the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm.
Contracts Review Committee. Messrs. Barnes, Chubb, Farley Friedrich, Nyberg and Toupin, who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Trust’s Contracts Review Committee. Mr. Friedrich serves as chairperson of the Contracts Review Committee. The Contracts Review Committee oversees the contract review process, including review of the Trust’s advisory agreements and other contracts with affiliated service providers.
Valuation Oversight Committee. The Board has a Valuation Oversight Committee, which is composed of Donald A. Chubb, Jr. and Roman Friedrich III, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. Mr. Chubb serves as Chairman of the Valuation Oversight Committee. The Valuation Oversight Committee assists the Board in overseeing the activities of the Adviser’s Valuation Committee and the valuation of securities and other assets held by the Trust. Duties of the Valuation Oversight Committee include reviewing the Trust’s valuation procedures, evaluating pricing services that are being used for the Trust, and receiving reports relating to actions taken by Guggenheim’s Valuation Committee. The Board established the Valuation Oversight Committee effective November 16, 2016.
Board and Committee Meetings. During the Trust’s fiscal year ended May 31, 2019, the Board held 4 meetings, the Trust’s Audit Committee held 6 meetings, the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee held 3 meetings, the Trust’s Contracts Review Committee held 2 meetings and the Valuation Oversight Committee held 4 meetings.
Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
Consistent with its responsibility for oversight of the Trust, the Board, among other things, oversees risk management of the Trust’s investment program and business affairs directly and through the committee structure it has established. The Board has established the Audit Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Contracts Review Committee to assist in its oversight functions, including its oversight of the risks the Trust faces. Each committee will report its activities to the Board on a regular basis. Risks to the Trust include, among others, investment risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, valuation risk and operational risk, as well as the overall business risk relating to the Trust. The Board has adopted, and will periodically review, policies, procedures and controls
S-32

designed to address these different types of risks. Under the Board’s supervision, the officers of the Trust, the Adviser and other service providers to the Trust also have implemented a variety of processes, procedures and controls to address various risks. In addition, as part of the Board’s periodic review of the Trust’s advisory agreement, sub-advisory agreements and other service provider agreements, the Board may consider risk management aspects of the service providers’ operations and the functions for which they are responsible.
The Board will require officers of the Trust to report to the full Board on a variety of matters at regular and special meetings of the Board and its committees, as applicable, including matters relating to risk management. The Audit Committee will also receive reports from the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm on internal control and financial reporting matters. On at least a quarterly basis, the Board will meet with the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, including separate meetings with the Independent Trustees in executive session, to discuss compliance matters and, on at least an annual basis, will receive a report from the Chief Compliance Officer regarding the effectiveness of the Trust’s compliance program. The Board, with the assistance of Trust management, will review investment policies and risks in connection with its review of the Trust’s performance. In addition, the Board will receive reports from the Adviser on the investments and securities trading of the Trust. With respect to valuation, the Board oversees a pricing committee comprised of Trust officers and Adviser personnel and has approved Fair Valuation procedures applicable to valuing the Trust’s securities, which the Board and the Audit Committee will periodically review. The Board will also require the Adviser to report to the Board on other matters relating to risk management on a regular and as-needed basis.
Remuneration of Trustees and Officers
Each Trustee who is not an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser or its affiliates receives as compensation for his services to the Trust an annual retainer and meeting fees. The chairperson of the Board, if any, and the chairperson of each committee of the Board also receive fees for their services. The annual retainer and fees for service as chairperson of Board and committees of the Board are allocated among the Trust and certain other funds in the Fund Complex. Officers who are employed by the Adviser receive no compensation or expense reimbursement from the Trust. The following table sets forth the compensation paid to each Independent Trustee by the Trust during its most recent fiscal year and the total compensation paid to each Independent Trustee by funds in the Fund Complex during the most recently completed calendar year ended December 31, 2018.
Name(1)
Aggregate Estimated Compensation
from the Trust
Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of
Trust Expenses(2)
Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement(2)
Total Compensation from the Trust and Fund Complex
Paid to Trustee(3)
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
Randall C. Barnes
$12,342
None
None
$339,632
Donald A. Chubb, Jr.
$12,590
None
None
$255,179
Jerry B. Farley
$13.578
None
None
$275,179
Roman Friedrich III
$13,084
None
None
$265,179
Ronald A. Nyberg
$12,567
None
None
$406,007
Maynard Oliverius(4)
$12,724
None
None
$255,179
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
$14,275
None
None
$378,179

(1)
Trustees not entitled to compensation are not included in the table.
(2)
The Trust does not accrue or pay retirement or pension benefits to Trustees as of the date of this SAI.
(3)
As of the date of this SAI, the “Fund Complex” consists of 7 closed-end funds, including the Trust, and 150 open-end funds advised or serviced by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates. The funds in the Fund Complex are overseen by multiple boards of trustees. Because the funds in the Fund Complex have different fiscal year ends, the amounts shown in this column are presented on a calendar year basis.
(4)
Mr. Oliverius retired from the Board of Trustees effective as of April 4, 2019 in accordance with the Independent Trustees Retirement Policy of the Trust.
Trustee Share Ownership
S-33

As of December 31, 2018, the most recently completed calendar year prior to the date of this Statement of Additional Information, each Trustee of the Trust beneficially owned equity securities of the Trust and all of the registered investment companies in the family of investment companies overseen by the Trustee in the dollar range amounts specified below.
Name
Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in the Trust
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in All Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by Trustee in
Family of Investment Companies(1)
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
Randall C. Barnes
$0
Over $100,000
Donald A. Chubb, Jr.
$10,001-$50,000
Over $100,000
Jerry B. Farley
$0
Over $100,000
Roman Friedrich III
$0
Over $100,000
Ronald A. Nyberg
$0
Over $100,000
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
$10,001-$50,000
Over $100,000
INTERESTED TRUSTEE:
Amy J. Lee
$0
$10,001-$50,000
(1)
As of the date of this SAI, the “Fund Complex” consists of seven closed-end funds, including the Trust, and 150 open-end funds advised or serviced by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates. The funds in the Fund Complex are overseen by multiple boards of trustees.
Indemnification of Officers and Trustees; Limitations on Liability
The governing documents of the Trust provide that the Trust will indemnify its Trustees and officers and may indemnify its employees or agents against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their positions with the Trust, to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, nothing in the governing documents of the Trust protects or indemnifies a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust against any liability to which such person would otherwise be subject in the event of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her position.
The Trust has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each Independent Trustee, which provides that the Trust shall indemnify and hold harmless such Trustee against any and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Trustee in any proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Trust, to the fullest extent permitted by the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, the Securities Act, and the 1940 Act unless it has been finally adjudicated that (i) the Trustee is subject to such expenses by reason of the Trustee’s not having acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Trust or (ii) the Trustee is liable to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, as defined in Section 17(h) of the 1940 Act, as amended.
Portfolio Management
The personnel with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Trust’s portfolio are B. Scott Minerd, Anne Bookwalter Walsh, Jeffrey S. Carefoot, Allen Li, Steve Brown and Adam J. Bloch.
Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers. The following table sets forth information about funds and accounts other than the Trust for which the portfolio managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of May 31, 2019.
S-34

Name of
Portfolio Manager
Number of Other Accounts
 Managed and Assets by Account Type
Number of Other Accounts Assets for
Which Advisory Fee is Performance-Based
Other
Registered
Investment
Companies
Other
Pooled
Investment Vehicles
Other
Accounts
Other
Registered
Investment
Companies
Other Pooled
Investment
Vehicles
Other
Accounts
B. Scott Minerd
12
61
114
32
9
 
$23.7 billion
$16.3 billion
$151.4 billion
$0
$7.6 billion
$1 billion
Anne Bookwalter Walsh
16
5
74
2
4
 
$28.4 billion
$3.1 billion
$143.5 billion
$0
$2.3 billion
$270 million
Jeffrey S. Carefoot
2
1
 
$508 million
$0
$101 million
$0
$0
$0
Allen Li
2
3
 
$508 million
$0
$160 million
$0
$0
$0
Steve Brown
12
5
21
2
4
 
$25.7 billion
$3.1 billion
$13.2 billion
$0
$2.3 billion
$270 million
Adam J. Bloch
18
5
21
2
4
 
$25.8 billion
$3.1 billion
$13.2 billion
$0
$2.3 billion
$270 million
Information Regarding Potential Conflicts of Interest
Potential Conflicts Related to the Sale of Trust Shares. The Adviser, its affiliates and employees may have relationships with distributors, consultants and others who recommend, or engage in transactions with or for, the Trust. The Trust and/or the Adviser or its affiliates may compensate such distributors, consultants and other parties in connection with such relationships. As a result of these relationships, distributors, consultants and other parties may have conflicts that create incentives for them to promote the Trust over other funds or financial products.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Adviser and its affiliates and the Trust may make payments to authorized dealers and other financial intermediaries and to salespersons to promote the Trust. These payments may be made out of the assets of the Adviser or its affiliates or amounts payable to the Adviser or its affiliates. These payments may create an incentive for such persons to highlight, feature or recommend the Trust over other funds or financial products.
Potential Conflicts Related to Management of the Trust by the Adviser. The following are descriptions of certain conflicts, financial or otherwise, that the Adviser may have in managing the Trust. The descriptions below are not intended to be a complete enumeration or explanation of all of the conflicts of interests that may arise from the business activities of the Adviser, its affiliates, or clients. To address these and other actual or potential conflicts, the Adviser and the Trust have established various policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to identify and mitigate such conflicts and to ensure that such conflicts are appropriately resolved taking into consideration the best interest of all clients involved, consistent with the Adviser’s fiduciary obligations and in accordance with applicable law. However, there can be no guarantee that these policies and procedures will be successful in every instance. Additional information about potential conflicts of interest regarding the Adviser is set forth in each Adviser’s Form ADV. A copy of Part 1 and Part 2A of each Adviser’s Form ADV is available on the SEC’s website at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov.
The Adviser and Its Affiliates Provide a Broad Array of Services and Have Various Investment Banking, Advisory and Other Relationships. The Adviser is an affiliate of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”), which is a global, full service financial services firm. Guggenheim Partners and its affiliates, including the Adviser (collectively, “Guggenheim Entities”), provide their clients with a broad array of investment management, insurance, broker-dealer, investment banking and other similar services (“Other Business Activities”). These Other Business Activities create actual and potential conflicts of interest for the Adviser in managing the Trust.
For example, the Other Business Activities may create conflicts between the interests of a fund, on the one hand, and the interests of the Adviser, its affiliates and other clients, on the other hand. The Adviser and its affiliates may act as advisers to clients in investment banking, loan arranging and structuring, financial advisory, asset management and other capacities related to securities and instruments that may be purchased, sold or held by a fund, and the Adviser or an affiliate may issue, or be engaged as underwriter for the issuer of, securities and instruments that a fund may purchase, sell or hold. At times, these activities may cause the Adviser and its affiliates to give advice to their clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interest of a fund. The Guggenheim
S-35

Entities and their respective officers, directors, managing directors, partners, employees and consultants may act in a proprietary capacity with long or short positions in securities and instruments of all types, including those that may be purchased, sold or held by a fund. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities and instruments that the Adviser seeks to buy or sell for a fund’s account, which could adversely impact the financial returns of the Trust.
These Other Business Activities may create other potential conflicts of interests in managing the Trust, may cause the Trust to be subject to regulatory limits and, in certain circumstances, may prevent a fund from participating or limit a fund’s participation in an investment opportunity that the fund’s portfolio managers view to be favorable. As a result, activities and dealings of the Adviser and its affiliates may affect the Trust in ways that may disadvantage or restrict the Trust or be deemed to benefit the Adviser, its affiliates or other client accounts.
Adviser and Its Affiliates’ Activities on Behalf of Other Clients. The Adviser and its affiliates currently manage and expect to continue to manage a variety of client accounts, including (without limitation) separately managed accounts, open-end registered funds, closed-end registered funds, private funds and other collective investment vehicles, and may serve as asset or collateral manager for certain non-registered structured products (collectively, “Other Clients”). Investors in such Other Clients include insurance companies affiliated with or related to the Adviser, as described below. Other Clients invest pursuant to the same or different investment objectives, strategies and philosophies as those employed by the Trust and may seek to make or sell investments in the same securities, instruments, sectors or strategies as the Trust. There are no restrictions on the ability of the Adviser and its affiliates to manage Other Clients following the same, similar or different investment objectives, strategies and philosophies as those employed by the Trust. This “side-by-side” management of multiple accounts may create potential conflicts, particularly in circumstances where the availability or liquidity of investment opportunities is limited. Other Clients may also be subject to different legal restrictions or regulatory regimes than the Trust. Regardless of the similarity in investment objectives and strategies between the Trust and Other Clients, the Adviser may give advice and recommend investments to Other Clients that may differ from advice given to, or investments bought or sold for, the Trust, and the Trust and Other Clients may vote differently on or take or refrain from taking different actions with respect to the same security or instrument, which may be disadvantageous to the Trust and adversely affect their performance.
The investment policies, fee arrangements and other characteristics of the Trust may also vary from those of Other Clients. In some cases, the Adviser or an affiliate may receive a potentially larger financial benefit from managing one or more such Other Clients as compared to the Trust (for example, some Other Clients are charged performance or incentive fees constituting a percentage of profits or gains), which may provide an incentive to favor such Other Clients over the Trust or to recommend favorable investments to Other Clients who pay higher fees or who have the potential to generate greater fees over the Trust. The Adviser on behalf of the Trust or Other Clients may, pursuant to one transaction or in a series of transactions over time, invest in different parts of an issuer’s or borrower’s capital structure (including but not limited to investments in public versus private securities, investments in debt versus equity, or investments in senior versus subordinated debt), depending on the respective client’s investment objectives and policies. Relevant issuers or borrowers may also include special purpose issuers or borrowers in structured finance, asset backed, collateralized loan obligation, collateralized debt obligation or similar transactions. As a result of the foregoing, the interests of one group of clients could conflict with those of other clients with respect to the same issuer or borrower. In managing such investments, the Adviser will consider the interests of all affected clients in deciding what actions to take with respect to a given issuer or borrower, but at times will pursue or enforce rights on behalf of some clients in a manner that may have an adverse effect on, or result in asymmetrical financial outcomes to, other clients owning a different, including more senior or junior, investment in the same issuer or borrower. These potential conflicts of interests between the Adviser’s clients may become more pronounced in situations in which an issuer or borrower experiences financial or operational challenges, or as a result of a fund’s use of certain investment strategies, including small capitalization, emerging market, distressed or less liquid strategies.
Adviser Activities on Behalf of Affiliated or Related Accounts. To the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and other laws, the Adviser, from time to time, may initiate or recommend transactions in the loans or securities of companies in which the Adviser, its related persons, or its affiliates have a controlling or other material direct or indirect interest.
S-36

Sammons Enterprises, Inc. (Sammons), a diversified company with several insurance company subsidiaries, is the largest single equity holder in Guggenheim Capital, LLC (“Guggenheim Capital”), the Adviser’s ultimate parent company. Sammons has relationships with the Adviser and various Guggenheim Entities. In addition, Guggenheim Capital wholly owns Guggenheim Life and Annuity Company and Clear Spring Life Insurance Company (together with Sammons, the “Affiliated Insurance Companies”), which are also advisory clients of the Adviser. Certain Affiliated Insurance Companies and their subsidiaries are advisory clients of the Adviser and, accordingly, pay the Adviser a substantial amount of annual fees for advisory services. Sammons is the largest individual stakeholder of the Adviser and the largest individual source of annual advisory fees paid to the Adviser.
Furthermore, some officers and directors of Guggenheim Capital and its subsidiaries (“Guggenheim Related Persons”) have economic interests or voting interests in companies, including insurance companies that are advisory clients of the Adviser. Guggenheim Related Persons from time to time enter into transactions, including loans and other financings, with these companies. Some Guggenheim Related Persons also may have economic interests or voting interests in issuers, which may be controlling or otherwise material interests, in which the Adviser has invested or will invest on behalf of its clients or to which the Adviser has provided or will provide financing on behalf of its clients. Sammons and certain advisory or other clients in which Guggenheim Related Persons have interests have provided, and from time to time may provide, significant loans and other financing to the Adviser and its affiliates.
The relationships described above create potential conflicts of interest for the Adviser in managing the Trust and could create an incentive for the Adviser to favor the interests of these companies over other clients. These incentives are more pronounced where the Adviser has multiple relationships with the affiliated client. For example, the Adviser has invested, and may in the future invest, on behalf of its clients in issuers or transactions in which Affiliated Insurance Companies or Guggenheim Related Persons have direct and/or indirect interests, which may include a controlling or significant beneficial interest. In addition, the accounts of Affiliated Insurance Companies and other Adviser clients have invested, and may in the future invest, in securities at different levels of the capital structure of the same issuer, in some cases at the same time and in other cases at different times as the Trust and other clients of the Adviser. The following conflicts may arise in such situations: (i) enforcement of rights or determination not to enforce rights by the Adviser on behalf of the Trust and other clients may have an adverse effect on the interests of its affiliates or related persons, and vice versa, (ii) the Adviser may have an incentive to invest client funds in the issuer or borrower to either facilitate or obtain preferable terms for a proposed investment by an affiliate or related person in such issuer or borrower, or (iii) the Adviser may have an incentive to preserve or protect the value or rights associated with an existing economic interest of an affiliate or related person in the issuer or borrower, which may have an adverse effect on the interests of other clients, including the Trust.
The Adviser mitigates potential conflicts of interest in the foregoing and similar situations, including through policies and procedures (i) designed to identify and mitigate conflicts of interest on a transaction-by-transaction basis and (ii) that require investment decisions for all client accounts be made independently from those of other client accounts and be made with specific reference to the individual needs and objectives of each client account, without consideration of the Adviser’s pecuniary or investment interests (or those of their respective employees or affiliates). The Trust and the Adviser also maintains procedures to comply with applicable laws, notably relevant provisions of the 1940 Act that prohibit Trust transactions with affiliates.
Allocation of Investment Opportunities. As described above, the Adviser and its affiliates currently manage and expect to continue to manage Other Clients that may invest pursuant to the same or different strategies as those employed by the Trust, and such Other Clients could be viewed as being in competition with the Trust for appropriate investment opportunities, particularly where there is limited capacity with respect to such investment opportunities. The investment policies, fee arrangements and other circumstances of the Trust may vary from those of the Other Clients, and the Adviser may face potential conflicts of interest because the Adviser may have an incentive to favor particular client accounts (such as client accounts that pay performance-based fees) over other client accounts that may be less lucrative in the allocation of investment opportunities.
In order to minimize execution costs for clients, trades in the same security transacted on behalf of more than one client will generally be aggregated (i.e., blocked or bunched) by the Adviser, unless it believes that doing so would conflict or otherwise be inconsistent with its duty to seek best execution for the clients and/or the terms of
S-37

the respective investment advisory contracts and other agreements and understandings relating to the clients for which trades are being aggregated. When the Adviser believes that it can effectively obtain best execution for the clients by aggregating trades, it will do so for all clients participating in the trade for which aggregated trades are consistent with the respective investment advisory contracts, investment guidelines, and other agreements and understandings relating to the clients.
The Adviser has implemented policies and procedures that govern the allocation of investment opportunities among clients in a fair and equitable manner, taking into account the needs and financial objectives of the clients, their specific objectives and constraints for each account, as well as prevailing market conditions. If an investment opportunity would be appropriate for more than one client, the Adviser may be required to choose among those clients in allocating the opportunity, or to allocate less of the opportunity to a client than it would ideally allocate if it did not have to allocate to multiple clients. In addition, the Adviser may determine that an investment opportunity is appropriate for a particular client account, but not for another.
The Adviser allocates transactions on an objective basis and in a manner designed to assure that no participating client is favored over any other participating client over time. If an investment is suitable and desirable for more than one client account, an initial allocation study will be determined based upon demand ascertained from the portfolio managers. With respect to fixed income and private equity assets, this initial allocation study is overseen by an allocation group and generally reflects a pro rata participation in the investment opportunity among the participating client accounts that expressed demand. Final allocation decisions are made or verified independently by the allocation group. With respect to public equity securities and public equity-related securities, the allocation shall generally reflect a pro rata participation in the investment opportunity among participating client accounts, provided that allocations may be adjusted under specific circumstances, such as situations of scarcity where pro rata allocations would result in de minimis positions or odd lots.
The application of relevant allocation factors often result in non-pro rata allocations, and particular client accounts (including client accounts in which the Adviser and its affiliates or related persons, or officers, directors or employees, including portfolio managers or senior managers, have an interest) may receive an allocation when other client accounts do not or receive a greater than pro-rata allocation. There can be no assurance that a particular investment opportunity will be allocated in any particular manner, and circumstances may occur in which an allocation could have adverse effects on a fund with respect to the price or size of securities positions obtainable or saleable. All of the foregoing procedures could in certain circumstances adversely affect the price paid or received by a fund or the size of the position purchased or sold by a fund (including prohibiting a fund from purchasing a position) or may limit the rights that a fund may exercise with respect to an investment.
Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. The portfolio managers for the Trust will devote as much time to the Trust as the Adviser deems appropriate to perform their duties in accordance with reasonable commercial standards and the Adviser’s duties. However, as described above, these portfolio managers are presently committed to and expect to be committed in the future to providing investment advisory and other services for Other Clients and engage in Other Business Activities in which the Trust may have no interest. As a result of these separate business activities, the Adviser may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services and functions among the Trust and Other Business Activities or Other Clients in that the time and effort of the Trust’s portfolio managers would not be devoted exclusively to the business of the Trust.
Potential Restrictions and Issues Related to Material Non-Public Information. By reason of Other Business Activities as well as services and advice provided to Other Clients, the Adviser and its affiliates may acquire confidential or material non-public information and may be restricted from initiating transactions in certain securities and instruments. The Adviser will not be free to divulge, or to act upon, any such confidential or material non-public information and, due to these restrictions, the Adviser may be unable to initiate a transaction for a fund’s account that it otherwise might have initiated. As a result, a fund may be frozen in an investment position that it otherwise might have liquidated or closed out or may not be able to acquire a position that it might otherwise have acquired.
Valuation of the Trust’s Investments. Trust assets are valued in accordance with the Trust’s valuation procedures. The valuation of a security or other asset for the Trust may differ from the value ascribed to the same asset by affiliates of the Adviser (particularly difficult-to-value assets) or Other Clients because, among other things,
S-38

they may have procedures that differ from the Trust’s procedures or may have access to different information or pricing vendors. The Adviser may face a potential conflict with respect to such valuations.
Investments in Other Guggenheim Funds. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trust may invest in other funds sponsored, managed, advised or sub-advised by the Adviser. Investments by a Trust in such funds present potential conflicts of interest, including potential incentives to invest in smaller or newer funds to increase asset levels or provide greater viability and to invest in funds managed by the portfolio manager(s) of the Trust. As disclosed in the Prospectus and this SAI, the Adviser has agreed to waive certain fees associated with these investments.
Potential Conflicts Associated with the Adviser and Its Affiliates Acting in Multiple Capacities Simultaneously.
Principal and Cross Transactions. The Adviser may, to the extent permitted under applicable law, effect client cross transactions where the Adviser causes a transaction to be effected between a fund and an Other Client; provided, that conditions set forth in SEC rules under the 1940 Act are followed. Cross transactions present an inherent conflict of interest because the Adviser represents the interests of both the selling account and the buying account in the same transaction, and the Adviser could seek to treat one party to the cross transaction more favorably than the other party. The Adviser has policies and procedures designed to mitigate these conflicts and help ensure that any cross transactions are in the best interests of, and appropriate for, all clients involved and the transactions are consistent with the Adviser’s fiduciary duties and obligation to seek best execution and applicable rules.
The Adviser and Its Affiliates May Act in Multiple Commercial Capacities. Subject to applicable law and subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder, the Adviser may cause the Trust to invest in securities, bank loans or other obligations of companies that result in commissions, fees, or other remuneration paid to the Adviser or one of its affiliates. Such investments may include (i) investments that the Adviser or one of its affiliates originated, arranged or placed, (ii) investments where the Adviser or its affiliates provided services to a third party, (iii) investments where the Adviser or one of its affiliates acts as the collateral agent, administrator, originator, manager, or other service provider, and (iv) investments that are secured or otherwise backed by collateral that could include assets originated or sold by the Adviser or its affiliates, investment funds or pools managed by the Adviser or its affiliates or assets or obligations managed by the Adviser or its affiliates. Commissions, fees, or other remuneration payable to the Adviser or its affiliates in these transactions may present a potential conflict in that the Adviser may be viewed as having an incentive to purchase such investments to earn, or facilitate its affiliates’ ability to earn, such additional fees or compensation.
In some circumstances, and also subject to applicable law, the Adviser may cause the Trust to invest in or provide financing to issuers or borrowers, or otherwise participate in transactions, in which the issuer or borrower is, or is a subsidiary or affiliate of or otherwise related to, (a) an Other Client or (b) a company with which Guggenheim Related Persons, or officers or employees of the Adviser, have investment, financial or other interests or relationships (including but not limited to directorships or equivalent roles). The financial interests of the Adviser’s affiliates or their related persons in issuers or borrowers create potential conflict between the economic interests of these affiliates or related persons and the interests of the Adviser’s clients. In addition, to the extent that a potential issuer or borrower (or one of its affiliates) is an advisory client of the Adviser, or the Adviser’s advisory client is a lender or financing provider to the Adviser or its affiliates (including a parent), a potential conflict may exist as the Adviser may have an incentive to favor the interests of those clients relative to those of its other clients.
Because of limitations imposed by applicable law, notably by provisions of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder, the involvement or presence of the Adviser’s affiliates in the offerings described above or the financial markets more broadly may restrict a fund’s ability to acquire some securities or loans, even if they would otherwise be desirable investments for the Trust, or affect the timing or price of such acquisitions, which may adversely affect Trust performance.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Adviser and its affiliates may create, write, sell, issue, invest in or act as placement agent or distributor of derivative instruments related to the Trust, or with respect to portfolio holdings of the Trust, or which may be otherwise based on or seek to replicate or hedge the performance of the
S-39

Trust. Such derivative transactions, and any associated hedging activity, may differ from and be adverse to the interests of the Trust.
Present and future activities of the Adviser and its affiliates, in addition to those described in this SAI, may give rise to additional or different conflicts of interest.
Portfolio Manager Compensation. As discussed above, portfolio managers may own, and a portion of their compensation may be in the form of, fund shares. As a result, a potential conflict of interest may arise to the extent a portfolio manager owns or has an interest in shares of a fund that he or she manages. These personal investments may create an incentive for a portfolio manager to favor such fund(s) over other advisory clients, including the Trust.
Securities Ownership of the Portfolio Managers. As of May 31, 2019, the dollar range of equity securities of the Trust beneficially owned by the portfolio manager is shown below:
B. Scott Minerd: None
Anne Bookwalter Walsh: $100,001-$500,000
Jeffrey S. Carefoot: None
Allen Li: None
Steven Brown: $1-$10,000
Adam J. Bloch: None
Adviser
Investment Adviser. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC acts as the Trust’s investment adviser. The Investment Adviser is a registered investment adviser and acts as investment adviser to a number of closed-end and open-end management investment companies. The Investment Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606. The Investment Adviser is responsible for the management of the Trust, furnishes offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Trust, oversees the activities of the Trust’s Sub-Adviser, provides personnel, including certain officers required for the Trust’s administrative management, and pays the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Trust who are its affiliates.
Sub-Adviser. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC acts as the Trust’s investment Sub-Adviser. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90401. The Sub-Adviser, under the supervision of the Board of Trustees and the Investment Adviser, is responsible for the management of the Trust’s investment portfolio and provides certain facilities and personnel related to such management.
Guggenheim Partners. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners with the supervision of more than $270 billion of assets as of June 30, 2019. Guggenheim Partners is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.
Advisory Agreement
Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between the Trust and the Investment Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Trust pays the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 0.60% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets (from which the Investment Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser’s fees). “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the proceeds of any Financial Leverage (whether or not these assets are reflected in the Trust’s financial statements for purposes of generally accepted accounting principles), minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any Financial
S-40

Leverage. Managed Assets shall include assets attributable to Financial Leverage of any form, including Indebtedness, engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, investments in inverse floating rate securities, and Preferred Shares.
Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser is responsible for the management of the Trust; furnishes offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Trust; oversees the activities of the Trust’s Sub-Adviser; provides personnel, including certain officers required for the Trust’s administrative management; and pays the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Trust who are its affiliates.
The Advisory Agreement had an initial term of two years and thereafter remains in effect from year to year if approved annually (i) by the Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Advisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days’ instead of, written notice at the option of either party thereto or by a vote of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding shares, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Trust’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
The Advisory Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Investment Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust. Pursuant to a Trademark Sublicense Agreement, Guggenheim Partners has granted to the Investment Adviser the right to use the name “Guggenheim” in the name of the Trust, and the Investment Adviser has agreed that the name “Guggenheim” is Guggenheim Partners’ property.
Advisory Fee
 
Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
 
 
2019
 
2018
 
2017
The Investment Adviser received advisory fees of :
$2,841,819
 
$3,073,155
 
$3,258,330
Sub-Advisory Agreement
Pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement among the Trust, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”), the Investment Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 0.30% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.
Under the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser manages the investment portfolio of the Trust in accordance with its stated investment objectives and policies, makes investment decisions for the Trust, places orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the Trust, all subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees and the Investment Adviser.
The Sub-Advisory Agreement had an initial term of two years and thereafter remains in effect from year to year if approved annually (i) by the Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days’ written notice at the option of either party thereto, by the Board of Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding shares, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Trust’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Sub-Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust.
S-41

Sub-Advisory Fee
 
Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
 
 
2019
 
2018
 
2017
The Sub-Adviser received sub-advisory fees of :
$1,420,910
 
$1,536,578
 
$1,629,165
Other Agreements
Administration Agreement. MUFG Investor Services (US) LLC, serves as administrator to the Trust. Pursuant to an administration agreement, MUFG is responsible for providing administrative services to the Trust. For the services, the Trust pays MUFG a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate equal to 0.0275% of the first $200 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0200% of the next $300 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0150% of the next $500 million in average daily Managed Assets, and 0.0100% of average daily Managed Assets above $1 billion.
Administration Fee
 
Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
 
 
2019
 
2018
 
2017
MUFG received administration fees of :
$109,725
 
$116,786
 
$121,458
Fund Accounting Agreement. MUFG also serves as fund accounting agent to the Trust. Pursuant to a fund accounting agreement, MUFG performs certain accounting services, including maintaining ledgers; computing per share net asset value, income, gains, yields; verifying and reconciling daily trade activity; accruing expenses and determining outstanding receivables and payables; providing accounting reports; and providing accounting services and data in connection with regulatory filings. For the services, the Trust pays MUFG a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate equal to 0.0300% of the first $200 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0150% of the next $300 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0100% of the next $500 million in average daily Managed Assets, and 0.0075% of average daily Managed Assets above $1 billion, subject to a minimum fee of $50,000 per year.
Fund Accounting Fee
 
Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
 
 
2019
 
2018
 
2017
MUFG received fund accounting fees of :
$125,257
 
$131,144
 
$129,773
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
Subject to policies established by the Board of Trustees, the Adviser is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and the allocation of brokerage on behalf of the Trust. Transactions in equity securities are in most cases effected on U.S. stock exchanges and involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. In general, there may be no stated commission in the case of securities traded in over-the-counter markets, but the prices of those securities may include undisclosed commissions or mark-ups. Principal transactions are not entered into with affiliates of the Trust. The Trust has no obligations to deal with any broker or group of brokers in executing transactions in portfolio securities. In executing transactions, the Adviser seeks to obtain the best price and execution for the Trust, taking into account such factors as price, size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm involved and the firm’s risk in positioning a block of securities. While the Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive commission rates, the Trust does not necessarily pay the lowest commission available.
Subject to obtaining the best price and execution, brokers who provide supplemental research, market and statistical information to the Adviser or its affiliates may receive orders for transactions by the Trust. The term
S-42

“research, market and statistical information” includes advice as to the value of securities, and advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities, and furnishing analyses and reports concerning issues, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts. Information so received will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Adviser, and the expenses of the Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of such supplemental information. Such information may be useful to the Adviser and its affiliates in providing services to clients other than the Trust, and not all such information is used by the Adviser in connection with the Trust. Conversely, such information provided to the Adviser and its affiliates by brokers and dealers through whom other clients of the Adviser and its affiliates effect securities transactions may be useful to the Adviser in providing services to the Trust.
Although investment decisions for the Trust are made independently from those of the other accounts managed by the Adviser and its affiliates, investments of the kind made by the Trust may also be made by those other accounts. When the same securities are purchased for or sold by the Trust and any of such other accounts, it is the policy of the Adviser and its affiliates to allocate such purchases and sales in the manner deemed fair and equitable to all of the accounts, including the Trust.
Commissions Paid. Unless otherwise disclosed below, the Trust paid no commissions to affiliated brokers during the last three fiscal years. The Trust paid approximately the following commissions to brokers during the fiscal years shown:
Fiscal Year Ended May 31:
All Brokers
Affiliated Brokers
2019
$170
$0
2018
$251
$0
2017
$61
$0

Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2019 Percentages:
 
Percentage of aggregate brokerage commissions paid to affiliated broker
0%
Percentage of aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions effected through affiliated broker
0%
During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2019, the Trust paid $0 in brokerage commissions on transactions totaling $0 to brokers selected primarily on the basis of research services provided to the Adviser.
TAX MATTERS
The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust and the ownership and disposition of the Trust’s Common Shares. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a taxable U.S. person (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and that you hold your Common Shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Trust and its Common Shareholders (including Common Shareholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law).
The discussions set forth herein and in the Prospectus do not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.
Taxation of the Trust
The Trust has elected to be treated and intends to continue to qualify each year as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Trust must, among other things, (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest),
S-43

payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies and (b) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Trust’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Trust’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Trust controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Generally, a qualified publicly traded partnership includes a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) and that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the items described in (i)(a) above.
As long as the Trust qualifies as a RIC, the Trust generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that the Trust distributes to its Common Shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of (i) the Trust’s investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and other taxable income, other than any net capital gain (defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) the Trust’s net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions). The Trust intends to distribute substantially all of such income each year. The Trust will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its Common Shareholders.
The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Trust to the extent the Trust does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Trust will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid federal income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. While the Trust intends to distribute income and capital gain in order to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that amounts of the Trust’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
If for any taxable year the Trust does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain, which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to Common Shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the Common Shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Trust’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. As described below, such dividends, however, would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of Common Shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate Common Shareholders, subject, in each case, to certain holding period and other requirements. To qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Trust would generally be required to distribute to its Common Shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years. If the Trust fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Trust may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Trust had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to elect to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of five years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.
S-44

Taxation of the Trust’s Investments
Certain of the Trust’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale, short sale and other rules) that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, including the dividends received deduction, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders. The Trust intends to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a RIC. Additionally, the Trust may be required to limit its activities in derivative instruments in order to enable it to maintain its RIC status.
The Trust may invest a portion of its net assets in below investment grade securities, commonly known as “junk” securities. Investments in these types of securities may present special tax issues for the Trust. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Trust may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Trust, to the extent necessary, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
Certain debt securities acquired by the Trust may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount is treated as interest income and is included in taxable income (and required to be distributed by the Trust in order to qualify as a regulated investment company or avoid the 4% excise tax) over the term of the security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. If the Trust purchases a debt security on a secondary market at a price lower than its adjusted issue price, the excess of the adjusted issue price over the purchase price is “market discount.” Unless the Trust makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis, generally, any gain realized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on the debt security. Market discount generally accrues in equal daily installments.
The Trust may invest in preferred securities or other securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by the Trust, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Trust, requiring the Trust to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.
S-45

Gain or loss on the sales of securities by the Trust will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Trust for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.
If the Trust invests in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. taxes. The Trust will not be eligible to elect to “pass through” to Common Shareholders of the Trust the ability to use the foreign tax deduction or foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid by the Trust with respect to qualifying taxes.
Income from options on individual stocks written by the Trust will not be recognized by the Trust for tax purposes until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a “closing transaction” (as defined by applicable regulations) pursuant to which the Trust’s obligations with respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option lapses without exercise or is otherwise subject to a closing transaction, the premiums received by the Trust from the writing of such options will generally be characterized as short-term capital gain. If an option written by the Trust is exercised, the Trust may recognize taxable gain depending on the exercise price of the option, the option premium, and the tax basis of the security underlying the option. The character of any gain on the sale of the underlying security as short-term or long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the Trust in the underlying security. In general, distributions received by shareholders of the Trust that are attributable to short-term capital gains recognized by the Trust from its option writing activities will be taxed to such shareholders as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.
Options on indices of securities and sectors of securities that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will generally be “marked-to-market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Trust will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of the option on that date and the adjusted basis of the option. The adjusted basis of the option will consequently be increased by such gain or decreased by such loss. Any gain or loss with respect to options on indices and sectors that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such gain or loss and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of such gain or loss. Because the mark-to-market rules may cause the Trust to recognize gain in advance of the receipt of cash, the Trust may be required to dispose of investments in order to meet its distribution requirements. “Mark-to-market” losses may be suspended or otherwise limited if such losses are part of a straddle or similar transaction.
Taxation of U.S. Common Shareholders
The Trust will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain. If any such gain is retained, the Trust will be subject to a corporate income tax (at regular corporate rates) on such retained amount. In that event, the Trust expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its Common Shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its Common Shares by the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such Common Shareholder’s gross income net of the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii).
Distributions paid to you by the Trust from its net capital gains, if any, that the Trust properly reports as capital gains dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Common Shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Trust from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (including dividends from net short-term capital gains) (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income. The Trust does not expect to be eligible to pay exempt-interest dividends from its net tax-exempt interest income from tax-exempt municipal obligations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, Trust distributions from interest on tax-exempt municipal obligations will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes even though such interest would be excluded from gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes if received directly by a shareholder. Since tax-exempt municipal obligations provide lower yields than comparable taxable obligations (due to the tax-exemption), the Trust’s investment in tax-exempt municipal obligations will, in effect, convert lower-yield tax-exempt interest income into fully taxable dividend income.
S-46

Properly reported ordinary income dividends received by corporate holders of Common Shares generally will be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent that the Trust’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied by both the Trust and the corporate shareholders. In the case of Common Shareholders who are individuals, properly reported ordinary income dividends that you receive from the Trust generally will be eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent that (i) the ordinary income dividend is attributable to “qualified dividend income” (i.e., generally dividends paid by U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations) received by the Trust, (ii) the Trust satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock on which such qualified dividend income was paid and (iii) you satisfy certain holding period and other requirements with respect to your Common Shares. In addition, for dividends to be eligible for the dividends received deduction or for reduced rates applicable to individuals, the Trust cannot have an option to sell or be under a contractual obligation to sell (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) substantially identical stock or securities. Accordingly, the Trust’s writing of call options may, depending on the terms of the option, adversely impact the Trust’s ability to pay dividends eligible for the dividends received deduction or for reduced rates applicable to individuals. Qualified dividend income eligible for these special rules is not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus will not be included in the computation of your net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset any capital losses. Due to the nature of the Trust’s investments, the Trust does not expect that a significant portion, if any, of its distributions will be eligible for the dividends received deduction or for the reduced rates applicable to qualified dividend income.
If the Trust invests in tax credit municipal bonds, it may make an election to pass through the credits to its shareholders. If such an election is made, the Trust will be required to (i) include in gross income for the tax year, as interest income, an amount equal to the amount that the Trust would have included in gross income relating to the credits if the election had not been made and (ii) increase the amount of its dividends paid deduction for the tax year by the amount of the income. In addition, each shareholder of the Trust (a) will be required to include in gross income as taxable ordinary income an amount equal to the shareholder’s proportionate share of the interest income attributable to the credits and (b) will be permitted to take its proportionate share of the credits against its taxes. If the Trust makes this election, it will inform shareholders concerning their allocable share of tax credits as part of its annual reporting to shareholders. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors concerning their ability to use such allocated tax credits.
Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of Common Shares (assuming the Common Shares are held as a capital asset). The amount of any Trust distribution that is treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your Common Shares.
Common Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain dividends with capital losses. The Code contains a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital losses may be offset against capital gain, and
S-47

limiting the use of losses from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, Common Shareholders that have capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Trust. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Trust are generally treated under the Code as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the Common Shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of the Trust’s taxable year may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the Trust (except for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, you will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.
The price of Common Shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing Common Shares just prior to the record date for a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them even though it represents in part a return of invested capital.
The Trust will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Trust.
Ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends also may be subject to state and local taxes. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions about U.S. federal (including the application of the alternative minimum tax rules), state, local or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.
The sale or other disposition of Common Shares will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such Common Shares for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you with respect to such Common Shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of Common Shares will be disallowed if you acquire other Common Shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the Common Shares. In such case, your tax basis in the Common Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a reduced maximum rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.
Certain U.S. Common Shareholders who are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on all or a part of their “net investment income,” which includes dividends received from the Trust and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Trust’s stock.
A Common Shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “foreign investor”) generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). In general, U.S. federal withholding tax and U.S. federal income tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in respect of any distribution of net capital gain (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) or upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares of the Trust. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met.
S-48

Foreign investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Trust’s Common Shares.
Dividends properly reported by the Trust are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Trust’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Trust’s U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Trust is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Trust’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Trust’s net short-term capital gain over the Trust’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Depending on its circumstances, the Trust may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a foreign investor needs to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of Common Shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Trust reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Trust’s distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains.
In addition, withholding at a rate of 30% is required on dividends in respect of Common Shares held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such shares or accounts are held by certain U.S. persons or by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments. Accordingly, the entity through which Common Shares are held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of Common Shares held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies that such entity does not have any “substantial U.S. owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial U.S. owners,” which the applicable withholding agent will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations or other guidance, may modify these requirements. Non-U.S. Common Shareholders are encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in our Common Shares.
The Trust may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to certain non-exempt Common Shareholders who fail to provide the Trust (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures and Proxy Voting Record
The Sub-Adviser will be responsible for voting proxies on securities held in the Trust’s portfolio. The Sub-Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures are included as Appendix B to this Statement of Additional Information.
Information on how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 will be available without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 345-7999 or by visiting our website at www.guggenheiminvestments.com. This information is also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
S-49

Principal Shareholders
As of the date of this SAI, to the knowledge of the Trust, no person beneficially owned more than 5% of the voting securities of any class of equity securities of the Trust, except as follows:
Shareholder Name and Address
 
Class of Shares
 
Share Holdings
 
Percentage Owned
Guggenheim Capital, LLC(1)
Guggenheim Partners, LLC
227 West Monroe Street
Chicago IL 60606
GI Holdco LLC
GI Holdco II LLC
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management Holdings, LLC
330 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC
100 Wilshire Boulevard, 5th Floor
Santa Monica, CA 90401
 
Common Shares
 
1,154,388
 
6.63%
 

(1)
Based on information obtained from a Schedule 13 G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2019.
Legal Matters
Certain legal matters will be passed on for the Trust by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, in connection with the offering of the Common Shares.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Ernst & Young LLP is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust and is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Trust. Ernst & Young LLP has audited the Trust’s financial statements and financial hightlights, including the notes thereto, included in the Trust’s annual report to shareholders for the year ended May 31, 2019, as set forth in their report, which is incorporated by reference in this SAI. The Trust’s financial statements and financial highlights are incorporated by reference in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
Codes of Ethics
The Trust, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser each have adopted a code of ethics. The codes of ethics sets forth restrictions on the trading activities of trustees/directors, officers and employees of the Trust, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser and their affiliates, as applicable. The codes of ethics of the Trust, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are on file with the SEC and can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The codes of ethics are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov, and copies of the code of ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Trust’s audited financial statements appearing in the Trust’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2019, including accompanying notes thereto and the report of Ernst & Young LLP thereon, as contained in the Trust’s Form N-CSR filed with the SEC on August 8, 2019, are incorporated by reference in this Statement of Additional Information. Shareholder reports are available upon request and without charge by calling (800) 345-7999 or by writing the Trust at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606. All other portions of the
S-50

Trust’s annual report to shareholders are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the Trust’s registration statement, this Statement of Additional Information, the Prospectus or any Prospectus Supplement.
S-51

Appendix A
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS
Standard & Poor’s
A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Standard & Poor’s) follows:
Issue Credit Ratings Definitions
A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poor’s analysis of the following considerations:
·
Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation.
·
Nature of and provisions of the obligation, and the promise we impute.
·
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
AAA
An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA
An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A
An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

A-1

BBB
An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB
An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable in the near term to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B
An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC
An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC
An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but Standard & Poor’s expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
C
An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.
D
An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
Plus (+) or minus (-)
The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
NR
This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
A-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category,
A-2

certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to weaken the an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B
A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
C
A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D
A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
SPUR (Standard & Poor’s Underlying Rating)
A SPUR rating is an opinion about the stand-alone capacity of an obligor to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer/obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. Standard & Poor’s maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.
Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions
A S&P’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:
·
Amortization schedule — the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
·
Source of payment — the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
Note rating symbols are as follows:
SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
A-3

SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
D ‘D’ is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed exchange offer, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.
Dual Ratings
Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’ or ‘A-1+/A-1’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).
Active Qualifiers
S&P uses the following qualifiers that limit the scope of a rating. The structure of the transaction can require the use of a qualifier such as a ‘p’ qualifier, which indicates the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. A qualifier appears as a suffix and is part of the rating.
Federal deposit insurance limit: ‘L’ qualifier Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.
Principal: ‘p’ qualifier This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only and that the interest is not rated.
Preliminary ratings: ‘prelim’ qualifier Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P of appropriate documentation. S&P reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.
·
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.
·
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation, and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post- bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).
·
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligations of these entities.
·
Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well- formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing, or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.
A-4

·
A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.
Termination structures: ‘t’ qualifier This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.
Counterparty instrument rating: ‘cir’ qualifier This symbol indicates a counterparty instrument rating (CIR), which is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an issuer in a securitization structure with respect to a specific financial obligation to a counterparty (including interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and liquidity facilities). The CIR is determined on an ultimate payment basis; these opinions do not take into account timeliness of payment.

Moody’s Investors Service Inc.
A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:
Global Rating Scales
Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments.
Moody’s differentiates structured finance ratings from fundamental ratings (i.e., ratings on nonfinancial corporate, financial institution, and public sector entities) on the global long-term scale by adding (sf) to all structured finance ratings. The addition of (sf) to structured finance ratings should eliminate any presumption that such ratings and fundamental ratings at the same letter grade level will behave the same. The (sf) indicator for structured finance security ratings indicates that otherwise similarly rated structured finance and fundamental securities may have different risk characteristics. Through its current methodologies, however, Moody’s aspire to achieve broad expected equivalence in structured finance and fundamental rating performance when measured over a long period of time.
Global Long-Term Rating Scale
Aaa
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
 
Aa
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
 
A
Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa
Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba
Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
 
B
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
 
Caa
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
A-5

Ca
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms. By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.
Global Short-Term Rating Scale
P-1
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
P-3
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
 
NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
 
Short-Term Obligation Ratings. While the global short-term ‘prime’ rating scale is applied to US municipal tax-exempt commercial paper, these programs are typically backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities and their short-term prime ratings usually map to the long-term rating of the enhancing bank or financial institution and not to the municipality’s rating. Other short-term municipal obligations, which generally have different funding sources for repayment, are rated using two additional short-term rating scales (i.e., the MIG and VMIG scales discussed below).
The Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) scale is used to rate US municipal bond anticipation notes of up to three years maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation, and the issuer’s long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levels — MIG1 through MIG3 — while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated SG.
MIG 1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
Demand Obligation Ratings. In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned: a long- or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element
A-6

represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade (VMIG) scale. VMIG ratings of demand obligations with unconditional liquidity support are mapped from the short-term debt rating or counterparty assessment of the support provider, or the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support, with VMIG 1 corresponding to P-1, VMIG 2 to P-2, VMIG 3 to P-3 and SG to not prime. For example, the VMIG rating for an industrial revenue bond with Company XYZ as the underlying obligor would normally have the same numerical modifier as Company XYZ’s prime rating. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support, as shown in the diagram below, differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.
VMIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
Note: For VRDBs supported with conditional liquidity support, short-term ratings transition down at higher long-term ratings to reflect the risk of termination of liquidity support as a result of a downgrade below investment grade.
VMIG ratings of VRDBs with unconditional liquidity support reflect the short-term debt rating (or counterparty assessment) of the liquidity support provider with VMIG 1 corresponding to P-1, VMIG 2 to P-2, VMIG 3 to P-3 and SG to not prime.
Other Ratings Symbols
(P) Provisional Ratings. Moody’s will often assign a provisional rating to program ratings or to an issuer or an instrument when the assignment of a definitive rating is subject to the fulfilment of contingencies that are highly likely to be completed. Upon fulfillment of these contingencies, such as finalization of documents and issuance of the securities, the provisional notation is removed. A provisional rating is denoted by placing a (P) in front of the rating.
# Refundeds. Issues that are secured by escrowed funds held in trust, reinvested in direct, non-callable US government obligations or non-callable obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the US Government or Resolution Funding Corporation are identified with a # (hatch mark) symbol, e.g., #Aaa.
A-7

WR Withdrawn. When Moody’s no longer rates an obligation on which it previously maintained a rating, the symbol WR is employed.
NR Not Rated. NR is assigned to an unrated issuer, obligation and/or program.
NAV Not Available. An issue that Moody’s has not yet rated is denoted by the NAV symbol.
TWR Terminated Without Rating. The symbol TWR applies primarily to issues that mature or are redeemed without having been rated.

Fitch Ratings
A brief description of the applicable Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows.
Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns, insurance companies and certain sectors within public finance, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs are also assigned to certain entities or enterprises in global infrastructure, project finance and public finance. IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default (including by way of a distressed debt exchange) on financial obligations. The threshold default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts.
In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default.
Long-Term Credit Ratings
Investment Grade
AAA: Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA: Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A: High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB: Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
Speculative Grade
BB: Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.
A-8

B: Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
CCC: Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.
CC: Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.
C: Near default. A default-like process has begun, or the issuer is in standstill, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include: (a) the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation; (b) the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; (c) the formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange; and (d) a closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent.
Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned ‘RD’ or ’D’ ratings, but are instead rated in the ‘B’ to ‘C’ rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.
The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. For example, the rating category “AA” has three notch-specific rating levels (‘AA+’; ‘AA’; ’AA-’; each a rating level). Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below ‘CCC.’
Short-Term Credit Ratings
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
F1: Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B: Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
RD: Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.
D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation
A-9

Appendix B
GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
POLICY STATEMENT
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (“GPIM”) generally is responsible for voting proxies with respect to securities held in client accounts, including clients registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“40 Act Funds”) and clients that are pension plans (“Plans”) subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). This document sets forth GPIM’s policies and guidelines with respect to proxy voting and its procedures to comply with SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Rule 206(4)-6 requires each registered investment adviser that exercises proxy voting authority with respect to client securities to:
•  Adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes client securities in the best interest of clients; such policies and procedures must address the manner in which the adviser will resolve material conflicts of interest that can arise during the proxy voting process;
•  Disclose to clients how they may obtain information from the adviser about how the adviser voted proxies with respect to their securities; and
•  Describe to clients the adviser’s proxy voting procedures and, upon request, furnish a copy of the policies and procedures.
Where GPIM has been delegated the responsibility for voting proxies, it must take reasonable steps under the circumstances to ensure that proxies are received and voted in the best long-term interests of its clients. This generally means voting proxies with a view to enhancing the value of the securities held in client accounts, considering all relevant factors and without giving undue weight to the opinions of individuals or groups who may have an economic interest in the outcome of the proxy vote. GPIM’s authority is initially established by its advisory contracts or comparable documents. Clients, however, may change their proxy voting direction at any time.
The financial interest of GPIM’s clients is the primary consideration in determining how proxies should be voted. Any material conflicts of interest between GPIM and its clients with respect to proxy voting are resolved in the best interests of the clients.
This policy covers only proxy voting. It does not cover corporate actions, such as rights offerings, tender offers, and stock splits, or actions intitated by holders of a security rather than the issuer (such as reset rights for a CLO). This policy also does not cover legal actions, such as bankruptcy proceedings or class action lawsuits. Corporate and legal actions involve decisions about a security itself, rather than decisions about the governance of the security’s issuer. As such, the investment team managing the client’s account will decide whether and how to respond to a corporate or legal action about which they are notified, with assistance from Compliance or Legal as needed.
PROCEDURES
2.1. Overview
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (“GPIM”) utilizes the services of an outside proxy voting firm, Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), to act as agent for the proxy process, to maintain records on proxy votes for its clients, and to provide independent research on corporate governance, proxy and corporate responsibility issues. The proxy voting guidelines (the “Guidelines”), attached as Appendix A to these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures, set forth the ISS guidelines that GPIM uses in voting specific proposals. Depending on the objective of the client account and the portfolio team managing, GPIM will assess the proxy voting guidelines in
 
B-1

Appendix A to determine how proxies will be voted. GPIM reviews these voting recommendations and generally votes proxies in accordance with such recommendations.
However, the vote entered on a client’s behalf with respect to a particular proposal may differ from the Guidelines if it is determined to be in the best interest of the client or if required to deviate under applicable rule, law or regulation. If a proposal is voted in a manner different than set forth in the Guidelines, the reasons therefore shall be documented in writing by the appropriate investment team(s) and retained by Operations. The manner in which specific proposals are to be voted may differ based on the type of client account. For example, a specific type of proposal may be considered on a case-by-case basis for socially aware client accounts, while all other accounts may always vote in favor of the same type of proposal.
The Guidelines apply whether the issuer, a third party, or both solicit GPIM’s vote. For example, if an activist investor solicits GPIM to vote against management on a certain issue, GPIM will consult the Guidelines and determine whether to vote the proxy in accordance with the Guidelines or, if the Guidelines are contrary to the activist’s position, whether to vote in accordance with the recommendation of the activist investor.
In the absence of contrary instructions received from GPIM, ISS will vote proxies in accordance with the Guidelines attached as Appendix A hereto, as such Guidelines may be revised from time to time. ISS will employ these guidelines based on account set up instructions received from Operations. ISS will notify Operations of all proxy proposals that do not fall within the Guidelines (i.e. proposals which are either not addressed in the Guidelines or proposals for which GPIM has indicated that a decision will be made on a case-by-case basis, such as fixed-income securities). Such proposals will be forwarded by Operations to the investment team(s) responsible for the client account. If the investment team(s) responsible determines that there is no material conflict of interest, the proposal will be voted in accordance with the recommendation of said team(s).
2.2. Resolving Potential Conflicts of Interest
GPIM may occasionally be subject to conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies due to relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes.

The proxies that are not addressed by the Guidelines or are to be voted on a case-by-case basis will be forwarded to the appropriate investment management team(s) by Operations. Common examples of conflicts in the voting of proxies are: (a) GPIM or a GPIM affiliate provides or is seeking to provide services to the company on whose behalf proxies are being solicited, or (b) an employee of GPIM or its affiliate has a personal relationship with the company’s management or another proponent of a proxy issue. Senior members of the investment team responsible for voting the proxy will decide whether a material conflict of interest exists. If a material conflict of interest exists, the investment team will consult representatives of Investment Management and GPIM Compliance (the ad hoc “Committee”) (and Legal, as necessary) to determine how to vote the proxy consistent with the procedures below.

If the Guidelines direct that proxies should be voted in a certain manner (e.g. vote against staggered boards), then GPIM will vote the proxy according to the Guidelines. In the absence of established Guidelines (e.g., in instances where there are no Guidelines, or the Guidelines provide for a “case-by-case” review), GPIM may vote a proxy regarding that proposal in any of the following ways, as recommended by the Committee:
•  Refer Proposal to the Client – GPIM may refer the proposal to the client and obtain instructions from the client on how to vote the proxy relating to that proposal.
•  Obtain Client Ratification – If GPIM is in a position to disclose the conflict to the client (i.e., such information is not confidential), GPIM may determine how it proposes to vote the proposal on which it has a conflict, fully disclose the nature of the conflict to the client, and obtain the client’s consent for how GPIM will vote on the proposal (or otherwise obtain instructions from the client on how the proxy on the proposal should be voted).
•  Use an Independent Third Party for All Proposals – Subject to any client imposed proxy voting policies, GPIM may vote all proposals in a proxy according to the policies of an independent third party (or to have the third party vote such proxies).
B-2

•  Use an Independent Third Party to Vote the Specific Proposals that Involve a Conflict – Subject to any client imposed proxy voting policies, GPIM may use an independent third party to recommend how the proxy for specific proposals that involve a conflict should be voted (or to have the third party vote such proxies).
•  Abstaining The method selected by the Committee to resolve the conflict may vary from one instance to another depending upon the facts and circumstances of the situation, but in each case, consistent with its duty of loyalty and care.
2.3. Special Situations (As Applicable)
2.3.1. Securities Subject to Lending Arrangements
For various legal or administrative reasons, GPIM is often unable to vote securities that are, at the time of such vote, on loan pursuant to a client’s securities lending arrangement with the client’s custodian. GPIM will refrain from voting such securities where the cost to the client and/or administrative inconvenience of retrieving securities then on loan outweighs the benefit of voting, assuming retrieval under such circumstances is even feasible and/or possible. In certain extraordinary situations, GPIM may seek to have securities then on loan pursuant to such securities lending arrangements retrieved by the clients’ custodians for voting purposes. This decision will generally be made on a case-by-case basis depending on whether, in the Committee’s judgment, the matter to be voted on has critical significance to the potential value of the securities in question, the relative cost and/or administrative inconvenience of retrieving the securities, the significance of the holding, and whether the stock is considered a long-term holding. There can be no guarantee that any such securities can be retrieved for such purpose.
2.3.2 Special Issues with Voting Foreign Proxies
Voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign stocks may involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting. Because the cost of voting on a particular proxy proposal could exceed the expected benefit to a client (including an ERISA Plan), the Committee may weigh the costs and benefits of voting on proxy proposals relating to foreign securities and make an informed decision on whether voting a given proxy proposal is prudent.
2.3.3 Share Blocking
In certain countries the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability of an account’s portfolio manager to freely trade the security in question (“share blocking”). The portfolio manager retains the final authority to determine whether to block the shares in the client’s account or to forego voting the shares.
2.3.4 Lack of Adequate Information, Untimely Receipt of Proxy or Excessive Costs
GPIM may be unable to enter an informed vote in certain circumstances due to the lack of information provided in the proxy statement or by the issuer or other resolution sponsor, and may abstain from voting in those instances. Proxy materials not delivered in a timely manner may prevent analysis or entry of a vote by voting deadlines. GPIM’s practice is to abstain from voting a proxy in circumstances where, in its judgment, the costs exceed the expected benefits to the client.
2.3.5. Formation of a Group
If GPIM owns shares of a public company and enters into a written or oral agreement with one or more shareholders to vote its shares in line with such shareholder(s) or in line with company management recommendations, several issues arise.
B-3

First, if GPIM agrees to vote its shares at the direction of or in line with another member of the group, or in line with management, then GPIM must consider whether its vote is in the best long-term financial interests of its clients. If it is not, then GPIM will have a conflict of interest that it must resolve using the procedures set out in Section 2.2.
Second, if GPIM holds an irrevocable proxy for the other members of the group, or has the right to designate director nominees for which the other group members must vote, GPIM will be viewed as the beneficial owner of all of the other members’ shares as well as its own shares. This will affect the number of shares that GPIM must report on a Schedule 13D or 13G.
2.3.6 Fixed Income Securities

The issuers of fixed income securities generally do not solicit proxies. If such an issuer were to solicit a proxy, GPIM would seek to apply these proxy voting procedures in determining how to vote the proxy. If the subject of the proxy is not covered in ISS Standard Guidelines or any other third-party guidelines GPIM uses, and assuming that voting the proxy does not present GPIM with a material conflict of interest, GPIM may vote the proxy in a manner it believes is in its clients’ best long-term interests. If voting the proxy presents GPIM with a material conflict of interest, it will follow the conflict resolution procedures in this policy.
2.4. Undue Influence
If at any time any person involved in the GPIM’s proxy voting process is pressured or lobbied either by GPIM’s personnel or affiliates or third parties with respect to a particular proposal, he or she should provide information regarding such activity to GPIM Compliance or Legal Departments. A determination will then be made regarding this information, keeping in mind GPIM’s duty of loyalty and care to its clients.
2.5. Recordkeeping
GPIM is required to keep the following records:
• a copy of this policy;
• proxy statements received regarding client securities;
• records of votes cast on behalf of clients;
• records of how material conflicts were resolved;
• any documents prepared by GPIM that were material to making a decision how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision; and
• records of client requests for proxy voting information and a copy of any written response by GPIM to any client request (regardless of whether such client request was written or oral).
The foregoing records will be retained for such period of time as is required to comply with applicable laws and regulations.
GPIM may rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system instead of keeping its own copies, and may rely on proxy statements and records of proxy votes cast by GPIM that are maintained with a third party, such as ISS, provided that GPIM has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the documents promptly upon request.
 
B-4


2.6. Disclosure
Rule 206(4)-6 requires GPIM to disclose in response to any client request how the client can obtain information from GPIM on how the client’s securities were voted. GPIM will disclose in Form ADV Part 2 that clients can obtain information on how their securities were voted by submitting a written request to GPIM. Upon receipt of a written request from a client, GPIM Compliance Department will provide the information requested by the client within a reasonable amount of time.
Rule 206(4)-6 also requires GPIM to describe its proxy voting policies and procedures to clients, and upon request, to provide clients with a copy of those policies and procedures. GPIM will provide such a description in its Form ADV Part 2. Upon receipt of a written request from a client, GPIM Compliance Department will provide a copy of this policy within a reasonable amount of time.
If approved by the client, this policy and any requested records may be provided electronically.
B-5

APPENDIX A
ISS Standard Guidelines for the various local markets, including the U.S., are available upon request. In addition, the Taft-Hartley Guidelines and the Socially Responsible Investor Guidelines are also available.
 
 
B-6

PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 25. Financial Statements And Exhibits
(1)
Financial Statements

Incorporated by reference into Part B of the Registration Statement, as described in the Statement of Additional Information, are the Registrant’s audited financial statements, notes to such financial statements and the report of independent registered public accounting firm thereon, by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report for the period ended May 31, 2019, as contained in the Registrant’s Form N-CSR filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on August 8, 2019.

(2)
Exhibits
(a)
 
Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant(2)
(b)
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant(3)
(c)
 
Not applicable
(d)
 
Not applicable
(e)
 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan of Registrant(1)
(f)
 
Not applicable
(g)
(i)
Investment Advisory Agreement(*)
 
(ii)
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement(*)
(h)
 
Form of Underwriting Agreement and/or Sales Agreement(+)
(i)
 
Not applicable
(j)
(i)
Custody Agreement(*)
 
(ii)
Foreign Custody Manager Agreement(*)
(k)
(i)(1)
Transfer Agency and Servicing Agreement(*)
 
(i)(2)
Amendment to Transfer Agency and Servicing Agreement(*)
 
(ii)(1)
Fund Accounting Agreement(*)
 
(ii)(2)
Amendment to Fund Accounting Agreement(*)
 
(iii)(1)
Administration Agreement(*)
 
(iii)(2)
Amendment to Administration Agreement(*)
 
(iv)(1)
Credit Agreement(*)
 
(iv)(2)
Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement(*)
 
(iv)(3)
Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement(*)
 
(iv)(4)
Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement(*)
 
(v)
Security Agreement(*)
 
(vi)
Collateral Account Control Agreement(*)
 
(vii)
Fee and Servicing Agreement(*)
(l)
 
Opinion and Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP(+)
(m)
 
Not applicable
(n)
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(*)
(o)
 
Not applicable
(p)
 
Initial Subscription Agreement(2)
(q)
 
Not applicable
(r)
(i)
Code of Ethics of the Registrant and the Adviser(*)
 
(ii)
Code of Ethics of the Sub-Adviser(*)
(s)
 
Power of Attorney(*)
(z)
 
Form of Prospectus Supplement for Common Shares Offering(*)
 
(*)
Filed herewith.
(+)
To be filed by further amendment.
(1)
Incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-168042 and 811-22437), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 30, 2010.
(2)
Incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-168042 and 811-22437), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 25, 2010.

(3)
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 811-22437) , filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2016.
Item 26. Marketing Arrangements
Reference is made to Exhibit (h) to this Registration Statement to be filed by further amendment.
Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration Statement:
NYSE Listing Fees
$ [ ]
SEC Registration Fees
$ [ ]
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees
$ [ ]
Legal Fees
$ [ ]
FINRA Fees
$ [ ]
Miscellaneous
$ [ ]
Total
$ [ ]
Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant
None
Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities
Title of Class
Number of Record Shareholders
as of August 26, 2019
   
Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share
4

Item 30. Indemnification
Article V of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:
5.1 No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc. No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
5.2 Mandatory Indemnification.
(a) The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether

civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.
(c) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
(d) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or Trustees who are “disinterested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the Trust enters into a written agreement with any Trustee to indemnify such Trustee, any indemnification of such Trustee by the Trust shall be governed by the terms of such written agreement, including with respect to determinations required, applicable presumptions and burden of proof with respect to such Trustee’s entitlement to indemnification and/or advancement of expenses.
(e) Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance

payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
5.3 No Bond Required of Trustees. No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.
5.4 No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, its Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
5.5 Reliance on Experts, etc. Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.
In addition, the Registrant has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each trustee who is not an “interested person,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, of the Registrant, which provides as follows:
The Trust shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Trustee in any Proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Trust, to the fullest extent permitted by the Trust Agreement and By-Laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as now or hereafter in force, subject to the provisions of the following sentence and the provisions of paragraph (b) of Section 4 of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be indemnified pursuant to this Section I against any and all of such Expenses unless (i) the Trustee is subject to such Expenses by reason of the Trustee’s not having acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Trust or (ii) the Trustee is liable to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, as defined in Section 17(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and with respect to each of (i) and (ii), there has been a final adjudication in a decision on the merits in the relevant Proceeding that the Trustee’s conduct fell within (i) or (ii).
Item 31. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser
The Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Investment Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-62515).
The Sub-Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment Sub-Adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Sub-Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Sub-Adviser or those officers and directors during the past

two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Sub-Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-66786).
Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records
The accounts and records of the Registrant are maintained in part at the offices of the Trust at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, in part at the offices of the Adviser at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, in part at the offices of the Sub-Adviser at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, 5th Floor, Santa Monica, California 90401 and in part at the offices of the Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent at The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10216.
Item 33. Management Services
Not applicable.
Item 34. Undertakings
1.
Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of Common Shares until the prospectus is amended, if subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, its net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the later of the effective date of the registration statement or the filing of a prospectus supplement pursuant to Rule 497, under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), setting forth the terms of the offering or its net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
2.
Not applicable.
3.
Not applicable.
4.
Registrant undertakes:
(a)
to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement:
 (1)
to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
 (2)
to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement; and
(3)
to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement;
(b)
that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
(c)
to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
(d)
that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act,

shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use;

(e)
that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities;
The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
(1)
any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act.
(2)
the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
(3)
any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.
5.
Registrant undertakes that
(a) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 497(h) will be deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(b) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
6.
Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information constituting Part B of this Registration Statement.


SIGNATURES
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed on behalf of the Registrant, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 3rd day of September, 2019.
GUGGENHEIM TAXABLE MUNICIPAL MANAGED DURATION TRUST


By:  /s/ Brian E. Binder
  Brian E. Binder
 Chief Executive Officer

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on the 3rd day of September, 2019.
Principal Executive Officer:
   
     
/s/ Brian E. Binder
Brian E. Binder
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
Principal Financial Officer:
   
     
/s/ John L. Sullivan
John L. Sullivan
 
 
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
Trustees:
   
*                                                                  
Randall C. Barnes
 
 
Trustee
*                                                                  
Donald A. Chubb
 
 
Trustee
*                                                                   
Jerry B. Farley
 
 
Trustee
*                                                                   
Roman Friedrich III
 
 
Trustee
*                                                                   
Amy J. Lee
 
 
Trustee
*                                                                   
Ronald A. Nyberg
 
 
Trustee
*                                                                   
Ronald E. Toupin Jr.
 
 
Trustee
*
Signed by Mark E. Mathiasen pursuant to a power of attorney incorporated herein by reference.
By: /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen
      Mark E. Mathiasen
      Attorney-In-Fact
      September 3, 2019


Exhibit List
 
(g)(i)
Investment Advisory Agreement
(g)(ii)
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement
(j)(i)
Custody Agreement
(j)(ii)
Foreign Custody Manager Agreement
(k)(i)(1)
Transfer Agency and Servicing Agreement
(k)(i)(2)
Amendment to Transfer Agency and Servicing Agreement
(k)(ii)(1)
Fund Accounting Agreement
(k)(ii)(2)
Amendment to Fund Accounting Agreement
(k)(iii)(1)
Administration Agreement
(k)(iii)(2)
Amendment to Administration Agreement
(k)(iv)(1)
Credit Agreement
(k)(iv)(2)
Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement
(k)(iv)(3)
Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement
(k)(iv)(4)
Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement
(k)(v)
Security Agreement
(k)(vi)
Collateral Account Control Agreement
(k)(vii)
Fee and Servicing Agreement
(n)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(r)(i)
Code of Ethics of the Registrant and the Adviser
(r)(ii)
Code of Ethics of the Sub-Adviser
(s)
Power of Attorney
(z)
Form of Prospectus Supplement for Common Shares Offering

 
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of October 26, 2010, between Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), and Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”).

WHEREAS, the Adviser has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Adviser is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
1. IN GENERAL. The Adviser agrees, all as more fully set forth herein, to act as investment adviser to the Trust with respect to the investment of the Trust’s assets and to supervise and arrange for the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the purchase of securities for and the sale of securities held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.
2. DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO INVESTMENT OF ASSETS OF THE TRUST. Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section and subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Adviser shall (i) act as investment adviser for and supervise and manage the investment and reinvestment of the Trust’s assets and, in connection therewith, have complete discretion in purchasing and selling securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (ii) supervise the investment program of the Trust and the composition of its investment portfolio; and (iii) arrange, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.  In performing its duties under this Section 2, the Adviser may delegate some or all of its duties and obligations under this Agreement to one or more sub-investment advisers; provided, however, that any such delegation shall be pursuant to an agreement with terms agreed upon by the Trust and approved in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and provided, further, that no such delegation shall relieve the Adviser from its duties and obligations of management and supervision of the management of the Trust’s assets pursuant to this Agreement and to applicable law.
3. DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE TRUST. The Adviser also agrees to furnish office facilities and equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and administrative services (other than such services, if any, provided by the Trust’s Custodian, Transfer Agent, Administrator and Dividend Disbursing Agent and other service providers) for the Trust. To the extent

requested by the Trust, the Adviser agrees to provide the following administrative services:
(a) Oversee the determination and publication of the Trust’s net asset value in accordance with the Trust’s policy as adopted from time to time by the Board of Trustees;
(b) Oversee the maintenance by the Trust’s Custodian and Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent of certain books and records of the Trust as required under Rule 31a-1(b)(4) of the 1940 Act and maintain (or oversee maintenance by the Trust’s Administrator or such other persons as approved by the Board of Trustees) such other books and records required by law or for the proper operation of the Trust;
(c) Oversee the preparation and filing of the Trust’s federal, state and local income tax returns and any other required tax returns;
(d) Review the appropriateness of and arrange for payment of the Trust’s expenses;
(e) Prepare (or oversee the preparation) for review and approval by officers of the Trust financial information for the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports, proxy statements and other communications with shareholders required or otherwise to be sent to Trust shareholders, and arrange for the printing and dissemination of such reports and communications to shareholders;
(f) Prepare (or oversee the preparation) for review by an officer of the Trust the Trust’s periodic financial reports required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on Form N-SAR, N-CSR and such other reports, forms and filings, as may be mutually agreed upon;
(g) Prepare reports relating to the business and affairs of the Trust as may be mutually agreed upon and not otherwise appropriately prepared by the Trust’s Custodian, counsel or auditors;
(h) Prepare (or oversee the preparation of) such information and reports as may be required by any stock exchange or exchanges on which the Trust’s shares are listed;
(i) Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance of the independent accountants as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
(j) Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance and fees of the Trust’s Custodian, Transfer Agent, Administrator and Dividend Disbursing Agent as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
2

(k) Oversee and review calculations of fees paid to the Trust’s service providers;
(l) Oversee the Trust’s portfolio and perform necessary calculations as required under Section 18 of the 1940 Act;
(m)              Consult with the Trust’s officers, independent accountants, legal counsel, Custodian, Administrator or other accounting agent, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent in establishing the accounting policies of the Trust and monitor financial and shareholder accounting services;
(n) Review implementation of any share purchase programs authorized by the Board of Trustees;
(o) Determine the amounts available for distribution as dividends and distributions to be paid by the Trust to its shareholders; prepare and arrange for the printing of dividend notices to shareholders; and provide the Trust’s Dividend Disbursing Agent and Custodian with such information as is required for such parties to effect the payment of dividends and distributions and to implement the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan;
(p) Prepare such information and reports as may be required by any banks from which the Trust borrows funds;
(q) Provide such assistance to the Custodian and the Trust’s counsel and auditors as generally may be required to properly carry on the business and operations of the Trust;
(r) Assist in the preparation and filing of Forms 3, 4, and 5 pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 30(f) of the 1940 Act for the officers and trustees of the Trust, such filings to be based on information provided by those persons;
(s) Respond to or refer to the Trust’s officers or Transfer Agent, shareholder (including any potential shareholder) inquiries relating to the Trust; and
(t) Supervise any other aspects of the Trust’s administration as may be agreed to by the Trust and the Adviser.
All services are to be furnished through the medium of any directors, officers or employees of the Adviser or its affiliates as the Adviser deems appropriate in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder. The Trust will reimburse the Adviser or its affiliates for all out-of- pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the performance of the administrative services described in this paragraph 3.
3

4. COVENANTS. In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Adviser:
(a) shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by:  (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the SEC; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objective and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust;
(b) will place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Adviser will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Adviser will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Adviser may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Adviser. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Adviser hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser to the Trust and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term.  In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Adviser, or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law; and
(c) will treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Adviser may be exposed to civil  or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.
5. SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Adviser or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Adviser or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Adviser will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
4

6. BOOKS AND RECORDS. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Adviser hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request. The Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.
7. AGENCY CROSS TRANSACTIONS. From time to time, the Adviser or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “Account”) securities which the Adviser’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Adviser or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from one or both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where the Adviser is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Adviser or an affiliate is receiving commissions from both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Adviser’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which permits the Adviser or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Adviser or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Adviser.
8. EXPENSES. During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred in connection with its duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or trustees fees of any officers or trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser.
9. COMPENSATION OF THE ADVISER.
(a) The Trust agrees to pay to the Adviser and the Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Adviser as such, a monthly fee in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.60% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities represented by indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and inverse floating rate securities, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage. For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.
5

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the total assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.
10. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.
(a) The Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by Adviser or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
(b) The Trust may, but shall not be required to, make advance payments to the Adviser in connection with the expenses of the Adviser in defending any action with respect to which damages or equitable relief might be sought against the Adviser under this Section (which payments shall be reimbursed to the Trust by the Adviser as provided below) if the Trust receives (i) a written affirmation of the Adviser’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for the limitation of liability in this Section has been met and (ii) a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust whether or not the Adviser shall be deemed to have liability under this Section, such reimbursement to be due upon (1) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought as to whether or not the Adviser is liable under this Section or (2) in the absence of such a decision, upon the request of the Adviser for reimbursement by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”). In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Adviser shall provide a security for such Adviser undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Adviser ultimately will be found not to be liable under this Section.
11. DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, without the
6

payment of any penalty, upon giving the Adviser 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Adviser), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Adviser on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust). This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)
12. NOTICES. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
13. AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.
14. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware for contracts to be per formed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
15. USE OF THE NAME “GUGGENHEIM.” Pursuant to a Trademark Sublicense Agreement, dated October 26, 2010, the Adviser has consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “Guggenheim” in the name of the Trust.
16. MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
17. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
7

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the foregoing instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and the year first above written.


GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS
MANAGED DURATION TRUST

By:    /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen
Name:  Mark E. Mathiasen
Title:    Secretary
 

 

GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT 
ADVISORS, LLC

By:    /s/ Kevin M. Robinson
Name:   Kevin M. Robinson
Title:     Senior Managing Director
 
8


INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of October 26, 2010, among Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), and Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC, a Delaware corporation (the “Sub-Adviser”).
WHEREAS, the Adviser has agreed to furnish investment management and advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) with respect to the assets of the Trust;
WHEREAS, the investment advisory agreement between the Adviser and the Trust dated as of October 26, 2010 (such agreement or the most recent successor agreement between such parties relating to advisory services to the Trust is referred to herein as the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) contemplates that the Adviser may sub-contract investment advisory services with respect to the Trust to a sub-adviser(s) pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement(s) agreeable to the Trust and approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act;
WHEREAS, the Adviser wishes to retain the Sub-Adviser to provide certain sub-advisory services;
WHEREAS, the Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”); and
WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
1. APPOINTMENT. The Adviser hereby appoints the Sub-Adviser to act as a sub-adviser with respect to the Trust as set forth in this Agreement and the Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.

2. SERVICES OF THE SUB-ADVISER. Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the oversight and supervision of the Adviser and the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Sub-Adviser will perform certain of the day-to-day operations of the Trust which may include one or more of the following services at the request of the Adviser: (i) managing the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Trust in accordance with the investment policies of the Trust; (ii)

arranging, subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets for the Trust; (iii) providing investment research and credit analysis concerning the assets of the Trust; (iv) placing orders for purchases and sales of assets of the Trust; (v) maintaining the books and records as are required to support Trust investment operations; (vi) monitoring on a daily basis the investment activities and portfolio holdings relating to the Trust; and (vii) voting proxies relating to the Trust’s portfolio securities in accordance with the proxy voting policies and procedures of the Sub-Adviser. At the request of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser will also, subject to the oversight and supervision of the Adviser and the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, consult with the Adviser as to the overall management of the assets of the Trust and the investment policies and practices of the Trust, including (but not limited to) the use by the Trust of financial leverage and elements (e.g., form, amount and costs) relating to such financial leverage and the utilization by the Trust of any interest rate or other hedging or risk management transactions in connection therewith, and will perform any of the services described in the Investment Advisory Agreement.  In addition, the Sub-Adviser will keep the Trust and the Adviser informed of developments materially affecting the Trust and shall, upon request, furnish to the Trust all information relevant to such developments. The Sub-Adviser will periodically communicate to the Adviser, at such times as the Adviser may direct, information concerning the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust, including: (i) the name of the issuer, (ii) the amount of the purchase or sale, (iii) the name of the broker or dealer, if any, through which the purchase or sale is effected, (iv) the CUSIP number of the instrument, if any, and (v) such other information as the Adviser may reasonably require for purposes of fulfilling its obligations to the Trust under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Sub-Adviser will provide the services rendered by it under this Agreement in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective, policies and restrictions (as currently in effect and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time) as stated in the Trust’s Prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as part of the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 and the resolutions of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.  The Trust shall maintain its books and records, and the Sub-Adviser shall have no responsibility with respect thereto, other than its obligations under the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act or other applicable law.  In addition, the Sub-Adviser may, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act and other applicable law, aggregate purchase and sale orders being made simultaneously for other accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates and allocate the securities so purchased or sold, as well as expenses incurred in the transaction, among the Trust and other accounts in an equitable manner.

3. COVENANTS. In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser:

(a) shall at all times comply and act in accordance with: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the SEC thereunder; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the
2

Trust as set forth in the Trust’s Prospectus filed with the SEC as part of the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies, determinations and/or resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Trust or the Adviser;
(b) will place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Adviser will obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Sub-Adviser will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Sub-Adviser may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, as the case may be. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser to the Trust and their other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law;
(c) maintain books and records with respect to the Trust’s securities transactions and render to the Adviser and the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as they may reasonably request;  and
(d) treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all non-public records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder.
4. SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Sub-Adviser or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that any of the foregoing activities are consistent with applicable law and the Sub-Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to the Trust.

5. BOOKS AND RECORDS. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request. The Sub-Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.
3


6. AGENCY CROSS TRANSACTIONS. From time to time, the Sub-Adviser or brokers or dealers affiliated with the Sub-Adviser may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “Account”) securities which the Sub-Adviser’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Sub-Adviser or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where a Sub-Adviser is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Sub-Adviser or an affiliate is receiving commissions from one or both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Sub-Adviser’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Advisers Act which permits an Sub-Adviser or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account, consistent with any policies and procedures that may be adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, and this Agreement shall constitute executed, written consent of the Trust for the Sub-Adviser engaging in agency cross transactions. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Sub-Adviser.

7. EXPENSES. During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred by the Sub-Adviser in connection with their duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or trustees, fees of any officers or trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Sub-Adviser.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible for any expenses of the Adviser or the Trust not specifically set forth in this Section 8 or otherwise in any written agreement between the Sub-Adviser and the Trust or the Adviser, as the case may be.

8. COMPENSATION.

(a) The Adviser agrees to pay to the Sub-Adviser and the Sub-Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Sub-Adviser as such, a monthly fee payable in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.30% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.  “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities represented by indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and inverse floating rate securities, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage.  For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in
4

effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.

(b)              For purposes of this Agreement, the total assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.

9. CERTAIN INFORMATION. The Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Adviser in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) the Sub-Adviser failing to be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, (b) the Sub-Adviser having been served or otherwise have notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the Trust, (c) the occurrence of any change in control of the Sub-Adviser or any parent of the Sub-Adviser within the meaning of the 1940 Act, or (d) the occurrence of any material adverse change in the business or financial position of the Sub-Adviser.

10. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.

(a) The Sub-Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Adviser or by the Trust (or their respective agents) in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.

(b) The Trust may, but shall not be required to, make advance payments to the Sub-Adviser in connection with the expenses of the Sub-Adviser in defending any action with respect to which damages or equitable relief might be sought against the Sub-Adviser under this Section (which payments shall be reimbursed to the Trust by the Sub-Adviser as provided below) if the Trust receives (i) a written affirmation of the Sub-Adviser’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for the limitation of liability in this Section has been met and (ii) a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust whether or not the Sub-Adviser shall be deemed to have liability under this Section, such reimbursement to be due upon (1) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought as to whether or not the Sub-Adviser is liable under this Section or (2) in the absence of such a decision, upon the request of the Sub-Adviser for reimbursement by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”). In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Sub-Adviser shall provide a security for such Sub-Adviser undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust or an
5

independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is a reasonable belief that the Sub-Adviser ultimately will be found not to be liable under this Section.

11. DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and shall continue (unless terminated automatically as set forth below) in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees, who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Sub-Adviser 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Sub-Adviser), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Sub-Adviser on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust), and will terminate automatically upon any termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Adviser. This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)

12. NOTICES. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.

13. AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.

    14.                GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.

15. USE OF THE NAME “GUGGENHEIM.” Pursuant to a Trademark Sublicense Agreement, dated October 26, 2010, the Sub-Adviser has
6

consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “Guggenheim” in the name of the Trust.

16. MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or other wise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

17. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
7

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT
ADVISORS, LLC


 
By:
 /s/ Kevin M. Robinson
 
   
Name:  Kevin M. Robinson
Title:    Senior Managing Director
 
 
 
GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS ASSET
MANAGEMENT, LLC


 
By:
 /s/ Anne B. Walsh
 
   
Name:  Anne B. Walsh
Title:    Treasurer
 
 
 
GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS
MANAGED DURATION TRUST


 
By:
 /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen
 
   
Name:  Mark E. Mathiasen
Title:    Secretary
 

 

 

 
CUSTODY AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT, dated as of October 26, 2010 between Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware having its principal office and place of business at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532 (the “Fund”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York corporation authorized to do a banking business having its principal office and place of business at 101 Barclay 11E, New York, New York 10286 (“Custodian”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
That for and in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth the Fund and Custodian agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words shall have the meanings set forth below:
1. “Authorized Person” shall be any person, whether or not an officer or employee of the Fund, duly authorized by the Fund’s board to execute any Certificate or to give any Oral Instruction with respect to one or more Accounts, such persons to be designated in a Certificate annexed hereto as Schedule I hereto or such other Certificate as may be received by Custodian from time to time.
2. “BNY Affiliate” shall mean any office, branch or subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation.
3. “Book‑Entry System” shall mean the Federal Reserve/Treasury book‑entry system for receiving and delivering securities, its successors and nominees.
4. “Business Day” shall mean any day on which Custodian and relevant Depositories are open for business.
5. “Certificate” shall mean any notice, instruction, or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, which is actually received by Custodian by letter or facsimile transmission and signed on behalf of the Fund by an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.
6. “Composite Currency Unit” shall mean the Euro or any other composite currency unit consisting of the aggregate of specified amounts of specified currencies, as such unit may be constituted from time to time.
7. “Depository” shall include (a) the Book-Entry System, (b) the Depository Trust Company, (c) any other clearing agency or securities depository registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission identified to the Fund from time to time, and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.

8. “Foreign Depository” shall mean (a) Euroclear, (b) Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, (c) each Eligible Securities Depository as defined in Rule 17f‑7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, identified to the Fund from time to time, and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.
9. “Instructions” shall meancommunications actually received by Custodian by S.W.I.F.T., tested telex, letter, facsimile transmission, or other method or system specified by Custodian as available for use in connection with the services hereunder.
10. “Oral Instructions” shall mean verbal instructions received by Custodian from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.
11. “Series” shall mean the various portfolios, if any, of the Fund listed on Schedule II hereto, and if none are listed references to Series shall be references to the Fund.
12. “Securities” shall include, without limitation, any common stock and other equity securities, bonds, debentures and other debt securities, notes, mortgages or other obligations, and any instruments representing rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe for the same, or representing any other rights or interests therein (whether represented by a certificate or held in a Depository or by a Subcustodian).
13. “Subcustodian” shall mean a bank (including any branch thereof) or other financial institution (other than a Foreign Depository) located outside the U.S. which is utilized by Custodian in connection with the purchase, sale or custody of Securities hereunder and identified to the Fund from time to time, and their respective successors and nominees.
ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN; ACCOUNTS;
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS
1. (a) The Fund hereby appoints Custodian as custodian of all Securities and cash at any time delivered to Custodian during the term of this Agreement, and authorizes Custodian to hold Securities in registered form in its name or the name of its nominees.  Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to establish and maintain one or more securities accounts and cash accounts for each Series in which Custodian will hold Securities and cash as provided herein.  Custodian shall maintain books and records segregating the assets of each Series from the assets of any other Series.  Such accounts (each, an “Account,” and collectively, the “Accounts”) shall be in the name of the Fund.
(b) Custodian may from time to time establish on its books and records such sub-accounts within each Account as the Fund and Custodian may agree upon (each a “Special
2

Account”), and Custodian shall reflect therein such assets as the Fund may specify in a Certificate or Instructions.
(c) Custodian may from time to time establish pursuant to a written agreement with and for the benefit of a broker, dealer, future commission merchant or other third party identified in a Certificate or Instructions such accounts on such terms and conditions as the Fund and Custodian shall agree, and Custodian shall transfer to such account such Securities and money as the Fund may specify in a Certificate or Instructions.
2. The Fund hereby represents and warrants, which representations and warranties shall be continuing and shall be deemed to be reaffirmed upon each delivery of a Certificate or each giving of Oral Instructions or Instructions by the Fund, that:
(a) It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement, and to perform its obligations hereunder;
(b) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, approved by a resolution of its board, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and there is no statute, regulation, rule, order or judgment binding on it, and no provision of its charter or by-laws, nor of any mortgage, indenture, credit agreement or other contract binding on it or affecting its property, which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement;
(c) It is conducting its business in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and requirements, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory licenses, approvals and consents necessary to carry on its business as now conducted;
(d) It will not use the services provided by Custodian hereunder in any manner that is, or will result in, a violation of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Fund;
(e) Its board or its foreign custody manager, as defined in Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “40 Act”), has determined that use of each Subcustodian (including any Replacement Custodian) which Custodian is authorized to utilize in accordance with Section 1(a) of Article III hereof satisfies the applicable requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f‑5 thereunder;
(f) The Fund or its investment adviser has determined that the custody arrangements of each Foreign Depository provide reasonable safeguards against the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with such Foreign Depository within the meaning of Rule 17f‑7 under the ‘40 Act;
(g) It is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with various methods of transmitting Instructions and Oral Instructions and delivering Certificates to Custodian, shall, and shall cause each Authorized Person, to safeguard and treat with extreme care any user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys, understands that there may be more secure methods of transmitting or delivering the same than the methods
3

selected by the Fund, agrees that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection therewith provide a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances, and acknowledges and agrees that Instructions need not be reviewed by Custodian, may conclusively be presumed by Custodian to have been given by person(s) duly authorized,  and may be acted upon as given;
(h) It shall manage its borrowings, including, without limitation, any advance or overdraft (including any day-light overdraft) in the Accounts, so that the aggregate of its total borrowings for each Series does not exceed the amount such Series is permitted to borrow under the ‘40 Act;
(i) Its transmission or giving of, and Custodian acting upon and in reliance on, Certificates, Instructions, or Oral Instructions pursuant to this Agreement shall at all times comply with the ‘40 Act;
(j) It shall impose and maintain restrictions on the destinations to which cash may be disbursed by Instructions to ensure that each disbursement is for a proper purpose; and
(k) It has the right to make the pledge and grant the security interest and security entitlement to Custodian contained in Section 1 of Article V hereof, free of any right of redemption or prior claim of any other person or entity, such pledge and such grants shall have a first priority subject to no setoffs, counterclaims, or other liens or grants prior to or on a parity therewith, and it shall take such additional steps as Custodian may require to assure such priority.
3. The Fund hereby covenants that it shall from time to time complete and execute and deliver to Custodian upon Custodian’s request a Form FR U-1 (or successor form) whenever the Fund borrows from Custodian any money to be used for the purchase or carrying of margin stock as defined in Federal Reserve Regulation U.
ARTICLE III
CUSTODY AND RELATED SERVICES
1. (a) Subject to the terms hereof, the Fund hereby authorizes Custodian to hold any Securities received by it from time to time for the Fund’s account.  Custodian shall be entitled to utilize, subject to subsection (c) of this Section 1, Depositories, Subcustodians, and, subject to subsection (d) of this Section 1, Foreign Depositories, to the extent possible in connection with its performance hereunder.  Securities and cash held in a Depository or Foreign Depository will be held subject to the rules, terms and conditions of such entity.  Securities and cash held through Subcustodians shall be held subject to the terms and conditions of Custodian’s agreements with such Subcustodians.  Subcustodians may be authorized to hold Securities in Foreign Depositories in which such Subcustodians participate.  Unless otherwise required by local law or practice or a particular subcustodian agreement, Securities deposited with a Subcustodian, a Depositary or a Foreign Depository will be held in a commingled account, in the name of Custodian, holding only  Securities held by Custodian as custodian for its customers.  Custodian shall identify on its books and records the Securities and cash belonging to the Fund,
4

whether held directly or indirectly through Depositories, Foreign Depositories, or Subcustodians.  Custodian shall, directly or indirectly through Subcustodians, Depositories, or Foreign Depositories, endeavor, to the extent feasible, to hold Securities in the country or other jurisdiction in which the principal trading market for such Securities is located, where such Securities are to be presented for cancellation and/or payment and/or registration, or where such Securities are acquired.  Custodian at any time may cease utilizing any Subcustodian and/or may replace a Subcustodian with a different Subcustodian (the “Replacement Subcustodian”).  In the event Custodian selects a Replacement Subcustodian, Custodian shall not utilize such Replacement Subcustodian until after the Fund’s board or foreign custody manager has determined that utilization of such Replacement Subcustodian satisfies the requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder.
(b) Unless Custodian has received a Certificate or Instructions to the contrary, Custodian shall hold Securities indirectly through a Subcustodian only if (i) the Securities are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of such Subcustodian or its creditors or operators, including a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or similar authority, except for a claim of payment for the safe custody or administration of Securities on behalf of the Fund by such Subcustodian, and (ii) beneficial ownership of the Securities is freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration.
(c) With respect to each Depository, Custodian (i) shall exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duties as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain Securities or financial assets deposited or held in such Depository, and (ii) will provide, promptly upon request by the Fund, such reports as are available concerning the internal accounting controls and financial strength of Custodian.
(d) With respect to each Foreign Depository, Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, prudence, and diligence (i) to provide the Fund with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Foreign Depository, and (ii) to monitor such custody risks on a continuing basis and promptly notify the Fund of any material change in such risks.  The Fund acknowledges and agrees that such analysis and monitoring shall be made on the basis of, and limited by, information gathered from Subcustodians or through publicly available information otherwise obtained by Custodian, and shall not include any evaluation of Country Risks.  As used herein the term “Country Risks” shall mean with respect to any Foreign Depository:  (a) the financial infrastructure of the country in which it is organized, (b) such country’s prevailing custody and settlement practices, (c) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions, (d) such country’s regulation of the banking or securities industry, (e) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations, and (f) market conditions which affect the order execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.
2. Custodian shall furnish the Fund with an advice of daily transactions (including a confirmation of each transfer of Securities) and a monthly summary of all transfers to or from the Accounts.
5

3. With respect to all Securities held hereunder, Custodian shall, unless otherwise instructed to the contrary:
(a) Receive all income and other payments and advise the Fund as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;
(b) Present for payment and receive the amount paid upon all Securities which may mature and advise the Fund as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;
(c) Forward to the Fund copies of all information or documents that it may actually receive from an issuer of Securities which, in the opinion of Custodian, are intended for the beneficial owner of Securities;
(d) Execute, as custodian, any certificates of ownership, affidavits, declarations or other certificates under any tax laws now or hereafter in effect in connection with the collection of bond and note coupons;
(e) Hold directly or through a Depository, a Foreign Depository, or a Subcustodian all rights and similar Securities issued with respect to any Securities credited to an Account hereunder; and
(f) Endorse for collection checks, drafts or other negotiable instruments.
4. (a) Custodian shall notify the Fund of rights or discretionary actions with respect to Securities held hereunder, and of the date or dates by when such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken, provided that Custodian has actually received, from the issuer or the relevant Depository (with respect to Securities issued in the United States) or from the relevant Subcustodian, Foreign Depository, or a nationally or internationally recognized bond or corporate action service to which Custodian subscribes, timely notice of such rights or discretionary corporate action or of the date or dates such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken.  Absent actual receipt of such notice, Custodian shall have no liability for failing to so notify the Fund.
(b) Whenever Securities (including, but not limited to, warrants, options, tenders, options to tender or non‑mandatory puts or calls) confer discretionary rights on the Fund or provide for discretionary action or alternative courses of action by the Fund, the Fund shall be responsible for making any decisions relating thereto and for directing Custodian to act.  In order for Custodian to act, it must receive the Fund’s Certificate or Instructions at Custodian’s offices, addressed as Custodian may from time to time request, not later than noon (New York time) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the last scheduled date to act with respect to such Securities (or such earlier date or time as Custodian may specify to the Fund).  Absent Custodian’s timely receipt of such Certificate or Instructions, Custodian shall not be liable for failure to take any action relating to or to exercise any rights conferred by such Securities.
5. All voting rights with respect to Securities, however registered, shall be exercised by the Fund or its designee.  Custodian will make available to the Fund proxy voting services upon
6

the request of, and for the jurisdictions selected by, the Fund in accordance with terms and conditions to be mutually agreed upon by Custodian and the Fund.
6. Custodian shall promptly advise the Fund upon Custodian’s actual receipt of notification of the partial redemption, partial payment or other action affecting less than all Securities of the relevant class.  If Custodian, any Subcustodian, any Depository, or any Foreign Depository holds any Securities in which the Fund has an interest as part of a fungible mass, Custodian, such Subcustodian, Depository, or Foreign Depository may select the Securities to participate in such partial redemption, partial payment or other action in any non-discriminatory manner that it customarily uses to make such selection.
7. Custodian shall not under any circumstances accept bearer interest coupons which have been stripped from United States federal, state or local government or agency securities unless explicitly agreed to by Custodian in writing.
8. The Fund shall be liable for all taxes, assessments, duties and other governmental charges, including any interest or penalty with respect thereto (“Taxes”), with respect to any cash or Securities held on behalf of the Fund or any transaction related thereto.  The Fund shall indemnify Custodian and each Subcustodian for the amount of any Tax that Custodian, any such Subcustodian or any other withholding agent is required under applicable laws (whether by assessment or otherwise) to pay on behalf of, or in respect of income earned by or payments or distributions made to or for the account of the Fund (including any payment of Tax required by reason of an earlier failure to withhold).  Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or other withholding agent to, withhold the amount of any Tax which is required to be withheld under applicable law upon collection of any dividend, interest or other distribution made with respect to any Security and any proceeds or income from the sale, loan or other transfer of any Security.  In the event that Custodian or any Subcustodian is required under applicable law to pay any Tax on behalf of the Fund, Custodian is hereby authorized to withdraw cash from any cash account in the amount required to pay such Tax and to use such cash, or to remit such cash to the appropriate Subcustodian or other withholding agent, for the timely payment of such Tax in the manner required by applicable law.  If the aggregate amount of cash in all cash accounts is not sufficient to pay such Tax, Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund of the additional amount of cash (in the appropriate currency) required, and the Fund shall directly deposit such additional amount in the appropriate cash account promptly after receipt of such notice, for use by Custodian as specified herein.  In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that Fund is eligible, pursuant to applicable law or to the provisions of any tax treaty, for a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax which is otherwise required to be withheld or paid on behalf of the Fund under any applicable law, Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or withholding agent to, either withhold or pay such Tax at such reduced rate or refrain from withholding or paying such Tax, as appropriate; provided that Custodian shall have received from the Fund all documentary evidence of residence or other qualification for such reduced rate or exemption required to be received under such applicable law or treaty.  In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax is obtainable only by means of an application for refund, Custodian and the applicable Subcustodian shall have no responsibility for the accuracy or validity of any forms or documentation provided by the Fund to Custodian hereunder.  The Fund hereby agrees
7

to indemnify and hold harmless Custodian and each Subcustodian in respect of any liability arising from any underwithholding or underpayment of any Tax which results from the inaccuracy or invalidity of any such forms or other documentation, and such obligation to indemnify shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.
9. (a) For the purpose of settling Securities and foreign exchange transactions, the Fund shall provide Custodian with sufficient immediately available funds for all transactions by such time and date as conditions in the relevant market dictate. As used herein, “sufficient immediately available funds” shall mean either (i) sufficient cash denominated in U.S. dollars to purchase the necessary foreign currency, or (ii) sufficient applicable foreign currency, to settle the transaction.  Custodian shall provide the Fund with immediately available funds each day which result from the actual settlement of all sale transactions, based upon advices received by Custodian from Subcustodians, Depositories, and Foreign Depositories.  Such funds shall be in U.S. dollars or such other currency as the Fund may specify to Custodian.
(b) Any foreign exchange transaction effected by Custodian in connection with this Agreement may be entered with Custodian or a BNY Affiliate acting as principal or otherwise through customary banking channels.  The Fund may issue a standing Certificate or Instructions with respect to foreign exchange transactions, but Custodian may establish rules or limitations concerning any foreign exchange facility made available to the Fund.  The Fund shall bear all risks of investing in Securities or holding cash denominated in a foreign currency.
10. Until such time as Custodian receives a certificate to the contrary with respect to a particular Security, Custodian may release the identity of the Fund to an issuer which requests such information pursuant to the Shareholder Communications Act of 1985 for the specific purpose of direct communications between such issuer and shareholder.
ARTICLE IV
PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES;
CREDITS TO ACCOUNT
1. Promptly after each purchase or sale of Securities by the Fund, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions, or with respect to a purchase or sale of a Security generally required to be settled on the same day the purchase or sale is made, Oral Instructions specifying all information Custodian may reasonably request to settle such purchase or sale.  Custodian shall account for all purchases and sales of Securities on the actual settlement date unless otherwise agreed by Custodian.
2. The Fund understands that when Custodian is instructed to deliver Securities against payment, delivery of such Securities and receipt of payment therefor may not be completed simultaneously.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, settlements, payments and deliveries of Securities may be effected by Custodian or any Subcustodian in accordance with the customary or established securities trading or securities processing practices and procedures in the jurisdiction in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivery to a purchaser or dealer therefor (or agent) against receipt with the expectation of
8

receiving later payment for such Securities.  The Fund assumes full responsibility for all risks, including, without limitation, credit risks, involved in connection with such deliveries of Securities.
3. Custodian may, as a matter of bookkeeping convenience or by separate agreement with the Fund, credit the Account with the proceeds from the sale, redemption or other disposition of Securities or interest, dividends or other distributions payable on Securities prior to its actual receipt of final payment therefor.  All such credits shall be conditional until Custodian’s actual receipt of final payment and may be reversed by Custodian to the extent that final payment is not received.  Payment with respect to a transaction will not be “final” until Custodian shall have received immediately available funds which under applicable local law, rule and/or practice are irreversible and not subject to any security interest, levy or other encumbrance, and which are specifically applicable to such transaction.
ARTICLE V
OVERDRAFTS OR INDEBTEDNESS
1. If Custodian should in its sole discretion advance funds on behalf of any Series which results in an overdraft (including, without limitation, any day-light overdraft) because the money held by Custodian in an Account for such Series shall be insufficient to pay the total amount payable upon a purchase of Securities specifically allocated to such Series, as set forth in a Certificate, Instructions or Oral Instructions, or if an overdraft arises in the separate account of a Series for some other reason, including, without limitation, because of a reversal of a conditional credit or the purchase of any currency, or if the Fund is for any other reason indebted to Custodian with respect to a Series, including any indebtedness to The Bank of New York Mellon under the Fund’s Cash Management and Related Services Agreement (except a borrowing for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities as collateral pursuant to a separate agreement and subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article), such overdraft or indebtedness shall be deemed to be a loan made by Custodian to the Fund for such Series payable on demand and shall bear interest from the date incurred at a rate per annum ordinarily charged by Custodian to its institutional customers, as such rate may be adjusted from time to time.  In addition, the Fund hereby agrees that Custodian shall to the maximum extent permitted by law have a continuing lien, security interest, and security entitlement in and to any property, including, without limitation, any investment property or any financial asset, of such Series at any time held by Custodian for the benefit of such Series or in which such Series may have an interest which is then in Custodian’s possession or control or in possession or control of any third party acting in Custodian’s behalf.  The Fund authorizes Custodian, in its sole discretion, at any time to charge any such overdraft or indebtedness together with interest due thereon against any balance of account standing to such Series’ credit on Custodian’s books.
2. If the Fund borrows money from any bank (including Custodian if the borrowing is pursuant to a separate agreement) for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities held by Custodian hereunder as collateral for such borrowings, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate specifying with respect to each such borrowing:  (a) the Series to which such borrowing relates; (b) the name of the bank, (c) the amount of the borrowing, (d) the time and date, if known, on which the loan is to be entered into, (e) the total amount payable to
9

the Fund on the borrowing date, (f) the Securities to be delivered as collateral for such loan, including the name of the issuer, the title and the number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities, and (g) a statement specifying whether such loan is for investment purposes or for temporary or emergency purposes and that such loan is in conformance with the ‘40 Act and the Fund’s prospectus.  Custodian shall deliver on the borrowing date specified in a Certificate the specified collateral against payment by the lending bank of the total amount of the loan payable, provided that the same conforms to the total amount payable as set forth in the Certificate.   Custodian may, at the option of the lending bank, keep such collateral in its possession, but such collateral shall be subject to all rights therein given the lending bank by virtue of any promissory note or loan agreement.  Custodian shall deliver such Securities as additional collateral as may be specified in a Certificate to collateralize further any transaction described in this Section.  The Fund shall cause all Securities released from collateral status to be returned directly to Custodian, and Custodian shall receive from time to time such return of collateral as may be tendered to it.   In the event that the Fund fails to specify in a Certificate the Series, the name of the issuer, the title and number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities to be delivered as collateral by Custodian, Custodian shall not be under any obligation to deliver any Securities.
ARTICLE VI
SALE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES
1. Whenever the Fund shall sell any shares issued by the Fund (“Shares”) it shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions specifying the amount of money and/or Securities to be received by Custodian for the sale of such Shares and specifically allocated to an Account for such Series.
2. Upon receipt of such money, Custodian shall credit such money to an Account in the name of the Series for which such money was received. 
3. Except as provided hereinafter, whenever the Fund desires Custodian to make payment out of the money held by Custodian hereunder in connection with a redemption of any Shares, it shall furnish to Custodian (a) a resolution of the Fund’s board directing the Fund’s transfer agent to redeem the Shares, and (b) a Certificate or Instructions specifying the total amount to be paid for such Shares.  Custodian shall make payment of such total amount to the transfer agent specified in such Certificate or Instructions out of the money held in an Account of the appropriate Series.
ARTICLE VII
PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS OR DISTRIBUTIONS
1. Whenever the Fund shall determine to pay a dividend or distribution on Shares it shall furnish to Custodian Instructions or a Certificate setting forth with respect to the Series specified therein the date of the declaration of such dividend or distribution, the total amount payable, and the payment date.
10

2. Upon the payment date specified in such Instructions or Certificate, Custodian shall pay out of the money held for the account of such Series the total amount payable to the dividend agent of the Fund specified therein.
ARTICLE VIII
CONCERNING CUSTODIAN
1. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Custodian shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees (collectively, “Losses”), incurred by or asserted against the Fund, except those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct.  Custodian shall have no liability whatsoever for the action or inaction of any Depositories or of any Foreign Depositories, except in each case to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian’s failure to fulfill its duties hereunder.  With respect to any Losses incurred by the Fund as a result of the acts or any failures to act by any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Affiliate), Custodian shall take appropriate action to recover such Losses from such Subcustodian; and Custodian’s sole responsibility and liability to the Fund shall be limited to amounts so received from such Subcustodian (exclusive of costs and expenses incurred by Custodian).  In no event shall Custodian be liable to the Fund or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement, nor shall BNY or any Subcustodian be liable:  (i) for acting in accordance with any Certificate or Oral Instructions  actually received by Custodian and reasonably believed by Custodian to be given by an Authorized Person; (ii) for acting in accordance with Instructions without reviewing the same; (iii) for conclusively presuming that all Instructions are given only by person(s) duly authorized; (iv) for conclusively presuming that all disbursements of cash directed by the Fund, whether by a Certificate, an Oral Instruction, or an Instruction, are in accordance with Section 2(i) of Article II hereof; (v) for holding property in any particular country, including, but not limited to, Losses resulting from nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; regulation of the banking or securities industry; exchange or currency controls or restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; availability of cash or Securities or market conditions which prevent the transfer of property or execution of Securities transactions or affect the value of property; (vi) for any Losses due to forces beyond the control of Custodian, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, or interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; (vii) for the insolvency of any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Affiliate), any Depository, or, except to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian’s failure to fulfill its duties hereunder, any Foreign Depository; or (viii) for any Losses arising from the applicability of any law or regulation now or hereafter in effect, or from the occurrence of any event, including, without limitation, implementation or adoption of any rules or procedures of a Foreign Depository, which may affect, limit, prevent or impose costs or burdens on, the transferability, convertibility, or availability of any currency or Composite Currency Unit in any country or on the transfer of any Securities, and in no event shall Custodian be obligated to substitute another currency for a currency (including a currency that is a component of a Composite Currency Unit) whose transferability, convertibility or availability has been affected, limited, or prevented by such law, regulation or event, and to the extent that any such law, regulation or event imposes a cost or charge upon Custodian in relation to the
11

transferability, convertibility, or availability of any cash currency or Composite Currency Unit, such cost or charge shall be for the account of the Fund, and Custodian may treat any account denominated in an affected currency as a group of separate accounts denominated in the relevant component currencies.
(b) Custodian may enter into subcontracts, agreements and understandings with any BNY Affiliate, whenever and on such terms and conditions as it deems necessary or appropriate to perform its services hereunder.  No such subcontract, agreement or understanding shall discharge Custodian from its obligations hereunder.
(c) The Fund agrees to indemnify Custodian and hold Custodian harmless from and against any and all Losses sustained or incurred by or asserted against Custodian by reason of or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of Custodian’s performance hereunder, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel incurred by Custodian in a successful defense of claims by the Fund; provided however, that the Fund shall not indemnify Custodian for those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct.  This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.
2. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Custodian shall be under no obligation to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:
(a) Any Losses incurred by the Fund or any other person as a result of the receipt or acceptance of fraudulent, forged or invalid Securities, or Securities which are otherwise not freely transferable or deliverable without encumbrance in any relevant market;
(b) The validity of the issue of any Securities purchased, sold, or written by or for the Fund, the legality of the purchase, sale or writing thereof, or the propriety of the amount paid or received therefor;
(c) The legality of the sale or redemption of any Shares, or the propriety of the amount to be received or paid therefor;
(d) The legality of the declaration or payment of any dividend or distribution by the Fund;
(e) The legality of any borrowing by the Fund;
(f) The legality of any loan of portfolio Securities, nor shall Custodian be under any duty or obligation to see to it that any cash or collateral delivered to it by a broker, dealer or financial institution or held by it at any time as a result of such loan of portfolio Securities is adequate security for the Fund against any loss it might sustain as a result of such loan, which duty or obligation shall be the sole responsibility of the Fund.  In addition, Custodian shall be under no duty or obligation to see that any broker, dealer or financial institution to which portfolio Securities of the Fund are lent makes payment to it of any dividends or interest which are payable to or for the account of the Fund during the period of such loan or at the termination
12

of such loan, provided, however that Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund in the event that such dividends or interest are not paid and received when due;
(g) The sufficiency or value of any amounts of money and/or Securities held in any Special Account in connection with transactions by the Fund; whether any broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member makes payment to the Fund of any variation margin payment or similar payment which the Fund may be entitled to receive from such broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member, or whether any payment received by Custodian from any broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member is the amount the Fund is entitled to receive, or to notify the Fund of Custodian’s receipt or non-receipt of any such payment; or
(h) Whether any Securities at any time delivered to, or held by it or by any Subcustodian, for the account of the Fund and specifically allocated to a Series are such as properly may be held by the Fund or such Series under the provisions of its then current prospectus and statement of additional information, or to ascertain whether any transactions by the Fund, whether or not involving Custodian, are such transactions as may properly be engaged in by the Fund.
3. Custodian may, with respect to questions of law specifically regarding an Account, obtain the advice of counsel and shall be fully protected with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in conformity with such advice.
4. Custodian shall be under no obligation to take action to collect any amount payable on Securities in default, or if payment is refused after due demand and presentment.
5. Custodian shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire into, make recommendations, supervise, or determine the suitability of any transactions affecting any Account.
6. The Fund shall pay to Custodian the fees and charges as may be specifically agreed upon from time to time and such other fees and charges at Custodian’s standard rates for such services as may be applicable.  The Fund shall reimburse Custodian for all costs associated with the conversion of the Fund’s Securities hereunder and the transfer of Securities and records kept in connection with this Agreement.  The Fund shall also reimburse Custodian for out‑of‑pocket expenses which are a normal incident of the services provided hereunder.
7. Custodian has the right to debit any cash account for any amount payable by the Fund in connection with any and all obligations of the Fund to Custodian.  In addition to the rights of Custodian under applicable law and other agreements, at any time when the Fund shall not have honored any of its obligations to Custodian, Custodian shall have the right without notice to the Fund to retain or set-off, against such obligations of the Fund, any Securities or cash Custodian or a BNY Affiliate may directly or indirectly hold for the account of the Fund, and any obligations (whether matured or unmatured) that Custodian or a BNY Affiliate may have to the Fund in any currency or Composite Currency Unit.  Any such asset of, or obligation to, the Fund may be transferred to Custodian and any BNY Affiliate in order to effect the above rights.
13

8. The Fund agrees to forward to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions confirming Oral Instructions by the close of business of the same day that such Oral Instructions are given to Custodian.  The Fund agrees that the fact that such confirming Certificate or Instructions are not received or that a contrary Certificate or contrary Instructions are received by Custodian shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of transactions authorized by such Oral Instructions and effected by Custodian.  If the Fund elects to transmit Instructions through an on-line communications system offered by Custodian, the Fund’s use thereof shall be subject to the Terms and Conditions attached as Appendix I hereto.  If Custodian receives Instructions which appear on their face to have been transmitted by an Authorized Person via (i) computer facsimile, email, the Internet or other insecure electronic method, or (ii) secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys, the Fund understands and agrees that Custodian cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that Custodian shall conclusively presume that such Written Instructions have been sent by an Authorized Person, and the Fund shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Persons transmit such Instructions to Custodian.  If the Fund elects (with Custodian’s prior consent) to transmit Instructions through an on-line communications service owned or operated by a third party, the Fund agrees that Custodian shall not be responsible or liable for the reliability or availability of any such service.
9. The books and records pertaining to the Fund which are in possession of Custodian shall be the property of the Fund.  Such books and records shall be prepared and maintained as required by the ‘40 Act and the rules thereunder. The Fund, or its authorized representatives, shall have access to such books and records during Custodian’s normal business hours.  Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by Custodian to the Fund or its authorized representative.  Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, Custodian shall provide in hard copy or on computer disc any records included in any such delivery which are maintained by Custodian on a computer disc, or are similarly maintained.
10. It is understood that Custodian is authorized to supply any information regarding the Accounts which is required by any law, regulation or rule now or hereafter in effect.  The Custodian shall provide the Fund with any report obtained by the Custodian on the system of internal accounting control of a Depository, and with such reports on its own system of internal accounting control as the Fund may reasonably request from time to time.
11. Custodian shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be implied against Custodian in connection with this Agreement.
ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION
1. Either of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than ninety (90) days after the date of giving of such notice.  In the event such notice is given by the Fund, it shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, electing to terminate this Agreement and designating a
14

successor custodian or custodians, each of which shall be a bank or trust company eligible to serve as a custodian of a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  In the event such notice is given by Custodian, the Fund shall, on or before the termination date, deliver to Custodian a copy of a resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, designating a successor custodian or custodians.  In the absence of such designation by the Fund, Custodian may designate a successor custodian which shall be a bank or trust company eligible to serve as custodian for a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  Upon the date set forth in such notice this Agreement shall terminate, and Custodian shall upon receipt of a notice of acceptance by the successor custodian on that date deliver directly to the successor custodian all Securities and money then owned by the Fund and held by it as Custodian, after deducting all fees, expenses and other amounts for the payment or reimbursement of which it shall then be entitled.
2. If a successor custodian is not designated by the Fund or Custodian in accordance with the preceding Section, the Fund shall upon the date specified in the notice of termination of this Agreement and upon the delivery by Custodian of all Securities (other than Securities which cannot be delivered to the Fund) and money then owned by the Fund be deemed to be its own custodian and Custodian shall thereby be relieved of all duties and responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement, other than the duty with respect to Securities which cannot be delivered to the Fund to hold such Securities hereunder in accordance with this Agreement.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
1. The Fund agrees to furnish to Custodian a new Certificate of Authorized Persons in the event of any change in the then present Authorized Persons.  Until such new Certificate is received, Custodian shall be fully protected in acting upon Certificates or Oral Instructions of such present Authorized Persons.
2. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, shall be sufficiently given if addressed to Custodian and received by it at its offices at 101 Barclay 11E, New York, New York 10286, or at such other place as Custodian may from time to time designate in writing.
3. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Fund and received by it at its offices at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time designate in writing.
4. Each and every right granted to either party hereunder or under any other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, or allowed it by law or equity, shall be cumulative and may be exercised from time to time.  No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise by either party of any right preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.
15

5. In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any exclusive jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties, except that any amendment to the Schedule I hereto need be signed only by the Fund and any amendment to Appendix I hereto need be signed only by Custodian.  This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other.
6. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.  The Fund and Custodian hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder.  The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Fund and Custodian each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
7. The Fund hereby acknowledges that Custodian is subject to federal laws, including its Customer Identification Program (CIP) requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, pursuant to which Custodian must obtain, verify and record information that allows Custodian to identify the Fund.  Accordingly, prior to opening an Account hereunder Custodian will ask the Fund to provide certain information including, but not limited to, the Fund’s name, physical address, tax identification number and other information that will help Custodian to identify and verify the Fund’s identity such as organizational documents, certificate of good standing, license to do business, or other pertinent identifying information.  The Fund agrees that Custodian cannot open an Account hereunder unless and until Custodian verifies the Fund’s identity in accordance with its CIP.
8. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.
16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Fund and Custodian have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.
GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS
MANAGED DURATION TRUST
By:      /s/ Kevin M. Robinson
Name:  Kevin M. Robinson
Title:    Chief Executive Officer
Tax Identification No:  27-3396957
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
By:       /s/ Jason E. Knight
Title:   Managing Director










[Custody Agreement]
17

SCHEDULE I
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZED PERSONS
(The Fund - Oral and Written Instructions)
The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust (the “Fund”), and further certifies that the following officers or employees of the Fund have been duly authorized in conformity with the Fund’s Declaration of Trust and By-Laws to deliver Certificates and Oral Instructions to The Bank of New York Mellon (“Custodian”) pursuant to the Custody Agreement between the Fund and Custodian dated October 26, 2010, and that the signatures appearing opposite their names are true and correct:
Scott Minerd
 
Name
 
 
Portfolio Manager
 
Title
 
/s/ Scott Minerd
 
Signature
Anne Walsh
 
Name
 
 
Portfolio Manager
 
Title
 
/s/ Anne Walsh
 
Signature
Don Cacciapaglia
 
Name
 
 
Authorized Person
 
Title
 
 /s/ Don Cacciapaglia
 
Signature
Mike Sterling
 
Name
 
 
Authorized Person
 
Title
 
/s/ Mike Sterling
 
Signature
Maureen Moster
 
Name
 
 
Authorized Person
 
Title
 
            
Signature
    
Name
 
 
    
Title
 
           
Signature
     
Name
 
 
    
Title
 
           
Signature

This certificate supersedes any certificate of Authorized Persons you may currently have on file.
By: /s/ Kevin M. Robinson
Name:           Kevin M. Robinson
Title:             Chief Executive Officer
Date: October 26, 2010

SCHEDULE II
SERIES

None

APPENDIX I
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
ON-LINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (THE “SYSTEM”)
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. License; Use.  Upon delivery to an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person, Fund of software enabling the Fund to obtain access to the System (the “Software”), Custodian grants to the Fund a personal, nontransferable and nonexclusive license to use the Software solely for the purpose of transmitting Written Instructions, receiving reports, making inquiries or otherwise communicating with Custodian in connection with the Account(s).  The Fund shall use the Software solely for its own internal and proper business purposes and not in the operation of a service bureau.  Except as set forth herein, no license or right of any kind is granted to the Fund with respect to the Software.  The Fund acknowledges that Custodian and its suppliers retain and have title and exclusive proprietary rights to the Software, including any trade secrets or other ideas, concepts, know-how, methodologies, or information incorporated therein and the exclusive rights to any copyrights, trademarks and patents (including registrations and applications for registration of either), or other statutory or legal protections available in respect thereof.  The Fund further acknowledges that all or a part of the Software may be copyrighted or trademarked (or a registration or claim made therefor) by Custodian or its suppliers.  The Fund shall not take any action with respect to the Software inconsistent with the foregoing acknowledgments, nor shall the Fund attempt to decompile, reverse engineer or modify the Software.  The Fund may not copy, sell, lease or provide, directly or indirectly, any of the Software or any portion thereof to any other person or entity without Custodian’s prior written consent.  The Fund may not remove any statutory copyright notice or other notice included in the Software or on any media containing the Software.  The Fund shall reproduce any such notice on any reproduction of the Software and shall add any statutory copyright notice or other notice to the Software or media upon Custodian’s request.
2. Equipment.  The Fund shall obtain and maintain at its own cost and expense all equipment and services, including but not limited to communications services, necessary for it to utilize the Software and obtain access to the System, and Custodian shall not be responsible for the reliability or availability of any such equipment or services.
3. Proprietary Information.  The Software, any data base and any proprietary data, processes, information and documentation made available to the Fund (other than which are or become part of the public domain or are legally required to be made available to the public) (collectively, the “Information”), are the exclusive and

confidential property of Custodian or its suppliers.  The Fund shall keep the Information confidential by using the same care and discretion that the Fund uses with respect to its own confidential property and trade secrets, but not less than reasonable care.  Upon termination of the Agreement or the Software license granted herein for any reason, the Fund shall return to Custodian any and all copies of the Information which are in its possession or under its control.
4. Modifications.  Custodian reserves the right to modify the Software from time to time and the Fund shall install new releases of the Software as Custodian may direct.  The Fund agrees not to modify or attempt to modify the Software without Custodian’s prior written consent.  The Fund acknowledges that any modifications to the Software, whether by the Fund or Custodian and whether with or without Custodian’s consent, shall become the property of Custodian.
5. NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES.  CUSTODIAN AND ITS MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES OR ANY DATABASE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN FACT OR IN LAW, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE FUND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND ANY DATABASE ARE PROVIDED “AS IS.”  IN NO EVENT SHALL CUSTODIAN OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES, WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL, WHICH THE FUND MAY INCUR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES OR ANY DATABASE, EVEN IF CUSTODIAN OR SUCH SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.  IN NO EVENT SHALL CUSTODIAN OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ACTS OF GOD, MACHINE OR COMPUTER BREAKDOWN OR MALFUNCTION, INTERRUPTION OR MALFUNCTION OF COMMUNICATION FACILITIES, LABOR DIFFICULTIES OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR CAUSE BEYOND THEIR REASONABLE CONTROL.
6. Security; Reliance; Unauthorized Use.  The Fund will cause all persons utilizing the Software and System to treat all applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys with extreme care, and it will establish internal control and safekeeping procedures to restrict the availability of the same to persons duly authorized to give Instructions.  Custodian is hereby irrevocably authorized to act in accordance with and rely on Instructions received by it through the System.  The Fund acknowledges that it is its sole responsibility to assure that only persons duly authorized use the System and that Custodian shall not be responsible nor liable for any unauthorized use thereof.

7. System Acknowledgments.  Custodian shall acknowledge through the System its receipt of each transmission communicated through the System, and in the absence of such acknowledgment Custodian shall not be liable for any failure to act in accordance with such transmission and the Fund may not claim that such transmission was received by Custodian.
8. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS.  EXPORT OF THE SOFTWARE IS PROHIBITED BY UNITED STATES LAW.  THE FUND MAY NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES RESELL, DIVERT, TRANSFER, TRANSSHIP OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF THE SOFTWARE (IN ANY FORM) IN OR TO ANY OTHER COUNTRY.  IF CUSTODIAN DELIVERED THE SOFTWARE TO THE FUND OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SOFTWARE WAS EXPORTED FROM THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPORTER ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS.  DIVERSION CONTRARY TO U.S. LAW IS PROHIBITED.  The Fund hereby authorizes Custodian to report its name and address to government agencies to which Custodian is required to provide such information by law.
9. ENCRYPTION.   The Fund acknowledges and agrees that encryption may not be available for every communication through the System, or for all data.  The Fund agrees that Custodian may deactivate any encryption features at any time, without notice or liability to the Fund, for the purpose of maintaining, repairing or  troubleshooting the System or the Software.
 

FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT made as of October 26, 2010 by and between Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust (the “Fund”) and The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Fund desires to appoint BNY as a Foreign Custody Manager on the terms and conditions contained herein;
WHEREAS, BNY desires to serve as a Foreign Custody Manager and perform the duties set forth herein on the terms and conditions contained herein;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter contained in this Agreement, the Fund and BNY hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:
1. “Board” shall mean the board of directors or board of trustees, as the case may be, of the Fund.
2. “Eligible Foreign Custodian” shall have the meaning provided in the Rule.
3. “Monitoring System” shall mean a system established by BNY to fulfill the Responsibilities specified in clauses (d) and (e) of Section 1 of Article III of this Agreement.
4. “Responsibilities” shall mean the responsibilities delegated to BNY under the Rule as a Foreign Custody Manager with respect to each Specified Country and each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by BNY, as such responsibilities are more fully described in Article III of this Agreement.
5. “Rule” shall mean Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
6. “Specified Country” shall mean each country listed on Schedule I attached hereto and each country, other than the United States, constituting the primary market for a security with respect to which the Fund has given settlement instructions to The Bank of New York Mellon as custodian (the “Custodian”) under its Custody Agreement with the Fund.

ARTICLE II.
BNY AS A FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER
1. The Fund on behalf of its Board hereby delegates to BNY with respect to each Specified Country the Responsibilities.
2. BNY accepts the Board’s delegation of Responsibilities with respect to each Specified Country and agrees in performing the Responsibilities as a Foreign Custody Manager to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of the Fund’s assets would exercise.
3. BNY shall provide to the Board at such times as the Board deems reasonable and appropriate based on the circumstances of the Fund’s foreign custody arrangements written reports notifying the Board of the placement of assets of the Fund with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian within a Specified Country and of any material change in the arrangements (including the contract governing such arrangements) with respect to assets of the Fund with any such Eligible Foreign Custodian.
ARTICLE III.
RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, BNY shall with respect to each Specified Country select an Eligible Foreign Custodian.  In connection therewith, BNY shall: (a) determine that assets of the Fund held by such Eligible Foreign Custodian will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market in which such Eligible Foreign Custodian operates, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation, those contained in paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule; (b) determine that the Fund’s foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian are governed by a written contract with the Custodian which will provide reasonable care for the Fund’s assets based on the standards specified in paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule; (c) determine that each contract with an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall include the provisions specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) of the Rule or, alternatively, in lieu of any or all of such (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) provisions, such other provisions as BNY determines will provide, in their entirety, the same or a greater level of care and protection for the assets of the Fund as such specified provisions; (d) monitor pursuant to the Monitoring System the appropriateness of maintaining the assets of the Fund with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule and the performance of the contract governing such arrangement; and (e) advise the Fund whenever BNY determines under the Monitoring System that an arrangement (including, any material change in the contract governing such arrangement) described in preceding clause (d) no longer meets the requirements of the Rule.
2. For purposes of preceding Section 1 of this Article, BNY’s determination of appropriateness shall not include, nor be deemed to include, any evaluation of Country Risks associated with investment in a particular country.  For purposes hereof, “Country Risks” shall mean systemic risks of holding assets in a particular country including but not limited to (a) an Eligible Foreign Custodian’s use of any depositories that act as or operate a system or a
2

transnational system for the central handling of securities or any equivalent book-entries; (b) such country’s financial infrastructure; (c) such country’s prevailing custody and settlement practices; (d) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; (e) regulation of the banking or securities industry; (f) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; and (g) market conditions which affect the orderly execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.
ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS
1. The Fund hereby represents that: (a) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no statute, regulation, rule, order, judgment or contract binding on the Fund prohibits the Fund’s execution or performance of this Agreement; (b) this Agreement has been approved and ratified by the Board at a meeting duly called and at which a quorum was at all times present, and (c) the Board or the Fund’s investment advisor has considered the Country Risks associated with investment in each Specified Country and will have considered such risks prior to any settlement instructions being given to the Custodian with respect to any other country.
2. BNY hereby represents that: (a) BNY is duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, with full power to carry on its businesses as now conducted, and to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; (b) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by BNY, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of BNY enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no statute, regulation, rule, order, judgment or contract binding on BNY prohibits BNY’s execution or performance of this Agreement; and (c) BNY has established the Monitoring System.
ARTICLE V.
CONCERNING BNY
1. BNY shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, sustained or incurred by, or asserted against, the Fund except to the extent the same arises out of the failure of BNY to exercise the care, prudence and diligence required by Section 2 of Article II hereof.  In no event shall BNY be liable to the Fund, the Board, or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or for lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement.
2. The Fund shall indemnify BNY and hold it harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, sustained or incurred by, or asserted against, BNY by reason or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of BNY’s performance hereunder, provided that the Fund shall not indemnify BNY to the extent any such costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims arises out of BNY’s failure to exercise the reasonable care, prudence and diligence required by Section 2 of Article II hereof.
3

3. For its services hereunder, the Fund agrees to pay to BNY such compensation and out-of-pocket expenses as shall be mutually agreed.
4. BNY shall have only such duties as are expressly set forth herein.  In no event shall BNY be liable for any Country Risks associated with investments in a particular country.
ARTICLE VI.
MISCELLANEOUS
1. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Fund and BNY as a foreign custody manager, and no provision in the Custody Agreement between the Fund and the Custodian shall affect the duties and obligations of BNY hereunder, nor shall any provision in this Agreement affect the duties or obligations of the Custodian under the Custody Agreement.
2. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to BNY, shall be sufficiently given if received by it at its offices at 101 Barclay 11E, New York, New York 10286, or at such other place as BNY may from time to time designate in writing.
3. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently given if received by it at its offices at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532 or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time designate in writing.
4. In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties.  This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other.
5. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.  The Fund and BNY hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder.  The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Fund and BNY each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
6. The parties hereto agree that in performing hereunder, BNY is acting solely on behalf of the Fund and no contractual or service relationship shall be deemed to be established hereby between BNY and any other person by reason of this Agreement.
4

7. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.
8. This Agreement shall terminate simultaneously with the termination of the Custody Agreement between the Fund and the Custodian, and may otherwise be terminated by either party giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice.

[Signature page follows]
5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Fund and BNY have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS
MANAGED DURATION TRUST
By:   /s/ Kevin M. Robinson 
Name:  Kevin M. Robinson
Title:    Chief Executive Officer
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
By:   /s/ Jason E. Knight 
Title: Managing Director


















[Foreign Custody Manager Agreement]
6


SCHEDULE I
Specified Countries

 
Transfer Agency and Service Agreement

Between

Each of the Guggenheim Closed-End Investment Companies

Listed on Schedule 1 Attached Hereto

and

Computershare Inc.

and

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

THIS TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT, effective as of December 1, 2015 (“Effective Date”), is by and among each of the Guggenheim closed-end investment companies listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto, as may be amended from time to time (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”) and each having its principal office and place of business at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60606, and Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Computershare”), and its fully owned subsidiary Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company (“Trust Company”, and together with Computershare, “Agent”), each having a principal office and place of business at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.
          WHEREAS, each Fund desires to appoint Computershare as its sole transfer agent and registrar for the Shares, and as processor of all payments received or made by each Fund under this Agreement, and Trust Company as administrator of any dividend reinvestment plan or direct stock purchase plan for each Fund;
          WHEREAS, Computershare and Trust Company will each separately provide specified services covered by this Agreement and, in addition, Trust Company may arrange for Computershare to act on behalf of Trust Company in providing certain of the Plan services covered by this Agreement; and
          WHEREAS, Computershare and Trust Company desire to accept such respective appointments and perform the services related to such appointments;
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, each Fund and Agent agree as follows:
1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS,

1.1 “Account” means the account of each Shareholder which reflects any full or fractional Shares held by such Shareholder, outstanding funds, or reportable tax information.

1.2 “Agreement” means this agreement and any and all exhibits or schedules attached hereto and any and all amendments or modifications which may from time to time be executed.

1.3 “Confidential Information” means any and all technical or business information relating to a party, including, without limitation, financial, marketing and product development information, Shareholder Data (including any non-public information of such Shareholder), Proprietary Information, and the terms and conditions (but not the existence) of this Agreement, that is disclosed or otherwise becomes known to the other party or its affiliates, agents or representatives before or during the term of this Agreement. Confidential Information constitutes trade secrets and is of great value to the owner (or its affiliates). Confidential Information shall not include any information that is: (a) already known to the other party or its affiliates at the time of the disclosure; (b) publicly known at the time of the disclosure or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act or failure of the other party; (c) subsequently disclosed to the other party or its affiliates on a non-confidential basis by a third party not having a confidential relationship with the owner and which rightfully acquired such information; or (d) independently developed by one party without access to the Confidential Information of the other.
 
1.3 “Confidential Information” means any and all technical or business information relating to a party, including, without limitation, financial, marketing and product development information, Shareholder Data (including any non-public information of such Shareholder), Proprietary Information, and the terms and conditions (but not the existence) of this Agreement, that is disclosed or otherwise becomes known to the other party or its affiliates, agents or representatives before or during the term of this Agreement. Confidential Information constitutes trade secrets and is of great value to the owner (or its affiliates). Confidential Information shall not include any information that is: (a) already known to the other party or its affiliates at the time of the disclosure; (b) publicly known at the time of the disclosure or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act or failure of the other party; (c) subsequently disclosed to the other party or its affiliates on a non-confidential basis by a third party not having a confidential relationship with the owner and which rightfully acquired such information; or (d) independently developed by one party without access to the Confidential Information of the other.
 
1.4 “DSPP” means direct stock purchase plan.

1.5 “Non-Public Personal Information” about a Shareholder shall mean (i) personally identifiable financial information; and (ii) any list, description, or other grouping of Shareholders that is derived from using any personally identifiable information that is not publicly available.

1.6 “Plans” means any dividend reinvestment plan, DSPP, or other investment programs administered by Trust Company for each Fund, relating to the Shares, whether as of the Effective Date or at any time during the term of this Agreement.

1


 
1.7 “Services” means all services performed or made available by Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

1.8 “Share” means each Fund’s common shares issued in accordance with such Fund’s Certificate of Trust or other governing documents, and other classes of Fund’s shares to be designated by Fund in writing and which Agent agrees to service under this Agreement.

1.9 “Shareholder” means a holder of record of Shares.

1.10 “Shareholder Data” means all information maintained on the records database of Agent concerning Shareholders.

2. APPOINTMENT OF AGENT.

2.1 Appointments. Each Fund hereby appoints Computershare to act as sole transfer agent and registrar for all Shares and as processor of all payments received or made by or on behalf of Fund under this Agreement and appoints Trust Company as administrator of Plans in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and Computershare and Trust Company accept the respective appointments.

2.2 Documents. In connection with the appointments herein, Fund has provided or will provide the following appointment and corporate authority documents to Agent:

 
(a)
A copy of the resolution appointing Computershare as the transfer agent;

 
(b)
If applicable, specimens of all forms of outstanding Share certificates, in forms approved by the Board of Trustees/Directors of Fund, with a certificate of the Secretary of Fund as to such approval;

 
 
(c)
A board resolution and/or certificate of incumbency designating officers or other designated persons of Fund authorized to sign written instructions and requests and, if applicable, Share certificates, in connection with this Agreement (each an “Authorized Person”);

 
(d)
An opinion of counsel for any Fund added after the Effective Date addressed to both Computershare and Trust Company stating that:

 
(i)
Fund is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization;

 
(ii)
All Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof were issued as part of an offering that was registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”) and any other applicable federal or state statute or that was exempt from such registration;

 
(iii)
All Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; and

 
(iv)
If applicable, the use of facsimile signatures by Agent in connection with the countersigning and registering of Share certificates has been duly authorized by Fund and is valid and effective.

 
(e)
A certificate of each Fund as to the Shares authorized, issued and outstanding, as well as a description of all reserves of unissued Shares relating to the exercise of options;

 
(f)
A completed Internal Revenue Service Form 2678; and
 
 
 
 
(g)
A completed Form W-8 or W-9, as applicable.

In addition, Fund acknowledges that upon any future original issuance of Shares for which Agent will act as transfer agent hereunder, Agent will require an opinion of counsel for Fund addressed to both Computershare and Trust Company stating that such Shares (i) have been issued as part of an offering that was registered under the 1933 Act and any other applicable federal or state statute, or that was exempt from such registration, and (ii) are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
 
2.3 Records. Agent may adopt as part of its records all Shareholder lists, Share ledgers, records, books, and documents which have been employed by Fund or any of its agents and which are certified to be true,
 
2

 
authentic and complete. Agent shall keep records relating to the Services, in the form and manner it deems advisable, but in any event consistent with the reasonable standards of the transfer agency industry. Agent agrees that all such records prepared or maintained by it relating to the Services are the property of the Fund and will be preserved, maintained and made available in accordance with the requirements of law and Agent’s records management policy, and will be surrendered promptly to the Fund in accordance with its request subject to applicable law and Agent’s records management policy.

2.4 Shares. Fund shall, if applicable, inform Agent as soon as possible in advance as to: (a) the existence or termination of any restrictions on the transfer of Shares, the application to or removal from any Share of any legend restricting the transfer of such Shares (which may be subject, in the case of removal of any such legend, to delivery of a legal opinion in form and substance acceptable to Agent), or the substitution for such Share of a Share without such legend; (b) any authorized but unissued Shares reserved for specific purposes; (c) any outstanding Shares which are exchangeable for Shares and the basis for exchange; (d) reserved Shares subject to option and the details of such reservation; (e) any Share split or Share dividend; (f) any other relevant event or special instructions which may affect the Shares; and (g) any bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding regarding each Fund affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights.

2.5 Share Certificates. If applicable, Fund shall provide Agent with (i) documentation required to print on demand Share certificates, or (ii) an appropriate supply of Share certificates which contain a signature panel for use by an authorized signor of Agent and state that such certificates are only valid after being countersigned and registered, whichever is applicable.

2.6 Fund Responsibility. Fund shall perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, documents, instruments and assurances as Agent may reasonably require in order to carry out or perform its obligations under this Agreement.

2.7 Scope of Agency.

 
(a)
Agent shall act solely as agent for Fund under this Agreement and owes no duties hereunder to any other person. Agent undertakes to perform the duties and only the duties that are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against Agent.

 
(b)
Agent may rely upon, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith reliance upon, (i) any communication from Fund, any predecessor transfer agent or co-transfer agent or any registrar (other than Agent), predecessor registrar or co-registrar; (ii) any instruction, notice, request, direction, consent, report, certificate, opinion or other instrument, paper, document or electronic transmission believed in good faith by Agent to be genuine and to have been signed or given by the proper party or parties; (iii) any guaranty of signature by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a member or participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or other comparable “signature guarantee program” or insurance program in addition to, or in substitution for, the foregoing; or (iv) any instructions received through Direct Registration System/Profile. In addition, Agent is authorized to refuse to make any transfer that it determines in good faith not to be in good order.

 
(c)
From time to time, Fund may provide Agent with Instructions concerning the Services. Further, Agent may apply to any Authorized Person of Fund for instruction, and may consult with legal counsel for Agent or Fund with respect to any matter arising in connection with the Services. Agent and its agents and subcontractors shall not be liable and shall be indemnified by Fund under Section 9.2 of this Agreement for any action taken or omitted by Agent In good faith reliance upon any Fund instructions or upon the advice or opinion of such counsel. Fund shall promptly provide Agent with an updated board resolution and/or certificate of incumbency regarding any change of authority for any Authorized Person. Agent shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any Authorized Person, until receipt of written notice thereof from Fund.
 
3

 
 
 
(d)
Compliance with Laws. Agent is obligated and agrees to comply with all applicable U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, codes, orders and government rules in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.

3. STANDARD SERVICES.

3.1 Share Services. Agent shall perform the Services set forth in the Fee and Service Schedule (“Fee and Service Schedule”) attached hereto and incorporated herein. Further, Agent shall issue and record Shares as authorized, hold Shares in the appropriate Account, and effect transfers of Shares upon receipt of appropriate documentation.

3.2 Replacement Shares. Agent shall issue replacement Shares for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt by Agent of an open penalty surety bond satisfactory to it and holding it and Fund harmless, absent notice to Agent that such certificates have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser. Agent may, at its option, issue replacement Shares for mutilated certificates upon presentation thereof without such indemnity. Agent may, at its sole option, accept indemnification from Fund to issue replacement Shares for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed in lieu of an open penalty bond. Agent shall charge Shareholders an administrative fee for replacement of lost certificates, which shall be charged only once in instances where a single surety bond obtained covers multiple certificates. Agent may receive compensation, including in the form of surety premiums, for administrative services provided in connection with surety programs offered to Shareholders.

3.3 Internet Services. Agent shall make available to Fund and Shareholders, through www.computershare.com (“Web Site”), online access to certain Account and Shareholder information and certain transaction capabilities (“Internet Services”), subject to Agent’s security procedures and the terms and conditions set forth herein and on the Web Site. Agent provides Internet Services “as is,” on an “as available” basis, and hereby specifically disclaims any and all representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding such Internet Services, including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose and Implied warranties arising from course of dealing or course of performance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in providing Internet Services to Shareholders, Agent shall comply with all applicable laws concerning consent to delivery and delivery of documents electronically.

3.4 Proprietary Information. Fund agrees that the databases, programs, screen and report formats, interactive design techniques, Internet Services, software (including methods or concepts used therein, source code, object code, or related technical information) and documentation manuals furnished to Fund by Agent as part of the Services are under the control and ownership of Agent or a third party (including its affiliates) and constitute copyrighted, trade secret, or other proprietary information (collectively, “Proprietary Information”). Shareholder Data is not Proprietary Information. Fund agrees that Proprietary Information is of substantial value to Agent or other third party and will treat all Proprietary Information as confidential in accordance with Section 11 of this Agreement. Fund shall take reasonable efforts to advise its relevant employees and agents of its obligations pursuant to this Section 3.4.

3.5 Third Party Content. Agent may provide real-time or delayed quotations and other market information and messages (“Market Data”), which Market Data is provided to Agent by certain third parties who may assert a proprietary interest in Market Data disseminated by them but do not guarantee the timeliness, sequence, accuracy or completeness thereof. Fund agrees and acknowledges that Agent shall not be liable in any way for any loss or damage arising from or occasioned by any inaccuracy, error, delay in, omission of, or interruption in any Market Data or the transmission thereof.

3.6 Lost Shareholders: In-Depth Shareholder Search.

 
(a)
Agent shall conduct such database searches to locate lost Shareholders as are required by Rule 17Ad-17 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“1934 Act”), without charge to the Shareholder. If a new address is so obtained in a database search for a lost Shareholder,
 
4

 
 
Agent shall conduct a verification mailing and update its records for such Shareholder accordingly.

 
(b)
Computershare may facilitate the performance of a more in-depth search for the purpose of (i) locating lost Shareholders for whom a new address is not obtained in accordance with clause (a) above, (ii) identifying Shareholders who are deceased (or locating the deceased Shareholder’s estate representative, heirs or other party entitled to act with respect to such Shareholder’s account (“Authorized Representative”)), and (in) locating Shareholders whose accounts contain an uncashed check older than 180 days, in each case using the services of a locating service provider selected by Computershare, which service provider may be an affiliate of Computershare. Such provider may compensate Computershare for processing and other services that Computershare provides in connection with such in-depth search, including providing Computershare a portion of its service fees.

 
(c)
Upon locating any Shareholder (or such Shareholder’s Authorized Representative) pursuant to clause (b) above, the locating service provider shall clearly identify to such Shareholder (or such Shareholder’s Authorized Representative) all assets held in such Shareholder’s account. Such provider shall inform any such located Shareholders (or such Shareholder’s Authorized Representative) that such Shareholder (or such Shareholder’s Authorized Representative) may choose either (i) to contact Computershare directly to obtain the assets in such account, at no charge other than any applicable fees to replace lost certificates, if applicable, or (ii) to use the services of such provider for a processing fee, which may not exceed 20% of the asset value of such Shareholder’s property where the registered Shareholder is living, deceased, or not a natural person; provided that in no case shall such fee exceed the maximum statutory fee permitted by the applicable state jurisdiction. If Fund selects a locating service provider other than one selected by Computershare, then Agent shall not be responsible for the terms of any agreement between such provider and Fund and additional fees may apply.

 
(d)
Pursuant to Section 2.7(c) of this Agreement, Fund hereby authorizes and instructs Agent to provide a Shareholder file or list of those Shareholders not located following the required Rule 17Ad-17 searches to any service provider administering any in-depth shareholder location program on behalf of Agent or Fund.

3.7 Compliance Matters. Upon request, Agent shall provide reasonable and customary information or reports to Fund or Fund’s chief compliance officer, as necessary for Fund or Fund’s chief compliance officer to comply with Rule 38a-l under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

4. PLAN SERVICES.

4.1 Trust Company shall perform all services under the Plans, as the administrator of such Plans, with the exception of payment processing for which Computershare has been appointed as agent by each Fund, and certain other services that Trust Company may subcontract to Computershare as permitted by applicable law (e.g., ministerial services).

4.2 To the extent Fund does not have a DSPP as of the Effective Date, Fund agrees that Trust Company may implement and administer a Trust Company-sponsored DSPP on behalf of Fund for the Shares at any time during the term of this Agreement, upon providing prior written notice to Fund. In consideration of Trust Company receiving service and transaction fees from the DSPP participants in connection with its administration of the DSPP, Agent shall not charge any fees to Fund for such administration.

4.3 Agent shall act as agent for Shareholders pursuant to the Plans in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Plans.

5. DIVIDEND DISBURSING AND PAYMENT SERVICES.

5.1 Declaration of Dividends. Upon receipt of written notice from an Authorized Person declaring the payment of a dividend, Computershare shall disburse such dividend payments to Shareholders provided that

5

 
Fund furnishes Computershare with sufficient funds one day in advance of the applicable payable date. The payment of such funds to Computershare for the purpose of being available for the payment of dividends from time to time is not intended by Fund to confer any rights in such funds on Shareholders whether in trust, contract, or otherwise.

5.2            Stop Payments. Fund hereby authorizes Computershare to stop payment of checks issued in payment of sales proceeds and of dividends, if applicable, but not presented for payment, when the payees thereof allege either that they have not received the checks or that such checks have been mislaid, lost, stolen, destroyed or, through no fault of theirs, are otherwise beyond their control and cannot be produced by them for presentation and collection, and Computershare shall issue and deliver duplicate checks in replacement thereof, and Fund shall indemnify Agent against any loss or damage resulting from reissuance of the checks.
5.3            Tax Withholding. Fund hereby authorizes Computershare to deduct from all payments of sales proceeds and of dividends declared by Fund and disbursed by Computershare to Shareholders, if applicable, the tax required to be withheld pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445, 1471 through 1474, and 3406 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or by any federal or state statutes subsequently enacted, and to make the necessary returns and payment of such tax to the relevant taxing authority. Fund will provide withholding and reporting instructions to Computershare from time to time as relevant, and upon request of Computershare.
5.4            Plan Payments. If applicable, Fund hereby authorizes Computershare to receive all payments made to Fund (i.e., optional cash purchases) or Agent under the Plans and make all payments required to be made under such Plans, including all payments required to be made to Fund. For optional cash purchases, in the event funds are unavailable for any reason (including, without limitation, due to a rejection or reversal of the payment), Computershare shall sell the Shares purchased and any gain thereon shall accrue to Computershare.
5.5            Bank Accounts. All funds received by Computershare under this Agreement that are to be distributed or applied by Computershare in the performance of Services (the “Monies”) shall be held by Computershare as agent for Fund and deposited in one or more bank accounts to be maintained by Computershare in its name as agent for Fund. Until paid pursuant to this Agreement, Computershare may hold or invest the Monies through such accounts In: (a) obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States of America; (b) commercial paper obligations rated A-1 or P-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moodys”), respectively; (c) AAA rated money market funds that comply with Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940; or (d) demand deposit accounts, short term certificates of deposit, bank repurchase agreements or bankers’ acceptances, of commercial banks with Tier 1 capital exceeding $1 billion or with an average rating above investment grade by S&P (LT Local Issuer Credit Rating), Moody’s (Long Term Rating) and Fitch Ratings, Inc. (LT Issuer Default Rating) (each as reported by Bloomberg Finance L.P.). Computershare shall have no responsibility or liability for any diminution of the Monies that may result from any deposit or investment made by Computershare in accordance with this paragraph, including any losses resulting from a default by any bank, financial institution or other third party. Computershare may from time to time receive interest, dividends or other earnings in connection with such deposits or investments. Computershare shall not be obligated to pay such interest, dividends or earnings to Fund, any Shareholder or any other party.

6.
ADDITIONAL SERVICES. To the extent that Fund elects to engage any entity other than Agent (“Vendor”) to provide any additional services (e.g., plans, restricted stock, corporate actions, etc.), Fund shall give Agent or its affiliates an opportunity to bid on such services upon the same terms and conditions as Vendor.

7.            FEES AND EXPENSES.
7.1          Fee and Service Schedules. Fund agrees to pay Agent the fees and out-of-pocket expenses for Services performed pursuant to this Agreement as set forth in the Fee and Service Schedule. At least sixty (60) days
6

 
before the expiration of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term (as defined below), whichever is applicable, the parties to this Agreement will agree upon a new fee schedule for the upcoming Renewal Term. If no new fee schedule is agreed upon, the fees will Increase as set forth in the Term Section of the Fee and Service Schedule.
7.2            Out-of-Proof Funds. If any out-of-proof condition caused by Fund or any of its prior agents arises during any term of this Agreement, Fund will, promptly upon Agent’s request, provide Agent with funds or shares sufficient to resolve the out-of-proof condition.
7.3            Invoices. Fund agrees to pay all fees and reimbursable expenses within 30 days of the date of the respective billing notice, except for any fees or expenses that are subject to good faith dispute. In the event of such dispute, Fund may only withhold that portion of the fee or expense subject to such dispute. Fund shall notify Agent in writing within 10 days following receipt of such billing notice if Fund is disputing any amounts in good faith. Fund shall settle such disputed amounts within five (5) business days of the date on which the parties agree on the amount to be paid by payment of the agreed amount. If no agreement is reached, then such disputed amounts shall be settled as may be required by law or legal process.
7.4            Late Payments.

 
(a)
If any undisputed amount in an invoice of Agent (for fees or reimbursable expenses) is not paid within 30 days after the date of such invoice, Agent may charge Fund interest thereon (from the due date to the date of payment) at a monthly rate equal to one and a half percent (1.5%). Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, such interest rate shall be no greater than permitted under applicable law.

 
(b)
The failure by Fund to (i) pay the undisputed portion of an invoice within 90 days after the date of such invoice or (ii) timely pay the undisputed portions of two consecutive invoices shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement by such Fund. Notwithstanding terms to the contrary in Section 12.2 below, Agent may terminate this Agreement with respect to such breaching Fund for such material breach immediately and shall not be obligated to provide Fund with 30 days to cure such breach.

 
(c)
Each Fund is severally, and not jointly, responsible for its pro rata portion of the undisputed portion of the invoice.

7.5            Transaction Taxes. Each Fund is responsible for all taxes, levies, duties, and assessments levied on Services purchased under this Agreement (collectively, “Transaction Taxes”). Computershare is responsible for collecting and remitting Transaction Taxes in all jurisdictions in which Computershare is registered to collect such Transaction Taxes. Computershare shall invoice Fund for such Transaction Taxes that Computershare is obligated to collect upon the furnishing of Services. Fund shall pay such Transaction Taxes according to the terms In Section 7.3. Computershare shall timely remit to the appropriate governmental authorities all such Transaction Taxes that Computershare collects from Fund. To the extent that Fund provides Computershare with valid exemption certificates, direct pay permits, or other documentation that exempts Computershare from collecting Transaction Taxes from Fund, invoices issued for Services provided after Computershare’s, receipt of such certificates, permits, or other documentation will not reflect exempted Transaction Taxes. Computershare is solely responsible for the payment of all personal property taxes, franchise taxes, corporate excise or privilege taxes, property or license taxes, taxes relating to Agent’s personnel, and taxes based on Agent’s net income or gross revenues relating to Services.
8.            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
8.1          Agent. Agent represents and warrants to Fund that:

 
(a)
Governance. Computershare is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and Trust Company is a federally chartered trust company duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the United States and each has full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement; and

7

 
 
(b)
Compliance with Laws. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Agent has been duly authorized by all necessary action, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Agent enforceable against Agent in accordance with its terms, will not require the consent of any third party that has not been given, and will not violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any material term, condition or provision of (i) any existing law, ordinance, or governmental rule or regulation to which Agent is subject, (ii) any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree or award of any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory official, body or authority applicable to Agent, (iii) Agent’s incorporation documents or by-laws, or (iv) any material agreement to which Agent is a party.

8.2            Fund. Each Fund represents and warrants to Agent that:
 
 
(a)
Governance. It is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under its state of incorporation and it has full power, authority and legal right to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 
(b)
Compliance with Laws. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Fund has been duly authorized by all necessary action, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Fund enforceable against Fund in accordance with its terms, will not require the consent of any third party that has not been given, and will not violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any material term, condition or provision of (i) any existing law, ordinance, or governmental rule or regulation to which Fund is subject, (ii) any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree or award of any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory official, body or authority applicable to Fund, (iii) Fund’s governing documents or by-laws, (iv) any material agreement to which Fund is a party, or (v) any applicable stock exchange rules;
 
 
(c)
Securities Laws. Registration statements under the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act have been filed and were effective at the time of, or will be effective prior to, the sale of any Shares, and will remain so effective for so long as required by applicable law, and all appropriate state securities law filings have been made with respect to all Shares being offered for sale except for any Shares which are offered in a transaction or series of transactions which are exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act, 1934 Act and state securities laws; Fund will immediately notify Agent of any information to the contrary;

 
(d)
Shares. The Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and are non-assessable; and any Shares to be issued hereafter, when issued, shall have been duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and will be non-assessable; and

 
(e)
Facsimile Signatures. The use of facsimile signatures by Agent in connection with the countersigning and registering of Share certificates has been duly authorized by Fund and is valid and effective.
9.            INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
9.1            Agent Indemnity and Liability. Agent shall at all times act in good faith and agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure the accuracy of all Services. Agent shall indemnify and hold Company harmless from and against, and Company shall not be responsible for, any and all losses, claims, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees and expenses, payments, expenses and liability (collectively, “Losses”) to the extent resulting from Agent’s (a) refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, (b) negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, or (c) breach of any representation or warranty hereunder; provided that any such liability of Agent will be limited in the aggregate to the ongoing account management fees paid hereunder by Company to Agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the event for which recovery from Agent is being sought.
9.2            Fund Indemnity. Fund shall indemnify and hold Agent harmless from and against, and Agent shall not be responsible for, any and all losses, claims, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees and expenses, payments, expenses and liability (collectively, “Losses”) arising out of or attributable to Agent’s duties under this Agreement or this appointment, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against
8

 
any Loss or enforcing this Agreement, except for any liability of Agent as set forth in Section 9.1 above. Each Fund is severally, and not jointly, responsible for indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.2 arising out of or attributable to Agent’s duties or appointment with respect to such Fund.
9.3            Notice. In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this Section 9 shall apply, upon the assertion of a claim for which one party may be required to indemnify the other, the party seeking indemnification shall promptly notify the other party of such assertion, and shall keep the other party advised with respect to all developments concerning such claim; provided that failure to give prompt notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party, except to the extent that the indemnifying party demonstrates that the defense of such action has been materially prejudiced by the indemnified party’s failure to timely give such notice. The indemnifying party shall have the option to participate with the indemnified party in the defense of such claim or to defend against said claim in its own name or the name of the indemnified party. The indemnified party shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnifying party may be required to indemnify it except with the indemnifying party’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
10.             DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither party shall be liable to the other for any incidental, indirect, special or consequential damages of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited to, loss of anticipated profits, occasioned by a breach of any provision of this Agreement even if apprised of the possibility of such damages.
11.            CONFIDENTIALITY.
11.1            Use and Disclosure. All Confidential Information of a party will be held in confidence by the other party with at least the same degree of care as such party protects its own confidential or proprietary Information of like kind and import, but not less than a reasonable degree of care; Neither party will disclose in any manner Confidential Information of the other party in any form to any person or entity without the other party’s prior consent. However, each party may disclose relevant aspects of the other party’s Confidential Information to its officers, affiliates, agents, subcontractors and employees to the extent reasonably necessary to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement and such disclosure is not prohibited by applicable law. Without limiting the foregoing, each party will implement physical and other security measures and controls designed to protect (a) the security and confidentiality of Confidential Information; (b) against any threats or hazards to the security and integrity of Confidential Information; and (c) against any unauthorized access to or use of Confidential Information. To the extent that a party delegates any duties and responsibilities under this Agreement to an agent or other subcontractor, the party ensures that such agent and subcontractor are contractually bound to confidentiality terms consistent with the terms of this Section 11.
Agent acknowledges that it has implemented physical and other security measures and controls designed to protect (a) the security and confidentiality of Non-Public Personal Information; (b) against any threats or hazards to the security and integrity of Non-Public Personal Information; and (c) against any unauthorized access to or use of Non-Public Personal Information.
11.2            Required or Permitted Disclosure. In the event that any requests or demands are made for the disclosure of Confidential Information, other than requests to Agent for Shareholder records pursuant to subpoenas from state or federal government authorities (e.g., probate, divorce and criminal actions), the party receiving such request will promptly notify the other party to secure instructions from an authorized officer of such party as to such request and to enable the other party the opportunity to obtain a protective order or other confidential treatment, unless such notification is otherwise prohibited by law or court order. Each party expressly reserves the right, however, to disclose Confidential Information to any person whenever it is advised by counsel that it may be held liable for the failure to disclose such Confidential Information or if required by law or court order.
9

 
11.3            Unauthorized Disclosure. As may be required by law and without limiting any party’s rights in respect of a breach of this Section 11, each party will promptly:

 
(a)
notify the other party in writing of any unauthorized possession, use or disclosure of the other party’s Confidential Information by any person or entity that may become known to such party;
 
 
 
 
(b)
furnish to the other party full details of the unauthorized possession, use or disclosure; and
 
 
 
 
(c)
use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent a recurrence of any such unauthorized possession, use or disclosure of Confidential Information.

11.4            Costs. Each party will bear the costs it incurs as a result of compliance with this Section 11.
11.5            Information Security Program. Agent shall respond to the Funds’ reasonable requests for information concerning Agent’s information security program and, upon request, will provide a summary of its applicable information security policies and procedures to the Funds. Agent shall notify the Funds of any material changes to its information security program that would materially diminish the current security of Agent’s recordkeeping system.
12.            TERM AND TERMINATION.
12.1            Term. The initial term of this Agreement shall be three (3) years from the Effective Date (“Initial Term”) unless terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 12. This Agreement will renew automatically from year to year (each a “Renewal Term”), unless a terminating party gives written notice to the other party not less than sixty (60) days before the expiration of the Initial Term or Renewal Term, whichever is in effect.
12.2            Termination for Cause. This Agreement may be terminated at any time by any party (i) upon a material breach of a representation, covenant or term of this Agreement by any other party which is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice thereof from the terminating party or (ii) if any proceeding in bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or insolvency is commenced by or against any other party, such other party shall become insolvent or shall cease paying its obligations as they become due or such other party shall make any assignment for the benefit of its creditors.
12.3            Fees and Expenses. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason, (a) all fees earned and expenses incurred by Agent up to and including the date of such termination or expiration shall be immediately due and payable to Agent on or before the effective date of such termination or expiration, and (b) Fund shall pay all fees and expenses associated with the movement of records, materials, and services to Fund or the successor agent, including (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and (ii) a conversion fee in an amount equal to 10% of the aggregate fees (not including reimbursable expenses) incurred by Fund during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period, for the standard conversion services listed on the attached Exhibit A to this Agreement; provided, however, the fee under this Section 12.3(b)(ii) shall in no event be less than $5,000.00. In the event any of the extended conversion services listed on Exhibit A are requested by Fund, the fee for each extended conversion service will be $2,500.00.
12.4            Early Termination. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if this Agreement is terminated prior to the expiration of the then-current term (a) by Fund for any reason other than pursuant to Section 12.2 above, including but not limited to, Fund’s liquidation, acquisition, merger or restructuring, or (b) by Agent pursuant to Section 12.2 above, then, in addition to the payments required in Section 12.3 above, Fund shall pay to Agent all fees accelerated through the end of, and including all months that would have remained in, the then-current term at the time of termination. Such fees will be calculated using the rates, volumes, and Services in effect as of the termination date. If Fund does not provide notice of early termination within the time period referenced in Section 12.1 above, Agent shall make a good faith effort, but cannot guarantee, to convert Fund’s records on the date requested by Fund.
13.            ASSIGNMENT. Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by
10

 
Fund or Agent without the written consent of the other, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Agent may, without further consent of Fund, assign any of its rights and obligations hereunder to any affiliated transfer agent registered under Rule 17Ac2-l promulgated under the 1934 Act.
14.            SUBCONTRACTORS AND UNAFFILIATED THIRD PARTIES.
14.1            Subcontractors. Agent may, without further consent of Fund, subcontract with (a) any affiliates, or (b) unaffiliated subcontractors for such services as may be required from time to time (e.g., lost shareholder searches, escheatment, telephone and mailing services); provided, however, that Agent shall be as fully responsible to Fund for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor as it is for its own acts and omissions under this Agreement.
14.2            Unaffillated Third Parties. Nothing herein shall impose any duty upon Agent in connection with or make Agent liable for the actions or omissions to act of unaffiliated third parties (other than subcontractors referenced in Section 14.1 of this Agreement) such as, by way of example and not limitation, airborne services, delivery services, the U.S. mails, and telecommunication companies, provided, if Agent selected such company, Agent exercised due care in selecting the same.
15.            MISCELLANEOUS.
15.1            Notices. Any notice or communication by Agent or Fund to the other pursuant to this Agreement is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or sent by overnight delivery service or first class mail, postage prepaid, to the other’s address:

 
If to Fund:
Guggenheim
 
 
227 West Monroe Street
 
 
Chicago, IL 60606
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If to Agent:
Computershare Inc.
 
 
250 Royall Street
 
 
Canton, MA 02021
 
 
Attn: General Counsel
15.2            No Expenditure of Funds. No provision of this Agreement shall require Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if it shall believe in good faith that repayment of such funds or adequate Indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it,
15.3            Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of Fund or Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.
15.4            Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended or modified by a written amendment executed by the parties hereto and, to the extent required, authorized by a resolution of the Board of Trustees/Directors of Fund. Any term or provision of this Agreement may be waived in writing by the party or parties entitled to the benefit thereof. The failure of any party hereto to enforce at any time any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof or the right of any party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
15.5            Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms,
11


provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.
15.6            Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. The parties Irrevocably (a) submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court sitting in New York City or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, (b) waive, to the fullest extent they may effectively do so, any defense based on inconvenient forum, improper venue or lack of jurisdiction to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding, and (c) waive all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Agent shall not be required hereunder to comply with the laws or regulations of any country other than the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof. Agent may consult with foreign counsel, at Fund’s expense, to resolve any foreign law issues that may arise as a result of Fund or any other party being subject to the laws or regulations of any foreign jurisdiction.
15.7            Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Agent shall not be liable for any delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its reasonable control Including, without limitation, acts of God, terrorist acts, shortage of supply, breakdowns or malfunctions, interruptions or malfunction of computer facilities, or loss of data due to power failures or mechanical difficulties with information storage or retrieval systems, labor difficulties, war, or civil unrest.
15.8            Third Party Beneficiaries. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to benefit only Agent, Fund and their respective permitted successors and assigns. No rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of this Agreement, and there are no third party beneficiaries hereof.
15.9            Survival. All provisions regarding indemnification, warranty, liability and limits thereon, compensation and expenses and confidentiality and protection of proprietary rights and trade secrets shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
15.10            Priorities. In the event of any conflict, discrepancy, or ambiguity between the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and any schedules or attachments hereto, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement shall take precedence.
15.11            Merger of Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Funds and Computershare (including any ofits affiliated or predecessor entities) hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.
15.12            No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event any ambiguity or question of intent or Interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by all parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.
15.13            Descriptive Headings. Descriptive headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
15.14            Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. A signature to this Agreement executed and/or transmitted electronically shall have the same authority, effect, and enforceability as an original signature.
[The remainder of page intentionally left blank.]
12

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the Effective Date.
 
 
Computershare Inc. and
 
 
 
 
Computershare Trust Company, N. A.
 
 
 
 
On Behalf of Both Entities:
 
On behalf of each of the Guggenheim Closed-End
 
 
 
 
Investment Companies Listed on
 
 
 
 
Schedule 1 Attached Hereto
 
 
By:     /s/ Martin J. McHale, Jr.
 
By:     /s/ John L. Sullivan
 
 
Name:   Martin J. McHale, Jr.
 
Name:    John L. Sullivan
 
 
Title:   President, U.S. Equity Services
 
Title   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT]
13


Exhibit A
Standard and Extended Conversion Services
Termination
Phase
 
Standard Services. $5,000.00
Minimum Fee Per Termination
 
Extended Services. $2,500.00 for each of the individual Services listed below.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Test of
Conversion
Services
 
Not applicable
 
Test full audit extracts files (which are either transmitted to the agent or copied on to a protected CD); test Full Registered List, all classes Opened and/or Closed
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional test audit extracts (includes all shareholder details. Control totals & codes sent w/extracts)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Test separate exchange lists for each class
 
 
 
 
 
 
Test certificate stop list
 
 
 
 
 
 
Test certificate legend list
 
 
 
 
 
 
Test RPO accounts
 
 
 
 
 
 
Test full transactions lists
 
 
 
 
 
 
Test ACH debit list including plan shares and reinvestment code
 
 
 
 
 
 
Test ACH credit list and secondary address list
Final
Conversion
Services
 
Full audit extracts
 
Separate exchange lists for each class
 
 
Full registered list opened and closed
 
Full transactions list
 
 
Certificate stop list
 
ACH Debit including plan shares and reinvestment code*
 
 
Certificate legend list
 
ACH Credit list and secondary address list*
 
 
RPO accounts
 
1099D detailed report*
 
 
End of year tax report*
 
1042S detailed report*
 
 
Parallel processing for up to 4 days
 
Parallel processing for more than 4 days (each additional day is considered one extended service)
 
 
Communications with new agent as applicable
 
 
 
Post
Conversion
Services
 
Certification letter
 
Not applicable
 
 
Due Diligence statement
 
 
 
 
 
3 months post conversion
 
 
 
 
 
 
Check extract files
 
 
 
 
 
 
Check reports
 
 
 
 
 
 
Check reports and extracts to CDs
 
 
 
 
 
Communications with new agent as applicable
 
 
 

*
Not applicable to terminations for non-dividend payers.
14


Schedule 1
 
FUND
Advent Claymore Convertible Securities & Income Fund
Advent Claymore Convertible Securities & Income Fund II
Managed Duration Investment Grade Municipal Fund
Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund
Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
Guggenheim Egual Weight Enhanced Eguity Income Fund
Advent/Claymore Enhanced Growth & Income Fund
Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity Fund
Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Strategy Fund
Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund
Guggenheim Energy & Income Fund

15
 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT


This First Amendment (“Amendment”), effective as of March 20, 2017 (“Effective Date”) is to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement (the “Agreement”) made as of December 1, 2015 by and between each of the Guggenheim closed-end investment companies listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto, as may be amended from time to time (each a "Fund" and collectively the "Funds”), and Computershare Inc. (“Computershare”) and Computershare Trust Company N.A., (“Trust Company”, and together with Computershare, “Agent”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company and Agent are parties to the Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Company and Agent desire to amend the Agreement upon the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:


 
1.
Amendment to the Agreement Schedule 1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the new Schedule 1 attached hereto.
 
 
 
2.
Limited Effect.  Except as expressly modified herein, the Agreement shall continue to be and shall remain, in full force and effect and the valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto in accordance with its terms.
 
 
 
3.
Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed as original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signature to this Amendment executed and/or transmitted electronically shall have the same authority, effect, and enforceability as an original signature.




[Remainder of this page is left intentionally blank.]


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers, hereunto duly agreed and authorized, as of the Effective Date.


COMPUTERSHARE INC.
 
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
On behalf of each of the Guggenheim
On Behalf of Both Entities:
Closed-End Investment Companies Listed
 
on Schedule 1 Attached Hereto:
By:   /s/ Dennis V. Moccia                     
By:  /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen  
 
 
Name: _Dennis V. Moccia                     
Name:  Mark E. Mathiasen  
 
 
Title:  _Manager, Contract Administration
Title: Secretary                   
 

Schedule 1

 
FUND
Advent Claymore Convertible Securities & Income Fund
Advent Claymore Convertible Securities & Income Fund II
Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund
Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
Advent/Claymore Enhanced Growth & Income Fund
Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity Fund
Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund
Guggenheim Energy & Income Fund
 
 
FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT
This AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of June, 2013, between Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust (the "Trust"), a Delaware statutory trust having its principal place of business at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, and Rydex Fund Services, LLC ("RFS"), a Maryland limited liability company having its principal place of business at 805 King Farm Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20850.
WHEREAS, the Trust desires that RFS perform fund accounting services for the Trust;
WHEREAS, RFS is willing to perform such services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;
WHEREAS, RFS and the Trust wish to enter into this Agreement in order to set forth the terms under which RFS will perform the fund accounting services set forth herein for the Trust;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants hereinafter contained, the Trust and RFS hereby agree as follows:
1. Services as Fund Accountant
(a) Maintenance of Books and Records. RFS will keep and maintain the following books and records of the Trust pursuant to Rule 31a-1 (the "Rule") under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"):
(i)
Journals containing an itemized daily record in detail of all purchases and sales of securities, all receipts and disbursements of cash and all other debits and credits, as required by subsection (b)(1) of the Rule;
(ii)
General and auxiliary ledgers reflecting all asset, liability, reserve, capital, income and expense accounts, including interest accrued and interest received, as required by subsection (b)(2)(i) of the Rule;
(iii)
Separate ledger accounts required by subsection (b)(2)(ii) and (iii) of the Rule; and
(iv)
A monthly trial balance of all ledger accounts (except shareholder accounts) as required by subsection (b)(8) of the Rule.
(b) Performance of Daily Accounting Services. In addition to the maintenance of the books and records specified above, RFS shall perform the following accounting services daily for the Trust:

(i)
On each day that the Fund calculates the net asset values, calculate the net asset value per share utilizing prices obtained from the sources described in subsection 1(b)(ii) below;
(ii)
Obtain security prices from independent pricing services, or if such quotes are unavailable, then obtain such prices from the Trust's investment adviser or its designee, as determined in accordance with procedures adopted and approved by the Trust's Board of Trustees (hereafter referred to as the "Board");
(iii)
Verify and reconcile with the Trust's custodian all daily trade activity;
(iv)
Compute, as appropriate, the Trust's net income and capital gains, dividend payables, dividend factors, 7-day yields, 7-day effective yields, 30-day yields, and weighted average portfolio maturity;
(v)
On each day that the Fund calculates net asset values, review the net asset value calculation and dividend factor (if any) for the Trust prior to release, check and confirm the net asset values and dividend factors for reasonableness, and distribute net asset values and yields;
(vi)
Determine unrealized appreciation and depreciation on securities held by the Trust;
(vii)
Amortize premiums and accrete discounts on securities purchased at a price other than face value, if requested by the Trust;
(viii)
Update fund accounting system to reflect rate changes, as received from an independent pricing service, on variable interest rate instruments;
(ix)
Post Trust transactions to appropriate categories;
(x)
Accrue all necessary and appropriate expenses of the Trust;
(xi)
Determine the outstanding receivables and payables for all (1) security trades, (2) Trust share transactions and (3) income and expense accounts;
(xii)
Provide accounting reports in connection with the Trust's regular annual audit and other audits and examinations by regulatory agencies; and
(xiii)
Provide such periodic reports as the parties shall agree upon, as set forth in a separate schedule.
(c) Special Reports and Services.
(i)             RFS may provide additional special reports upon the request of the Trust or the Trust's investment adviser, which may result in an additional charge, the amount of which shall be agreed upon between the parties.
 
2

 
 
(ii)
RFS may provide such other similar services with respect to a Fund as may be reasonably requested by the Trust, which may result in an additional charge, the amount of which shall be agreed upon between the parties.
(d) Additional Accounting Services. RFS shall also perform the following additional accounting services for the Trust, without additional compensation:
(i) Provide accounting information for the following:
(A)
federal and state income tax returns and federal excise tax returns;
(B)
semi-annual reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") on Form N-SAR;
(C)
annual and semi-annual shareholder reports and related Form N-CSR filings;
(D)
registration statements on Form N-2 and other filings relating to the registration of shares;
(E)
the fund administrator's monitoring of the Trust's status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended;
(F)
annual audits by the Trust's auditors; and
(G)
examinations performed by the SEC.
2. 
Subcontracting
RFS, upon consultation with the Board, may subcontract with any entity or person concerning the provision of fund accounting services contemplated hereunder (a "Sub-Fund Accountant"); provided, however, that RFS shall not be relieved of any of its duties and obligations under this Agreement by the appointment of such subcontractor and provided further, that RFS shall be responsible, to the extent provided in herein, for all acts of such subcontractor as if such acts were its own.
3. 
Compensation
The Trust shall pay RFS compensation for the services to be provided by RFS under this Agreement in accordance with, and in the manner set forth in Schedule A attached hereto.
3


4. Reimbursement of Expenses and Miscellaneous Service Fees Relating to Fund Accounting.
(a) In addition to paying RFS the fees provided in Schedule A, the Trust agrees to reimburse RFS for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in providing fund accounting services hereunder, including without limitation the following:
(i)
All freight and other delivery and bonding charges incurred by RFS in delivering materials to and from the Trust or other service providers of the Trust;
(ii)
All direct telephone, telephone transmission and telecopy or other electronic transmission expenses incurred by RFS in communication with the Trust, the Trust's investment advisor or custodian, dealers or others as required for RFS to perform the services to be provided hereunder;
(iii)
The cost of microfilm or microfiche of records or other materials;
(iv)
All systems-related expenses associated with the provision of special reports and services pursuant to,Section 1(c) herein; and
(v)
Any additional expenses reasonably incurred by RFS in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement.
(b) In addition, RFS shall be entitled to receive the following amounts:
(i)
Systems development fees billed at an hourly rate of $150 per hour, as approved by the Trust;
(ii)
Ad hoc reporting fees billed at an agreed upon rate; and
(iii)
Charges for the pricing information obtained from third party vendors for use in pricing the securities of each Trust's portfolio pursuant to Section 1(b)(ii) of this Agreement, which shall not exceed the amounts that would be incurred if the Trust were to obtain the information directly from the relevant vendor or vendors.
5. Standard of Care; Uncontrollable Events; Limitation of Liability
RFS shall use reasonable professional diligence to ensure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement, but shall not be liable to the Trust for any action taken or omitted by RFS in the absence of bad faith, willful misfeasance, negligence or reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties. The duties of RFS shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against RFS hereunder.
RFS shall maintain adequate and reliable computer and other equipment necessary or appropriate to carry out its obligations under this Agreement. Upon the
4


Trust's reasonable request, RFS shall provide supplemental information concerning the aspects of its disaster recovery and business continuity plan that are relevant to the services provided hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, RFS assumes no responsibility hereunder, and shall not be liable, for any damage, loss of data, delay or any other loss whatsoever caused by events beyond its reasonable control. Events beyond RFS's reasonable control include, without limitation, force majeure events. Force majeure events include natural disasters, actions or decrees of governmental bodies, and communication lines failures that are not the fault of either party. In the event of force majeure, computer or other equipment failures or other events beyond its reasonable control, RFS shall follow applicable procedures in its disaster recovery and business continuity plan and use all commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any service interruption.
RFS shall provide the Trust, at such times as the Trust may reasonably require, copies of reports rendered by independent public accountants on the internal controls and procedures of RFS relating to the services provided by RFS under this Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything in this agreement to the contrary, in no event shall RFS, its affiliates or any of its or their directors, officers, employees, agents or subcontractors be liable for exemplary, punitive, special, incidental, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits, each of which is hereby excluded by agreement of the parties regardless of whether such damages were foreseeable or whether either party or any entity has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
6. Term
This Agreement shall become effective upon its approval by a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Board who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of such party and shall continue in effect for a period of two years from the date hereof, subject thereafter to being continued in force and effect from year to year if specifically approved each year by the Board. In addition to the foregoing, each renewal of this Agreement must be approved by the vote of a majority of the Trust's trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Prior to voting on the renewal of this Agreement, the Board may request and evaluate, and RFS shall furnish, such information as may reasonably be necessary to enable the Board to evaluate the terms of this Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated at any time by either party, without cause, upon 90 days written notice to the other, and for cause upon 30 days written notice by the party alleging cause.
For purposes of this Agreement, "cause" shall mean (a) a material breach of this Agreement that has not been remedied for thirty (30) days following written notice of such breach from the non-breaching party; (b) a final, unappealable judicial, regulatory or administrative ruling or order in which the party to be terminated has been found guilty of criminal or unethical behavior in the conduct of its business; or (c) financial difficulties on the part of the party to be terminated which are evidenced by the authorization or commencement of, or involvement by way of pleading, answer, consent
5


or acquiescence in, a voluntary or involuntary case under Title 11 of the United States Code, as from time to time is in effect, or any applicable law, other than said Title 11, of any jurisdiction relating to the liquidation or reorganization of debtors or to the modification or alteration of the rights of creditors. RFS shall not terminate this Agreement pursuant to clause (a) above based solely upon the Trust's failure to pay an amount to RFS which is the subject of a good faith dispute, if (i) the Trust is attempting in good faith to resolve such dispute with as much expediency as may be possible under the circumstances, and (ii) the Trust continues to perform its obligations hereunder in all other material respects (including paying all fees and expenses not subject to reasonable dispute hereunder).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, following any such termination, in the event that RFS in fact continues to perform any one or more of the services contemplated by this Agreement (or any Schedule or exhibit hereto) with the consent of the Trust, the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions dealing with indemnification, shall continue in full force and effect. Fees and out-of-pocket expenses due RFS but unpaid by the Trust upon such termination shall be immediately due and payable upon and notwithstanding such termination. RFS shall be entitled to collect from the Trust, in addition to the fees and disbursements provided for herein, the amount of all of RFS's reasonable cash disbursements in connection with RFS's activities in effecting such termination, including without limitation, the delivery to the Trust and/or its designees of the Trust's property, records, instruments and documents.
7. Indemnification
The Trust agrees to indemnify and hold harmless RFS, its employees, agents, directors, officers and nominees from and against any and all claims, demands, actions and suits, and from and against any and all judgments, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees and other expenses of every nature and character arising out of or in any way relating to RFS's actions taken or omissions with respect to the performance of services under this Agreement or based, if applicable, upon reasonable reliance on information, records, instructions or requests given or made to RFS by the Trust, the investment adviser or custodian thereof; provided that this indemnification shall not apply to actions or omissions of RFS in cases of its own bad faith, willful misfeasance, negligence or reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties.
RFS shall indemnify, defend, and hold the Trust harmless from and against any and all claims, actions and suits and all losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, payments, expenses and liabilities (including reasonable investigation expenses) resulting directly and proximately from RFS's willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.
The indemnification rights hereunder shall include the right to reasonable advances of defense expenses in the event of any pending or threatened litigation with respect to which indemnification hereunder may ultimately be merited. In order that the indemnification provisions contained herein shall apply, however, it is understood that if
6


in any case a party may be asked to indemnify or hold the other party harmless, the indemnifying party shall be fully and promptly advised of all pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and it is further understood that the indemnified party will use all reasonable care to identify and notify the indemnifying party promptly concerning any situation which presents or appears likely to present the probability of such a claim for indemnification against the indemnifying party, but failure to do so in good faith shall not affect the rights hereunder except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced thereby. As to any matter eligible for indemnification, an Indemnified Party shall act reasonably and in accordance with good faith business judgment and shall not effect any settlement or confess judgment without the consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate at its own expense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity provision. If the indemnifying party elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that the indemnifying party elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the indemnified party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it. If the indemnifying party does not elect to assume the defense of suit, it will reimburse the indemnified party for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the indemnified party. The indemnity and defense provisions set forth herein shall indefinitely survive the termination of this Agreement.
8. 
Record Retention and Confidentiality
RFS shall keep and maintain on behalf of the Trust all books and records which the Trust and RFS is, or may be, required to keep and maintain pursuant to any applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including without limitation Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act, relating to the maintenance of books and records in connection with the services to be provided hereunder. Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act which are prepared or maintained by RFS on behalf of the Trust shall be prepared and maintained at the expense of RFS, but shall be the property of the Trust and will be surrendered promptly to the Trust on request, and made available for inspection by the Trust or by the Commission at reasonable times.
In case of any request or demand for the inspection of such records by another party, RFS may make such records available to such party if (i) disclosure is required by law, (ii) RFS is advised by counsel that it may incur liability for failure to make a disclosure, (iii) RFS is requested to divulge such information by duly-constituted authorities or court process, or (iv) RFS is requested to make a disclosure by the Trust.
9. 
Activities of RFS
The services of RFS rendered to the Trust hereunder are not to be deemed to be exclusive. RFS is free to render such services to others and to have other businesses and
7


interests. It is understood that directors, officers, employees and Shareholders of the Trust are or may be or become interested in RFS, as officers, employees or otherwise and that partners, officers and employees of RFS and its counsel are or may be or become similarly interested in the Trust, and that RFS may be or become interested in the Trust as a shareholder or otherwise.
10.  Reports
RFS shall furnish to the Trust and to its properly authorized auditors, investment advisers, examiners, distributors, dealers, underwriters, salesmen, insurance companies and others designated by the Trust in writing, such reports and at such times as are prescribed pursuant to the terms and the conditions of this Agreement to be provided or completed by RFS, or as subsequently agreed upon by the parties pursuant to an amendment hereto.
11.  Rights of Ownership
All computer programs and procedures employed or developed by or on behalf of RFS to perform services required to be provided by RFS under this Agreement are the property of RFS. All records and other data except such computer programs and procedures are the exclusive property of the Trust and all such other records and data shall be furnished to the Trust in appropriate form as soon as practicable after termination of this Agreement for any reason.
12.  Return of Records
RFS may at its option at any time, and shall promptly upon the Trust's demand, turn over to the Trust, files, records and documents created and maintained by RFS pursuant to this Agreement which are no longer needed by RFS in the performance of its services or for its legal protection. If not so turned over to the Trust, such documents and records will be retained by RFS for six years from the year of creation. At the end of such six-year period, such records and documents will be turned over to the Trust unless the Trust authorizes in writing the destruction of such records and documents.
13.  Representations and Warranties
(a) The Trust represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Trust and, when executed and delivered by the Trust, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
(b) RFS represents and warrants that: (1) the various procedures and systems which RFS has implemented with regard to safeguarding from loss or damage attributable to fire, theft, or any other cause the records, and other data of the Trust and RFS's records, data, equipment facilities and other property used in the performance of its obligations hereunder are adequate and that it will make such changes therein from
8


time to time as are reasonably required for the secure performance of its obligations hereunder, and (2) this Agreement has been duly authorized by RFS and, when executed and delivered by RFS, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of RFS, enforceable against RFS in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
Except as expressly provided in this agreement, all representations and warranties, including, without limitation, any warranties regarding quality, suitability, merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or otherwise (irrespective of any course of dealing, custom or usage of trade) concerning the services or any goods provided incidental to the services provided under this agreement by RFS are completely disclaimed.
14. 
Insurance
RFS shall maintain a fidelity bond covering larceny and embezzlement and an insurance policy with respect to directors and officers errors and omissions coverage in amounts that are appropriate in light of its duties and responsibilities hereunder. Upon the request of the Trust, RFS shall provide evidence that coverage is in place. RFS shall notify the Trust should its insurance coverage with respect to professional liability or errors and omissions coverage be canceled. Such notification shall include the date of cancellation and the reasons therefore. RFS shall notify the Trust of any material claims against it with respect to services performed under this Agreement, whether or not they may be covered by insurance, and shall notify the Trust should the total outstanding claims made by RFS under its insurance coverage materially impair, or threaten to materially impair, the adequacy of its coverage.
15. 
Legal Advice; Reliance on Prospectus and Instructions
RFS may apply to the Trust at any time for instructions and may consult with counsel for the Trusts and with accountants and other experts with respect to any matter arising in connection with RFS's duties, and RFS shall not be liable nor accountable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such instruction or with the opinion of such counsel, accountants or other experts. RFS shall notify the Trust at any time RFS believes that it is in need of the advice of counsel (other than counsel in the regular employ of RFS or any affiliated companies) with regard to RFS's responsibilities and duties specific to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement. After so notifying the Trust, RFS, at its discretion, shall be entitled to seek, receive and act upon advice of legal counsel of its choosing, such advice to be at the expense of the Trusts unless relating to a matter involving RFS's willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of RFS's responsibilities and duties hereunder, and RFS shall in no event be liable to the Trust or any shareholder or beneficial owner of the Trust for any action reasonably taken pursuant to such advice.
As to the services to be provided hereunder, RFS may rely conclusively upon the terms of the Prospectuses and Statement of Additional Information of the Trust, if any, as
9


of their respective dates, as well as the minutes of Board meetings (if applicable) and other records of the Trust unless RFS receives written instructions to the contrary in a timely manner from the Trust.
16.  Notices
Any notice provided hereunder shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the party required to be served with such notice at the following address: if to the Trust, to it at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532 Attn: President; and if to RFS, to it at 805 King Farm Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20850, Attn: President, or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party pursuant to this Section.
17.  Assignment
This Agreement and the rights and duties hereunder shall not be assignable by either of the parties hereto except by the specific written consent of the other party. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
18.  Governing Law
This Agreement shall be governed by and provisions shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Delaware, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
19.  Privacy
Nonpublic personal financial information relating to consumers or customers of the Trust provided by, or at the direction of the Trust to RFS, or collected or retained by RFS to perform its duties shall be considered confidential information. RFS shall not give, sell or in any way transfer such confidential information to any person or entity, other than affiliates of RFS except at the direction of the Trust or as required or permitted by law. RFS shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of records and information relating to consumers or customers of the Trust.
20.  Miscellaneous
(a) Paragraph headings in this Agreement are included for convenience only and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.
(b) This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement of the parties hereto as to the subject matter covered by this Agreement, and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements bearing upon the subject matter covered herein.
10

 
 
   (c)   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.
   (d)   No amendment to this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and executed by both parties hereto.
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
 
Rydex Fund Services, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:    /s/ Nikolaos Bonos
 
Name: Nikolaos Bonos
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer and
 
 President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Guggenheim Build America Bonds
 
Managed Duration Trust
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:    /s/ John L. Sullivan
 
Name: John L. Sullivan
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Chief
 
 Accounting Officer & Treasurer
 
 
 
 
 
 
12

SCHEDULE A
TO THE FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT
BETWEEN RYDEX FUND SERVICES, LLC
AND GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION
TRUST
Date: June 1, 2013
Fund Accounting Fees
Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust agrees to pay RFS the following fees:
n
3.00 bps on first $200M
n
1.50 bps on next $300M
n
1.00 bps on next $500M
n
0.75 bps excess over $1B
n
$50,000 minimum per fund per year.
The fees described herein shall be calculated daily and payable monthly. If this Agreement is in effect for only a portion of a month, the fee shall be prorated for such month.
13
 
AMENDMENT TO FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT (this Amendment”) is made and entered into, as of this 27th day of July, 2016, by and between Rydex Fund Services, LLC (“RFS”) and Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust (the Trust”).
WHEREAS, RFS and the Trust have entered into that certain Fund Accounting Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2013 (as the same may have been amended through the date hereof, the Existing Agreement”), pursuant to which RFS has agreed to provide certain services to the Trust;
WHEREAS, on the date of this Amendment, Mitsubishi UFJ Trust and Banking Corporation (“MUTB”) has agreed to acquire RFS; and
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Existing Agreement, such amendment to be effective as of 12:01 a.m., Eastern Time, on the day immediately following the consummation of the acquisition of RFS by MUTB (the Effective Time”), as and to the extent set forth in this Amendment (the Existing Agreement, as amended by this Amendment and any other
amendments following the Effective Time, the Agreement”);
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1. 
Superseding Terms. Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, as of the Effective Time, (a) the terms of this Amendment shall supersede any contrary terms of the Existing Agreement and (b) in the event of any inconsistency between this Amendment and the terms of the Existing Agreement, this Amendment shall control. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Existing Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
2. 
Term. As of the Effective Time, the Agreement shall be amended such that, subject to the termination provisions in Section 5 of this Amendment, (x) the term of the Agreement shall be extended until the last business day prior to the date that is five years from the Effective Time (the Initial Term”), and (y) at the end of the Initial Term, the term of the Agreement will automatically be extended first for a single two (2) year term and then successive one (1) year terms, in each case unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal to the other party at least 90 days prior to the date at which such automatic extension would otherwise occur.
3. 
Fees. As of the Effective Time:
(a) The fees set forth in the Existing Agreement for the services provided by RFS as of the date hereof are hereby confirmed and shall be in effect until the last business day prior to the date that is three years from the Effective Time (such period, the First Period”) and shall thereafter be subject to




renegotiation in good faith, taking into account any reasonable supporting detail and documentation provided by either party, to the extent that similarly situated funds (other than funds advised by Guggenheim Partners Investment Management Holdings, LLC or any of its subsidiaries) are receiving services that are substantially similar to those provided under the Agreement at fee levels materially lower than those paid by the Trust, with the renegotiated fees for such services to apply for the remainder of the Initial Term and for any extension period thereafter, subject to further renegotiation for any extension period in good faith as set forth in this section.
 
(b)
The fees set forth in the Agreement for the services provided by RFS as of the Effective Time shall not be subject to renegotiation or adjustment during the First Period, and, except as otherwise provided in Section 3(a) of this Amendment, during the remaining two years of the Initial Term or during any extension period thereafter.
 
(c)
The parties mutually agree that in the event the Trust wishes to engage RFS to perform additional services for the Trust not performed by RFS for the Trust as of the Effective Time, the scope of and the fees for such services shall be negotiated by the parties in good faith and agreed on in writing, taking into account RFS pricing of substantially similar services to similarly situated parties.
 
4. 
Assignment. As of the Effective Time, the Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other party; provided that RFS may designate one or more direct or indirect subsidiaries of Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. to perform all or any portion of its obligations under the Agreement, so long as such assignment or designation would not reasonably be expected to adversely impact the quality of the services provided to the Trust and RFS provides prompt written notice to the Trust of such designation, provided that no such designation shall relieve RFS of any of its obligations under the Agreement.
 
5. 
Early Termination. As of the Effective Time, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Existing Agreement, only upon the occurrence of any of the following events and subject to the notice and cure periods (if applicable) set forth below, the Trust may terminate the Agreement during the Initial Term or any renewal period without penalty upon written notice to RFS following the occurrence of:
(a)  a determination by a majority of the Trust’s trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of a party to the Agreement (the “Independent Trustees”), after consultation with outside counsel, that continuation of the Agreement would be inconsistent with the fiduciary duties of the Trust’s board of trustees (such fiduciary duty to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state in
-2-




which the Trust is organized), provided that (i) prior to the effectiveness of such termination (which may be no earlier than sixty (60) days following delivery of written notice of termination by the Trust) and (ii) commencing as promptly as practicable following the delivery of notice from the Trust, the parties will use good faith efforts to negotiate amendments to the Agreement to avoid such termination;
 
(b)
a material breach of the Agreement, provided that RFS shall have sixty (60) days from delivery of written notice of breach to cure such material breach;
 
(c)
RFS, or its direct or indirect parent, filing for bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or liquidation;
 
(d)
material regulatory non-compliance by RFS that is reasonably likely to adversely affect the provision of services of the type provided by RFS under the Agreement to the Trust, or disqualification of RFS or its affiliates from providing the services set forth under the Agreement to the Trust; or
 
(e)
a material diminution (other than as contractually agreed between the Trust and RFS) in the quality of the services provided by RFS relative to the quality of services provided by RFS in the one (1) year prior to the Effective Time (taking into account regulatory developments and requests of the Trust), provided that RFS shall have sixty (60) days from delivery of written notice to cure such material diminution.
Any notices delivered by the Trust to RFS pursuant to clauses (b) or (e) of this Section 5 shall specify in reasonable detail the Trust’s grounds for termination, as applicable, and the Trust shall respond promptly to any questions from RFS regarding such notice and the grounds for termination included therein.
Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in the Agreement, the Trust may not provide notice of termination to RFS during the period beginning at the time of consummation of the acquisition of RFS by MUTB and ending at the Effective Time.
6. 
Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by the provisions of Section 18 of the Existing Agreement, and such provisions are hereby incorporated into this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.
7. 
Other. If the agreement pursuant to which MUTB has agreed to acquire RFS is terminated for any reason, this Amendment shall be null and void and of no force and effect and RFS shall promptly notify the Trust of such termination.
8. 
Transition. Following delivery of notice of termination or non-renewal of the Agreement by either party after the Effective Time, RFS will promptly transfer to
 
-3-




the new service provider designated by the Trust (the New Provider”) all relevant books, records, correspondence and other data established or maintained by RFS under the Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to RFS, and for a reasonable period following such notice, which in no event shall exceed ninety (90) days following the effectiveness of such termination, (a) will otherwise reasonably cooperate in the transfer of its duties and responsibilities, including by providing assistance in the establishment of books, records and other data by the New Provider and (b) will take any other reasonably necessary actions which the Trust or its designee may reasonably request to facilitate the Trust’s transition to the New Provider.
[Signature page to follow]
-4-




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the date and year first set forth above.
RYDEX FUND SERVICES, LLC
By:      /s/ Nikolaos Bonos
Name: Nikolaos Bonos
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION TRUST
By:     /s/ Amy J. Lee 
Name: Amy J. Lee
Title: Chief Legal Officer


FUND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT made as of this 14th day of May, 2013, by and between each closed-end registered investment company listed on Schedule A hereto (as amended from time to time), (each individually referred to below as a “Trust”) and Rydex Fund Services, LLC (“RFS” or the “Administrator”), a Maryland limited liability company having its principal place of business at 805 King Farm Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20850.
WHEREAS, each Trust operates as a closed-end management investment company, and is so registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);
WHEREAS, each Trust desires that RFS perform fund administration services for the Trust under the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement and RFS is willing to perform such services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, RFS and each Trust wish to enter into this Agreement in order to set forth the terms under which RFS will perform the fund administration services set forth herein for the Trust;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each Trust and RFS hereby agree as follows:
1.  Appointment. The Trust hereby appoints the Administrator to administer the Trust and the Administrator accepts such appointment and agrees that it will furnish the services, subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”), set forth in Schedule B attached hereto and made part hereof.
2.  Representations and Warranties.
(a) The Trust represents and warrants that: (1) as of the close of business on the effective date of this Agreement, the Trust is registered under the 1940 Act as a closed-end management investment company, and (2) this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Trust and, when executed and delivered by the Trust, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
(b) RFS represents and warrants that: (1) the various procedures and systems which RFS has implemented with regard to safeguarding from loss or damage attributable to fire, theft, or any other cause the records, and other data of the Trust and RFS’s records, data, equipment facilities and other property used in the performance of its obligations hereunder are adequate and that it will make such changes therein from time to time as are reasonably required for the secure performance of its obligations




hereunder, and (2) this Agreement has been duly authorized by RFS and, when executed and delivered by RFS, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of RFS, enforceable against RFS in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
3.  Compliance with the Trust’s Governing Documents and Applicable Law. In all matters relating to the performance of this Agreement, the Administrator will act in conformity with the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and registration statement of the Trust and with the direction of the Trust’s Board and executive officers. Further, the Administrator will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act and all other applicable federal or state laws and regulations.
The Administrator shall keep and maintain on behalf of the Trust those books and records which the Trust or Administrator is, or may be, required to keep and maintain in connection with the services to be provided hereunder pursuant to any applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including without limitation Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act, relating to the maintenance of books and records. Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act which are prepared or maintained by Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall be prepared and maintained at the expense of Administrator, but shall be the property of the Trust and will be surrendered promptly to the Trust on request, and made available for inspection by the Trust at reasonable times.
Administrator will treat all books and records of the Trust as confidential and proprietary and will not disclose or use any such books and records for any purpose other than to the performance of its duties and responsibilities hereunder; except that, in case of any request or demand for the inspection of such records by another party, the Administrator may make such records available to such party if (i) disclosure is required by law, (ii) the Administrator is advised by counsel that it may incur liability for failure to make a disclosure after notifying the Trust and providing the Trust a reasonable opportunity to object to the party making such a request, (iii) the Administrator is requested to divulge such information by duly-constituted authorities or court process, or (iv) the Administrator is requested to make a disclosure by the Trust.
4.  Services Not Exclusive. The Administrator’s services hereunder are not deemed to be exclusive, and the Administrator is free to render administrative services or other services to other funds or clients so long as the Administrator’s services under this Agreement are not impaired thereby.
5.  Compensation. The Trust shall pay Administrator compensation for the services to be provided under this Agreement in accordance with, and in the manner set forth, in Schedule C attached hereto. Schedule C may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of Administrator and the Trust.
6.  Limitation of Liability of the Administrator. The Administrator will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust or
2




its shareholders in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence on its part in the performance of its duties, or from the reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
The Administrator may apply to the Trust at any time for instructions and may consult with counsel for the Trust and with accountants and other experts with respect to any matter arising in connection with Administrator’s duties, and Administrator shall not be liable nor accountable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such instruction or with the opinion of such counsel, accountants or other experts. Administrator shall notify the Trust if at any time Administrator believes that it is in need of the advice of counsel (other than counsel in the regular employ of Administrator or any affiliated companies) with regard to Administrator’s responsibilities and duties specific to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement. After so notifying the Trust, Administrator, at its discretion, shall be entitled to seek, receive and act upon advice of legal counsel of its choosing, the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel to be at the expense of the Trust unless relating to a matter involving Administrator’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of Administrator’s responsibilities and duties hereunder, and Administrator shall in no event be liable to the Trust or any shareholder or beneficial owner of the Trust for any action reasonably taken pursuant to such advice.
As to the services to be provided hereunder, Administrator may rely conclusively upon the terms of the Prospectuses and Statement of Additional Information of the Company, if any, as of their respective dates (as modified from time to time by disclosure in shareholder reports, press releases, privacy statements, or the Trust’s website) as well as the minutes of Board meetings (if applicable) and other records of the Trust unless Administrator receives written instructions to the contrary in a timely manner from the Trust.
RFS shall maintain adequate and reliable computer and other equipment necessary or appropriate to carry out its obligations under this Agreement. Upon the Trust’s reasonable request, RFS shall provide supplemental information concerning the aspects of its disaster recovery and business continuity plan that are relevant to the services provided hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, RFS assumes no responsibility hereunder, and shall not be liable for, any damage, loss of data, delay or any other loss whatsoever caused by events beyond its reasonable control. Events beyond RFS’s reasonable control include, without limitation, force majeure events. Force majeure events include natural disasters, actions or decrees of governmental bodies, and communication lines failures that are not the fault of either party. In the event of force majeure, computer or other equipment failures or other events beyond its reasonable control, RFS shall follow applicable procedures in its disaster recovery and business continuity plan and use all commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any service interruption.
7. Duration and Termination. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and shall continue in effect until June 30, 2014, unless sooner terminated.
3




Thereafter, the Agreement shall continue on an annual basis provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (a) the vote of a majority of the Board, and (b) a majority of the Board who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust or the Administrator. Notwithstanding the initial term, this Agreement may be terminated by either party hereto (without penalty) with at least 60 days’ prior written notice to the other party hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, the continuation or termination of this Agreement with respect to a Trust shall be independent of the continuation or termination of this Agreement with respect to any other Trust.
8.  Amendment. This Agreement (or any provision hereof) may only be amended, waived, discharged, or terminated with respect to a Trust in writing, and with the agreement of such Trust and the Administrator.
In the event that any close-end investment company other than those listed on Schedule A hereto desires to appoint Administrator under the terms hereof, and Administrator desires to accept such appointment, Administrator and such company will execute a letter agreement. Upon execution thereof, Schedule A hereto will be updated and such company will become a Trust hereunder and be bound by all terms, conditions, and provisions hereof.
9.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without respect to choice of law principles thereof. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Delaware, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
10.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.
11.  Notices. Any notice provided hereunder shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the party required to be served with such notice at the following address: if to the Trust, to it at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois, 60532, Attn: President; and if to RFS, to it at 805 King Farm Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20850, Attn: President, or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party pursuant to this Section.
12.  Assignment. This Agreement and the rights and duties hereunder shall not be assignable by either of the parties hereto except by the specific written consent of the other party. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
13.  Subcontracting. With the written consent of the Trust, RFS may subcontract with any entity or person concerning the provision of the services contemplated; provided, however, that RFS shall not be relieved of any of its duties and obligations under this Agreement by the appointment of such subcontractor and provided further, that
4



RFS shall be responsible, to the extent provided in Section 6 hereof, for all acts of such subcontractor as if such acts were its own.
14. Miscellaneous.
(a) This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings in relation to the subject matter hereof. The headings of each section to this Agreement are included for convenience and reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereto or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
(b) A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Guggenheim Enhanced Equity and Income Fund (“GPM”) is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of an officer of the GPM as an officer and not individually and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees of GPM, officers or shareholders individually, but are binding only upon the assets and property of GPM.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.
Rydex Fund Services, LLC
By:         /s/ Nikolaos Bonos 
Name: Nikolaos Bonos
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

          /s/ John L. Sullivan 
On behalf of each Trust identified on Schedule A attached hereto
Name: John L. Sullivan
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Chief
          Accounting Officer and Treasurer
5




SCHEDULE A
Closed-End Trusts Party to this Agreement
Fund Name
Symbol
Guggenheim Build America Bonds
Managed Duration Trust
GBAB
Guggenheim Equal Weight Enhanced
Equity Income Fund
GEQ
Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Strategy Fund
GGE
Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund
GOF
Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund
GPM
Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity
Fund
FMO
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
GGM*

*GGM launched on 6/25/13. This agreement is effective as of 6/25/13 for GGM.
 
6

 

SCHEDULE B
FINANCIAL REPORTING AND ANALYSIS
·
Annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, including coordination of typesetting, printing and distribution of reports
·
Annual and semi-annual regulatory filings (Forms N-CSR and N-SAR)
·
Quarterly portfolio filings (Form N-Q)
·
Quarterly Board of Trustees reporting
·
Establish and monitor expense accruals
·
Coordinate with custodian and fund accounting agent the timely processing of invoices
·
Recommend and monitor fund distributions and corresponding earnings levels, including preparation of Section 19 notices, as appropriate
·
Facilitate the preparation of statistical reports for outside tracking agencies (i.e. ICI, Lipper Analytics) as appropriate
·
Calculate required yields, total returns, and portfolio turnover rate
·
Monitor leverage use and requirements (and preferred share asset maintenance tests or borrowing base requirements) and evaluate exposure to short-terms interest rates
·
Coordinate the annual audit with independent registered public accounting firm
·
Assist in the preparation of registration statements (Form N-IA) and other filings relating to the registration of shares, and proxy statements (Form N-PX)
·
Assisting the Trust in responding to and providing documents for routine regulatory examinations or investigations; and working closely with counsel to the Trust in response to such routine or any non-routine regulatory matters
·
Assist in preparing for Board meetings by (i) coordinating Board book production and distribution, (ii) preparing the relevant sections of the Board materials pertaining to the responsibilities of RFS, (iii) assisting and coordinating special materials related to annual contract approvals and related matters, and (v) performing such other Board meeting functions as agreed by the parties
·
Obtain, maintain and file fidelity bonds and directors and officers/errors and omissions insurance policies for the Trust at the expense of the Trust in accordance with the requirements of Rules 17g-1 and 17d-1(7) under the 1940 Act to the extent such bonds and policies are approved by the Board
·
Make available appropriate individuals to serve as officers of the Company, upon designation as such by the Board
·
Such other services for the Trust that are mutually agreed upon by the parties from time to time
TAX
·
Provide oversight of tax service provider



·
Provide on-premises tax guidance, with consultation of outside service provider, to portfolio managers, product development and other business units as needed.
·
Preparation of tax related financial statement footnote disclosures
·
Preparation of FIN 48 memoranda
·
Analyze wash sales
·
Analysis of potential fund ownership changes
·
Preparation of annual ICI Survey/1099 information
·
Monitor quarterly sub-chapter M diversification tests
·
Perform high level review of tax returns
·
Provide portfolio managers with periodic realized/unrealized gain/loss reports
·
Review in conjunction with the service provider
·
new securities tax treatments
·
fund tax provisions
·
fund distribution calculations
COMPLIANCE
·
Maintain required books and records in accordance with Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act
·
Monitor compliance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, and the U.S. Commodities and Futures Commission, and the Trust’s prospectus and statement of additional information on a post-trade basis, coordinating findings with the Trust’s Adviser and Sub-Adviser (as applicable and necessary)
·
Facilitate annual filings of Trust proxy voting (Form N-PX)
·
Sarbanes Oxley considerations, including the provision of necessary sub-certifications




SCHEDULE C
Compensation: For the services provided and expenses assumed by Administrator under this Agreement, each Trust will pay the Administrator a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly at the following annualized rates based on the daily Managed Assets of the Trust:
1.
0.0275% for the first $200,000,000;
2.
0.0200% for the next $300,000,000;
3.
0.0150% for the next $500,000,000; and
4.
0.0100% for amounts over $1,000,000,000
 
 
 

 
AMENDMENT TO FUND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT (this Amendment”) is made and entered into, as of this 27th day of July, 2016, by and between Rydex Fund Services, LLC (“RFS”) and each of Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity Fund (FMO); Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust (GBAB); Guggenheim Energy & Income Fund (GEI); Guggenheim Equal Weight Enhanced Equity Income Fund (GEQ); Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Strategy Fund (GGE); Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (GGM); Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund (GOF); and
Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund (GPM) (each a “Trust” and collectively, the
Trusts”).
WHEREAS, RFS and each Trust have entered into that certain Fund Administration Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2013 (as the same may have been amended through the date hereof, the Existing Agreement”), pursuant to which RFS has agreed to provide certain services to the Trusts;
WHEREAS, on the date of this Amendment, Mitsubishi UFJ Trust and Banking Corporation (“MUTB”) has agreed to acquire RFS; and
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Existing Agreement, such amendment to be effective as of 12:01 a.m., Eastern Time, on the day immediately following the consummation of the acquisition of RFS by MUTB (the Effective Time”), as and to the extent set forth in this Amendment (the Existing Agreement, as amended by this Amendment and any other
amendments following the Effective Time, the Agreement”);
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1. 
Superseding Terms. Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, as of the Effective Time, (a) the terms of this Amendment shall supersede any contrary terms of the Existing Agreement and (b) in the event of any inconsistency between this Amendment and the terms of the Existing Agreement, this Amendment shall control. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Existing Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
2. 
Term. As of the Effective Time, the Agreement shall be amended such that, subject to the termination provisions in Section 5 of this Amendment, (x) the term of the Agreement shall be extended until the last business day prior to the date that is five years from the Effective Time (the Initial Term”), and (y) at the end of the Initial Term, the term of the Agreement will automatically be extended first for a single two (2) year term and then successive one (1) year terms, in each case unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal to the other party at least 90 days prior to the date at which such automatic extension would otherwise occur. For the avoidance of doubt, the continuation or termination of the





Agreement with respect to a Trust shall be independent of the continuation or termination of the Agreement with respect to any other Trust.
3. Fees. As of the Effective Time:
 
(a)
The fees set forth in the Existing Agreement for the services provided by RFS as of the date hereof are hereby confirmed and shall be in effect until the last business day prior to the date that is three years from the Effective Time (such period, the First Period”) and shall thereafter be subject to renegotiation in good faith, taking into account any reasonable supporting detail and documentation provided by either party, to the extent that similarly situated funds (other than funds advised by Guggenheim Partners Investment Management Holdings, LLC or any of its subsidiaries) are receiving services that are substantially similar to those provided under the Agreement at fee levels materially lower than those paid by the Trust, with the renegotiated fees for such services to apply for the remainder of the Initial Term and for any extension period thereafter, subject to further renegotiation for any extension period in good faith as set forth in this section.
 
(b)
The fees set forth in the Agreement for the services provided by RFS as of the Effective Time shall not be subject to renegotiation or adjustment during the First Period, and, except as otherwise provided in Section 3(a) of this Amendment, during the remaining two years of the Initial Term or during any extension period thereafter.
 
(c)
The parties mutually agree that in the event the Trust wishes to engage RFS to perform additional services for the Trust not performed by RFS for the Trust as of the Effective Time, the scope of and the fees for such services shall be negotiated by the parties in good faith and agreed on in writing, taking into account RFS pricing of substantially similar services to similarly situated parties.
4.     Assignment. As of the Effective Time, the Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other party; provided that RFS may designate one or more direct or indirect subsidiaries of Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. to perform all or any portion of its obligations under the Agreement, so long as such assignment or designation would not reasonably be expected to adversely impact the quality of the services provided to the Trust and RFS provides prompt written notice to the Trust of such designation, provided that no such designation shall relieve RFS of any of its obligations under the Agreement.
  5.
Early Termination. As of the Effective Time, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Existing Agreement, only upon the occurrence of any of the following events and subject to the notice and cure periods (if applicable) set forth below, the Trust may terminate the Agreement during the Initial Term or
-2-




any renewal period without penalty upon written notice to RFS following the occurrence of:
(a)
a determination by a majority of the Trust’s trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of a party to the Agreement (the “Independent Trustees”), after consultation with outside counsel, that continuation of the Agreement would be inconsistent with the fiduciary duties of the Trust’s board of trustees (such fiduciary duty to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Trust is organized), provided that (i) prior to the effectiveness of such termination (which may be no earlier than sixty (60) days following delivery of written notice of termination by the Trust) and (ii) commencing as promptly as practicable following the delivery of notice from the Trust, the parties will use good faith efforts to negotiate amendments to the Agreement to avoid such termination;
 
(b)
a material breach of the Agreement, provided that RFS shall have sixty (60) days from delivery of written notice of breach to cure such material breach;
 
(c)
RFS, or its direct or indirect parent, filing for bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or liquidation;
 
(d)
material regulatory non-compliance by RFS that is reasonably likely to adversely affect the provision of services of the type provided by RFS under the Agreement to the Trust, or disqualification of RFS or its affiliates from providing the services set forth under the Agreement to the Trust; or
 
(e)
a material diminution (other than as contractually agreed between the Trust and RFS) in the quality of the services provided by RFS relative to the quality of services provided by RFS in the one (1) year prior to the Effective Time (taking into account regulatory developments and requests of the Trust), provided that RFS shall have sixty (60) days from delivery of written notice to cure such material diminution.
Any notices delivered by the Trust to RFS pursuant to clauses (b) or (e) of this Section 5 shall specify in reasonable detail the Trust’s grounds for termination, as applicable, and the Trust shall respond promptly to any questions from RFS regarding such notice and the grounds for termination included therein.
Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in the Agreement, the Trust may not provide notice of termination to RFS during the period beginning at the time of consummation of the acquisition of RFS by MUTB and ending at the Effective Time.
-3-




For the avoidance of doubt, the continuation or termination of the Agreement with respect to a Trust shall be independent of the continuation or termination of the Agreement with respect to any other Trust.
 
6. 
Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by the provisions of Section 9 of the Existing Agreement, and such provisions are hereby incorporated into this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.
 
7. 
Other. If the agreement pursuant to which MUTB has agreed to acquire RFS is terminated for any reason, this Amendment shall be null and void and of no force and effect and RFS shall promptly notify the Trusts of such termination.
 
8. 
Transition. Following delivery of notice of termination or non-renewal of the Agreement by either party after the Effective Time, RFS will promptly transfer to the new service provider designated by the Trust (the New Provider”) all relevant books, records, correspondence and other data established or maintained by RFS under the Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to RFS, and for a reasonable period following such notice, which in no event shall exceed ninety (90) days following the effectiveness of such termination, (a) will otherwise reasonably cooperate in the transfer of its duties and responsibilities, including by providing assistance in the establishment of books, records and other data by the New Provider and (b) will take any other reasonably necessary actions which the Trust or its designee may reasonably request to facilitate the Trust’s transition to the New Provider.
[Signature page to follow]
-4-



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the date and year first set forth above.
RYDEX FUND SERVICES, LLC

By:        /s/ Nikoloas Bonos
Name: Nikolaos Bonos
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
ON BEHALF OF EACH OF THE TRUSTS
FIRST LISTED ABOVE
By:        /s/ Amy J. Lee 
Name: Amy J. Lee
Title: Chief Legal Officer


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT is made as of February 27, 2015 among Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Borrower”), Société Générale, New York Branch, as lender (the “Lender”) and Société Générale, as agent (the “Agent”).
The Borrower has requested that the Lender provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lender, acting through the Agent, is willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.  In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
1. INTERPRETATION
(a) Single Agreement.  This agreement, together with Appendix I and Appendix II hereto, shall form a single agreement (collectively, this “Agreement”).
(b) Definitions.  The terms defined in Section 9 and in Appendix I hereto will have the meanings therein specified for purposes of this Agreement.
(c) Valuations and Calculations.  All valuations or calculations herein or under any other Transaction Document shall be in U.S. Dollars and all calculations and determinations relating to collateral, margin, haircut, value, required margin, margin deficiency, or other similar calculations and determinations shall be made in Agent’s sole discretion.
2. THE FACILITY
(a) Loans.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Lender agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Loan”) to the Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day prior to the Maturity Date, in an aggregate amount such that after giving effect to any borrowing, the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Commitment; provided, however, that (i) the Lender shall not be obligated to make a Loan during the existence of a Default or an Event of Default and (ii) at no time shall the aggregate principal amount of Total Outstandings (x) subject to Sections 2(e) and (f) hereof, be such amount that a Margin Deficiency has occurred or would occur or (y) exceed the amount permitted to be borrowed under applicable Law, including the Investment Company Act, Regulation U or Regulation X.  Within the limits of the Commitment and subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow, prepay (subject to Section 2(o), without premium or penalty), and reborrow Loans, as further provided herein.
(b) Borrowings.  The Borrower may request that Loans be made by irrevocable notice to the Agent (unless the Lender is unable to charge an interest rate based upon the Applicable LIBOR Rate as provided for in Section 8(k)) not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) at least one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of borrowing; provided that the initial borrowing hereunder may be made on the date this Agreement becomes effective.   Each borrowing of a Loan shall be in a principal amount of at least $1,000,000.  Notices pursuant to this Section 2(b) must specify the requested date and amount of borrowing and may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing.  If any such notice is not delivered by the time referred to above, then it shall be deemed to have been given on the next Business Day.
(c) Repayments.  The Borrower unconditionally promises to repay to the Agent for the account of the Lender on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding on such date, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon and all other fees and other amounts, if any, payable hereunder.
(d) Optional Prepayments.  Subject to Section 2(o), the Borrower may voluntarily prepay any Loan, in whole or in part, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon and, in the case of any prepayment in whole, all other fees and other amounts payable hereunder, without premium or penalty by irrevocable written notice to the Agent not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on any Business Day.  Any prepayment of a Loan shall be in a principal amount of at least $1,000,000 or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding.  Prepayment in whole pursuant to this Section 2(d) shall not in and of itself constitute a termination of this Agreement by the Borrower.
(e) Mandatory Prepayments.  If for any reason (A) a Margin Deficiency occurs and such Margin Deficiency has not been timely cured in accordance with Section 2(f) below or (B) the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the Commitment, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Loans, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.
(f) Margin Deficiency Cure.  If a Margin Deficiency occurs, the Agent may notify the Borrower of the occurrence and the amount of such Margin Deficiency (such notice, a “Margin Deficiency Notice”).  If the Agent delivers a Margin Deficiency Notice to the Borrower, the Borrower shall, not later than (i) 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date the Agent delivers such Margin Deficiency Notice if such Margin Deficiency Notice is delivered on or before 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on a Business Day, or (ii) 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the next succeeding Business Day if such Margin Deficiency Notice is delivered after 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on a Business Day or any day that is not a Business Day, either prepay outstanding Loans or deposit additional Eligible Collateral (satisfactory to the Agent in its sole discretion) into the Collateral Account, in each case in an amount necessary to, after giving effect to such payment or deposit, cure such Margin Deficiency.
(g) Withdrawal or Substitution of Collateral. The Borrower shall not be permitted to withdraw or substitute any Collateral from the Collateral Account except that the Borrower shall be permitted to withdraw or substitute Collateral from the Collateral Account on any Business Day if all of the following conditions are met:
(i)
the Borrower delivers a written notice of withdrawal or substitution to the Agent on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Business Day of the requested withdrawal or substitution;
(ii)
prior to and after giving effect to such withdrawal or substitution, no Event of Default exists or would occur;
(iii)
all representations and warranties in the Transaction Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the requested withdrawal or substitution as if made on such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date;
(iv)
immediately prior to and after giving effect to such withdrawal or substitution, no Margin Deficiency exists;
(v)
prior to and after giving effect to such withdrawal or substitution, the Asset Coverage is at least 300%; and
(vi)
the withdrawal or substitution of such amount of Collateral shall not violate any applicable Law, including Regulation U or Regulation X.
Any withdrawal or substitution of Collateral shall require the delivery of consent for such transaction from the Agent to the Custodian.  To the extent the Borrower is permitted to withdraw or substitute Collateral pursuant to this Section 2(g) and the Agent receives the Borrower’s notice of withdrawal or substitution on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on a Business Day, the Agent agrees to deliver the required consent to the Custodian on the same Business Day.  To the extent the Borrower is permitted to withdraw or substitute Collateral pursuant to this Section 2(g) and the Agent receives the Borrower’s notice of withdrawal or substitution after 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on a Business Day, the Agent agrees to deliver
1

the required consent to the Custodian on the following Business Day.
(h) Termination of Commitment.
(i)
The Borrower may elect to terminate the Commitment in whole or reduce the Commitment to an amount not less than $25,000,000 on any day by irrevocable written notice to the Agent not less than 30 days prior to the proposed date of termination or reduction (or upon such shorter notice period as mutually agreed upon by the Borrower and the Agent); provided that (i) the Borrower may not designate a termination date or reduce the Commitment on a date that is earlier than 180 days after the date of this Agreement and (ii) each reduction of the Commitment shall be in a whole multiple of $1,000,000.  In the event the Commitment is terminated by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2(h)(i), the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Lender on the date of such termination (A) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Loans, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and (B) all other fees and other amounts, if any, payable hereunder.
(ii)
The Lender may elect to terminate the Commitment in whole but not in part on any day by irrevocable written notice to the Agent not less than 360 days prior to the proposed date of termination; the Agent shall give such notice of termination to the Borrower promptly after its receipt of such notice.  In the event the Commitment is terminated by the Lender pursuant to this Section 2(h)(ii), the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Lender on the date of such termination (A) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest thereon and (B) all other fees and other amounts payable hereunder.
(iii)
The Facility shall automatically terminate on the date (the “Early Termination Date”) that is fifteen (15) days following the date on which Custodian provides notice to the Agent to terminate the Control Agreement pursuant to the terms thereof unless a successor Custodian that is reasonably acceptable to the Agent shall have been appointed.  On the Early Termination Date, the outstanding principal amount of all Loans, all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, and all fees, expenses and any other amounts, if any, due hereunder or under any other Transaction Document shall become due and payable.
(i) Accrual and Payment of Interest and Fees.  (i) Each Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable LIBOR Rate plus the Spread.  (ii)  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Lender, a commitment fee equal to the Commitment Fee Rate times the actual daily amount by which the Commitment exceeds the Total Outstandings.  The commitment fee shall accrue at all times until the Maturity Date, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Section 3(b) is not met.  (iii)  All interest and fees shall be due and payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar month and at such other times as may be specified herein.
(j) Evidence of Indebtedness.  The Loans and all payments thereon shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by the Agent on behalf of Lender in the ordinary course of business.  Such accounts or records shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon.  Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations.
(k) Computation of Interest and Fees.  All computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed.  Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid.
(l) Payments Generally.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments hereunder shall be in Dollars and the Borrower shall make each payment hereunder not later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date specified herein in Dollars to the Agent in immediately available funds.  All payments received by the Agent after 5:00 p.m. (New York time) shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.  If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
    (m)                 No Set-off or Withholding; Taxes.  All payments by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Agent (including for purposes of this Section 2(m) and Sections 8(f) and 8(l), any assignee, successor, or participant or an economic arrangement that is similar to a participation) hereunder shall be made to the Agent in full without condition or reduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff and free and clear of and exempt from, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties or charges of whatsoever nature imposed by any government or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof (“Taxes”).  If the Borrower shall be required by any Law to deduct or withhold for any taxes other than Excluded Taxes from any such payments, the Borrower shall increase the amount of such payment by an amount such that the Agent and the Lender receive an amount equal to the sum they would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.  In addition, the Borrower will indemnify the Agent and the Lender for the full amount of any Taxes other than Excluded Taxes and any liability resulting therefrom regardless of whether such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed.  In addition, the Borrower agrees to indemnify each of the Agent and the Lender for and hold it harmless against the full amount of Taxes other than Excluded Taxes imposed on the Agent or the Lender and any Taxes of any kind imposed on the Agent or the Lender by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2(m) and, in each case, for any liability arising therefrom or with respect thereto regardless of whether such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed.  The Borrower also agrees to pay any present or future stamp, recording, documentary, excise, property or value added taxes or any similar tax, charge, or levy that arises from any payment made under or in respect of this Agreement or from the execution, delivery or registration of, any performance under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall require the Agent or the Lender to make available any of its tax returns or any other information that it deems to be confidential or proprietary. “Excluded Taxes” means any of the following taxes imposed on or with respect to the Agent or the Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to the Agent or the Lender, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise taxes, and branch profits taxes, (b) U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of the Agent or the Lender pursuant to a law in effect on the date hereof, (c) taxes attributable to the Agent’s or the Lender’s failure to provide the Borrower with the forms necessary to reduce or avoid withholding and (d) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed under FATCA.  “FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”), as in effect on the date hereof (or any successor version that is substantively comparable thereto and not materially more onerous to comply with), any intergovernmental agreements entered into in respect thereof, any current regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.
(n) Default Interest.  If any amount payable by the Borrower under any Transaction Document is not paid when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the full extent permitted by applicable Laws.  Any such amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.  In addition, while any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (including after the commencement of any proceeding under any applicable Debtor Relief Law), upon notice from the Agent, the Borrower shall pay interest on all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the Default Rate, to the full extent permitted by applicable Laws.
(o) Funding Losses.  Upon demand of the Lender from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate the Lender for, and hold the Lender harmless from, any loss, cost or expense attributable to any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of the Lender to make a Loan) to prepay or borrow any Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower in accordance with this Agreement.
2

3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS AND LOANS
(a) Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective upon satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(i)
The Agent shall have received each of the following documents, duly executed, each (unless otherwise specified below) dated the Closing Date and in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent:
(A)
duly executed counterpart of this Agreement;
(B)
duly executed Security Documents  and all documents contemplated thereby, including UCC-1 financing statements;
(C)
certified copies of (1) the Organization Documents and the Offering Documents (including any amendments or supplements thereto) of the Borrower, (2) the resolutions of the Borrower authorizing and approving the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the Security Agreement, and the other Transaction Documents and the Loans hereunder, and otherwise satisfactory to the Agent; and (3) documents evidencing all other necessary company action, governmental approvals and third-party consents, if any, with respect to this Agreement, the Security Agreement, and any other Transaction Document;
(D)
a certificate of the Borrower certifying the names and true signatures of the Responsible Officers of the Borrower authorized to sign this Agreement, the Security Agreement, any other Transaction Document, or any other document to be delivered hereunder or thereunder;
(E)
certificates evidencing the good standing of the Borrower in its jurisdiction of formation dated a date not earlier than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;
(F)
the results of tax, judgment and Lien searches on the Borrower in Delaware, obtained by and satisfactory to the Agent, and not dated earlier than ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date;
(G)
opinions of New York and Delaware counsel to the Borrower; and
(H)
such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents, or opinions as the Agent reasonably may require.
(ii)
The Collateral Account has been established by the Borrower.
(b) Conditions Precedent to All Loans.  The obligation of the Lender to make any Loan (including the Loan made on the Closing Date) is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(i)
The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Section 4 or any other Transaction Document or any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Loan immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Loan, except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.
(ii)
No Default or Event of Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Loan.
(iii)
Neither the Lender nor the Borrower shall have terminated the Facility effective as of such draw date.
(iv)
The Custodian shall not have provided notice of termination of the Control Agreement unless a successor Control Agreement is in effect.
(v)
Prior to and after giving effect to such Loan, the Asset Coverage shall be at least 300%.
(vi)
Immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to such Loan, no Margin Deficiency exists and the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Commitment or the Maximum Amount.
(vii)
The Agent has received evidence that the Collateral Requirement has been satisfied.
(viii)
The absence of any action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(ix)
Each borrowing shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions specified in Section 3(a) (solely for the initial Loan), and Section 3(b), as applicable, have been satisfied on and as of the date of the making of a Loan.
(x)
The Borrower shall have provided any form requested by the Agent necessary to comply with Regulation U or Regulation X, or any other provisions of the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lender that:
(a) The Borrower (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign company in each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or in which the conduct of its business requires it to so qualify or be licensed and where, in each case, failure to so qualify and be in good standing could result in a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) has all requisite power and authority to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each Transaction Document, (iv) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted, except where the failure to have such licenses, authorities, consents and approvals would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (v) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each Transaction Document.
(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (when delivered) and the grant of the security interest contemplated hereby with respect to the Collateral are within its trust powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary company action, and do not (i) contravene the Borrower’s Organization Documents, (ii) contravene any contractual restriction binding on it or require any consent under any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which any of its properties or assets is bound, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Liens upon any property or assets of the Borrower other than Liens in favor of Agent and/or the Lender in connection with the Transaction Documents, or (iv) violate any applicable Law (including the Securities Act of 1933, the Exchange Act and the Investment Company Act and the regulations thereunder) or writ, judgment, injunction, determination or award.
(c) Except for any filings contemplated by the Security Agreement, no order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption or waiver by, any Governmental Authority or any other third party (except as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect), is required to authorize, or is required in connection with, (i) the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of any Transaction Document or (ii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Transaction Document.
(d) The Borrower is in compliance with (i) its Organizational Documents in all material respects and (ii) the requirements of all applicable Laws  and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (x) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (y) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(e) This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents are and will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower
3

enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.
(f) No Default exists and no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
(g) Since December 31, 2013, (i) no event or condition has resulted in, or could be reasonably expected to cause, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) no Regulatory Event has occurred and is continuing or is reasonably expected to occur.
(h) There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower after due and diligent investigation, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or against any of its properties or revenues that (i) are reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) challenge the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Security Agreement, any other Transaction Document, or that involves a substantial likelihood of prohibiting, restricting, delaying or otherwise materially affecting the performance of any of the Transaction Documents or the making of the Loans.
(i) The Borrower is a non-diversified “closed-end investment company and is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act, it is not an Indirect Fund or a “business development company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.  Neither the Lender nor the Agent is an “affiliated person”, “promoter” or “principal underwriter” of the Borrower within the meaning of the Investment Company Act; provided that with respect to the definition of “affiliated person,” as to whether Lender or the Agent is directly or indirectly controlling or under common control with the Borrower or directly or indirectly owns, controls, or holds with power to vote, 5 per centum or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Borrower, Borrower’s representation is based solely on a review of Schedule 13D/G filings made with the Securties and Exchange Commission. The Borrower has elected to be treated and qualifies as a “regulated investment company within the meaning of the Code.  The business and other activities of the Borrower, including but not limited to, the making of the Loans by the Lender, the application of the proceeds and repayment thereof by the Borrower and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents do not result in any violation of the provisions of the Investment Company Act, or any rules, regulations or orders issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.
(j) The Asset Coverage of the Borrower is at least 300%.
(k) The Borrower has made all material applicable filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Governmental Authority, as required by applicable Law.
(l) The Transaction Documents, including the Loans and the withdrawal and substitution rights of the Borrower, do not contemplate any actions that would violate Regulation U or Regulation X, as applicable.  The Borrower has not taken any actions under the Transaction Documents that could result in a violation of Regulation U or Regulation X, as applicable, and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of Regulation U or Regulation X, as applicable.
(m) The Borrower has good and marketable title to the Collateral free and clear of Liens, other than Permitted Liens.  The Borrower has not made any registrations, filings or recordations in any jurisdiction evidencing a security interest in any of the Collateral including, but not limited to, the filing of a register of mortgages, charges and other encumbrances or filings of UCC-1 financing statements, other than with respect to Permitted Liens.
(n) The Borrower has filed all federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns which are required to be filed by it in all jurisdictions and has paid all material taxes, assessments, claims, governmental charges or levies imposed on it or its properties, except for taxes contested in good faith through proceedings diligently pursued and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with Appropriate Accounting Principles.  The Borrower has not entered into an agreement or waiver or been requested to enter into an agreement or waiver extending any statute of limitations relating to the payment or collection of taxes of the Borrower and is not aware of any circumstances that would cause the taxable years or other taxable periods of the Borrower not to be subject to the normally applicable statute of limitations.
(o) (i) The present fair market value of the Borrower’s assets exceeds the total amount of the Borrower’s liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities); (ii) the Borrower has capital and assets sufficient to carry on its businesses; (iii) the Borrower is not engaged and is not about to engage in a business or a transaction for which its remaining assets are unreasonably small in relation to such business or transaction; and (iv) the Borrower does not intend to incur or believe that it will incur debts beyond its ability to pay as they become due.  The Borrower will not be rendered insolvent by the execution, delivery and performance of documents relating to this Agreement or by the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.
(p) Neither the Borrower nor or any of its assets, properties or revenues has any right of immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from jurisdiction of any court or from setoff or any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) under the Law of any jurisdiction.
(q) The Loans are made with full recourse to the Borrower and constitute direct, general, unconditional and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower.
(r) All written information (i) provided with respect to the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof to the Agent or the Lender in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby including, but not limited to, any financial statements of the Borrower provided to the Agent or the Lender other than any projections or forward looking statements (the “Projections”) (for which the Borrower makes the representations in the next sentence), or (ii) provided by the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof, to the Agent or the Lender, including in any Offering Document, was on or as of the applicable date of provision thereof, complete and correct in all material respects and did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading taken as a whole in light of the time and circumstances under which such statements were made.  All Projections that have been prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower and that have been made available to the Agent by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with this Agreement have been prepared in good faith based on assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable at the time of delivery thereof (although the Borrower gives no assurances that such Projections will, in fact, be achieved).
(s) All Collateral is free and clear of all Liens, claims and transfer restrictions, except as are created under the Security Agreement and Permitted Liens.
(t) All licenses, permits, approvals, concessions or other authorizations necessary to the conduct of the business of the Borrower have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect, except where the failure to obtain and maintain any of the foregoing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(u) The Borrower’s investments are in compliance with its Investment Policies and Restrictions in all material respects.
(v) Since the Closing Date, (i) there have been no changes in the Investment Policies and Restrictions other than in accordance with this Agreement and (ii) the Borrower has at all times complied in all material respects with the Investment Policies and Restrictions.
(w) The Investment Policies and Restrictions are fully and accurately described in all material respects in the Borrower’s Offering Documents, as supplemented by any annual report included within Form N-CSR filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(x) The Borrower does not have any defined benefit pension plans, as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or other similar Laws in any jurisdiction.
(y) Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. The Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance in all material respects by the Borrower and its directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions; and the Borrower and, to the knowledge of
4

the Borrower, each of the officers, employees, directors and agents of the Borrower are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (a) the Borrower, or (b) to the knowledge of the Borrower, any of the directors, officers, or employees of the Borrower, or any agents of the Borrower that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the Loans made hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No Loan, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement will violate the Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.
(z) PATRIOT Act.  The Borrower is in compliance with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto (collectively, the “Trading with the Enemy Act”), (ii) the PATRIOT Act and (iii) the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 5311-5330 and 12 U.S.C. §§ 1818(s), 1820(b) and 1951-1959) (also known as the “Bank Secrecy Act”) (together with the Trading with the Enemy Act and the PATRIOT Act, “Anti-Terrorism Laws”). The Borrower is not, and to the knowledge of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, no director, officer, employee, or agent of the Borrower is (a) currently (i) the subject of any Sanctions or (ii) located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction or (b) has been engaged in any transaction with any Person who, to the knowledge of the Borrower, is now or was then the subject of Sanctions or located, organized or residing in a Designated Jurisdiction. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”).
(aa) The Borrower does not have any Subsidiaries.
The Borrower will be deemed to have repeated each of the representations and warranties contained in this Section 4 on each day that the Borrower requests a Loan.
5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
On and after the Closing Date and so long as Lender has a commitment to make a Loan or any Obligations have not been paid in full:
(a) Existence.  The Borrower shall preserve and maintain its existence and material rights and franchises.  The Borrower will maintain in full force and effect its registration as a closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act.
(b) Reporting Requirements.  The Borrower will furnish to the Agent or cause to be furnished to the Agent:
(i)
as soon as available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related statements of income or operations and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with Appropriate Accounting Principles, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Lender and the Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;
(ii)
as soon as possible and in any event within four (4)  Business Days after the Borrower obtains actual knowledge of the occurrence of (A) any Default or Event of Default or (B) any actual litigation or other event which, if adversely determined to the Borrower, could reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;
(iii)
notice of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower except as required or permitted by Appropriate Accounting Principles; and
(iv)
promptly after written request therefor, such other business and financial information respecting the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.
(c) Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans solely for leverage or general corporate purposes.
(d) Payment of Obligations.  The Borrower shall pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including:  (i) all taxes, assessments, claims and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its property; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to pay or discharge any such tax, assessment, claim or charge that is being diligently contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves are being maintained; (ii) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would become a Lien on its property (other than Permitted Liens); and (iii) all obligations, liabilities and Indebtedness, as and when due and payable.
(e) Inspection Rights.  The Borrower shall, at any reasonable time during normal business hours and upon reasonable prior written notice, from time to time permit the Lender, the Agent or any agent or representative thereof (in each case, subject to Section 8(m)) to (i) visit and inspect the properties of the Borrower and discuss the affairs, finances, assets and accounts of the Borrower with any of the officers, directors or other representatives of the Borrower and (ii) discuss the affairs, finances, assets and accounts of the Borrower with its independent certified public accountants and to examine and make copies of and abstracts from their records and books of account, all at the expense of the Borrower; provided, however, that during the existence of an Event of Default, the Lender, the Agent or any agent or representative thereof may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Agent and Lenders’ inspection rights shall not be exercised more than once during any twelve (12) month period.
(f) Collateral Requirement.  The Borrower shall comply with the Collateral Requirement in all material respects, and shall promptly notify the Agent as soon as it has knowledge that the value of any Collateral or Lien of the Lender and/or the Agent thereon has been or may be materially impaired.
(g) Keeping of Books.  The Borrower shall keep proper books of record and account as are necessary to prepare financial statements in accordance with Appropriate Accounting Principles.
(h) Compliance with Investment Company Act.  The Borrower shall comply with all requirements of the Investment Company Act, including Sections 18(a) and 18(c) thereof.
(i) Compliance with Other Laws.  The Borrower shall comply with the requirements of all other Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (i) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (ii) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(j) Compliance with Investment Policies and Restrictions.  The Borrower shall comply with its Investment Policies and Restrictions in all material respects at all times.  The Borrower shall furnish to the Agent, prior to its effective date, prompt notice of any material changes in the Investment Policies and Restrictions and shall not agree to or otherwise permit to occur any modification of the Investment Policies and Restrictions that (i) could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Agent or the Lender under any Transaction Document or (ii) otherwise fails to comply with the terms of this Agreement.
(k) Material Agreements.  The Borrower shall comply with the terms of each provision of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, credit agreement, loan agreement or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which the Borrower or any of its properties or assets is bound in which the failure to
5

comply could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(l) Further Assurances.  The Borrower agrees that upon the request of the Agent, it shall execute and/or deliver any additional agreements, documents and instruments, and take such further actions as the Agent may reasonably deem necessary (i) to assure the Agent and/or the Lender is perfected with a first priority Lien on the Collateral and (ii) to carry out the provisions and purposes of the Transaction Documents.  Such agreements, documents or instruments or actions shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as the Lender has a commitment to make a Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied:
(a) Asset Coverage.  (i) The Borrower shall not incur any Indebtedness or take any other actions that would be reasonably likely to result in the Asset Coverage to be less than 300%.  (ii) The Borrower shall not have outstanding more than one class of senior security representing indebtedness, within the meaning of Section 18(c) of the Investment Company Act.
(b) Liens.  The Borrower shall not (i) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any Collateral, except Permitted Liens, or (ii) post any securities that have not been fully paid for in the Collateral Account as Collateral.
(c) Mergers, Etc.  Without the prior written consent of the Agent, the Borrower shall not merge or consolidate with or into another Person, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of, whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions, all or substantially all of the property and assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of the Borrower.
(d) Line of Business.  The Borrower shall not engage in any business other than as described in its Organization Documents and Offering Documents.
(e) No Amendment of Investment Policies and Restrictions or Organization Documents.  The Borrower shall not effect and shall not consent to any material amendment, supplement or other material modification of any of the terms or provisions of its Investment Policies and Restrictions or Organization Documents that (A) could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Lender or the Agent under any Transaction Document, or (B) otherwise fails to comply with the terms of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.
(f) Distribution, Etc.  The Borrower will not declare or make any dividend payment or other distribution of assets, property, cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any Borrower Equity Interests in the Borrower, or purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Borrower Equity Interests in the Borrower, whether now or hereafter outstanding, during the existence of an Event of Default.
(g) Custodian.  The Borrower shall not terminate the services or accept the resignation of Custodian without the prior written consent of the Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned).  The Borrower shall not enter into any other custody agreement or equivalent arrangement with any other Person  with respect to the Collateral unless such Person, the Borrower and the Agent have entered into a control agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
(h) Investments.  The Borrower shall not purchase, hold or acquire any Investment, except in accordance with the Investment Policies and Restrictions.
(i) Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Loan, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.
(j) Restrictive Agreements.  The Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon the ability of the Borrower to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property.
(k) Transactions with Affiliates.  The Borrower shall not enter into any transaction with or make any payment or transfer to any Affiliate of the Borrower or either Investment Adviser, except in compliance with applicable Law (including the Investment Company Act) and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to such Person than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Borrower or an Investment Adviser.
(l) Subsidiary.  The Borrower shall not form any Subsidiary.
(m) Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Borrower shall not (a) (i) violate any Anti-Terrorism Laws or (ii) engage in any transaction, investment, undertaking or activity that conceals the identity, source or destination of the proceeds from any category of prohibited offenses designated from time to time by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering (or any successor organization or task force); or (b) (i) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction related to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to any Anti-Terrorism Law or (ii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempt to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law or the FCPA.
7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
If any of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall occur:
(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay (i) any of the outstanding principal of any Loan when due; (ii) any accrued interest on any Loan within three (3) days of the due date; or (iii) the amounts required to be prepaid pursuant to Section 2 or other amounts or fees owing pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents within five (5) days after the due date;
(b) The Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant, or agreement contained in Section 5 (a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j) or (k), Section 6, or Section 4 of the Security Agreement;
(c)  (i) The Custody Agreement shall have been terminated without the prior written consent of the Agent, unless a successor Custodian acceptable to the Agent has been appointed, or (ii) the Custodian (A) transfers or otherwise permits the withdrawal of a material amount of Collateral in contravention of the terms of the Control Agreement, or (B) fails to comply with any other material provision of the Control Agreement;
(d) The Borrower shall fail to pay to Custodian, within five (5) Business Days of the due date, any material fees, expenses or charges payable by the Borrower under the Custody Agreement and such failure entitles the Custodian to seek repayment of such fees, expenses or charges from the Collateral Account;
(e) The Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, any other Transaction Document (in each case, not otherwise specified in Subsections (a) to (e) above) to which such Person is a party or any other agreement between the Lender, the Agent or any Affiliate of Lender, on the one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, to be performed or observed by the Borrower and such failure remains unremedied for ten (10) Business Days;
(f) Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower herein, in any other Transaction Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made in any material respect (except for any representation or warranty that is qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct in all respects);
(g) Any material provision of any Transaction Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or the Borrower, Custodian or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Transaction Document; or the Borrower denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Transaction Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Transaction Document;
(h) (A) The Borrower (x) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise and after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period) in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness
6

under Swap Contracts) and the aggregate outstanding principal amount for or in respect of all such Indebtedness (including undrawn committed or available amounts and amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) is more than the Threshold Amount, or (y) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness in excess of the Threshold Amount or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, the effect of which is to cause such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise) after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period; or (B) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (x) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (y) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the amount of all payments owed by the Borrower under all such Swap Contracts as of such Early Termination Date (prior to any payment thereof) together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) that on or about such day has become due and payable pursuant to Sub-clause A of this Section 7(h) is greater than the Threshold Amount;
(i) (i) The Borrower becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due; (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within thirty (30) days after its issue or levy; (iii) the Borrower institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; (iv) any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of the Borrower and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; (v) any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to the Borrower or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for thirty (30) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or (vi) the Borrower shall take any action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this Section 7(i);
(j) There is entered against the Borrower (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments or orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more nonmonetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of thirty (30) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect;
(k) A Regulatory Event shall occur;
(l) A Change of Management shall occur;
(m) [reserved];
(n) The Collateral Requirement shall cease to be satisfied, as determined by the Agent in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, or the Lender and/or the Agent shall cease to have a first priority perfected Lien in the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens;
(o) Any officer or employee of the Borrower or either Investment Adviser that has material involvement with the investment activities of the Borrower shall have been indicted, with respect to a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction in the United States, or criminally charged with an offense by any other Governmental Authority that is punishable by deprivation of liberty for a maximum term which shall be greater than one (1) year, for a fraudulent act, a violation of securities or banking laws, or for a willful act related to the Borrower or its businesses or investment activities;
(p) (i) The Borrower’s Net Asset Value (after giving effect to distributions, dividends, withdrawals, or redemptions of the Borrower) determined as of the last Business Day of any calendar month-end declines by fifty percent (50%) or more as compared to the Borrower’s Net Asset Value as of the last Business Day of that same calendar month in the immediately preceding calendar year;
(q)     The Asset Coverage is less than 300% at any time after the Closing Date and is not cured within three (3) Business Days thereafter;
(r) A Margin Deficiency shall occur and such deficiency is not cured within the cure period set forth in Section 2(f); provided that with respect to clause 2(f)(i), if such failure to cure is caused by an error or omission of an administrative or operational nature and funds or Eligible Collateral are available on such date to enable Borrower to cure such Margin Deficiency, then such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default unless such failure continues for one (1) Business Day after such date;
(s) The Borrower fails to make any material filing (including, without limitation, Forms N-CSR and N-CSRS) with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Governmental Authority, as required by applicable Law, in each case, within the time period prescribed by applicable Law but after giving effect to any extension provided by filing a notification pursuant to Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act and any required approval by the applicable Governmental Authority; provided that to the extent such failure is caused by an error or omission of an administrative or operational nature, such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default unless such failure continues for three (3) Business Days; provided, further that, (i) the foregoing cure period shall not apply with respect to filings of Forms N-CSR and N-CSRS, and (ii) no such cure period shall apply to the extent two (2) filing failures have already occurred during the then current calendar year or the Borrower’s shares shall be suspended from trading on the New York Stock Exchange for more than two consecutive days upon which treading in shares generally occurs on such exchange or shall be delisted; or
(t) On or before 9:00 a.m. on any Business Day the Borrower fails to make publicly available its Net Asset Value as of the close of the immediately preceding Business Day;
then, and in any such event, the Agent may (i) declare the Loans, all accrued interest thereon, all fees and all other accrued amounts payable under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Loans, all such interest and fees and all such other amounts hereunder and under the Transaction Documents shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower and (ii) declare the obligation of the Lender to make any Loan to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any event in Section 7(i), (x) the Loans, all accrued interest and all accrued other amounts payable, including fees, under this Agreement and under the other Transaction Documents shall automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower and (y) the obligation of the Lender to make Loans shall automatically be terminated.   In addition to the foregoing, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and delivery of a Notice of Exclusive Control (as defined in the Control Agreement) to Custodian in accordance with the Control Agreement, the Agent may, at its option, instruct the Custodian to transfer the whole or any part of the Collateral into the name of the Agent or the name of its nominee, notify the obligors on any Collateral to make payment to the Agent or its nominee of any amounts due thereon, take control or grant its nominee the right to take control of any proceeds of the Collateral, liquidate any or all of the Collateral, withdraw and/or sell any or all of the Collateral and apply any such Collateral as well as the proceeds of any such Collateral to all unpaid Obligations in such order as the Agent determines in its sole discretion, and exercise any other rights and remedies under any Transaction Document, at law or in equity.  Borrower will be responsible for any decrease in the value of the Collateral occurring prior to liquidation.
7

8. MISCELLANEOUS
(a) Effectiveness.  This Agreement shall become effective on the date hereof upon the receipt by the Agent of the documents and other items set forth in Section 3(a).
(b) Amendments, etc.  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Lender, the Borrower and the Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
(c) Notices; Effectiveness.  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission and electronic mail) and delivered to such numbers or addresses set forth on the signature page hereto or as given from each party to the other in writing from time to time.  All notices and other communications shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt; provided that notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in clause (ii) below, shall be effective as provided in such clause (ii).  The Lender and the Agent shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof.
(d) No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure by the Lender or the Agent to exercise, and no delay by the Lender or the Agent in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
(e) Expenses.  The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Lender and the Agent for (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and (ii) all reasonable and documented costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any “workout” or restructuring in respect of the Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law).  Except as set forth in Section 8(a), all such amounts shall be payable within ten Business Days after demand therefor.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Agent and Lender shall be (and the Borrower shall not be) responsible for all of their costs and expenses incurred in connection with the closing of the transactions under this Agreement and the Security Documents.
(f) Indemnification.  The Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Lender and the Agent and their respective Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (collectively the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower of any kind or nature, which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in connection with (a) the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or (b) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding brought or threatened whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower, and regardless of whether such Indemnitee is designated a party thereto, relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the Lender’s or the Agent’s activities in connection herewith or therewith or any actual or proposed use of proceeds of Loans hereunder; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.  No Indemnitee nor the Borrower shall have any liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages relating to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the date hereof).
(g) Payments Set Aside.  To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Lender, or the Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred.
(h) Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lender, (ii) the Agent may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except upon prior written notice to the Borrower, to any Affiliates of the Lender or of the Agent or any Person sponsored, administered or managed by the Lender or the Agent or any Affiliate thereof, and (iii) the Lender may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (A) upon prior written notice to the Borrower, to (1) the Agent, (2) any Affiliate of the Lender or the Agent or any Person sponsored, administered or managed by the Lender, the Agent or any Affiliate thereof of a similar credit quality (whether in its own right or as a result of a guaranty form a Person of a similar credit quality) or (3) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the Agent and the Borrower (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that during the existence of an Event of Default, the Borrower shall not have a right to consent to such transfer and there shall be no credit quality standard for any assignee or transferee, (B) by way of participation in all or a portion of the Lender’s rights and/or obligations hereunder (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans), or (C) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of the Lender (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).
(i) No Third Party Beneficiary.  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
    (j)                    Inability to Determine Applicable LIBOR Rate.  If at any time the Lender determines (i) in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Applicable LIBOR Rate, or (ii) in its sole discretion that the Applicable LIBOR Rate does not accurately reflect the funding cost to the Lender of making such Loans, all references to the Applicable LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be to the Alternative Interest Rate for the period during which such circumstance exists.
    (k)                   Illegality.  If the Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for the Lender to make, maintain or fund Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates, in each case, based upon the Applicable LIBOR Rate, until the Lender determines that the foregoing events no longer apply, the Applicable LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Alternative Interest Rate.
(l) Increased Cost.  The Borrower shall reimburse or compensate the Lender, upon demand, for all costs incurred, losses
8

suffered or payments made by the Lender which are applied or reasonably allocated by the Lender to the transactions contemplated herein (all as determined by the Lender in its reasonable discretion) by reason of any and all future reserve, deposit, capital adequacy or similar requirements against (or against any class of or change in or in the amount of) assets, liabilities or commitments of, or extensions of credit by, the Lender or any Change in Law or in the interpretation or application thereof after the date hereof; and compliance by the Lender with any directive, or requirements from any regulatory authority, whether or not having the force of law (including any Tax or increased Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Loan hereunder (other than any Tax covered by Section 2(m) hereof) or any change in the basis or rate of taxation of payments to the Lender in respect thereof); provided, however, that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay only such compensation which is incurred or which arises after the date one hundred thirty-five (135) days prior to the date the Lender notifies the Borrower of an event giving rise to such increased costs and of the Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the change in law giving rise to such increased costs is retroactive, then the one hundred thirty-five (135) day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof);
(m) Confidentiality.
(i)
Each of the Lender and the Agent agree to maintain the confidentiality of all information received from or on behalf of the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business (“Borrower Confidential Information”), and the Borrower agrees to maintain the confidentiality of each of the Transaction Documents and all other information received from the Lender or the Agent, including all reports prepared by the Agent or the Lender (“Lender Confidential Information” and, together with Borrower Confidential Information, “Confidential Information”) except that the Borrower may disclose Lender Confidential Information and the Lender or the Agent may disclose Borrower Confidential Information (i) to its and its respective Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (collectively, “Representatives”) (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature thereof and instructed to keep the content thereof confidential and that such party shall be responsible for any breach or failure to comply with this Section 8(m)(i) (or any instruction hereunder) by its Representatives); (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or required by applicable Laws or by any subpoena or similar legal process or, with respect to the Lender, by any rating agency then rating the commercial paper notes issued by or on behalf of the Lender or other debt obligations of the Lender or its Affiliates; (iii) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder; (iv) in the case of the Lender or the Agent, subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially similar to those of this Section 8(m), to any actual or prospective permitted assignee or participant in any of the Lender’s rights or obligations under this Agreement; (v) with the consent of the Borrower with respect to the disclosure of Borrower Confidential Information, and with the consent of the Lender and the Agent with respect to the disclosure of Lender Confidential Information; or (vi) to the extent such Confidential Information (A) is available to the disclosing Person on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the other Person, (B) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 8(m) or (C) becomes available to the disclosing Person on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the other Person.  It is understood and agreed that regulators having jurisdiction over the Agent or the Lender shall have unrestricted access to all books, records, files and other materials in the Agent’s or the Lender’s possession, including any Borrower Confidential Information, and disclosure of any Borrower Confidential Information to such persons solely for purposes of supervision or examination may occur without written notice to or authorization from the Borrower.
(ii)
The Borrower agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the content of Appendix I, except that such content may be disclosed (i) to each of its Representatives who need to know such content in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of Appendix  I and instructed to keep the content of Appendix  I confidential and that the Borrower shall be responsible for any breach or failure to comply with this Section 8(m)(ii) (or any instruction hereunder) by its Representatives), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over the Borrower (including any self-regulatory authority), (iii) to the extent required by applicable Law or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, or (iv) with the consent of the Agent.
(n) Set-off.  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Agent and the Lender provided by law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being waived by the Borrower to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, indebtedness or other obligation at any time owing by, the Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all Obligations owing to the Lender hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Lender shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit, indebtedness or obligation.  The Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Agent after any such set-off and application; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
(o) Interest Rate Limitation.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Transaction Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Transaction Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”).  If the Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower.  In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged or received by the Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, the Lender may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (i) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee or premium rather than interest, (ii) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof and (iii) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
(p) Counterparts; Integration.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement, together with the other Transaction Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or in electronic (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
(q) Survival.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, (i) all representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Transaction Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof and (ii) the provisions of Sections 2(m), 8(f), 8(l) and 8(m) shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
(r) Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (i) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions.  The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
(s) Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
9

LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE; PROVIDED THAT THE LENDER AND THE AGENT SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.
(t) Jurisdiction.  The Agent, the Lender and the Borrower each hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court and each state court in the City of New York for the purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby.  The Agent, the Lender and the Borrower each irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such process to such party at its address set forth beneath its signature hereto.  Each of the Agent, the Lender and the Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
(u) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
(v) Judgment Currency.  If, under any applicable Law and whether pursuant to a judgment being made or registered against the Borrower or for any other reason, any payment under or in connection with this Agreement, is made or satisfied in a currency (the “Other Currency”) other than Dollars then, to the extent that the payment (when converted into Dollars at the rate of exchange on the date of payment or, if it is not practicable for the party entitled thereto (the “Payee”) to purchase Dollars with the Other Currency on the date of payment, at the rate of exchange as soon thereafter as it is practicable for it to do so) actually received by the Payee falls short of the amount due under the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower shall, to the extent permitted by law, as a separate and independent obligation, indemnify and hold harmless the Payee against the amount of such short-fall.  For the purpose of this Section 8(v), “rate of exchange” means the rate at which the Payee is able on the relevant date to purchase Dollars with the Other Currency following reasonable diligence by the Payee to maximize the amount of Dollars obtained upon such exchange and shall take into account any premium and other costs of exchange.
(w) Appointment as Agent; Limitation of Liability. The Lender irrevocably appoints the Agent as its agent under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and authorizes the Agent or any Affiliate of the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms of the Transaction Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Transaction Documents.
(x) Conflicts Disclosure; Waiver and Exculpation.   The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the Lender, the Agent and their respective Affiliates may accept deposits from, make loans or otherwise extend credit to, and generally engage in any kind of commercial, trading or investment banking business with (including the provision of brokerage, asset management and advisory services to) any Eligible Security or their respective Affiliates or any other Person having obligations relating to the Borrower or any Eligible Security, and may act with respect to such business in the same manner as if this Agreement or the Loans did not exist (including in a way that may be directly or indirectly adverse to the interests of the Borrower).  The Borrower hereby waives any claim in respect of any such potential or actual conflict, and agrees that it will not seek to hold the Lender, the Agent or their respective Affiliates liable for any losses or obligations of the Borrower that may result with respect to such business.
9. DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION
(a) Except as otherwise set forth in Appendix I hereto, the following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:
Advance Rate” means, at any date, the quotient (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the Net Outstanding Loan Amount at such date divided by (ii) the Aggregate Eligible Collateral Value at such date.
Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.  “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to be Controlled by another Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors, managing general partners or the equivalent.  With respect to the Borrower “Affiliate” has the meaning ascribed to the term “Affiliated Person” in the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including the meaning ascribed to the term “Control” in the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Aggregate Eligible Collateral Value” means the aggregate Market Value of all Eligible Collateral.
Alternative Interest Rate” means, for any day in any Interest Period with respect to any Loan, the Federal Funds Rate in effect for such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately prior Business Day) (as determined by the Agent) plus 1/2 of 1%.
 “Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption, including, without limitation, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
Applicable LIBOR Rate” means for any Interest Period with respect to any Loan:
(i)
the applicable ICE Benchmark Administration’s LIBOR (or such corresponding rate published by any successor in interest to the ICE Benchmark Administration) (“ICE LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or, if not so published, other commercially available source providing quotations of ICE LIBOR as designated by Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, then the ICE LIBOR published on the immediately preceding Business Day), for Dollar deposits (for delivery on such day or such immediately preceding Business Day, as applicable) with a three-month term, or
(ii)
if the rate referenced in the preceding clause (i) does not appear on such page or service or such page or service shall not be available, the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays an average interest settlement rate for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term of [three months], determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such day, or
(iii)
if the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii) are not available, the rate per annum determined by the Agent as the rate of interest at which Dollar deposits for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Loan being made and with a term of [three months] would be offered by the London Branch of Société Générale to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 4:00 p.m. (London time) on such day;
provided that if the initial Interest Period for a Loan is a period of less than [three months], the Agent may at its election determine the Applicable LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period pursuant to clause (iii) above with reference to the actual term of such Interest Period; provided further that in no event shall the Applicable LIBOR Rate be less than zero.
Appropriate Accounting Principles” means (i) generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
10

Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied or (ii) international accounting standards adopted by the International Accounting Standards Committee that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.
Asset Coverage” means the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (a) the value of total assets of the Borrower, less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Borrower not represented by Senior Securities (as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act) to (b) the aggregate amount of Senior Securities (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) representing indebtedness of the Borrower.
Borrower Equity Interests” means, with respect to the Borrower, shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) the Borrower, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from the Borrower of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) the Borrower, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) the Borrower or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from the Borrower of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in the Borrower (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.
Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Good Friday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the State of New York and, if such day relates to any Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
Capital-At-Risk” means the weighted average of the Haircuts of the Eligible Collateral.
Cash means all cash denominated in Dollars (or any other currency acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion) at any time and from time to time deposited in the Collateral Account, to the extent that it is not subject to any Liens other than Permitted Liens.
Change in Law” means (a) the adoption of any Law after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by the Agent or the Lender with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, and (y) the Dodd-Frank Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
Change of Management shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC or any successor investment adviser that is an Affiliate of Guggenheim Partners, LLC ceases to be the Qualified Investment Adviser of the Borrower or (b) Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC or any successor investment sub-adviser that is an Affiliate of Guggenheim Partners, LLC ceases to be the sub-advisor of the Borrower, unless, in each case above, a replacement Qualified Investment Advisor or sub-advisor, as applicable, reasonably acceptable to Agent has been engaged by Borrower.
Closing Date” means the date on which the conditions in Section 3(a) have been satisfied.
Collateral” means any and all “Collateral,” as defined in any Security Document.
Collateral Account means the Borrower’s special custody account entitled “SOCIETE GEN PLDGEE OF GUGG GBAB FD” and the deposit account linked to it having account # 835561, each established and maintained by Custodian pursuant to the Control Agreement, including any subaccount, substitute, successor or replacement account.
Collateral Requirement” means the requirement that:
(i)
all documents and instruments required by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by the Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Security Documents and perfect or record such Liens to the extent, and with the priority, required by the Security Agreement, shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Agent for filing, registration or recording;
(ii)
the Borrower shall have obtained all consents and approvals required to be obtained by it in connection with the execution and delivery of all Security Documents to which it is a party, the performance of its obligations thereunder and the granting of the Liens granted by it thereunder; and
(iii)
the Borrower shall have taken all other action reasonably required by it under the Security Documents to perfect, register and/or record the Liens granted by it thereunder.
Commitment” means the obligation of the Lender to make Loans under this Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $125,000,000.
Commitment Fee Rate” means, (a) as of any day upon which the Total Outstandings equals or exceeds 50% of the Commitment, 0.00% and (b) as of any other day  0.25%.
Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
Control Agreement” means the Control Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Borrower, the Agent and the Custodian.
Custodian” means The Bank of New York Mellon, or its designee, nominee or successor, acting in its capacity as custodian, or any replacement Custodian reasonably acceptable to the Agent.
Custody Agreement” means that certain Custody Agreement dated as of October 26, 2010, between the Borrower and the Custodian.
Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, if applicable, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
Default” means any event or condition of the types described in Section 7 hereof that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
Default Rate” means, at any time, an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Spread) otherwise applicable to any Loan at such time plus 2% per annum, to the full extent permitted by applicable Laws; provided that if no Loan is outstanding at such time, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to (i) the Alternative Interest Rate plus (ii) the Spread plus (iii) 2% per annum, to the full extent permitted by applicable Laws.
Designated Jurisdiction” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory is the subject of any Sanctions.
Disinterested Directors” means the members of the board of trustees of the Borrower that are not “interested persons” as defined in the Investment Company Act.
Dodd-Frank Act means the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act signed into law on July 21, 2010, as amended.
Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.
Eligible Collateral means, collectively, (a) all Eligible Securities, (b) other securities acceptable to the Agent in its sole discretion, and (c) all Cash; in each case, to the extent held in the Collateral
11

Account and subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the Agent and/or the Lender; provided, however, that:1
(A)
to the extent the Market Value of Eligible Collateral attributable to any single issuer (other than the United States) exceeds 10% of the Market Value of all Eligible Collateral, such excess shall not constitute Eligible Collateral;
(B)
to the extent the Market Value of Eligible Collateral attributable to any bond (other than bonds issued by the United States) exceeds 10% of the outstanding issuance of such bond or security, such excess shall not constitute Eligible Collateral;
(C)
to the extent the Market Value of Eligible Collateral attributable to any municipal bond exceeds 40% of the outstanding issuance of such bond or security, such excess shall not constitute Eligible Collateral;
(D)
to the extent the Market Value of Eligible Collateral attributable to issuers domiciled in countries that are not Tier-One Countries exceeds 10% of the Market Value of all Eligible Collateral, such excess shall not constitute Eligible Collateral;
(E)
to the extent the Market Value of Eligible Collateral attributable to Eligible Securities rated below BBB- exceeds 10% of the Market Value of all Eligible Collateral, such excess shall not constitute Eligible Collateral;
(F)
to the extent the Market Value of a corporate bond (other than a zero coupon bond) or a security is less than 70% of its par value, such bond or security shall not constitute Eligible Collateral;
(G)
shares of any equity security (excluding any preferred security) in excess of five (5) times the average daily trading volume over the immediately preceding ninety (90) day period as reported by Bloomberg for such equity security (excluding any preferred security) shall not be accepted as Eligible Collateral;
(H)
to the extent the Market Value of Eligible Collateral attributable to equity securities (excluding preferred securities) issued by Small Cap Issuers exceeds 20% of the Market Value of all Eligible Collateral, such excess shall not constitute Eligible Collateral; and
(I)
to the extent the Market Value of Eligible Collateral attributable to municipal bonds in any one state of origin exceeds 25% of the Market Value of all Eligible Collateral, such excess shall not constitute Eligible Collateral.
Eligible Security” means any equity security, U.S. Build America bonds, corporate bond or mortgage bond issued in a Qualified Currency, or taxable municipal bond or taxable municipal certificate, in each case as determined by the Agent in its [sole discretion]; provided that any corporate bond, government bond or municipal bond shall meet the criteria set forth on Appendix II; provided further that no restricted or controlled equity securities or securities that are not freely saleable under the rules of the applicable market shall be Eligible Collateral.
Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 7.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Facility means the credit facility contemplated by this Agreement.
Federal Funds Rate means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Société Générale on such day on such transactions as determined by the Agent.
Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Inc.
G7 Country” means the countries of the United States of America, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, and the United Kingdom.
 “Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (i) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness, Contractual Obligations, Swap Contracts or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (A) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness, Contractual Obligations, Swap Contracts or other obligation, (B) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness, Contractual Obligations, Swap Contracts or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness, Contractual Obligations, Swap Contracts or other obligation, (C) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness, Contractual Obligations, Swap Contracts or other obligation, or (D) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness, Contractual Obligations, Swap Contracts or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (ii) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness, Contractual Obligations, Swap Contracts or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness, Contractual Obligations, Swap Contracts or other obligation is assumed by such Person.  The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith.  The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
Haircut” means, for any Eligible Collateral held in or credited to the Collateral Account, a percentage, as of the date hereof as set forth in Appendix I hereto.
Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with Appropriate Accounting Principles: (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (ii) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments, (iii) the net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract (iv) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, not past due for more than ninety (90) days after the date on which such trade account payable was created), (v) all indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse, (vi) all capital leases and synthetic lease obligations, (vii) all commitments of such Person to make an investment in another Person or to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or
 



1  Client: Are these concentration limits acceptable?
12

any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends, (ix) all obligations of such Person to post margin or collateral (however characterized) under any prime brokerage, securities account, options or similar agreements, (x) any other obligation of such Person that would constitute indebtedness evidenced by senior securities under the Investment Company Act and (xi) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.  For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person.  The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the swap termination value thereof as of such date.  The amount of any capital lease or synthetic lease obligation as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of attributable indebtedness in respect thereof in accordance with Appropriate Accounting Principles as of such date.
Indirect Fund” means any “registered investment company” within the meaning of Section 8 of the Investment Company Act that has made or holds any investment in excess of 20% of its total assets made in reliance on Sections 12(d)(1)(E), (F), (G) or (J) of the Investment Company Act (other than an investment made in reliance on Rules 12d1-1 thereunder).
 “Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (i) the purchase or other acquisition of capital stock or other securities of another Person, (ii) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person, or (iii) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of substantially all of the assets of another Person that constitute a business unit.
Investment Adviser” means each of Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in is capacity as advisor of the Borrower and Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in its capacity as sub-advisor to the Borrower.
Investment Company Act means the United States Investment Company Act of 1940.
Investment Policies and Restrictions” means, with respect to the Borrower, the provisions dealing with investment objectives, investment policies, and investment restrictions, as set forth in the Organizing Documents and the Prospectus, as supplemented by any annual report included within Form N-CSR, as such provisions may be supplemented, amended or modified as authorized by the Board of Trustees of the Borrower and as permitted under this Agreement.
Laws” means, collectively, all applicable  international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
Margin Deficiency” means, at any time of determination, that the Advance Rate exceeds the Maximum Advance Rate.
Market Value” means, with respect to any Collateral at any date of determination thereof selected by the Agent, the fair market value thereof as determined by the Agent on the basis of the most recent market trading data available to the Agent with such adjustments as the Agent may reasonably conclude are appropriate.  To the extent a position constituting Collateral is not traded on a major  exchange and if the Agent elects to, the Market Value of such position shall be based on a valuation provided by a third-party provider selected by the Agent in its sole discretion, provided, however, that no value shall be given where such valuation is more than five (5) days prior to the relevant date of determination.  With respect to any Collateral denominated in a Qualified Currency other than Dollars, the Market Value shall be the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Agent on the basis of the applicable spot rate of such Qualified Currency for the purchase of Dollars.  Any calculation and/or determination of a price or rate made by the Agent hereunder shall be binding on the parties hereto absent manifest error.
Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the business, properties, assets, operations, liabilities (actual or contingent), or financial condition of the Borrower; (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under any Transaction Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the Collateral or upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Borrower of any Transaction Document to which it is a party.
Maturity Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) February 27, 2017, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day, (ii) the date on which the Facility is terminated pursuant Section 2(h), and (iii) the date on which the Lender’s commitment to make Loans otherwise terminates pursuant to Section 7 and Agent declares all Loans to be immediately due and payable..
Maximum Advance Rate” means 100% minus the Capital-At-Risk.
Maximum Amount” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the least of:

(a) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Borrower would be permitted to incur pursuant to applicable Law, including the Investment Company Act;
(b) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Borrower would be permitted to incur pursuant to the limitations on borrowings adopted by the Borrower in its Prospectus or elsewhere;
(c) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Borrower would be permitted to incur pursuant to any agreements with any Government Authority; or
(d) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Borrower would be permitted to incur without violating other provision of this Agreement,
in each case, as in effect at the time of determination.
Moody’s” means Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.
Net Asset Value” means the net asset value of the Borrower calculated in accordance with the methodology set out in the valuation policies and procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Borrower from time to time in accordance with the Investment Company Act and the and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Net Outstanding Loan Amount” means, at any date, the Total Outstandings at such date plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon as at such date.
Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations and other amounts payable by Borrower under the Transaction Documents of, the Borrower arising under any Transaction Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against the Borrower of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law naming the Borrower as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
13

Offering Documents means, for any Person, such Person’s private placement memorandum, prospectus, or other similar offering documents.
Organization Documents” means, (i) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (ii) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (iii) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
PATRIOT Act” means the “Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001” (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).
Permitted Lien” means (a) Liens held by the Custodian in accordance with the Control Agreement and at the priority level permitted by the Control Agreement; (b) Liens created under the Security Documents; (c) Liens imposed by Law for taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which stay the imposition of any penalty, fine or Lien resulting from the non-payment thereof [and with respect to which adequate reserves in conformity with Appropriate Accounting Principles have been set aside for the payment thereof]; and (d) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money to the extent such judgments do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7(j).
Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Prospectus” means the prospectus of the Borrower dated as of October 26, 2010 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act of 1933 and shall include, without limitation, the Statement of Additional Information dated as of October 26, 2010 incorporated by reference therein.
Qualified Currency” means each of EUR and USD.
Qualified Investment Adviser means an “investment adviser as defined in the Investment Company Act.
Regulation U” means Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
Regulation X” means Regulation X issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
Regulatory Event” means (i) any adverse determination made by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Governmental Authority for a material violation or material breach of Law (including, without limitation, the Investment Company Act) by the Borrower or (ii) any investigation made by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Governmental Authority for a violation or breach of Law (including, without limitation, the Investment Company Act) by the Borrower that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) the revocation, suspension or termination of any license, permit or approval held by the Borrower that, in the reasonable judgment of the Lender, is necessary for the conduct of any such Person’s business.
Responsible Officer” of a Person means its chief executive officer or its chief financial officer (whether or not the Person performing such duties is so designated) or any authorized designee thereof.
 “Rollover Date” means the last Business Day of each calendar month.
S&P” means Standard and Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions.
Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or  the U.S. Department of State or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person controlled by any such Person.
Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.
Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof between the Borrower and the Agent.
Security Documents” means (i) the Security Agreement, (ii) the Control Agreement, (iii) the Custody Agreement, (iv) each document delivered pursuant to the Collateral Requirement and (v) any additional pledges, security agreements or mortgages required to be delivered pursuant to the Transaction Documents and any instruments of assignment or other instruments or agreements executed pursuant to the foregoing.
Small Cap Issuer means, at any time of determination, an issuer with a market capitalization of less than $3,000,000,000.
Spread” means 0.85% per annum.
Subsidiary” of a Person means any other Person (i) of which a majority of the outstanding voting shares of securities or other similar equity interests are at the time beneficially owned by such Person and (ii) the management of which is Controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or an Affiliate of such Person.
Swap Contract means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, total return swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
Threshold Amount” means as of any date of determination the lesser of $10,000,000 and 3% of the Net Asset Value of the Borrower as of close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding such date of determination.
Tier-One Countries” has the meaning provided in Appendix I.
Total Outstandings” means, at any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans on such date after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Loans occurring on such date.
Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Security Documents and each other agreement or instrument executed or delivered in connection herewith or therewith.
(i)
Construction.  As used herein and in any Transaction Document:
(ii)
Computations.  All financial computations required under this Agreement shall be made, and all financial information required under this Agreement shall be prepared, in accordance with Appropriate Accounting Principles.
14

(iii)
References to Agreements, Laws and Persons.  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (A) references to documents, agreements and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto permitted hereby; and (B) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law and (C) references to any Person include its successors and permitted assigns.
(iv)
Other References.  Unless otherwise specified, (A) the meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms, (B) the words “herein”, “hereto”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Transaction Document shall refer to such Transaction Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof, (C) Article, Section and Appendix references are to the Transaction Document in which such reference appears, (D) the term “including” is by way of example and not limitation, and (E) section headings are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
 
 
15


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.

GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION TRUST, as Borrower


By:__/s/ John L. Sullivan_____________________________
Name: John L. Sullivan
Title: Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
Address for Notices:
227 West Monroe Street, 7th Floor
Telephone:
(312) 873-1477
Facsimile:
(312) 827-0157
Attention:
GPIM Trade Ops
Email:
GPIMTradeOps@guggenheimpartners.com
 
 
With a copy to:
 
 
 
Address for Notices:
227 West Monroe Street, 7th Floor
Telephone:
(312) 357-0394
Facsimile:
(312) 827-0161
Attention: GI Legal
Email: FundsLegal@guggenheimpartners.com
 

S-1

SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, NEW YORK BRANCH, as Lender


By:____/s/ Emmanuel Valette_________________________
Name:
Title:
Address for Notices:
Société Générale
 
245 Park Avenue
 
New York, New York 10167
 
Telephone:
212-278-5814
Facsimile:
646-365-4222
Attention:
Robert O’Connell
Email:
robert.oconnell@sgcib.com
Wiring instructions:
Société Générale, New York
ABA # 026-004-226
For Account of: Loan Clearing
A/C 9051422
Ref :  Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust
Attn :  Nadira TIWARI  & Cheriese BRATHWAITE
 
S-2


SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, as Agent


By:_____/s/ Emmanual Valette____________________
Name:
Title:

Address for Notices:
Société Générale
 
245 Park Avenue
 
New York, New York 10167
 
Telephone:
212-278-5814
Facsimile:
646-365-4222
Attention:
Robert O’Connell
Email:
robert.oconnell@sgcib.com
 
S-3


 
APPENDIX I

MARGIN REQUIREMENTS


If a Haircut is not specified for any specific security, the Haircut will be reasonably determined by the Agent and adjusted at the Agent’s discretion on the last day of each calendar quarter.
The Haircut with respect to any equity security (excluding preferred securities) will be the greater of (i) 25% and (ii) the minimum percentage required to comply with Regulation U.
The Haircut with respect to any government bond will be determined by the Agent using the table below.

 
MATURITY
 
< 3 years
3 - 6 years
6 - 12 years
> 12 years
U.S. TREASURIES
2%
4%
6%
8%


RATING
MATURITY
 
< 3 years
3 - 6 years
6 - 12 years
> 12 years
Other G7  Countries >= AA-
4.5%
5%
6%
8%

The Haircut with respect to any equity securities (including any  preferred security) will be the greater of (i) 25% and (ii) the minimum percentage required to comply with Regulation U.
The Haircut with respect to any corporate or municipal bond will be determined by the Agent using the table below.  Either the Moody’s, S&P or Fitch rating can be used at the Agent’s discretion.

   
RATING
Margin Requirement
AAA
15%
> AA-
15%
A+ to A-
15%
BBB+ to BBB-
22.5%
BB+ to BB-
55%
B+ to B-
60%
< B-
70%
NR
100%

Percentage of Par Value
Multiplier
Greater than or equal to 80%
1.00
Greater than or equal to 70% and less than 80%
1.15

AMOUNT OUTSTANDING HELD  MULTIPLIER (MUNICIPAL BONDS)
Amount of Issue Outstanding Held in Agent Collateral Account
Multiplier
Less than 10%
1.00
Greater than 10% and less than 25%
 1.25 (with a max haircut of 70% for bonds above B-)
Greater than 25% and less than 40%
 2.00 (with a max haircut of 70% for bonds above B-)
Greater than 40%
 No financing on portion greater than 40%
 
Appendix I


The Haircut with respect to any Eligible Collateral not constituting an Eligible Security will be 100% unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Agent in its sole discretion.
The weighted average Haircut will be calculated using the Market Value of each investment constituting Eligible Collateral as weighted for the corresponding Haircut using the tables above.  For Eligible Collateral from countries that are not Tier-One Countries (as defined below), a multiplier of 1.5 will be applied to each Haircut (with a maximum 100% Haircut).
The Haircut for mortgage bonds (both agency and non-agency) will be determined on a case-by-case basis by the Agent in its sole discretion.

TIER-ONE COUNTRIES

AU
Australia
BE
Belgium
CA
Canada
DK
Denmark
FI
Finland
FR
France
DE
Germany
JP
Japan
LU
Luxembourg
NL
Netherlands
NZ
New Zealand
NO
Norway
SG
Singapore
SE
Sweden
CH
Switzerland
GB
United Kingdom
US
United States
 
 
Appendix I


 
APPENDIX II

Any corporate bond, government bond, or municipal bond that:
(i)
is a senior unsecured obligation;
(ii)
has a maturity of less than or equal to 30 years;
(iii)
is not a private issuance;
(iv)
is not subordinated to any other obligation;
(v)
is not a defaulted obligation;
(vi)
is not an asset-backed obligation or a structured obligation;
(vii)
is not a convertible bond;
(viii)
is not a stripped security;
(ix)
for all bonds other than municipal bonds, has a minimum outstanding principal amount issuance size of $100,000,000;
(x)
for municipal bonds, has a minimum outstanding principal amount issuance size of $20,000,000;
(xi)
with respect to government bonds, is issued by the United States or another G7 Country; and
(xii)
with respect to municipal bonds, is not issued by Puerto Rico.
 
Appendix II


AMENDMENT NO. 1


This AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this “Amendment’) is made as of February 27, 2017 among Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust (f/k/a Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, as borrower (the “Borrower”), Societe Generale, New York Branch as lender (the “Lender”) and Societe Generale, as agent (the “Agent”).
The Borrower has requested that the Lender and the Agent amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement dated as of February 27, 2015 entered into among the Borrower, the Lender and the Agent (the “Credit Agreement”), and the Lender and the Agent are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
1. INTERPRETATION. Unless otherwise specifically defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.
Each reference to “hereof’, “hereunder’, “herein” and “hereby”
and each other similar reference and each reference to “this Agreement” a d each other similar reference contained in the Credit Agreement or the Schedule shall refer to the Credit Agreement as mended hereby.
2. AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFINITIONS. From and after the date hereof, the following terms, as used in the Credit Agreement, shall have the following meanings:
Commitment Fee Rate” means, (a) as of any day upon which the Total Outstandings equals or exceeds 75% of the Commitment, 0.00% and (b) as of any other day 0.25%,
Eligible Security” means any U.S. Build America bonds, government bond, corporate bond, mortgage bond, U.S. taxable municipal bond or U.S. taxable municipal certificate issued in a Qualified Currency, in each case as determined by the Agent in its sole discretion; provided that any corporate bond, government bond or municipal bond shall meet the criteria set forth on Appendix II; provided further that no restricted or controlled securities that are not freely saleable under the rules of the applicable market shall be Eligible Collateral.
Maturity Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) March 15, 2018, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day, (ii) the date on which the Facility is terminated pursuant Section 2(h), and (iii) the date on which the Lender’s commitment to make Loans otherwise terminates pursuant to Section 7 and Agent declares all Loans to be immediately due and payable.
3. OTHER AMENDMENTS. From and after the date hereof:
(a) The definition of “Eligible Collateral” shall be amended by deleting “and” after clause (H), replacing “.” after clause “(I)” with “; and” and adding new clause (J) after clause (I) as follows “(J) to the extent the Market Value of Eligible Collateral attributable to corporate bonds exceeds 30% of the Market Value of all Eligible Collateral, such excess shall not constitute Eligible Collateral.”
(b) Clause (iii) of Appendix II shall be amended and restated as follows: “(iii) is not a private issuance (other than an issuance of a corporate bond pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended);”
(c) Appendix II shall be amended by deleting “and” after (xi), replacing “.” after clause (xii) with “; and” and adding new clause (xiii) after clause (xii) as follows: “(xiii) is rated by any of the following rating agencies: Fitch, Moody’s, or S&P,”
4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender and the Agent that (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Transaction Documents are true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof as if made on and as of the date hereof and (b) no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing before or after giving effect hereto.
5. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective upon the receipt by the Agent of evidence satisfactory to the Agent that this Amendment has been executed and delivered by each of the parties hereto, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
6. NO OTHER AMENDMENT. Except as expressly provided herein, this Amendment shall not operate as an amendment or waiver of any right, power or privilege of the Lender or the Agent under the Credit Agreement or of any other term or condition of the Credit Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, each of which shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, without any waiver, amendment or modification of any provision thereof.
7. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts and all of said

counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopy or in electronic (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.
8. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE PROVIDED THAT THE LENDER AND THE AGENT SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.
[Signature Page Follows]


 
2




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.




GUGGENHEIM TAXABLE MUNICIPAL MANAGED DURATION TRUST, as Borrower


By:   /s/ John L. Sullivan
Name: 
John L. Sullivan
Title: CFO


SOCIETE GENERALE, NEW YORK BRANCH, as Lender


By:   /s/ Julien Gimbrere
Name: 
Julien Gimbrere
Title: Authorized Signatory


SOCIETE GENERALE, as Agent

 
By:   /s/ Julien Gimbrere
Name: 
Julien Gimbrere
Title: Authorized Signatory

3
 

AMENDMENT NO. 2


This AMENDMENT NO 2 (this “Amendment”) is made as of March 15, 2018 among Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust (f/k/a Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust), as borrower (the “Borrower”), Societe Generale, New York Branch as lender (the “Lender”) and Societe Generale, as agent (the “Agent”)
The Borrower has requested that the Lender and the Agent amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement dated as of February 27, 2015 entered into among the Borrower, the Lender and the Agent (the “Credit Agreement”), and the Lender and the Agent are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
1. INTERPRETATION. Unless otherwise specifically defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. Each reference to “hereof’, “hereunder”, “herein” and “hereby” and each other similar reference and each reference to “this Agreement” and each other similar reference contained in the Credit Agreement shall refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
2. AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFINITIONS. From and after the date hereof, the following terms, as used in the Credit Agreement, shall have the following meanings:
Applicable LIBOR Rate means for any day with respect to any Loan:
(i) the applicable ICE Benchmark Administration’s LIBOR (or such corresponding rate published by any successor in interest to the ICE Benchmark Administration) (“ICE LIBOR”), as published by Bloomberg (or, if not so published, other commercially available source providing quotations of ICE LIBOR as designated by Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, then the ICE LIBOR published on the immediately preceding Business Day), for Dollar deposits (for delivery on such day or such immediately preceding Business Day, as applicable) with a one-month term, or
(ii) if the rate referenced in the preceding clause (i) does not appear on such page or service or such page or service shall not be available, the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays an average interest settlement rate for Dollar deposits (for delivery on such day) with a term of one month, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such day, or
(iii) if the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii) are not available, the rate per annum determined by the Agent as the rate of interest at which Dollar deposits for delivery on such day in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Loan being made and with a term of one month would be offered by the London Branch of Societe Generale to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 4:00 p.m. (London time) on such day;
provided that in no event shall the Applicable LIBOR Rate be less than zero.
Maturity Date means the earliest to occur of (i) June 15, 2018, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day, (ii) the date on which the Facility is terminated pursuant Section 2(h), and (iii) the date on which the Lender’s commitment to make Loans otherwise terminates pursuant to Section 7 and Agent declares all Loans to be immediately due and payable.
“Spread” means 0.80% per annum
3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender and the Agent that (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Transaction Documents are true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof as if made on and as of the date hereof and (b) no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing before or after giving effect hereto.
4. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective upon the receipt by the Agent of evidence satisfactory to the Agent that this Amendment has been executed and delivered by each of the parties hereto, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
5. NO OTHER AMENDMENT. Except as expressly provided herein, this Amendment shall not operate as an amendment or waiver of any right, power or privilege of the Lender or the Agent under the Credit Agreement or of any other term or condition of the Credit Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, each of which shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, without any waiver, amendment or modification of any provision thereof.
6. COUNTERPARTS This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts and all of said

counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopy or in electronic (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.
7 APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE PROVIDED THAT THE LENDER AND THE AGENT SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW
[Signature Page Follows]


2




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.




GUGGENHEIM TAXABLE MUNICIPAL MANAGED DURATION TRUST, as Borrower


By:   /s/ John L. Sullivan
Name: 
John L. Sullivan
Title: CFO


SOCIETE GENERALE, NEW YORK BRANCH, as Lender


By:   /s/Noemie Chantier
Name: 
Noemie Chantier
Title: Director
 

SOCIETE GENERALE, as Agent


By:   /s/Noemie Chantier
Name: 
Noemie Chantier
Title: Director


 

SOCIETE GENERALE
IM Corporate & Investment Banking

AMENDMENT NO. 3


This AMENDMENT NO. 3 (this “Amendment”) is made as of June 15, 2018 among Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust (f/k/a Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust), as borrower (the “Borrower”), Societe Generale, New York Branch as lender (the “Lender”) and Societe Generale, as agent (the “Agent”).
The Borrower has requested that the Lender and the Agent amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement dated as of February 27, 2015 entered into among the Borrower, the Lender and the Agent (as amended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), and the Lender and the Agent are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein, In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
1. INTERPRETATION. Unless otherwise specifically defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. Each reference to “hereof”, “hereunder”, “herein” and “hereby” and each other similar reference and each reference to “this Agreement” and each other similar reference contained in the Credit Agreement shall refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
2. AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFINITIONS. From and after the date hereof, the following terms, as used in the Credit Agreement, shall have the following meanings and/or shall incorporate the following changes:
“Applicable LIBOR Rate” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Credit Agreement with the following changes:
(i) In paragraph (i) of the definition thereof, the term “one-month” shall be replaced with the term “three-month”.
(ii) In paragraph (ii) of the definition thereof, the words “with a term of one month” shall be replaced with the words “with a term of three months”.
(iii) In paragraph (iii) of the definition thereof, the words “with a term of one month” shall be replaced with the words “with a term of three months”.
(iv) Paragraph (iv) shall be added to the definition thereof as follows: “notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, to the extent that the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii) are not available as a result of the retirement thereof, the Applicable LIBOR Rate shall be the rate per annum determined by the Agent as the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest at which Dollar deposits for delivery on such day in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Loan being made and with a term of three months would be offered by two leading dealers in the London interbank market.”
Commitment Fee Rate” means, 0.20% per annum.
“Eligible Dealer” means a reputable dealer in the relevant product market that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower or the Investment Adviser.

“Market Value” means, with respect to any Collateral at any date of determination thereof selected by the Agent, the fair market value thereof as determined by the Agent on the basis of the most recent market trading data available to the Agent with such adjustments as the Agent may reasonably conclude are appropriate, provided that such adjustments are applied to all similarly situated customers and provided further that such adjustments are not made as a result of the Agent’s perception of the Borrower or its Affiliates’ creditworthiness. To the extent a position constituting Collateral is not traded on a major exchange, and if the Agent elects to, the Market Value of such position shall be based on a valuation provided by a third-party provider selected by the Agent in its sole discretion, provided, however, that no value shall be given where such valuation is more than five (5) days prior to the relevant date of determination. With respect to any Collateral denominated in a Qualified Currency other than Dollars, the Market Value shall be the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Agent on the basis of the applicable spot rate of such Qualified Currency for the purchase of Dollars. Any calculation and/or determination of a price or rate made by the Agent hereunder shall be binding on the parties hereto absent manifest error; provided that the Borrower may reasonably dispute the determination of the Market Value of any position constituting Collateral made by the Agent upon written notice to the Agent, which notice may be by email (a “Market Value Dispute Notice”) no later than one Business Day after the Borrower is notified of such determination by the Agent, and if the Borrower obtains firm executable bids of the then full outstanding principal amount of such position constituting Collateral from two Eligible Dealers that are acceptable to the Agent (it being understood that any firm executable bid by an Eligible Dealer shall be deemed acceptable) within one Business Day after the Market Value Dispute Notice is delivered to the Agent, the Market Value shall be, with immediate effect (it being understood that such revised Market Value shall be immediately applied to adjust any outstanding margin call), the mean of such bids until the next date of determination of the Market Value of such Collateral, without prejudice to the Borrower’s rights to invoke the dispute rights process set forth herein on such subsequent date of determination (or another date of determination). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, delivery by the Borrower of a Market Value Dispute Notice shall not in any way (a) delay or postpone the Borrower’s obligation to cure a Margin Deficiency in accordance with the timing requirements set forth in Section 2(f) and based on the Agent’s determination of Market Value as reflected in the Margin Deficiency Notice; (b) affect the Lender’s determination of the existence of any default or Event of Default; or (c) affect the Lender’s right to exercise remedies prescribed in Section 7 in respect of an Event of Default.
“Maturity Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) June 15, 2020, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day, (ii) the date on which the Facility is terminated pursuant Section 2(h), and (iii) the date on which the Lender’s commitment to make Loans otherwise terminates pursuant to Section 7 and Agent declares all Loans to be immediately due and payable.
“Spread” means 0.75% per annum.
3. OTHER AMENDMENTS.
(i) From and after the date hereof Section 1(c) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the words “,

subject to any dispute rights specifically set forth herein,” after the word “shall” and before the words “be made”.
(ii) From and after the date hereof Section 2(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
“(ii) Reserved.”
(iii) From and after the date hereof Section 2(f) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the words “and is continuing” after the words “If a Margin Deficiency occurs”.
(iv) From and after the date hereof Section 2(g)(iv) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
(v) “immediately prior to and after giving effect to such withdrawal or substitution, no Margin Deficiency exists (based on the Market Value current as of the date of such withdrawal or substitution);”.
4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender and the Agent that (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Transaction Documents are true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof as if made on and as of the date hereof and (b) no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing before or after giving effect hereto.
5. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective upon the receipt by the Agent of evidence satisfactory to the Agent that this Amendment has been executed and delivered by each of the parties hereto, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
6. NO OTHER AMENDMENT. Except as expressly provided herein, this Amendment shall not operate as an amendment or waiver of any right, power or privilege of the Lender or the Agent under the Credit Agreement or of any other term or condition of the Credit Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, each of which shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, without any waiver, amendment or modification of any provision thereof
7. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopy or in electronic (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.
8. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WIHTIN SUCH STATE PROVIDED THAT THE LENDER AND THE AGENT SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.
[Signature Page Follows]
 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.


GUGGENHEIM TAXABLE
MUNICIPAL MANAGED DURATION
TRUST, as Borrower

 
 
By:   /s/ John L. Sullivan
Name: 
John L. Sullivan
Title: CFO


SOCIETE GENERALE, NEW YORK
BRANCH, as Lender
 
 
 
By:  
/s/ Noemie Chantier
Name: 
Noemie Chantier
Title:
Director
 
 
 
SOCIETE GENERALE, as Agent
 
 
 
By:  
/s/ Noemie Chantier
Name: 
Noemie Chantier
Title:
Director
 
 
4
SECURITY AGREEMENT


This SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of February 27, 2015, between Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Pledgor”), and Societe Generale, as agent (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) for the benefit of itself and the Lender (as defined below). The Collateral Agent and the Lender are collectively referred to herein as the “Secured Parties”.
The Pledgor, Societe Generale, New York Branch (the “Lender”) and the Collateral Agent, are party to a Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). In consideration of the Credit Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. INTERPRETATION
(a) Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein that are defined in Article 1, Article 8 or Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York (the “UCC”) shall have the respective meanings set forth therein. In the event of any inconsistency between the definitions in the Credit Agreement and the definitions in the UCC, the definitions in the UCC shall govern.
2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
(a) In order to secure the full and punctual payment of:
(i) all principal of all Loans outstanding from time to time under the Credit Agreement;
(ii) all interest (including after the commencement of any proceeding under any applicable Debtor Relief Law) and all fees on such Loans; and
(iii) all other amounts now or hereafter payable by the Pledgor pursuant to the Transaction Documents (the obligations referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), collectively, the “Secured Obligations”);
the Pledgor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all right, title and interest of the Pledgor in the following property, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located:
(A) the Pledgor’s securities account entitled “SOCIETE GEN PLDGEE OF GUGG GBAB FD” with account number 835561 maintained with The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Custodian”), (as the same may be redesignated, renumbered or otherwise modified, the “Custody Account”), all Financial Assets held therein or credited thereto, all Security Entitlements in respect thereof, and all other assets, including all interests of the Pledgor in any entity, indicated on the Custodian’s books and records as being credited to or recorded in the Custody Account;
(B) all assets held by the Custodian as bailee for the Collateral Agent or Lender;
(C) all products and Proceeds of any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, all dividends, distributions and payments received thereon or in exchange or substitution thereof), together with all books, records, writings, databases, information and other property evidencing, embodying or incorporating any of the foregoing
(all such property, collectively, the “Collateral”).
(b) The security interest granted by the Pledgor pursuant to Section 2(a) is granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or transfer or in any way affect, any obligation or liability of the Pledgor with respect to any of the Collateral or any transaction in connection therewith.
3.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PLEDGOR
The Pledgor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent that:
(a) Good Title; No Liens. The Pledgor has good and marketable title to all of the Collateral, free and clear of any Lien, other than (i) the Liens granted under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (the “Transaction Liens”) and (ii) any other Liens on the Collateral permitted to be created or to exist pursuant to the Transaction Documents (the “Permitted Liens”).
(b) Valid Security Interest. The security interest granted by the Pledgor to the Collateral Agent hereunder constitutes a valid security interest in all Collateral owned by the Pledgor, securing the Secured Obligations.
(c) No Other Claims. The Pledgor has not performed any acts that might reasonably be expected to prevent the Collateral Agent from enforcing any of the provisions of this Agreement. No financing statement, security agreement, mortgage, deed, charge
 
1

 
 
or similar or equivalent document or instrument covering all or part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any jurisdiction in which such filing or recording would be effective to perfect or record a Lien on such Collateral except for documents and instruments filed in connection with the Liens created hereunder or in connection with Permitted Liens. After the date of this Agreement, no Collateral will be in the possession or under the Control of any other person having a claim thereto or security interest therein, other than Permitted Liens.
(d) Filing, Recording or Registration. The Pledgor has (i) delivered to the Collateral Agent a file search report (or equivalent document) dated as of a recent date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, showing any and all filings, recordings and registrations made with respect to any judgments or Liens against the Pledgor or the Collateral and in effect as of such date, and (ii) duly completed, executed and delivered the requisite copies of any such filing, recording or registration (or amendment or termination thereof) to the Collateral Agent as may be necessary or desirable to terminate any such filings, recordings and registrations then in effect and to ensure that the Transaction Liens rank prior to all Liens and rights of others in the Collateral, and hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent (to the extent such authorization is required) to make such filing, recording or registration on the Pledgor’s behalf.
(e) Perfection and Priority. Subject to the execution of the Control Agreement by the parties thereto and, with respect to the Custody Account, so long as the Financial Asset underlying any Security Entitlement owned by the Pledgor is credited to the Custody Account, (i) the Lien on the Custody Account and on such Security Entitlement will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others (except Liens and rights of the Custodian that are Permitted Liens), and (H) the Collateral Agent will have Control of the Custody Account and such Security Entitlement.
4. COVENANTS OF PLEDGOR
(a) Consents and Filings. The Pledgor shall obtain any approval, consent, exemption or authorization from, deliver any notices to, and make any filings with, any Governmental Authority and any other Person, and take any other action, as is reasonably necessary under the Organization Documents of, or Laws applicable to, the Pledgor or any Collateral, or any Contractual Obligation to which the Pledgor or any of the Collateral is bound, or as shall otherwise be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, to provide the Collateral Agent with the equivalent under applicable Laws of an enforceable perfected first-priority security interest in all of the Collateral.
(b) Certain Actions of Pledgor. The Pledgor will not, (i) move its principal place of business or chief executive office to another jurisdiction or change the jurisdiction of its organization, (H) change its name, identity or organizational structure, or (Hi) become bound, as provided in UCC Section 9-203(d) or otherwise, by a Security Agreement entered into by another Person with respect to the Collateral other than in connection with Permitted Liens, unless, in the case of clause (i) or (H) the Pledgor shall have provided the Collateral Agent written notice within 30 days of having taken any such action (and including in such written notice the information required for the Collateral Agent to file new, or amended effective financing statements), or, in the case of clause (iii), the Pledgor shall have the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.
(c) Further Assurances. The Pledgor will, from time to time, at its expense, execute, deliver, file and record any statement, assignment, instrument, document, agreement or other paper and take any other action that from time to time may be reasonably necessary in order to (i) create, preserve or perfect the Transaction Liens, (ii) cause the Collateral Agent to have Control of the Collateral or (iii) enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce any of its rights, powers and remedies with respect to the Collateral.
(d) Information. The Pledgor will, promptly upon request, provide to the Collateral Agent (i) copies of any notices and other communications received by it with respect to Security Entitlements as to which the Pledgor is the Entitlement Holder and (ii) all information and evidence concerning the Collateral that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time to enable it to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.
5. REMEDIES. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise all the rights of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not in effect in the jurisdiction where such rights are exercised) with respect to the Collateral and all rights under any other applicable Laws and, in addition, the Collateral Agent may, without being required to give any notice, except as herein provided or as may be required by mandatory provisions of law, withdraw all property held in the Custody Account, and if there shall be no such cash or if such cash shall be insufficient to pay all the Secured Obligations in full, sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof in accordance with the UCC and applicable law
6. APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Agent may apply (i) any cash held in the Custody
2

 
 
 
Account and (ii) the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral, in the following order of priorities:
(a) first, to pay the expenses of such sale or other disposition, including reasonable compensation to agents of and counsel for the Collateral Agent, and all expenses, liabilities and advances incurred or made by the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Documents, and any other amounts then due and payable to the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in respect of any expenses in connection with or any indemnity under the Transaction Documents;
(b) second, to pay ratably all interest and fees (including after the commencement of any proceeding under any applicable Debtor Relief Law, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) in respect of the Secured Obligations, until payment in full of all such interest and fees shall have been made;
(c) third, to pay the unpaid principal of the Secured Obligations ratably, until payment in full of the principal of all Secured Obligations shall have been made;
(d) fourth, to pay all other Secured Obligations ratably, until payment in full of all such other Secured Obligations shall have been made; and
(e) finally, to pay to the Pledgor or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct, any surplus then remaining from the proceeds of the Collateral.
The Collateral Agent may make such distributions hereunder in cash or in kind or, on a ratable basis, in any combination thereof.
7. FEES AND EXPENSES; INDEMNIFICATION
The Pledgor will within 5 days of demand pay to the Collateral Agent:
(a) the amount of any taxes that the Collateral Agent may have been required to pay by reason of the Transaction Liens or to free any Collateral from any other Lien thereon other than Permitted Liens;
(b) the amount of any reasonable and documented out of pocket fees and expenses, including transfer taxes and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other experts, that the Collateral Agent may incur in connection with (x) the enforcement of the Security Documents, including such reasonable expenses as are incurred to preserve the value of the Collateral or the validity, perfection, rank or value of any Transaction Lien, (y) the redemption, collection, sale or other disposition of any Collateral or (z) the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of its rights or powers under the Security Documents; and
(c) the amount of any fees that the Pledgor shall have agreed in writing to pay to the Collateral Agent and that shall have become due and payable in accordance with such written agreement.
Any such amount not paid to the Collateral Agent within 30 days of demand will bear interest for each day thereafter until paid at a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate. If any transfer tax, documentary stamp tax or other tax is payable in connection with any transfer or other transaction provided for in the Security Documents, the Pledgor will pay such tax and provide any required tax stamps to the Agent or as otherwise required by law.
8. AUTHORITY TO ADMINISTER COLLATERAL. The Pledgor irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent its true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, in the name of the Pledgor, a Secured Party or otherwise, for the sole use and benefit of the Secured Parties, but at the expense of the Pledgor, to the extent permitted by law to exercise, at any time and from time to time while an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or any of the following powers with respect to all or any of the Collateral:
(a) to demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any and all monies due or to become due upon or by virtue thereof,
(b) to settle, compromise, compound, prosecute or defend any action or proceeding with respect thereto,
(c) to sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of the same or the proceeds or avails thereof, as fully and effectually as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof, and
(d) to extend the time of payment of any or all thereof and to make any allowance or other adjustment with reference thereto;
provided that, except in the case of Collateral that threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the Collateral Agent will give the Pledgor at least ten days prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale thereof or the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition thereof will be made. Any such notice shall (x) contain the information specified in UCC Section 9-613, (y) be Authenticated and (z) be sent to the parties required to be notified pursuant to UCC Section 9-611(c); provided that, if the Collateral Agent fails to comply with this sentence in any respect, its liability for such failure shall be limited to the liability (if any) imposed on it as a matter of law under the UCC.
9. LIMITATION ON DUTY IN RESPECT OF COLLATERAL. Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody and preservation thereof, the Collateral Agent will have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or
 
3

 
Control or in the possession or Control of any sub-agent or bailee (including, without limitation, any Securities Intermediary) or any income therefrom or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto The Collateral Agent will be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession or Control if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property, and will not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any Collateral, or for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of any act or omission of any sub-agent or bailee (including, without limitation, any Securities Intermediary) selected by the Collateral Agent in good faith, except to the extent that such liability arises from the Collateral Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
10 TERMINATION, RELEASE. The Transaction Liens granted by the Pledgor shall automatically terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Pledgor immediately when (i) the Commitment shall have terminated and (ii) all Secured Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and cost reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made). Upon any termination of the, Transaction Liens and release of Collateral, the Collateral Agent will, at the expense of the Pledgor, execute and deliver to the Pledgor such documents as the Pledgor shall reasonably request to evidence the termination of the Transaction Liens and the release of the Collateral.
11. MISCELLANEOUS.
(a) Notices. Each notice, request or other communication given to any party hereunder shall be in writing (which term includes facsimile or other electronic transmission) and shall be effective (i) when delivered to such party at such numbers or addresses set forth on the signature page hereto, (ii) when sent to such party by facsimile, addressed to it at its facsimile number specified in the on the signature page hereto, and such party sends back an electronic confirmation of receipt or (iii) ten days after being sent to such party by certified or registered United States mail, addressed to it at its address specified on the signature page hereto, with first class or airmail postage prepaid at the addresses specified on the signature page hereto. Any party may change its address, facsimile number and/or e-mail address for purposes of this Section 11(a) by giving notice of such change to the Collateral Agent and the Pledgor in the manner specified above.
(b) No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive. No failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising and no course of dealing with respect to, any right or remedy under any Security Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy under any Transaction Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies specified in the Transaction Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.
(c) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties. If all or any part of a Secured Party’s interest in any Secured Obligation is assigned or otherwise transferred, the transferor’s rights hereunder, to the extent applicable to the obligation so transferred, shall be automatically transferred with such obligation. This Agreement shall be binding on the Pledgor and its successors and assigns.
(d) Amendments and Waivers. Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended, modified or terminated except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the parties hereto, with the consent of the Secured Parties.
(e) Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to principles of conflicts of law other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law, except (i) as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law, (ii) to the extent that remedies provided by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York are governed by the laws of such jurisdiction and (iii) to the extent the perfection, the effect of perfection or non-perfection, or the priority of any Transaction Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, each reference to “UCC” herein shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
(f) Submission to Jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York State Court sitting in New York City for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which such party may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
(g) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
4

 
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY SECURITY DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.
(h) Severability. If any provision of any Security Document is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the other provisions of the Security Documents shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and shall be liberally construed in favor of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties in order to carry out the intentions of the parties thereto as nearly as may be possible and (ii) the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision in such jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction.
(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or in electronic (i.e., “pdf’ or “tin format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement..
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 
5

 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above,
GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION TRUST, as Pledgor
 


By:__/s/ John L. Sullivan_____________________________
Name: John L. Sullivan
Title: Chief Financial Officer


 
 
 
 
Address for Notices:
227 West Monroe Street, 7th Floor
Telephone:
(312) 873-1477
Facsimile:
(312) 827-0157
Attention:
GPIM Trade Ops
Email:
GPIMTradeOps@guggenheimpartners.com
 
 
With a copy to:
 
Address for Notices:
227 West Monroe Street, 7th Floor
Telephone:
(312) 357-0394
Facsimile:
(312) 827-0161
Attention: GI Legal
Email: FundsLegal@guggenheimpartners.com
 
S-1

 
 
 
SOCIETE GENERALE, as agent, as Collateral Agent




By:  /s/ Emmanuel Valette
Name: Emmanuel Valette
Title: Authorized Signatory


 
 
 
 
 
Address for Notices:
Societe Generale
  245 Park Avenue
  New York, New York 10167
Telephone: 212-278-5814
Facsimile:
646-365-4222
Attention:
Robert O’Connell
Email:
Robert oconnell@socib.com
 
 
 
S-2

COLLATERAL ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT, dated as of February 27, 2015 among Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (“Pledgor”), Societe Generale, as Collateral Agent under the Collateral Agreement referred to below (“Secured Party”), and The Bank of New York Mellon (“Securities Intermediary”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, Secured Party and Pledgor have entered into financing arrangements evidenced by a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) and, in connection with the financing arrangements, Pledgor has entered into a security agreement (the “Collateral Agreement”) pursuant to which Pledgor has pledged to Secured Party the Collateral (as defined below) in order to secure the repayment of Pledgor’s obligations to Secured Party; and
WHEREAS, Securities Intermediary acts as custodian of certain assets of Pledgor pursuant to a contract between Securities Intermediary and Pledgor (the “Custodian Agreement”) and holds such assets in an account (the “Custodial Account”); and
WHEREAS, Secured Party and Pledgor have requested Securities Intermediary to hold the Collateral and to perform certain other functions as more fully described herein; and
WHEREAS, Securities Intermediary has agreed to act on behalf of Secured Party and Pledgor in respect of Collateral delivered to Securities Intermediary by Pledgor for the benefit of Secured Party, subject to the terms hereof;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth hereafter, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words shall have the meanings set forth below:
1. Account” shall mean, the account captioned “SOCIETE GEN PLDGEE OF GUGG GBAB FD” bearing the Account No. 835561 established and maintained by the Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Agreement, as the same may be redesignated, renumbered or otherwise modified, in which Collateral shall be deposited by Pledgor and pledged to Secured Party.
2. Authorized Person” shall be any person, whether or not an officer or employee of Secured Party or Pledgor, duly authorized by Secured Party or Pledgor, respectively, to give Written Instructions on behalf of Secured Party or Pledgor, respectively, such persons to be designated in a Certificate of Authorized Persons which contains a specimen signature of such person.

3. Collateral” shall mean all assets (including cash, securities, investment property and all proceeds thereof) held in the Account from time to time.
4. Depository” shall mean the Treasury/Reserve Automated Debt Entry System maintained at The Federal Reserve Bank of New York for receiving and delivering securities, The Depository Trust Company and any other clearing corporation within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC or otherwise authorized to act as a securities depository or clearing agency, and their respective successors and nominees.
5. Electronic Means” shall mean the following communications methods: S.W.I.F.T., facsimile transmission, secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys issued by the Custodian, or another method or system specified by the Custodian as available for use in connection with its services hereunder.
6. Notice of Exclusive Control” shall mean a written notice (in the form of Exhibit A hereto) given by Secured Party to Securities Intermediary and to Pledgor that Secured Party is exercising sole and exclusive control of the Collateral.
7. UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.
8. Written Instructions” shall mean written communications received by Securities Intermediary by letter or by Electronic Means.
The terms “bank,” “deposit account,” “entitlement holder,” “entitlement order,” “financial asset,” “investment property,” “proceeds,” “security,” “security entitlement,” and “securities intermediary” shall have the meanings set forth in Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC.
ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT AN D STATUS OF SECURITIES INTERMEDIARY;
ACCOUNT
1. Authorization: Identification of Collateral. Secured Party and Pledgor each hereby authorize Securities Intermediary to perform its duties as hereinafter set forth and authorizes Securities Intermediary to hold Collateral in the Account in registered form in the name of the Securities Intermediary or the name of its nominees. Securities Intermediary hereby agrees to establish and maintain the Account and appropriate records identifying the Collateral in the Account as pledged by Pledgor to Secured Party. Transfer of assets from the main Custodial Account to the Account shall be made pursuant to Written Instructions of Pledgor. Pledgor hereby authorizes Securities Intermediary to comply and Securities Intermediary hereby agrees to comply with all entitlement orders originated by Secured Party with respect to the Account without further consent or direction from the Pledgor or any other party. All entitlement orders and instructions shall be delivered to Securities Intermediary by Written Instruction.
2. Status of Securities Intermediary. The parties agree that: (i) the Account shall be a “securities account” (within the meaning of Article 8-501 of the UCC) and each item held in or

credited to the Account from time to time shall be treated as a financial asset; and (ii) the Securities Intermediary is a securities intermediary with respect to the Account.
3. Use of Depositories. Secured Party and Pledgor hereby authorize Securities Intermediary to utilize Depositories to the extent possible in connection with its performance hereunder. Collateral held by Securities Intermediary in a Depository will be held subject to the rules, terms and conditions of such Depository. Where Collateral is held in a Depository, Securities Intermediary shall identify on its records as belonging to Pledgor and pledged to Secured Party a quantity of securities as part of a fungible bulk of securities held in Securities Intermediary’s account at such Depository. Securities deposited in a Depository will be represented in accounts which include only assets held by Securities Intermediary for its customers.
ARTICLE III
COLLATERAL SERVICES
1. Control and Notice of Exclusive Control. Until Securities Intermediary receives a Notice of Exclusive Control from Secured Party, Securities Intermediary is authorized to act upon any Written Instructions originated by Secured Party and Pledgor with respect to the transfer of Collateral from the Account. Secured Party may exercise sole and exclusive control of the Account and the Collateral held therein at any time by delivering to Securities Intermediary a Notice of Exclusive Control. Upon receipt of a Notice of Exclusive Control, Securities Intermediary shall, without inquiry, thereafter comply with Written Instructions (including entitlement orders and other instructions) solely from Secured Party with respect to the Account. Securities Intermediary will be fully protected in complying with a Notice of Exclusive Control (and any instructions originated by Secured Party in connection therewith) whether or not Pledgor may allege that no rights of Secured Party exist to provide such instructions or to issue the Notice of Exclusive Control.
2. Collateral Removal; Substitutions; Proceeds. Until Securities Intermediary receives a Notice of Exclusive Control from Secured Party, Securities Intermediary is authorized to act upon any Written Instructions jointly from Pledgor and Secured Party to transfer Collateral from the Account to substitute other assets for any Collateral then held in the Account (“Substitute Collateral”). It shall be Pledgor’s sole responsibility to ensure that at all times the market value of Collateral in the Account (including Substitute Collateral) as determined by the Secured Party, shall not be less than the amount Pledgor is required to maintain pursuant to the Credit Agreement. Securities Intermediary shall credit to the Account all interest, dividends, other income and proceeds received by it with respect to the Collateral, both before and after receipt of a Notice of Exclusive Control
3. Statements. Securities Intermediary shall furnish or make available to Pledgor and Secured Party daily statements of activity and transactions affecting the Account and monthly Account statements within one business day of the end of each month or any activity or transaction during that month. Statements pursuant to this Section 3 shall be sent to the email addresses of Pledgor and Secured Party set forth in Article V of this Agreement (requires election of such party) or made available via an online system offered by Securities Intermediary or sent via S.W.I.F.T. Each of Pledgor and Secured Party may elect to receive information

electronically through the Internet to an email address specified by it for such purpose. By electing to use the Internet for this purpose, each of Pledgor and Secured Party acknowledges that such transmissions are not encrypted and therefore are insecure. Each of Pledgor and Secured Party further acknowledges that there are other risks inherent in communicating through the Internet such as the possibility of virus contamination and disruptions in service, and agrees that Securities Intermediary shall not be responsible for any loss, damage or expense suffered or incurred by Pledgor, Secured Party or any person claiming by or through Pledgor or Secured Party as a result of the use of such methods.
4. Notice of Adverse Claims. Upon receipt of written notice of any lien, encumbrance or adverse claim against the Account or any portion of the Collateral held therein by an entity not party to this Agreement, Securities Intermediary shall use reasonable efforts to notify Secured Party and Pledgor as promptly as practicable under the circumstances.
5 Subordination of Lien. Set-off. The parties agree that any security interest in or lien on, or right of set-off against any of the Collateral that Securities Intermediary may have now or in the future is hereby waived other than (a) any advances that Securities Intermediary may from time to time make to, or for the benefit of, the Pledgor for purposes of clearing or settling purchases or sales of securities in the Account, and (b) any fees, charges, expenses and other amounts not described in clause (a) above owed to Securities Intermediary and incurred in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder and the maintenance and operation of the Account, for which Securities Intermediary shall have a prior claim to the Collateral.
ARTICLE IV
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. Standard of Care: Indemnification. (a) Securities Intermediary shall not be liable for any damages or liabilities incurred by or asserted against Pledgor or Secured Party that do not arise out of the negligence or willful misconduct of Securities Intermediary. Securities Intermediary shall have no liability whatsoever for the action or inaction of any Depository. In no event shall Securities Intermediary be liable for special, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement, regardless of whether Securities Intermediary is aware of the possibility thereof.
(b) Pledgor agrees to indemnify Securities Intermediary and hold Securities Intermediary harmless from and against any and all damages and liabilities sustained or incurred by or asserted against Securities Intermediary by reason of or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of Securities Intermediary’s performance under this Agreement, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, provided, that Pledgor shall not indemnify Securities Intermediary for those damages and liabilities arising out of Securities Intermediary’s negligence or willful misconduct. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of Pledgor and its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.
(c) Secured Party agrees to indemnify Securities Intermediary and hold Securities Intermediary harmless from and against any and all damages and liabilities sustained or incurred by or asserted against Securities Intermediary, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which may be suffered or incurred by the Securities Intermediary in acting pursuant to

the entitlement orders or instructions issued solely by Secured Party, provided, that Secured Party shall not indemnify Securities Intermediary for those damages and liabilities arising out of Securities Intermediary’s negligence or willful misconduct. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of Secured Party and its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.
(d) Securities Intermediary shall have no duty, responsibility or obligation to question, investigate or verify compliance by Pledgor or Secured Party with applicable law.
2. No Obligation Regarding Quality of Collateral. Securities Intermediary shall be under no obligation to inquire into, and shall not be liable for, any damages or liabilities incurred by Pledgor, Secured Party or any other person as a result of the receipt or acceptance of fraudulent, forged or invalid Collateral, or Collateral which otherwise is not freely transferable or deliverable without encumbrance in any relevant market.
3. No Responsibility Concerning Collateral Agreement. Pledgor and Secured Party hereby agree that, notwithstanding references to the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Agreement in this Agreement. Securities Intermediary has no interest in, and no duty. responsibility or obligation with respect to, the Credit Agreement or the Collateral Agreement (including without limitation, no duty, responsibility or obligation to monitor Pledgor’s or Secured Party’s compliance with the Credit Agreement or the Collateral Agreement or to know the terms of the Credit Agreement or the Collateral Agreement).
4. No Duty of Oversight. Securities Intermediary is not at any time under any duty to monitor the value of any Collateral in the Account or whether the Collateral is of a type required to be held in the Account, or to supervise the investment of, or to advise or make any recommendation for the purchase, sale, retention or disposition of. any Collateral.
5. Advice of Counsel. Securities Intermediary may, with respect to questions of law, obtain the advice of counsel and shall bear no liability with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in conformity with such advice.
6. No Collection Obligations. Securities Intermediary shall be under no obligation to take action to collect any amount payable on Collateral in default, or if payment is refused after due demand and presentment.
7. Fees and Expenses. Pledgor agrees to pay to Securities Intermediary the fees as may be agreed upon from time to time. Pledgor shall reimburse Securities Intermediary for all reasonable documented costs associated with transfers of Collateral to Securities Intermediary and records kept in connection with this Agreement. Pledgor shall also reimburse Securities Intermediary for reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses which are a normal incident of the services provided hereunder.
8. Effectiveness of Instructions; Reliance; Risk Acknowledgements; Additional Terms. (a) Subject to the terms below, Securities Intermediary shall be entitled to rely upon any Written Instructions actually received by Securities Intermediary and reasonably believed by Securities Intermediary to be duly authorized and delivered.

(b) If Securities Intermediary receives Written Instructions which appear on their face to have been transmitted by an Authorized Person via Electronic Means, Secured Party and Pledgor each understands and agrees that Securities Intermediary cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Written Instructions and that Securities Intermediary shall conclusively presume that such Written Instructions have been sent by an Authorized Person. Secured Party and Pledgor shall be responsible for ensuring that only its Authorized Persons transmit such Written Instructions to Securities Intermediary and that all of its Authorized Persons treat applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys with extreme care.
(c) Secured Party and Pledgor each acknowledges and agrees that it is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with the various methods of transmitting Written Instructions to Securities Intermediary and that there may be more secure methods of transmitting Written Instructions than the method(s) selected by it. Secured Party and Pledgor each agrees that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection with its transmission of Written Instructions provide to it a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances.
(d) If Secured Party or Pledgor elects to transmit Written Instructions through an on-line communication system offered by Securities Intermediary, its use thereof shall be subject to the Electronic Access Terms and Conditions attached hereto as Appendix I, which is made a part of this Agreement with respect to the matters set forth therein. If Secured Party or Pledgor elects (with Securities Intermediary’s prior consent) to transmit Written Instructions through an on-line communications service owned or operated by a third party, it agrees that Securities Intermediary shall not be responsible or liable for the reliability or availability of any such service.
9. Inspection. Upon reasonable request and provided Securities Intermediary shall suffer no significant disruption of its normal activities, Secured Party and Pledgor shall have access to Securities Intermediary’s books and records relating to the Account during Securities Intermediary’s normal business hours. Upon reasonable request, copies of any such books and records shall be provided to Secured Party or Pledgor at its expense.
10. Account Disclosure. Securities Intermediary is authorized to supply any information regarding the Account which is required by any law or requested by any court or any governmental or regulatory authority.
11. Force Majeure. Securities Intermediary shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority; governmental actions; or inability to obtain labor, material, equipment or transportation.
12. Pricing Services. Securities Intermediary may, as an accommodation, provide pricing or other information services to Pledgor and/or Secured Party in connection with this Agreement. Securities Intermediary may utilize any vendor (including securities brokers and dealers) believed by it to be reliable to provide such information. Under no circumstances shall

Securities Intermediary be liable for any damage or liability suffered or incurred by Pledgor or Secured Party as a result of errors or omissions with respect to any pricing or other information utilized by Securities Intermediary hereunder.
13. Court Orders. Securities Intermediary shall bear no liability for acting on good faith in conformity with an order or instruction of a court determined by Securities Intermediary in good faith to have jurisdiction.
14. No Implied Duties. Securities Intermediary shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be implied against Securities Intermediary in connection with this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
1. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon (a) Securities Intermediary’s receipt of Written Instructions from Secured Party expressly stating that Secured Party no longer claims any security interest in the Collateral, (b) transfer of all Collateral to Secured Party subsequent to Securities Intermediary’s receipt of a Notice of Exclusive Control or (c) the election by any party upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of termination to the other parties, provided that the Pledgor shall not provide such a notice without the prior written consent of the Secured Party and provided further that termination pursuant to (c) above shall not affect or terminate Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral. Upon termination pursuant to (c) above, Securities Intermediary shall follow such reasonable Written Instructions of Pledgor (or, after delivery of a Notice of Exclusive Control, the Secured Party) concerning the transfer of Collateral. Except as otherwise provided herein, all obligations of the parties to each other hereunder shall cease upon termination of this Agreement.
2. Certificates of Authorized Persons. Secured Party and Pledgor agree to furnish to Securities Intermediary a new Certificate of Authorized Persons in the event of any change in the then present Authorized Persons. Until such new Certificate is received, Securities Intermediary shall be fully protected in acting upon Written Instructions of the then present Authorized Persons.
3. Notices. (a) Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Securities Intermediary, shall be sufficiently given if sent via overnight courier or facsimile addressed to Securities Intermediary and received by it at its offices at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Mutual Fund Client Services, or at such other place as Securities Intermediary may from time to time designate in writing.
(b) Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Secured Party shall be sufficiently given if addressed to Secured Party and received by it at its offices at Societe Generale, New York Branch, 245 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10167, Attention: Robert O’Connell (facsimile: 646-345-4222), or at such other place as Secured Party may from time to time designate in writing.

(c) Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Pledgor shall be sufficiently given if addressed to Pledgor and received by it at its offices at 227 West Monroe Street, 7th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60606, Attention: GPIM Trade Ops or at such other place as Pledgor may from time to time designate in writing.
4. Cumulative Rights: No Waiver. Each and every right granted to Securities Intermediary hereunder or under any other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, or allowed it by law or equity, shall be cumulative and may be exercised from time to time. No failure on the part of Securities Intermediary to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise by Securities Intermediary of any right preclude any other future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.
5. Severability; Amendments: Assignment. In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto. This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by any party without the written consent of the other parties.
6. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity: Jury Trial Waiver. This Agreement and the Account shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof. The State of New York shall be the jurisdiction of the Securities Intermediary for purposes of Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC. Secured Party, Pledgor and Securities Intermediary hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder. To the extent that in any jurisdiction Secured Party or Pledgor may now or hereafter be entitled to claim, for itself or its assets, immunity from suit, execution, attachment (before or after judgment) or other legal process. Secured Party and Pledgor each irrevocably agrees not to claim, and hereby waives, such immunity. Secured Party, Pledgor and Securities Intermediary each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
7. No Third Party Beneficiaries. In performing hereunder. Securities Intermediary is acting solely on behalf of Secured Party and Pledgor and no contractual or service relationship shall be deemed to be established hereby between Securities Intermediary and any other person. The Securities Intermediary will not enter into any other agreement with any other person or entity relating to the orders, instructions, or other directions, with respect to the Account.
8. Headings. Section headings are included in this Agreement for convenience only and shall have no substantive effect on its interpretation.
9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.

10. USA PATRIOT ACT. Pledgor and Secured Party hereby acknowledge that Securities Intermediary is subject to federal laws, including the Customer Identification Program (CIP) requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, pursuant to which Securities Intermediary must obtain, verify and record information that allows Securities Intermediary to identify each of Pledgor and Secured Party. Accordingly, prior to opening an Account hereunder Securities Intermediary will ask Pledgor and/or Secured Party to provide certain information including, but not limited to, Pledgor’s and/or Secured Party’s name, physical address, tax identification number and other information that will help Securities Intermediary to identify and verify each of Pledgor’s and Secured Party’s identity such as organizational documents, certificate of good standing, license to do business or other pertinent identifying information. Pledgor and Secured Party agree that Securities Intermediary cannot open an Account hereunder unless and until Securities Intermediary verifies Pledgor’s and/or Secured Party’s identity in accordance with its CIP.
[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Secured Party, Pledgor and Securities Intermediary have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.
PLEDGOR

GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS
MANAGED DURATION TRUST



By:  /s/ John L. Sullivan
Name: John L. Sullivan
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Date: February 27, 2015


SECURED PARTY

SOCIETE GENERALE, AS COLLATERAL
AGENT



By:  /s/ Emmanuel Valette 
Name: Emmanuel Valette
Title: Authorized Signatory
Date: February 27, 2015


SECURITIES INTERMEDIARY

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON



By:  /s/ Timothy E. Driscoll
Name: Timothy E. Driscoll
Title: Managing Director
Date: February 27, 2015


APPENDIX I

ELECTRONIC ACCESS
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
These Electronic Access Terms and Conditions (the “Terms and Conditions”) set forth the terms and conditions under which The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation and/or its subsidiaries or joint ventures (collectively, “BNY Mellon”) will, with respect to the Collateral Account Control Agreement dated as of February 27, 2015 among Societe Generale, The Bank of New York Mellon and Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust (the “Control Agreement”), provide Pledgor and Secured Party (each, “You” and “Your”) with access to and use of BNY Mellon’s electronic information delivery site known as “BNY Mellon Connect” and/or other BNY Mellon-designated access portals (“Electronic Access”). Access to and use of Electronic Access by You is contingent upon and is in consideration for Your compliance with the terms and conditions set forth below. Electronic Access includes access to BNY Mellon web sites accessible via BNY Mellon Connect and/or other BNY Mellon-designated access portals (“Sites”), pursuant to which You are able to access products and services provided by Securities Intermediary as well as data regarding the Account (as defined in the Control Agreement).
Any particular product or service accessed by You through Electronic Access may be subject to a separate written agreement between You and Securities Intermediary with respect to such products and services (each a “Services Agreement”). In addition, terms and conditions and restrictions with respect to any particular product or service accessed through Electronic Access (such as privacy and internet security matters), together with any disclaimers related to the specific products or services, may be set forth on the Sites (hereinafter referred to as “Terms of Use”) and are applicable to such products and services. You hereby agree to these Terms and Conditions. By any of Your Users accessing the Sites, and the products and services available through Electronic Access, You agree to any Terms of Use and acknowledge and accept any disclaimers and disclosures included on the Sites and the restrictions concerning the use of proprietary data provided by Information Providers (as defined below) that are posted on the Data Terms Web Site (as defined below). For the avoidance of doubt, these Terms and Conditions will not alter or amend or otherwise affect any Services Agreement whether such Services Agreement is executed prior to or after the execution of these Terms and Conditions.
These Terms and Conditions relate solely to Electronic Access relating to the Control Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in the Control Agreement to the contrary. BNY Mellon, BNY Mellon’s Suppliers. Content Providers and Information Providers are third party beneficiaries of these Terms and Conditions.
1. Access Administration:
a.
To facilitate access to Electronic Access, You will furnish Securities Intermediary with a written list of the names, and the extent of authority or level of access, of persons You are authorizing to access the Sites, products and services and to use the Electronic Access (“Authorized Users”) on a read-only basis. In addition. You may also designate Authorized Users who will have authority to enter

transactions and provide instructions to Securities Intermediary that cause a change in or have an impact on assets held by Securities Intermediary in the Account (as defined in the Control Agreement) (“Authorized Transactional Users”). Where appropriate. Authorized Users and Authorized Transactional Users are collectively referred to herein as “Users.” If You wish to allow any third party (such as an investment manager, consultant or third party service provider) or any employee of a third party to have access to Your account information through Electronic Access and be included as a “User” under these Terms and Conditions, You may designate a third party or employee of a third party as an Authorized User or Authorized Transactional User under these Terms and Conditions and any such third party or employee of a third party so designated by You (and, if a third party is so designated, any employee of such third party designated by such third party) will be included within the definition of Authorized User. Authorized Transactional User. and User as appropriate.
b.
Upon BNY Mellon’s approval of Users (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld), BNY Mellon will send You a user-id, temporary password and, where applicable, a security identification device for each User. You will be responsible for providing to Users the user-ids, temporary passwords and, where applicable, secure identification devices. You will ensure that any User receiving a secure identification device returns such device immediately following the termination of the User’s authorization to access the products and services for which the secure identification device was provided to such User. You are solely responsible for Users’ access to Electronic Access, and You and Users are solely responsible for the confidentiality of the user-ids and passwords and secure identification devices that are provided to them and will remain responsible for each secure identification device until it is returned to BNY Mellon. You acknowledge and agree that BNY Mellon will have no duty or obligation to verify or confirm the actual identity of the person who accessed Electronic Access using a validly issued user-id and password (and, where applicable, security identification device) or that the person who accessed Electronic Access using such validly issued user-id and password (and, where applicable, security identification device) is, in fact, a User (whether an Authorized User or an Authorized Transactional User).
c.
You are also solely responsible for ensuring that all Users comply with these Terms and Conditions and any Terms of Use included on the Sites, the Service Agreement for each product or service accessed through the Sites and their associated services and all applicable terms and conditions, restrictions on the use of such products and services and data obtained through the use of Electronic Access. BNY Mellon reserves the right to prohibit access or revoke the access of any User to Electronic Access whom BNY Mellon determines has violated or breached these Terms and Conditions or any Terms of Use on a Site accessed by the User, including the Data Terms Web Site (as defined below), or whose conduct BNY Mellon reasonably determines may constitute a criminal offense, violate any applicable local, state. national or international law or constitute a security risk for BNY Mellon, a BNY Mellon third party supplier (“BNY

Mellon’s Supplier”). BNY Mellon’s clients or any Users of Electronic Access. BNY Mellon may also terminate access to all Users following termination of the Control Agreement.
2.
Proprietary Software: Depending upon the products and services You elect to access through Electronic Access. You may be provided software owned by BNY Mellon or licensed to BNY Mellon by a BNY Mellon Supplier (“Proprietary Software”). You are granted a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to install the Proprietary Software on Your authorized computer system (including mobile devices registered with BNY Mellon) and to use the Proprietary Software solely for Your own internal purposes in connection with Electronic Access and solely for the purposes for which it is provided to You. You and Your Users may make copies of the Proprietary Software for backup purposes only, provided all copyright and other proprietary information included in the original copy of the Proprietary Software are reproduced in or on such backup copies.
3.
Use of Data:
a.
Electronic Access may include information and data that is proprietary to the providers of such information or data (“Information Providers”) or may be used to access Sites that include such information or data from Information Providers. This information and data may be subject to restrictions and requirements which are imposed on BNY Mellon by the Information Providers and which are posted on hap://www.bnvmellon.conilproducts/assetservicinakendoragreement.pdf or any successor web site of which You are provided notice from time to time (the “Data Terms Web Site”). You will be solely responsible for ensuring that Users comply with the restrictions and requirements concerning the use of proprietary data that are posted on the Data Terms Web Site.
b.
You consent to BNY Mellon, its affiliates and BNY Mellon’s Suppliers disclosing to each other and using data received from You and Users and, where applicable, Your third parties in connection with these Terms and Conditions (including, without limitation, client data and personal data of Users) (1) to the extent necessary for the provision of Electronic Access; (2) in order for BNY Mellon and its affiliates to meet any of their obligations under these Terms and Conditions to provide Electronic Access; or (3) to the extent necessary for Users to access Electronic Access.
c.
In addition, You permit BNY Mellon to aggregate data concerning Your accounts with other data collected and/or calculated by BNY Mellon. BNY Mellon will own such aggregated data, but except as provided in the Control Agreement will not distribute the aggregated data in a format that identifies You or Your data.
4. Ownership and Rights:
a.
Electronic Access, including any database, any software (including for the avoidance of doubt, Proprietary Software) and any proprietary data, processes. scripts, information. training materials, manuals or documentation made available

as part of the Electronic Access (collectively, the “Information”), are the exclusive and confidential property of BNY Mellon and/or BNY Mellon’s Suppliers. You may not use or disclose the Information except as expressly authorized by these Terms and Conditions. You will, and will cause Users and Your third parties and their users, to keep the Information confidential by using the same care and discretion that You use with respect to Your own confidential information, but in no event less than reasonable care.
b.
The provisions of this paragraph will not affect the copyright status of any of the Information which may be copyrighted and will apply to all Information whether or not copyrighted.
c.
Nothing in these Terms and Conditions will be construed as giving You or Users any license or right to use the trade marks, logos and/or service marks of BNY Mellon, its affiliates, its Information Providers or BNY Mellon’s Suppliers.
d.
Any Intellectual Property Rights and any other rights or title not expressly granted to You or Users under these Terms and Conditions are reserved to BNY Mellon, its Information Providers and BNY Mellon’s Suppliers. “Intellectual Property Rights” includes all copyright, patents, trademarks and service marks, rights in designs, moral rights, rights in computer software, rights in databases and other protectable lists of information, rights in confidential information, trade secrets, inventions and know-how, trade and business names, domain names (including all extensions, revivals and renewals, where relevant) in each case whether registered or unregistered and applications for any of them and the goodwill attaching to any of them and any rights or forms of protection of a similar nature and having equivalent or similar effect to any of them which may subsist anywhere in the world.
5. Reliance:
a.
BNY Mellon will be entitled to rely on, and will be fully protected in acting upon, any actions or instructions associated with a user-id or a secure identification device issued to a User until such time as BNY Mellon receives actual notice in writing from You of the change in status of the User and receipt of the secure identification device issued to such User. You acknowledge that all commands, directions and instructions, including commands, directions and instructions for transactions issued by a User are issued at Your sole risk. You agree to accept full and sole responsibility for all such commands, directions and instructions and that BNY Mellon will have no liability for, and you hereby release BNY Mellon from, any losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses, claims, causes of action and judgments (including attorneys fees and expenses) (collectively “Losses”) incurred or sustained by You or any other party in connection with or as a result of BNY Mellon’s reliance upon or compliance with such commands, directions and instructions.

b.
All commands, directions and instructions involving a transaction entered by an Authorized Transactional User will be treated as an authorized instruction under the applicable Services Agreement(s) between You and Securities Intermediary covering accounts, products and services provided by Securities Intermediary with respect to which Electronic Access is being used hereunder whether such Services Agreement is executed prior to or after the execution of these Terms and Conditions.
6. Disclaimers:
a.
Although BNY Mellon uses reasonable efforts to provide accurate and up-to-date information through Electronic Access, BNY Mellon. its Content Providers and Information Providers make no warranties or representations under these Terms and Conditions as to accuracy, reliability or comprehensiveness of the content, information or data accessed through Electronic Access. Without limiting the foregoing, some of the content on Electronic Access may be provided by sources unaffiliated with BNY Mellon (“Content Providers”) and by Information Providers. For that content BNY Mellon is a distributor and not a publisher of such content and has no control over it. Information provided by Information Providers has not been independently verified by BNY Mellon and BNY Mellon makes no representation as to the accuracy or completeness of the content or information provided. Any opinions, advice, statements, services, offers or other information given or provided by Content Providers and Information Providers (including merchants and licensors) are those of the respective authors of such content and not that of BNY Mellon. BNY Mellon will not be liable to You or Users for such content or information in any way nor for any action taken in reliance on such information nor for direct or indirect damages resulting from the use of such information. For purposes of these Terms and Conditions, all information and data, including all proprietary information and materials and all client data, provided to You through Electronic Access are provided on an “AS-IS”, “AS AVAILABLE” basis.
b.
There is no guarantee or warranty that Electronic Access or the information and data provided through the Electronic Access are or will be virus-free or will be free of viruses, worms. Trojan horses or other code with contaminating or destructive properties. Securities Intermediary will employ commercially reasonable anti-virus software to its systems to protect its systems against viruses.
c.
Some Sites accessed through the use of Electronic Access may include links to websites provided by parties that are not affiliated with BNY Mellon (“Third Party Websites”). BNY Mellon will not be liable to any person for the content found on such Third Party Websites. BNY Mellon will not be responsible for Third Party Websites that collect information from parties who visit their web sites through links on the Sites. BNY Mellon will not be liable or responsible for any loss suffered by any person as a result of their use of any Third Party Websites that are linked to the BNY Mellon Sites.

d.
BNY Mellon retains complete discretion and authority to add, delete or revise in whole or in part Electronic Access, including its Sites, and to modify from time to time any Proprietary Software provided in conjunction with the use of Electronic Access and/or any of the Sites. To the extent reasonably possible, Securities Intermediary will provide notice of such modifications. BNY Mellon may terminate. immediately and without advance notice, and without right of cure, any portion or component of Electronic Access or the Sites.
e.
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THERE IS NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, NO WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NO WARRANTY OF QUALITY AND NO WARRANTY OF TITLE OR NONINFRINGEMENT. THERE IS NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING ELECTRONIC ACCESS. THE SITES, ANY PROPRIETARY SOFTWARE. INFORMATION, MATERIALS OR CLIENT DATA.
f.
Notwithstanding the prior paragraph, Securities Intermediary or an affiliate designated by it will defend You and pay any amounts agreed to by Securities Intermediary in a settlement and damages finally awarded by a court of competent jurisdiction, in an action or proceeding commenced against You based on a claim that Electronic Access or the Proprietary Software infringe plaintiff(s)’s patent. copyright or trade secret, provided that You (i) notify Securities Intermediary promptly of any such action or claim (except that the failure to so notify Securities Intermediary will not limit Securities Intermediary’s obligations hereunder except to the extent that such failure prejudices BNY Mellon); (ii) grant Securities Intermediary or its designated affiliate full and exclusive authority to defend, compromise or settle such claim or action; and (iii) provide Securities Intermediary or its designated affiliate all assistance reasonably necessary to so defend, compromise or settle. The foregoing obligations will not apply. however, to any claim or action arising from (i) use of the Proprietary Software Information or Electronic Access in a manner not authorized under these Terms and Conditions, the Terms of Use or the Data Terms Web Site or (ii) use of the Proprietary Software or Electronic Access in combination with other software or services not supplied by BNY Mellon.
7. Limitation of Liability:
a.
IN NO EVENT WILL BNY MELLON. BNY MELLON’S SUPPLIERS OR ITS CONTENT PROVIDERS OR INFORMATION PROVIDERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANYONE ELSE UNDER THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ANY LOSSES. LIABILITIES. DAMAGES. COSTS OR EXPENSES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY DIRECT DAMAGES, CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, RELIANCE DAMAGES, EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, SPECIAL DAMAGES, PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INDIRECT DAMAGES OR DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, GOOD WILL, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, USE, DATA, EQUIPMENT OR OTHER INTANGIBLE LOSSES (EVEN IF THE SAME

HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES) THAT RESULT FROM (l) THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE ELECTRONIC ACCESS; (2) THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY DECISION MADE OR ACTION OR NON-ACTION TAKEN BY YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON, OR FOR ANY ERRORS BY YOU IN COMMUNICATING SUCH INFORMATION; (3) THE COST OF SUBSTITUTE ACCESS SERVICES; OR (4) ANY OTHER MATTER RELATING TO THE CONTENT OR ACCESS THROUGH ELECTRONIC ACCESS. BNY MELLON WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY ARISING FROM ANY USE OF ANY PRODUCT, INFORMATION, PROCEDURE OR SERVICE OBTAINED THROUGH ELECTRONIC ACCESS. BNY MELLON WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY RESULTING FROM VOLUNTARY SHUTDOWN OF THE SERVER, ELECTRONIC ACCESS OR ANY OF THE SITES TO ADDRESS TECHNICAL PROBLEMS, COMPUTER VIRUSES. DENIAL-OF-SERVICE MESSAGES OR OTHER SIMILAR PROBLEMS.
b.
BNY MELLON’S ENTIRE LIABILITY AND YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ANY DISPUTE OR CLAIM RELATED TO THESE TERMS OF USE, ELECTRONIC ACCESS OR SITES, IS AS FOLLOWS: IF YOU REPORT A MATERIAL MALFUNCTION IN ELECTRONIC ACCESS THAT BNY MELLON IS ABLE TO REPRODUCE, BNY MELLON WILL USE REASONABLE EFFORTS TO CORRECT THE MALFUNCTION. IF BNY MELLON IS UNABLE TO CORRECT THE MALFUNCTION, YOU MAY CEASE ALL USE OF ELECTRONIC ACCESS AND RECEIVE A REFUND OF ANY FEES PAID IN ADVANCE, SPECIFICALLY FOR ELECTRONIC ACCESS, APPLICABLE TO PERIODS AFTER CESSATION OF SUCH USE. BECAUSE SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, IN SUCH JURISDICTIONS LIABILITY IS LIMITED TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW.
c.
The limitation of liability set forth in this Limitation of Liability section and in other provisions in these Terms and Conditions is in addition to any limitation of liability provisions contained in any Services Agreements and will not supersede or be superseded by limitation of liability provisions contained in such Services Agreements, whether executed prior to or after the execution of these Terms and Conditions, except to the extent specifically set forth in such other Services Agreements containing a reference to these Terms and Conditions.
8.
Indemnification:
a.
You agree to indemnify, protect and hold BNY Mellon. BNY Mellon’s Suppliers. Content Providers and Information Providers harmless from and against all liability, claims, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses. resulting from a claim that arises out of (i) any breach by You or Users of these Terms and Conditions, the Terms of Use or the Data Terms Web

Site and (ii) any person obtaining access to Electronic Access through You or Users or through use of any password, user-id or secure identification device issued to a User, whether or not You or a User authorized such access. For the avoidance of doubt, and by way of illustration and not by way of limitation, the forgoing indemnity is applicable to disputes between You and an indemnified party, including the enforcement of these Terms and Conditions. The rights and remedies conferred hereunder will be cumulative and the exercise or waiver of any such right or remedy will not preclude or inhibit the exercise of additional rights or remedies or the subsequent exercise of such right or remedy.
b.
The indemnity provided herein is in addition to any indemnity and other remedies contained in any Services Agreements and will not supersede or be superseded by such Services Agreements, whether executed prior to or after the execution of these Terms and Conditions. except to the extent specifically set forth in such Services Agreements and expressly stating an intent to modify these Terms and Conditions. Nothing contained herein will, or be deemed to, alter or modify the rights and remedies of Securities Intermediary as set forth in the Services Agreements.
9.
Choice of Law and Forum: Unless otherwise agreed and specified herein, these Terms and Conditions are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of law; You expressly and irrevocably agree that exclusive jurisdiction and venue for any claim or dispute with BNY Mellon, its employees, contractors, officers or directors relating in any way to Your use of Electronic Access resides in the state or federal courts in New York City. New York; and You further irrevocably agree and expressly and irrevocably consent to the exercise of personal jurisdiction in those courts over any action brought with respect to these Terms and Conditions. Securities Intermediary and You hereby waive the right of trial by jury in any action arising out of or related to these Terms and Conditions.
10.
Term and Termination:
a.
Either Securities Intermediary or You may terminate these Terms and Conditions and the Electronic Access upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the other party.
b.
In the event of any breach of the provisions of these Terms and Conditions or a breach by any Authorized User of the Terms of Use or the restrictions and requirements concerning the use of Information Providers’ proprietary data that are posted on the Data Terms Web Site, the non-breaching party may terminate these Terms and Conditions and the Electronic Access immediately upon written notice to the breaching party if any breach remains uncured after ten (10) days’ written notice of the breach is sent to the breaching party.
c.
BNY Mellon may immediately terminate access through an Authorized User’s user-id and password and may, at its discretion, also terminate access by an Authorized User, without right of cure, in the event of an unauthorized use of an

Authorized User’s user-id or password, or where BNY Mellon believes there is a security risk created by such access.
d.
BNY Mellon may terminate, without advance notice, Your access or the access of Users to any portion or component of Electronic Access or the Sites in the event a BNY Mellon Supplier, Content Provider or Information Provider prohibits BNY Mellon from permitting You or Users to have access to their information or services.
e.
Promptly upon receiving or giving notice of termination, You will notify all Users of the effective date of the termination.
f.
Upon termination of Your access to Electronic Access. You shall return all manuals, documentation, workflow descriptions and the like that are in Your possession or under Your control and all security identification devices.
g.
The Reliance. Disclaimers. Limitation of Liability. Indemnification and confidentiality provisions of these Terms and Conditions (and other provision of these Terms and Conditions containing disclaimers, limitation of liability and indemnification) shall survive the termination of these Terms and Conditions.
You represent and warrant that these Terms and Conditions and the indemnity contained herein have been duly authorized. that the individual executing the Control Agreement has the requisite authority to bind You to these Terms and Conditions and that these Terms and Conditions constitute Your binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms.


Exhibit A


[Letterhead of Secured Party]
Date:
The Bank of New York Mellon
100 Colonial Center Parkway, 4th Floor
Lake Mary, Florida 32746
Attention: Adam Cohen


And
[Pledgor]
RE: [Name of Pledgor] (“Pledgor)
NOTICE OF EXCLUSIVE CONTROL
We hereby instruct you pursuant to the terms of that certain Collateral Account Control Agreement dated as of February 27, 2015 (as from time to time amended and supplemented, the “Control Agreement”) among the undersigned, [Pledgor] and The Bank of New York Mellon that you (i) shall not follow any instructions or entitlement orders of Pledgor with respect to the Collateral or the Account held by you for Pledgor, and (ii) unless and until otherwise expressly instructed by the undersigned, shall exclusively follow the Written Instructions of the undersigned with respect to the transfer of Collateral from the Account.
Very truly yours.
[Secured Party ]


By: _____________________
Name:
Title:

 

 
 
 

Fee and Service Schedule for Stock Transfer Services
Between
Each of the Guggenheim
Closed-End Investment Companies Listed on Schedule 1
and
Computershare Inc.
and
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
This Fee and Service Schedule (“Schedule”) is by and between Computershare Inc. (“Computershare”) and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Trust Company”) (collectively, “Agent”) and each of the Guggenheim closed-end investment companies listed on Schedule 1 of the Agreement (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”), whereby the Agent will perform the following services for each Fund. This Schedule is an attachment to the Agreement. Terms used, but not otherwise defined in this Schedule, shall have the same meaning as those terms in the Agreement.
1.            TERM
The fees set forth in this Schedule shall be effective for a period of three (3) years, commencing from the effective date of December 1, 2015 (the “Initial Term”). If no new fee schedule is agreed upon prior to a Renewal Term, provided that service mix and volumes remain constant, the fees listed in the Schedule shall be increased by the accumulated change in the National Employment Cost Index for Service Producing Industries (Finance, Insurance, Real Estate) for the preceding years of the expiring term, as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor. Fees will be increased on this basis for each successive Renewal Term.
2.            FEES
Ongoing Account Management*, Per Fund
This fee covers the administration of the services listed in Section 3, except as noted otherwise. Out-of-pocket expenses associated with providing these services will be charged separately.

$2,500
Initial Fund Set-Up Fee
 
 
$1,500
Per Month

 
*
If the average volume of transactions or inquiries significantly increases during the term of this Agreement, as a result of outside factors or unforeseen circumstances for which the Agent is not the proximate cause, the Agent and the Fund shall negotiate an additional fee.

Direct Filing of Unclaimed Property

Annual administration fee
Included
Due Diligence
$4.00 per Account
State report fee
$125 per positive report
Negative (nil) report fee
$ 25 per negative report (maximum $500 per year)
Account processed
$1.25 per Account escheated
Page 1

 
 

 
Lost Shareholder Search Services
 SEC Electronic Database Search
$2.00 per Account searched

Dividend Reinvestment

Administer plan services
Included
Each dividend disbursement reinvested
Included
Each optional cash transaction
Included
Each withdrawal or liquidation of shares from the plan
Included
Service fee-includes brokerage commission (per share purchased/sold)*
$ 0.03

3.            SERVICES (per Fund)
Administrative Services

 
Annual administrative services as Transfer Agent and Registrar for the common stock of each Fund
 
Provide management and board report information as requested
 
Assignment of relationship manager

Account Maintenance

 
Maintain 1,000 registered Shareholder Accounts per Fund (additional Accounts to be billed at $6.00 each per year)
 
Create new Shareholder Accounts
 
Post and acknowledge address changes
 
Process other routine file maintenance adjustments
 
Post all transactions, including debit and credit certificates, to the Shareholder file
 
Provide confirmation of authorized and issued capital amounts to Fund, upon request
 
Perform OFAC (Office of Foreign Asset Control) and Patriot Act reporting
 
Obtain tax certifications for companies who are tax resident in the United States

 
If any Fund is tax resident in a country other than the United States, such Fund shall advise Agent Additional fees may apply under such circumstance.

Share Issuance
 
 
Issue, cancel and register Shares
 
Process all legal transfers as appropriate
 
Place, maintain and remove stop-transfer notations

Shareholder Communications

 
Provide Fund-specific Shareholder contact number
 
Provide IVR 24/7 (subject to system maintenance)
 
Respond to Shareholder inquiries (written, e-mail and web)
 
Record Shareholder calls
 
Scan and image incoming correspondence from Shareholders
Direct Registration System (“DRS”)

 
Register, issue and transfer DRS book-entry Shares
 
Issue DRS statements of holding
 
Provide Shareholders with the ability to sell Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions, including applicable fees, of the DRS Sales Facility
 
Process sales requests within the appropriate timeframe based on the type of service requested, in accordance with the terms of the DRS sales facility
 
Coordinate the issuance, payment and reconcilement for any proceeds stemming from the use of the DRS sales facility, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the facility
 
Coordinate the mailing of advices to Shareholders
Page 2

 
 


 
Accept and cancel certificated Shares and credit such Shares into a DRS position
Online Access

 
Provide availability to “Issuer Online,” which provides access to Fund and Shareholder information administered by Agent, which permits data management including accessing standard reports such as Top 10 - 200 Shareholder lists, submitting real-time inquiries such as an issued capital query, and reporting by holding range
 
Provide availability to “Investor Centre,” which provides Shareholder Account information, transaction capabilities, downloadable forms and FAQs
 
Provide on-demand reporting to allow Fund to generate non-standard reports at Transfer Agent’s standard fee for such reports

Dividend Services

 
Receive full funding on payable date by 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time via Federal Funds Wire, ACH or Demand Deposit Account debit
 
Coordinate the mailing of dividends with an additional enclosure with each dividend check
 
Prepare and file federal information returns (Form 1099) of dividends paid in a year
 
Prepare and file state information returns of dividends paid in a year to Shareholders resident within such state
 
Prepare and file annual withholding return (Form 1042) and payments to the government of income taxes withheld from non-resident aliens
 
Coordinate the mailing of Form 1099 to Shareholders
 
Coordinate the email notification to Shareholders of the online availability of Form 1099
 
Replace lost dividend checks
 
Reconcile paid and outstanding checks
 
Code “undeliverable” Accounts to suppress mailing dividend checks to same
 
Keep records of accumulated uncashed dividends
 
Withhold tax from Shareholder Accounts as required by United States government regulations Reconcile and report taxes withheld, including additional Form 1099 reporting requirements, to the Internal Revenue Service
 
Mail to new Accounts who have had taxes withheld, to inform them of procedures to be followed to curtail subsequent back-up withholding
 
• 
Perform Shareholder file adjustments to reflect certification of Accounts
 
If Fund is not tax resident in the United States, Fund shall advise Agent. Dividend withholding tax services are subject to additional fees.

Automated Clearinghouse (ACH) Services

 
Review data for accuracy and completeness
 
Mall cure letter to Shareholders with incomplete information
 
Code Accounts for ACH and performing pre-note test
 
Identify rejected ACH transmissions, mail dividend check and explanation letter to Shareholders with rejected transmissions
 
Respond to Shareholder inquiries concerning the ACH Program
 
Calculate on a quarterly basis the Share breakdown for ACH vs. other dividend payments and notifying the Fund of funding amount for ACH transmissions and other payable date funds
 
Credit ACH designated bank accounts automatically on dividend payable date
 
Maintenance of ACH participant file, including coding new ACH Accounts
 
Process termination requests
 
Keep adequate records including retention of ACH documents

Investment Plan Services

 
Maintain Plan Accounts and establish new participant Accounts
 
As requested, invest dividend monies purchases per the Plan document
Page 3

 
 


 
Coordinate the distribution of statements and/or transaction advices to Plan participants when activity occurs
 
Coordinate an email notification to requesting Plan participants of the online availability of their Plan statements
 
Process automatic investments
 
Process termination and withdrawal requests
 
Provide Plan participants with the ability to sell Shares in accordance with the terms of the Plan
 
Process sale requests within the appropriate timeframe based on the type of service requested and the stipulations of the Plan
 
Coordinate the issuance, payment and reconcilement for any proceeds stemming from the use of the Plan sales facility, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan
 
Issue the proper tax forms and perform the required reporting to the IRS
 
Accept and cancel certificated Shares and credit such Shares In book-entry form into the Plan
 
Coordinate the mailing of Form 1099 to participants, including Plan participants and perform related filings with the IRS
 
Supply summary reports for each reinvestment/investment to client if requested
 
Coordinate the mailing of annual privacy notice to Plan participants, as required, at Fund’s expense

International Currency Exchange Services

 
Allow Shareholders to elect to receive sale proceeds, dividend payments and other payment types in foreign currencies (subject to certain geographic restrictions) by check or by electronic funds transfer in accordance with Agent’s guidelines (fees paid by Shareholders)

Annual Meeting Services (includes one annual meeting per year, per Fund, excludes annual meetings conducted through consent)

 
Provide a proxy record date list through Issuer Online’s FileShare; includes Shareholder name, address and Share amount (additional fees assessed for paper requests or other file delivery mechanisms)
 
Address proxy cards for all registered Shareholders
 
Coordinate the mailing of the proxy package
 
Receive, open and examine returned paper proxies
 
Tabulate returned paper proxies
 
Provide the company vote status via online web portal
 
Attend Annual Meeting and provide one Inspector of Election for Annual Meeting (travel expenses billed as incurred)
 
Prepare a final voted/unvoted list through online web portal
 
Coordinate the return/destruction of excess materials

Direct Filing of Unclaimed Property

 
Coordinate the mailing of due diligence notices to all qualifying Shareholder Accounts as defined by the state filing matrix
 
Process returned due diligence notices and remitting property to Shareholders prior to escheatment
 
Prepare and file required preliminary and final unclaimed property reports
 
Prepare and file checks/wires for each state covering unclaimed funds as per state requirements
 
Retain, as required by law or otherwise, records of property escheated to the states and responding, after appropriate research, to Shareholder Inquiries relating to same

Lost Shareholder Search Services

 
Identify Accounts eligible for SEC Mandated Searches
 
Perform electronic database searches in accordance with SEC requirements
 
Update new addresses provided by search firm
 
Send verification form to Shareholder to validate address
 
Reissue unclaimed property held to Shareholders upon receipt of signed verification form

Page 4

 
 


4.            Additional Services
Services not specifically listed in Section 3 in this Schedule (“Additional Services”) may be subject to additional fees as agreed by the parties. Additional Services include, but are not limited to: services associated with the payment of a stock dividend, a stock split, a corporate reorganization, mass issuance, or an unvested stock program; audit services; regulatory reports; services provided to a vendor of the Fund; services related to special meetings; virtual Shareholder meeting services; or any services associated with a special project.
Services required by legislation or regulatory fiat which become effective after the date of acceptance of this Schedule shall not be a part of the Services and may be subject to additional fees.
DWAC services provided to broker dealers are not included in the ongoing account management fee. DWAC fees are charged directly to broker dealers.
5.            Billing Definition of Number of Accounts
For billing purposes, the number of Accounts will be based on open Accounts on file at the beginning of each billing period, plus any new Accounts added during that period. An open Account shall mean the Account of each Shareholder which Account shall hold any full or fractional Shares held by such Shareholder, outstanding funds, or reportable tax Information.
6.            Out-of-Pocket Expenses
In addition to the fees above, the Fund agrees to reimburse the Agent for reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses, including but not limited to postage, forms, envelopes, printing, enclosing, fulfillment, NCOA searches, telephone, taxes, records storage, exchange and broker fees. In addition, any other expenses incurred by the Transfer Agent at the request or with the consent of the Fund, will be reimbursed by the Fund.
Postage expenses in excess of $5,000 for Shareholder mailings must be received in full by 12:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the scheduled mailing date. Postage expenses less than $5,000 will be billed as incurred.
Fund will be responsible for overtime charges assessed in the event of a late delivery to the Agent of Fund material for mailings to Shareholders, unless the mail date is rescheduled. Such material includes, but is not limited to, proxy statements, quarterly and annual reports and news releases.
Page 5

In WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Schedule to be executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the effective date hereof.

Computershare Inc.  Each of the Guggenheim Closed-End
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.                    Investment Companies Listed on Schedule 1

On Behalf of Both Entities:


By:      /s/ Martin J. McHale        By:      /s/ John L. Sullivan
Name: Martin J. McHale Name: John L. Sullivan
Title: President, U.S. Equity Services                           Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FEE AND SERVICE SCHEDULE FOR STOCK TRANSFER SERVICES]
 Page 6
 
 

 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


We consent to the references to our firm under the captions "Financial Highlights", "Senior Securities and Other Financial Leverage" and "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" in the Prospectus and "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Financial Statements" in the Statement of Additional Information and to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement (Form N-2) of our report dated July 29, 2019 on the financial statements and financial highlights of Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust included in the May 31, 2019 Annual Report to Shareholders.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Tysons, Virginia
August 29, 2019




   
Policy Number: IC24.0


Code of Ethics

Procedure Creation Date:
Adopted April 23, 2014 (by the Security Investors, LLC and Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisers, LLC)
   
Procedure Reviewed As Of:
April 23, 2014, March 20, 2015, May 9, 2016, April 2017, February 2018, August 2018
   
Procedure Revised As Of:
October 1, 2014
March 20, 2015
May 9, 2016
November 2016
April 2017
February 2018
August 2018
   
Regulatory Rules:
Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940



Business Unit Responsible:
Compliance Department
   
Covered Entities:
This Combined Code of Ethics adopted under Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) covers the following companies:

Funds
Advisers
Service Providers
· Rydex Dynamic Funds
· Security Investors, LLC
· Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC*
· Rydex Series Funds
· Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisers, LLC
 
· Rydex Variable Trust
· Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC*
 
· Guggenheim Funds Trust
   
· Guggenheim Variable Funds Trust
   
· Guggenheim Strategy Funds Trust
   
· Transparent Value Trust
   
· Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity Fund
   
· Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust
   
· Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
   
· Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund
   
· Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund
   
Page 1 of 19

 
 
 
· Guggenheim Energy & Income Fund
   
*This code also covers those unit investment trusts for which Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC serves as depositor and references to “clients” herein include the unit investment trusts.
 
Procedure:
Rydex Dynamic Funds, Rydex Series Funds, Rydex Variable Trust, Guggenheim Funds Trust, Guggenheim Variable Funds Trust, Guggenheim Strategy Funds Trust, Transparent Value Trust, Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity Fund, Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust, Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund, Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund, and Guggenheim Energy & Income Fund (each a “Fund” and jointly the “Funds”), and Security Investors, LLC, Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisers, LLC, and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC (each a “Company,” jointly the “Companies,” and together with the Funds, “Guggenheim Investments” or “GI”) are confident that their officers, trustees, directors and employees act with integrity and good faith. GI recognizes, however, that personal interests may conflict with a Fund’s or Company’s interests where trustees, directors, officers or employees:
§
Know about present or future portfolio transactions or
§
Have the power to influence portfolio transactions; and
§
Engage in personal transactions in securities.
In an effort to prevent these conflicts from arising and in accordance with Rule 17j-1(c)(1) under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, GI has adopted this Code of Ethics and all amendments thereto (together, the “Code”) to prohibit transactions that create, may create, or appear to create conflicts of interest, and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures. Each trustee, director, officer and employee of GI should carefully read and review this Code.
1. About GI
1.1. The Funds are separately registered open-end and closed-end management investment companies.  Each Fund may consist of multiple investment portfolios (each a “Fund” and together, the “Funds”).
1.2. Security Investors, LLC, and/or Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisers, LLC (each an “Advisor” and together, the “Advisers”) is the investment adviser or sub-investment adviser to certain of the Funds.
1.3. Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”) serves as distributor to certain Funds and depositor of certain unit investment trusts.
2. About this Code of Ethics
2.1. Transaction-Related and Reporting Provisions
This Code sets forth specific prohibitions relating to securities transactions and also sets out certain reporting requirements. They cover the persons identified below:
§
All Company officers and directors;
§
Company employees who have access to nonpublic information regarding any client’s purchase or sale of securities or the portfolio holdings of any reportable fund, e.g., portfolio management and fund accounting personnel, or who are involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or have access to such recommendations that are nonpublic;
§
Employees of any sub-adviser to the Funds who, in connection with their regular functions or duties, make, participate in, or obtain information regarding, the purchase or sale of a security by a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales (“Sub-Advisor Access Persons”);
§
All Trustees of the Funds, both Interested and Independent; and
§
Natural persons in a control relationship with a Company who obtain information concerning recommendations made to a Fund or client about the purchase or sale of a security and are not specifically covered by any other section of the Code.
In addition to the general principles and limitations set forth below, for the prohibitions and reporting requirements that specifically apply to you, please refer to Parts A-C, as indicated below. (Definitions of underlined terms are included in Appendix A.)
§
Independent Trustees of the Funds - Part A
Page 2 of 19

 
 
§
Advisers Access Persons (Other than Independent Trustees of the Funds) - Part B
§
Natural Control Persons - Part C
2.2.
Other Provisions
The remainder of this Code sets forth general principles, required course of conduct, reporting obligations, and GI’s review, enforcement and recordkeeping responsibilities as well as other miscellaneous information and general limits.
3. Statement of General Principles
In recognition of the trust and confidence placed in GI by its clients and shareholders of the Funds, and because GI believes that its operations should benefit clients and shareholders, GI has adopted the following universally applicable principles.
1.
Shareholders’ and clients’ interests are paramount. You must place shareholder and client interests before your own.
2.
You must accomplish all personal securities transactions in a manner that avoids an actual conflict or even the appearance of a conflict of your personal interests with those of a Company’s clients, including a Fund’s shareholders.
3.
You must avoid actions or activities that allow (or appear to allow) you or your family to profit or benefit from your position with GI, or that bring into question your independence or judgment.
4.
You must comply with all applicable federal securities laws, including the prohibitions against the misuse of material nonpublic information, in conducting yourself and the operations of GI.
This Code does not attempt to identify all possible conflicts of interest, and literal compliance with each of its specific provisions will not shield investment personnel from liability for personal trading or other conduct that violates a fiduciary duty to a Company’s clients or a Fund’s shareholders.

4. Required Course of Conduct and General Limits
4.1. Prohibition Against Fraud, Deceit and Manipulation
You may not, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by any Fund or client account:
a.
employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund or client account;
b.
make to a Fund or client any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to a Fund or client a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
c.
engage in any act, practice or course of business which would operate as a fraud or deceit upon a Fund or client; or
d.
engage in any manipulative practice with respect to a Fund or client account.
Two of the most common risks associated with personal securities transactions are front-running and trading opposite a Fund or client account.  For example, front-running would include the purchase of a security any time within seven days ahead of when a Fund or client account purchases the same security or the sale of a security any time within seven days ahead of when a Fund or client account sells the same security. An example of trading opposite a Fund or client account would include the sale of a security any time within seven days after a Fund or client account purchases the same security or the purchase of a security any time within seven days after a Fund or client account sells the same security.

4.2.
Limits on Accepting or Receiving Gifts
The Advisers and Distributor have separate policies with respect to limits on receipt of gifts and entertainment.  Employees should refer to the applicable gifts and entertainment policy.
4.3   Limits on Service as a Director
Prior approval by the Chief Compliance Officer is required in order for an employee to serve as a director, officer, general partner or managing member for one of the following that is not a Guggenheim entity:
Page 3 of 19


▪          a for-profit company;
▪          a not-for-profit company with which Guggenheim has an existing business relationship; or
▪          a trade or industry association. 

Approval by the Guggenheim Capital Conflicts Review Committee (“CRC”) is also required in the event that it is determined a proposed or existing outside business activity involves one or more potential significant conflicts of interest.

4.4       Outside Business Activities
The Advisers and Distributor have separate policies with respect to employees’ outside business activities. Employees are prohibited from taking part in any outside employment without prior approval from their Supervisor and Compliance. Employees should refer to the applicable outside business activities policy.
Employee participation in outside activities related to virtual currency (e.g., blockchain entities, bitcoin mining, etc.) requires pre-approval under the Advisers’ and Distributor’s outside business activities policy.
4.5.  Excessive Trading
Advisers Access Persons shall not engage in excessive trading or market timing of the Funds; provided, however, that this prohibition does not apply to the Tradable Funds.  Such activity is inconsistent with the fiduciary principles of this Code, which require that Advisers Access Persons place the interests of clients above their own interests.
Advisers Access Persons shall not make more than 60 securities trades in any calendar quarter.  Transactions that do not require pre-clearance are not included in the 60 securities trades permitted during any calendar quarter.
4.6      Section 16 Reporting on Closed-End Fund Shares
For all Trustees and Officers, please be reminded that Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“1934 Act”) imposes reporting requirements with respect to your ownership of the closed-end Funds (the “Closed-End Funds”).  Section 16(a) requires each Trustee and Officer to file (i) an initial report with the SEC on Form 3 disclosing his or her status as a reporting person under Section 16(a), and his or her beneficial ownership of all equity securities of the Closed-End Funds at the time of attaining such status; (ii) changes in such beneficial ownership on Form 4; and (iii) an annual statement of changes in beneficial ownership on Form 5 (if such changes were not previously reported on Forms 3 or 4).  The Trustees and Officers should review the Closed-End Funds’ Section 16 policies and procedures for more information relating to their reporting requirements under those policies and procedures as well as Section 16 of the 1934 Act.
4.7  Use of Compliance Platform
GI utilizes an electronic Compliance Platform to manage certain reporting and certification obligations required of Access Persons.  Access Persons are required to use the Compliance Platform specified by the GI Intermediary Compliance Department to complete reporting specified by the Code of Ethics.
At the time of designation as an Access Person, Access Persons will be provided with login information and instructions for using the Compliance Platform.

5. Confidentiality
All personal securities transactions reports and any other information filed with GI under this Code will be treated as confidential, provided, however, that such reports and related information may be produced to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and other regulatory agencies or as otherwise required by law.
6. Interpretation of Provisions and Interrelationship with Other Codes of Ethics
The Board of Trustees of the Funds may from time to time adopt such interpretations of this Code as they deem appropriate.
Page 4 of 19

 
To the extent that any of the Advisers delegate certain of their advisory responsibilities to an investment sub-adviser, such sub-adviser must:
§
establish, maintain and enforce a code of ethics that meets the minimum requirements set forth in Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, and submit such code of ethics to the Fund’s Board of Trustees;
§
on a quarterly basis provide the appropriate Fund(s) or the Advisor of such Fund a written attestation that the sub-adviser is in compliance with its code of ethics adopted pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act;
§
promptly report, in writing, to the appropriate Fund(s) any material amendments to such code(s) of ethics;
§
promptly furnish to such Fund or the Advisor to such Fund, upon request, copies of any reports made pursuant to such code of ethics by any person who is a Sub-Advisor Access Person;
§
immediately furnish to such Fund or the Advisor to such Fund, without request, all material information regarding any violation of such code of ethics by any person who is a Sub-Advisor Access Person; and
§
at least once a year, provide such Fund or the Advisor of such Fund a written report that describes any issue(s) that arose during the previous year under its code of ethics, including any material code violations and any resulting sanction(s), and a certification that it has adopted measures reasonably necessary to prevent its personnel from violating its code of ethics.
The sub-adviser should also establish a policy or adopt in its code of ethics that Sub-Advisor Access Persons shall not engage in excessive trading.  Such activity is inconsistent with the fiduciary principles of this Code, which require that Sub-Advisor Access Persons place the interests of clients above their own interests.
7. Acknowledgment of Receipt and Annual Certification
Each director, officer, employee and member of the Companies will receive a copy of the Code and any subsequent amendments to the Code, and each such person must acknowledge receipt of the Code in writing.  In addition, each such person is required to certify annually that he/she (i) has read and understands the Code, (ii) is aware that he/she is subject to the provisions of this Code, (iii) has complied with the Code at all times during the previous calendar year, and (iv) has, during the previous calendar year, reported all holdings and transactions that he/she is required to report pursuant to the Code. The acknowledgement of receipt and certification may be made electronically through a manner specified by the GI Intermediary Compliance Department.
Exception Handling:
The Compliance Officer, in his or her discretion, may exempt any person from any specific provision of the Code, if the Compliance Officer determines that: (a)granting the exemption does not detrimentally affect any client or the shareholders of the Funds, (b) the failure to grant the exemption will result in an undue burden on the person or limit the person’s ability to render services to GI and (c) the exception is consistent with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act. In order to request an exemption from a provision of the Code, an Advisers Access Person must submit a written request for the exemption to the Compliance Officer.  If the exemption request relates to the access person’s beneficial interest in securities, the request should identify the securities, any account where they are held, and the person or firm responsible for managing the securities.  The request should also describe the nature of the access person’s interest in the securities and the basis on which the exemption is requested, i.e., the nature of the hardship.  The Compliance Officer will prepare a report documenting the nature of any exemption granted, the persons involved, and the reasons for granting such exemption.
Reporting Requirements:
1. Individual Reporting Obligations - See Parts A, B, or C as appropriate, for your specific reporting obligations.
1.1. Obligation to Report Violations of the Code - In addition to the individual reporting requirements referenced above, any violation of the Code must be promptly reported to the Compliance Officer.
1.2. Reports of individual securities transactions are required only if you knew at the time of the transaction or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling your official duties as a Trustee, should have known, that during the 15-calendar day period immediately preceding or following the date of your transaction, the same security was purchased or sold, or was being considered for purchase or sale, by a Fund. Note: The “should have known” standard does not:
§
Imply a duty of inquiry;
§
Presume you should have deduced or extrapolated from discussions or memoranda dealing with the Fund’s
Page 5 of 19

 
investment strategies; or
§
Impute knowledge from your prior knowledge of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, market considerations, or investment policies, objectives and restrictions.

2. Annual Written Report to the Boards of Trustees of the Funds - At least once a year or more frequently as deemed necessary by the Compliance Officer, the Compliance Officer, on behalf of the Companies that provide services to the Funds, including the Advisers, will provide the Board of Trustees of each Fund a written report that includes:
2.1. Issues Arising Under the Code - The Report will describe any issue(s) that arose during the previous year under the Code, including any material Code violations, and any resulting sanctions.
2.2. Certification - The Report will certify to the Boards of Trustees that each Company has adopted measures reasonably necessary to prevent its personnel from violating the Code currently and in the future.
3. Periodic Review and Reporting - The Compliance Officer (or his or her designee) will report to the Boards of Trustees at least annually as to the operation of this Code and will address in any such report the need (if any) for further changes or modifications to this Code.
Testing and Review:
1. Duties of the Compliance Officer and Compliance Administrator
1.1. The Compliance Administrator will, on a quarterly basis, review electronic reports generated by the Compliance Platform that compares all reported personal securities transactions with the Funds’ portfolio and client accounts, as applicable, transactions completed by the Advisor, and the restricted securities list, maintained by Central Compliance and GI, to determine whether a Code violation may have occurred. The Compliance Officer or their designee may request additional information or take any other appropriate measures that the Compliance Officer or their designee decides is necessary to aid in this determination. Before determining that a person has violated the Code, the Compliance Officer must give the person an opportunity to supply explanatory material.
1.2. If the Compliance Administrator determines that a Code violation may have occurred, the Compliance Administrator must submit the determination, together with any explanatory material provided by the person, to the Compliance Officer to make a determination.
1.3. No person is required to participate in a determination of whether he or she has committed a Code violation or of the imposition of any sanction against himself or herself. If a securities transaction of a Compliance Officer is under consideration, a separate Compliance Officer other than the individual under consideration will act for the President for purposes of this Section.
2. Sanctions - If the Compliance Officer finds that the person violated the Code, the Compliance Officer will impose upon the person sanctions that the Compliance Officer deems appropriate and will report the violation and the sanction imposed to the Board of Trustees of the Funds at the next regularly scheduled Board meeting unless, in the sole discretion of the Funds’ Compliance Officer, circumstances warrant an earlier report.    All violations will be addressed with a letter of censure.  Sanctions for multiple, consecutive, or egregious violations may include but are not limited to disgorgement of profits, suspension of trading privileges, or suspension or termination of employment of the violator.
Recordkeeping:
The Companies will maintain records as set forth below. These records will be maintained in accordance with Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204-2(a)(12) under the Advisers Act and will be available for examination by representatives of the SEC.
§
A copy of this Code and any other code which is, or at any time within the past five years has been, in effect will be preserved in an easily accessible place;
§
A list of all persons who are, or within the past five years have been, required to submit reports under this Code will be maintained in an easily accessible place;
§
A copy of each report made by a person under this Code will be preserved for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place;
§
A copy of each duplicate brokerage confirmation and each periodic statement provided under this Code will be preserved for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
§
A record of any Code violation and of any sanctions taken will be preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurred;
Page 6 of 19

 
 
§
A copy of each annual report to the Board of Trustees will be maintained for at least five years from the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place;
§
A copy of all Acknowledgements of Receipt and Annual Certifications as required by this Code for each person who is currently, or within the past five years was required to provide such Acknowledgement of Receipt or Annual Certification; and
§
The Companies will maintain a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of securities in a private placement, for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.
Disclosure:
The Code of Ethics will be disclosed in accordance with the requirements of applicable federal law and all rules and regulations thereunder with the applicable disclosure documents.
Revisions:
These procedures shall remain in effect until amended, modified or terminated. The Boards of Trustees must approve any material amendments to the Code within six months of the amendment.
Page 7 of 19



Part A
Procedures for Independent Trustees
General Obligations.
1. Limitations
1.1. You are subject to Sections 4.1 and 4.5 of the “Procedure” section of the Code.
2. Required Transaction Reports
2.1. On a quarterly basis you must report any securities transactions, unless such transaction is excepted from reporting as described in 2.2 below.  If reporting is required, you must submit your report of securities transactions and information about the relevant securities account to the Compliance Officer no later than 30 calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected.
2.2. Reports of individual securities transactions are required only if you knew at the time of the transaction or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling your official duties as a Trustee, should have known, that during the 15-calendar day period immediately preceding or following the date of your transaction, the same security was purchased or sold, or was being considered for purchase or sale, by a Fund.
Note: The “should have known” standard does not:
·
imply a duty of inquiry;
·
presume you should have deduced or extrapolated from discussions or memoranda dealing with the Fund’s investment strategies; or
·
impute knowledge from your prior knowledge of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, market considerations, or investment policies, objectives and restrictions.
2.3. If you had no reportable transactions or did not open any securities accounts during the quarter, you are not required to submit a report.

3. What Securities Are Covered Under Your Quarterly Reporting Obligation?
If the transaction is reportable because it came within Section (2), above, you must report all transactions in securities that: (i) you directly or indirectly beneficially own or (ii) because of the transaction, you acquire direct or indirect beneficial ownership. The report must also contain any investment account you established in which any securities were held during the quarter.  You are not required to detail or list purchases or sales effected for any account over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control.
You may include a statement in your report that the report shall not be construed as your admission that you have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security included in the report.
4. Other Recommended Practices
5. Although not strictly prohibited, it is recommended that Independent Trustees refrain from trading in shares of the Funds they oversee for a period of seven calendar days before and after meetings of the Board of such Funds.
In lieu of the sanctions contemplated under Section 2 of the “Testing and Review” section of the Code, Independent Trustees shall be subject to sanctions as determined by the Board of the relevant Fund.
Page 8 of 19

 
 
Part B
Advisers Access Persons (Other Than Independent Trustees of the Funds)
General Obligations
1. Providing a List of Securities – Initial and Annual Holdings Reports
1.1.  Initial Holdings Reports.  You must submit the initial listing within 10 calendar days of the date you first become an Adviser Access Person. The initial listing should be a complete listing of all investment accounts and securities you beneficially own as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date you become an access person.
1.2. Annual Holdings Reports.  In addition to the Initial Holdings Report, each following year, you must submit a revised list showing the investment accounts and securities you beneficially own as of December 31.  You must submit each annual update listing no later than 30 calendar days after December 31.
The Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Reports, as applicable, will be submitted electronically, through the Compliance Platform. You will receive notification via email when the applicable report is due, including instructions on how to access the information and complete the report.
You are not required to provide this list of securities if you are not currently affiliated with or employed by a Company covered by this Code.
2. Brokerage Accounts
All investment accounts of new Access Persons and any investment accounts of current Access Persons must be maintained with brokerage firms designated and approved by Central Compliance.

Existing investment accounts of new Access Persons which are not held at the permitted broker-dealers must be transferred within 90 calendar days from the date the Access Person is so designated; the failure to transfer within this time will be considered a violation of this Code. Any request to extend the 90-day transfer deadline must be accompanied by a written explanation by the current broker-dealer as to the reason for delay. GI Intermediary Compliance Department may grant specific exceptions in writing.

Prior to opening a new reportable investment account, you are required to submit the Personal Account Pre-Clearance Form through the Compliance Platform to obtain written consent from the GI Intermediary Compliance Department.  You are also required to notify in writing the broker-dealer or financial institution with which you are seeking to open such reportable investment account of your association with Guggenheim Investments.

Upon opening a reportable investment account or obtaining an interest in an account that requires reporting, the account must be reported within 5 calendar days of funding the investment account. The investment account must be reported via the Compliance Platform or as otherwise permitted by Compliance, along with the title of the account, the name of the financial institution for the account, the date the account was established (or the date on which interest or authority that requires the account to be reported was gained) and the date reported.

3. Duplicate Brokerage Confirmations and Statements
If your brokerage firm provides automatic feeds for your investment accounts to the Compliance Platform, the Advisor will obtain account information electronically, after the Access Person has completed the appropriate authorizations as required by the brokerage firm.  Further you are required to provide duplicate statements upon request from the GI Intermediary Compliance Department or Guggenheim Employee Trading.

If the brokerage firm does not provide automatic feeds to the Compliance Platform, you are responsible for providing duplicate statements such investment accounts to the GI Intermediary Compliance Department and the Guggenheim Employee Trading group within 20 days after Quarter End.

4. Required Transaction Reports – Quarterly Personal Securities Transaction Reports
On a quarterly basis you must report transactions in securities, as well as any investment accounts. You must submit your report no later than 30 calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected.  The Quarterly Personal Securities Transaction Reports are required in addition to delivery of duplicate brokerage confirmations and statements (via automatic feed or hard copy).  Access Persons must submit Quarterly Personal Securities Transaction Reports electronically, through the Compliance Platform. You will receive
Page 9 of 19

 
notification via email when the Quarterly Personal Securities Transaction Report is due, including instructions on how to access the information and complete the report.
If you had no reportable transactions or did not open any investment accounts during the quarter, you are still required to report that you did not have any transactions.
 What Securities Are Covered Under Your Quarterly Reporting Obligation?
You must report all transactions in securities that: (i) you directly or indirectly beneficially own or (ii) because of the transaction, you acquire direct or indirect beneficial ownership. The report must contain any investment account you established during the quarter if the account has not already been reported.  You are not required to detail or list purchases or sales effected for any account over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control.
You may include a statement in your report that the report shall not be construed as your admission that you have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security included in the report.
5. Pre-Clearance Requirement
You must submit a report detailing every proposed securities transaction in which you will acquire a beneficial ownership interest through the Compliance Platform and obtain pre-clearance for each securities transaction prior to engaging in the transaction.  The report shall include the name of the security, date of the proposed transaction, quantity, price, and broker-dealer through which the transaction is to be effected.
Pre-cleared transactions are valid until 4:00 p.m. the next business day after the day on which such transaction was approved as noted on the pre-clearance request form, unless otherwise specified by the GI Intermediary Compliance Department.  Any transaction, or portion thereof, not so completed will require a new pre-clearance. If the transaction is not executed within the specified time, the access person must obtain written approval for the transaction again.  The Companies reserve the right to cancel previously pre-cleared trades if an actual conflict arises or in certain other limited circumstances, and Access Persons may be obliged to sell previously pre-cleared positions.  The Companies will not be responsible for any losses as a result of such cancellation and all profits received by the Access Person from such sale will be disgorged and donated to a charity approved by the Compliance Officer.

6. Securities and Transactions Subject to the Pre-Clearance Requirement:
Securities:
Security Type:
Pre-Clearance Required:
Include on Quarterly Transaction & Annual Holdings Reports:
-Equities (stocks)
Yes
Yes
-Corporate, US Gov Agency, and Municipal Bonds
-Debt instruments issued directly by US Gov. (doesn’t include US Gov Agencies)
No
No
-All Options & Futures
Yes
Yes
-Commodity Futures
Yes
Yes
-ETFs
Yes
Yes
-Affiliated & Unaffiliated Closed-End Funds
Yes
Yes
-Bitcoin-Related Entities (e.g., entities deriving a substantial amount of revenue therefrom) or funds investing primarily in cryptocurrency (e.g., private funds or ETFs)
Yes
Yes
- Open End Mutual Funds (Affiliated – Rydex, Transparent Value (TV), GFunds except money market fund)
No
Yes
- Open End Mutual Funds (not advised by the Advisers covered by the code)
No
No
-Money Market Funds – Affiliated & Unaffiliated
No
No
-Bankers’ Acceptances & Bank CDs
No
No
-Commercial Paper
-Repurchase Agreements
-Affiliated & Unaffiliated Unit Investment Trusts invested exclusively in mutual funds
No
No
-Cryptocurrencies (direct investment)
No
No
 
Page 10 of 19

 
Special Transaction Types:
Special Transaction Type**:
Pre-Clearance Required:
Include on Quarterly Transaction & Annual Holdings Reports:
IPOs (issued directly from the underwriting syndicate)
Prohibited
Prohibited
Initial Coin Offerings (“ICOs”)
Prohibited
Prohibited
Limited Offering
Yes
Yes
Participation in Investment Clubs
Prohibited
Prohibited
Private Placements
Yes
Yes
Automatic Dividend Reinvestments
No***
No***
Automatic Investment Plan
No***
No***
Exercising a put/call option that you purchased
Yes
Yes
Purchases/sales resulting from a put/call option written by you being exercised by other party
No
Yes
Tender offer transactions**
No
Yes
Acquisition of securities by gift or inheritance
No
Yes
Sale of securities acquired by gift or inheritance****
Yes
Yes
Trades in accounts managed on a discretionary basis by broker/RIA (documentation required)
No
Yes
Guggenheim Capital LLC membership interests
No
No
Guggenheim 401K****
Yes
Yes
Purchases arising from the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, as long as you acquired these rights from the issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.
No
Yes
Transactions which are non-volitional on your part, including sales from a margin account due to a bona fide margin call.
No
Yes
Transactions effected for any account over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control.
No
No
**You will be required to provide additional supporting documentation to the extent the information is not available on your brokerage statements.
***Any transaction that overrides the pre-set schedule of the automatic investments plan must be pre-cleared and reported.  Annual Holdings report must represent updated holdings resulting from any automatic investment plans.
****Pre-clearance is required to the extent that it is for a security type listed above under ‘Pre-Clearance required’.

The above transactions that are not subject to pre-clearance are also NOT subject to the prohibition of selling securities (discussed in section 7 below), the seven-day blackout period on personal securities transactions (discussed in section 8 below), or the excessive trading limitation (discussed in section 9 below).
7. Pre-Approval of Private Placements and Limited Offerings
You must obtain approval from the Compliance Officer before acquiring beneficial ownership of any securities offered in connection with a private placement or limited offering (“private investment”). In determining whether to grant pre-approval, the Compliance Officer will consider, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity could be offered to a client  Approval by the Guggenheim Conflicts Review Committee is required in the event that it is determined that a proposed or existing personal private investment involves one or more potential significant conflicts of interest.
8. Prohibition of Participation in IPOs and Investment Clubs
You shall not acquire beneficial ownership of any securities offered in connection with an IPO or Investment Club. You shall not participate in any Investment Clubs.  If you have any questions regarding whether an arrangement is an Investment Club, please contact the GI Intermediary Compliance Department.

9. Prohibition on Trading in Commodity Interests and Related Futures

Trading in Commodity Interests and related Futures are generally prohibited, except for the following types of futures:
·
Futures referencing broad-based securities indices: for example, S&P 500, NASDAQ 100, and Russell 2000;
·
Futures referencing major currencies: for example, Euro, Yen, Australian dollar, and British pound;
·
Futures referencing the following physical commodities: Silver, Gold, Oil, and Natural Gas; and
Page 11 of 19

 
 
·
Futures referencing US Government debt obligations: for example, 30 year Treasury bond, 10/5 year Treasury notes and long-term Treasury bonds

Access Persons should consult with GI Intermediary Compliance with regard to whether a particular instrument is a commodity interest. Senior management, together with the CCO, may grant exceptions to this prohibition on a case-by-case basis and approval will be conditioned on compliance with certain requirements.

10. Sixty-Day Prohibition on Selling/Buying Securities
You cannot purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, the same security within 60 calendar days. This prohibition does not apply to securities and transactions that are not subject to the pre-clearance requirement (discussed in section 5 above).
11. Seven-Day Blackout Period on Personal Securities Transactions
You cannot purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any security in which you had (or by reason of such transaction acquire) any beneficial ownership, at any time within seven calendar days before or after the time that the same (or a related): (i) the security is being purchased or sold by any Fund; (ii) the security is being purchased for initial deposit in a Fund that is an unit investment trust or the security is in an unit investment trust is being terminated and is being sold prior to termination date.
This prohibition does not apply to securities and transactions that are not subject to the pre-clearance requirement (discussed in section 6 above).
11.1. Exception to Blackout Period
The seven-day blackout period does not apply to the purchase or sale of any security (i) of a company with a market capitalization in excess of $1 billion and (ii) made in dollar amounts less than $25,000.  The exception to the blackout period does not apply to the purchase and sale of options, the GI restricted list and any other derivatives or futures.
12. Excessive Trading
You shall not make more than 60 securities trades in any calendar quarter.  Transactions that do not require pre-clearance are not included in the 60 securities trades permitted during any calendar quarter.
13.  Cryptocurrencies Trading
Cryptocurrency, virtual currency, ICOs, coins, tokens, and commodity or other derivative interests related thereto, are emerging areas for investment and the financial services industry.  Purchases and sales of direct investments in cryptocurrency (e.g., virtual currency such as bitcoin) are not required to be pre-cleared or reported, however, trading in cryptocurrencies and securities and issuers that derive a substantial portion of their revenue from activities related to cryptocurrencies are subject to the following guidelines:

·
You may not acquire beneficial ownership of any cryptocurrencies offered in connection with an ICO;
·
You may not purchase or sell virtual coin futures or options; and
·
Investments in bitcoin-related entities (e.g., entities deriving a substantial amount of revenue therefrom) or funds investing primarily in cryptocurrency (e.g., private funds or ETFs) are permitted but must be pre-cleared prior to investment and reported in the Initial Holdings Report, Quarterly Personal Securities Transactions Report, and Annual Holdings Report.

Access persons should consult with GI Intermediary Compliance with regard to whether a particular interest is a cryptocurrency for purposes of this Code.  The CCO(s), in consultation with Senior Management and Legal as necessary, may grant exceptions to this prohibition on a case-by-case basis and approval may be conditioned on compliance with certain requirements.
The standards above are subject to change depending on emerging regulatory requirements and firm and client activities and certain cryptocurrencies may be restricted and require pre-clearance and reporting in the future.
Page 12 of 19

 
Part C
Natural Control Persons

General Obligations.
1. Providing a List of Securities – Initial and Annual Holdings Reports
1.1.  Initial Holdings Reports.  You must submit the initial listing within 10 calendar days of the date you first become an access person. The initial listing should be a complete listing of all investment accounts and securities you beneficially own as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date you become an access person.
1.2. Annual Holdings Reports.  In addition to the Initial Holdings Report, each following year, you must submit a revised list showing the investment accounts and securities you beneficially own as of December 31.  You must submit each annual update listing no later than 30 calendar days after December 31.
The Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Reports, as applicable, will be submitted electronically, through the Compliance Platform. You will receive notification via email when the applicable report is due, including instructions on how to access the information and complete the report.
You are not required to provide this list of securities if you are not currently affiliated with or employed by a Company covered by this Code.
2. Brokerage Accounts
All investment accounts of new Access Persons and any investment accounts of current Access Persons must be maintained with brokerage firms designated and approved by Central Compliance.

Existing investment accounts of new Access Persons which are not held at the permitted broker-dealers must be transferred within 90 calendar days from the date the Access Person is so designated; the failure to transfer within this time will be considered a violation of this Code. Any request to extend the 90-day transfer deadline must be accompanied by a written explanation by the current broker-dealer as to the reason for delay. GI Intermediary Compliance Department may grant specific exceptions in writing.

Prior to opening a new reportable investment account you are required to obtain consent from the GI Intermediary Compliance Department.  Upon opening a reportable investment account or obtaining an interest in an account that requires reporting, the account must be reported within 5 calendar days of funding the investment account. The investment account must be pre-cleared prior to opening and reported after the investment account is opened or interest is obtained via the Compliance Platform or as otherwise permitted by Compliance, along with the title of the account, the name of the financial institution for the account, the date the account was established (or the date on which interest or authority that requires the account to be reported was gained) and the date reported.

3. Duplicate Brokerage Confirmations and Statements
If your brokerage firm provides automatic feeds for your investment accounts to the Compliance Platform, the Advisor will obtain account information electronically, after the Access Person has completed the appropriate authorizations as required by the brokerage firm.

If the brokerage firm does not provide automatic feeds to the Compliance Platform, you are responsible for providing duplicate statements such investment accounts to the GI Intermediary Compliance Department and the Guggenheim Employee Trading group within 20 days after Quarter End.
4. Required Transaction Reports – Quarterly Personal Securities Transaction Reports
On a quarterly basis you must report any securities transactions, as well as any investment accounts. You must submit your report no later than 30 calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected. The Quarterly Personal Securities Transaction Reports are required in addition to delivery of duplicate brokerage confirmations and statements (via automatic feed or hard copy).  Access Persons must submit
Page 13 of 19

 
Quarterly Personal Securities Transactions Reports electronically, through the Compliance Platform. You will receive notification via email when the Quarterly Personal Securities Transaction Report is due, including instructions on how to access the information and complete the report.
If you had no reportable transactions or did not open any securities accounts during the quarter, you are still required to report that you did not have any transactions.
5. What Securities Are Covered Under Your Quarterly Obligation?
You must report all transactions in securities that: (i) you directly or indirectly beneficially own or (ii) because of the transaction, you acquire direct or indirect beneficial ownership. The report must also include any account you established in which securities were held during the quarter.  You are not required to detail or list purchases or sales effected for any account over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control.
You may include a statement in your report that the report shall not be construed as your admission that you have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security included in the report.
6. Pre-Approval of Private Placements and Limited Offerings
You must obtain approval from the Compliance Officer before acquiring beneficial ownership of any securities offered in connection with a private placement or limited offering (“private investment”). In determining whether to grant pre-approval, the Compliance Officer will consider, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity could be offered to a client.  Approval by the Guggenheim Conflicts Review Committee is required in the event that it is determined that a proposed or existing personal private investment involves one or more potential significant conflicts of interest.
7. Prohibition in Participation in IPOs and Investment Clubs
You shall not acquire beneficial ownership of any securities offered in connection with an IPO or Investment Club. You shall not participate in any Investment Clubs.  If you have any questions regarding whether an arrangement is an Investment Club, please contact the Compliance Department.

8. Prohibition on Trading in Commodity Interests and Related Futures

Trading in Commodity Interests and related Futures are generally prohibited, except for the following types of futures:
·
Futures referencing broad-based securities indices: for example, S&P 500, NASDAQ 100, and Russell 2000;
·
Futures referencing major currencies: for example, Euro, Yen, Australian dollar, and British pound;
·
Futures referencing the following physical commodities: Silver, Gold, Oil, and Natural Gas; and
·
Futures referencing US Government debt obligations: for example, 30-year Treasury bond, 10/5 year Treasury notes and long-term Treasury bonds

Access Persons should consult with GI Intermediary Compliance with regard to whether a particular instrument is a commodity interest. Senior management, together with the CCO, may grant exceptions to this prohibition on a case-by-case basis and approval will be conditioned on compliance with certain requirements.

9. Cryptocurrencies Trading

Cryptocurrency, virtual currency, ICOs, coins, tokens, and commodity or other derivative interests related thereto, are emerging areas for investment and the financial services industry.  Purchases and sales of direct investments in cryptocurrency (e.g., virtual currency such as bitcoin) are not required to be pre-cleared or reported, however, trading in cryptocurrencies and securities and issuers that derive a substantial portion of their revenue from activities related to cryptocurrencies are subject to the following guidelines:

·
You may not acquire beneficial ownership of any cryptocurrencies offered in connection with an ICO;
·
You may not purchase or sell virtual coin futures or options; and
·
Investments in bitcoin-related entities (e.g., entities deriving a substantial amount of revenue therefrom) or funds investing primarily in cryptocurrency (e.g., private funds or ETFs) are permitted but must be pre-cleared prior to investment and reported in the Initial Holdings Report, Quarterly Personal Securities Transactions Report, and Annual Holdings Report.
Page 14 of 19

 
Access persons should consult with GI Intermediary Compliance with regard to whether a particular interest is a cryptocurrency for purposes of this Code.  The CCO(s), in consultation with Senior Management and Legal as necessary, may grant exceptions to this prohibition on a case-by-case basis and approval may be conditioned on compliance with certain requirements.

The standards above are subject to change depending on emerging regulatory requirements and firm and client activities and certain cryptocurrencies may be restricted and require pre-clearance and reporting in the future.
Page 15 of 19

 
Appendix A
Definitions
 
Advisers Access Person includes: (a) any trustee, director or officer of any Fund, Advisor and/or Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC and (b) any supervised person who has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities or the portfolio holdings of any client or reportable fund is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.
Sub-Advisor Access Person includes any trustee, director, officer or employee of any sub-adviser who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of a Security by a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales.
Automatic Investment Plan means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
Beneficial ownership means the same as under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 16a-1(a)(2) thereunder. You should generally consider yourself the beneficial owner of any security in which you have a direct or indirect pecuniary interest, which is the opportunity to profit directly or indirectly or share in any profit derived from a transaction securities. In addition, you should consider yourself the beneficial owner of securities held by your spouse, your minor children, a relative who shares your home, or other persons by reason of any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship that provides you with sole or shared voting or investment power.
Compliance Officer means, as applicable, the chief compliance officer of Rydex Dynamic Funds, Rydex Series Funds, Rydex Variable Trust, Guggenheim Funds Trust, Guggenheim Variable Funds Trust, Guggenheim Strategy Funds Trust, Transparent Value Trust, Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity Fund, Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Bonds Managed Duration Trust, Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund, Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund, and Guggenheim Energy & Income Fund pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act, or the chief compliance officer of Security Investors, LLC, Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisers, LLC or Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC pursuant to Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act, or any person designated by such chief compliance officer to act in the chief compliance officer’s absence.  As of January 2018, the Compliance Officers are:
Entity
Rydex Dynamic Funds, Rydex Series Funds, Rydex Variable Trust,  Guggenheim Funds Trust, Guggenheim Variable Funds Trust, Guggenheim Strategy Funds Trust, and Transparent Value Trust
Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity Fund, Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Bonds Managed Duration Trust, Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund, Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund, and Guggenheim Energy & Income Fund
Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC
Security Investors, LLC and Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisers, LLC
Compliance Officer
Elisabeth Miller
Joanna Catalucci
Dennis Metzger
Margaux Misantone

Compliance Administrator means a compliance personnel employee designated by the Compliance Officer.
Control means the same as that under Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act. Section 2(a)(9) provides that “control” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company. Ownership of 25% or more of a company’s outstanding voting securities is presumed to give the holder of such securities control over the company. This presumption may be countered by the facts and circumstances of a given situation.
Page 16 of 19


Cryptocurrency generally means any virtual currency (e.g., bitcoin, ethereum, litecoin, etc.) or digital representation of value that functions as a medium of exchange, a unit of account, and/or a store of value that does not have indicia of being a security (e.g., initial coin offerings (ICOs)) under the federal securities laws.
Investment Account generally means any account over which the Access Persons has Beneficial Ownership which can, even if the account does not currently, hold Securities.  It includes the following accounts:
·
Any investment account with a broker-dealer or bank over which the Access Person has investment decision-making authority (including accounts that the Access Person is named on, such as being a guardian, executor or trustee, as well as accounts that Access Person is not named on such as an account owned by another person but for which the Access Person has been granted trading authority).
·
Any investment account with a broker-dealer or bank established by partnership, corporation, or other entity in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest through any formal or informal understanding or agreement.
·
Any college savings account in which the Access Person has investment discretion and which holds Securities issued under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code and in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest.
·
Any other account that the CCO deems appropriate in light of the Access Person’s interest or involvement.
·
Any account in which the Access Person’s Immediate Family is the owner. Access Persons are presumed to have investment decision-making authority for, and therefore should report, any investment account of a member of their Immediate Family if they live in the same household.
·
Any 401(k) accounts from a previous employer which can or offer the ability to hold Securities.

Independent Trustee means a trustee or director of a Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
Initial public offering (“IPO”) means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Interested Trustee means a trustee or director of a Fund who is an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
Limited offering means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Investment Club means a group of people who pool their money to make investments.  Usually investment clubs are organized as partnerships and after the members study different investments, the group decides to buy or sell based on a majority vote of the members.
Private placement means a non-public offering of securities conducted in reliance on an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933.
Purchase or sale of a security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security.
Reportable fund means any fund, except money market funds, for which an Advisor serves as investment adviser, any fund whose investment adviser or principal underwriter controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Advisers, or any closed-end fund regardless of affiliation.  For purposes of this Code definition, control has the same meaning as it does above.
Security means the same as that set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, except that it does not include direct obligations of the U.S. Government, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, shares of registered open-end mutual funds other than reportable funds, and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements. A high quality short-term debt instrument is an instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a NRSRO.  For purposes of this Code, a security includes shares issued by exchange-traded funds, futures, index futures, commodities futures, commodities, options on futures, and other types of derivatives.  A security also includes options on securities and single stock futures.   A security also does not include shares issued by UITs that are invested exclusively in one or more unaffiliated open-end funds, none of which are reportable funds.
Page 17 of 19

 
A security held or to be acquired by any Fund or any client account means any security which, within the most recent 15 days, (i) is or has been held by any Fund or any client account or (ii) is being or has been considered by an Advisor or sub-adviser for purchase by a Fund or client account, and any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for any security.
A security is being purchased or sold by a Fund or a client account from the time a purchase or sale program has been communicated to the person who places buy and sell orders for the Fund or client account until the program has been fully completed or terminated.
Tradable Funds are those Funds that are designed for active trading and do not impose limits on shareholder transactions.
Page 18 of 19



Code of Ethics Certification of Compliance


This is to certify that I have reviewed the Code of Ethics (“Code”) and that I understand its terms and requirements. I hereby certify that:
 
· I have complied with the Code during the course of my association with the entities covered by the Code;
· I will continue to comply with the Code in the future;
· I will promptly report to a Compliance Officer any violation or possible violation of the Code of which I become aware; and
· I understand that a violation of the Code may be grounds for disciplinary action or termination of my employment and may also be a violation of federal and/or state securities laws.
 
Name:        ________________________
Signature: ________________________
Date: ________________

Page 19 of 19



 
Sponsor
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC
Chief Compliance Officer

Owner
GPIM Director of Policies & Procedures

Contact
Arik.Hirschfeld@GuggenheimPartners.com

Effective Date
March 30, 2018
 
 



 
Table of Contents
1. Objectives of the Code of Ethics 4
2. Who is Subject to the Code? 4
3. Who Administers the Code? 5
3.1. Chief Compliance Officer 5
3.2. Code of Ethics Compliance Platform 6
4. Fiduciary Duty to Clients 7
4.1. Managing Conflicts 7
4.2. Confidentiality and Safeguarding Information 7
4.3. Prohibition on Front Running 7
4.4. Compliance with the Code of Ethics 7
5. Reporting of Personal Trading 8
5.1. Which Investment Accounts Do Access Persons Need to Report? 8
5.2. Required Initial Holdings Reports and Certifications 9
5.3. Required Quarterly Transaction Reports 10
5.4. Annual Holdings Reports and Certifications 12
5.5. New Investment Accounts 12
6. Pre-clearance for Personal Trading 12
6.1. Trades Requiring Pre-Clearance 13
6.2. Trades Not Requiring Pre-Clearance 13
6.3. Prohibited Transactions 14
7. Trading Restrictions 15
7.1. For All Trading 15
7.2. Excessive Trading in Reportable Accounts 15
7.3. Holding Periods 15
8. Annual Review 16
9. Retention of Records 16
10. Sanctions 16
11. Interpretations and Exceptions 17
12.
Supplement 1 – Transactions in Closed End Funds (“CEFs”) Advised or Sub-Advised by the Advisor
18
13.
Supplement 2 – Transactions in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) Advised or Sub-Advised by the Advisor and Securities Traded by Such Funds
20

 
14.
Supplement 3 – Transactions in Unit Investment Trusts (“UITs”) for Which the Advisor Assists with the Selection of Securities Traded by Such Trusts
21



 
1.
Objectives of the Code of Ethics
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (“GPIM” or the “Advisor”), its subsidiaries and affiliated investment advisers are committed to conducting our investment advisory business with the highest legal and ethical standards. We aim to uphold our reputation of integrity and professionalism in the furtherance of the interests of our clients and in a manner that is consistent with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. This reputation is a vital business asset and has generated the trust and confidence of GPIM’s clients.
Accordingly, the Advisor has adopted this Code of Ethics (the “Code”) to effectuate the purposes and objectives of Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and in accordance with industry best practices. All persons associated with the Advisor are responsible for knowing and understanding the policies and guidelines contained in the Code. Our conduct should reflect GPIM’s values, demonstrate ethical leadership, and promote a work environment that upholds our reputation for integrity, ethical conduct and trust. The Code sets forth the general principles and standards of conduct expected from you. It cannot and is not intended to cover every scenario or circumstances under which you may face business and personal conflicts. Technical compliance is not enough and you are expected to comply with the spirit of the Code.
Compliance monitors, surveils and escalates to the business when appropriate. The GPIM Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and GPIM Compliance Department should be contacted for advice and recommendations as to compliance with regulatory requirements, this Code and together with the GPIM Compliance Manual (“Manual”), the Compliance Program. However, the business has primary authority and control over the investment activities and operation of GPIM and for managing employees. Access Persons should contact Guggenheim Partners’ Central Compliance Department (“Central Compliance”) with any questions on employee trading and activities.
If you have any questions, please speak to a member of the GPIM Compliance Department.
2.
Who is Subject to the Code?
As a condition of employment, all individual employees, officers, principals, partners and directors of GPIM (generally referred to as “Employees”) are required to comply with the Code. In addition, the following categories of persons are considered to be Access Persons and are required to comply with the Code together with Employees. “Access Person1 includes any:
a.
Employee, Director, officer, manager, principal and partner of the Advisor (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), or other person who provides advice on behalf of the Advisor or is subject to the Advisor’s supervision and control;
b.
Any person who:
 



1 This includes any arrangement where the Access Person serves as an agent, executor, trustee or in another capacity.
4

 
 
i.
Has access to nonpublic information regarding any of the Advisor’s client’s purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any client account the Advisor or their affiliates manage, or any fund which is advised or sub-advised by the Advisor (or certain affiliates, where applicable);
ii.
Makes recommendations or investment decisions on behalf of the Advisor;
iii.
Has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management and policies of the Advisor, or over investment decisions, who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a client account with regard to the purchase or sale of a security;
iv.
The CCO shall determine on a case-by-case basis whether a temporary employee (e.g., consultant or intern) should be considered an Access Person. Such determination shall be made based upon an application of the criteria provided above, whether an appropriate confidentiality agreement is in place, and such other information as may be necessary to ensure that proprietary information is protected. As such, temporary employees may only be subject to certain sections of the Code, such as certifying to it, or may be exempt from certain reporting requirements such as not having to hold their reportable accounts at the permitted broker-dealers; or
v.
Any person deemed to be an Access Person by the CCO.
3.
Who Administers the Code?
3.1.
Chief Compliance Officer
3.1.1.
Responsibilities
The Advisor’s Compliance Department (the “GPIM Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering the Code of Ethics under the auspices and responsibility of the CCO and the Advisor’s senior management. The CCO will delegate appropriate responsibilities to designated members of the GPIM Compliance Department. Central Compliance administers certain sections of the Code of Ethics pertaining to Employee activities.
3.1.2.
Reporting of Violations
If an Access Person becomes aware of a violation of this Code, the Access Person has an obligation to report the matter promptly to the CCO. Nothing in this policy prohibits an Access Person from contacting a securities regulator.
3.1.3.
Review of Violations
The GPIM Compliance Department will review all violations of the Code and oversee any appropriate investigation and subsequent response. As the designee of senior management, the CCO shall have the right to make final and binding interpretations
5

 
of the Code and may grant, using his/her discretion, exceptions to certain of the Code’s requirements and restrictions.
No Employee, who in good faith reports a violation of this Code, shall suffer harassment, retaliation or with respect to a report concerning a violation by another Employee, adverse employment consequences.
An Employee who retaliates against someone who has reported a violation in good faith may be subject to disciplinary action. Alternatively, the Advisor will treat any malicious or knowingly false report of a violation to be a serious offense and may discipline the Employee making such a report.
3.1.4.
Review of CCO Compliance with Code
A member of senior management of the Advisor or any other person designated (e.g., a member of the Legal Department or the Global Head of Compliance or his designee), who may or may not be an Employee of the Advisor, is responsible for reviewing the CCO’s personal trading reports and Code certifications required under the Code. If the CCO is in violation of the Code, senior management will impose the appropriate sanction(s).
3.1.5.
Employee Cooperation
Employees are encouraged to share questions, concerns, suggestions or complaints with the GPIM Compliance Department. Reports of violations or suspected violations will be kept confidential to the extent possible, but consistent with the need to conduct an adequate investigation.
3.2.
Code of Ethics Compliance Platform
3.2.1.
Use of Compliance Platform
The Advisor utilizes an electronic Compliance Platform, to manage the Code’s reporting and certification obligations. Access Persons are required to use the Compliance Platform, to the extent practical.
Code reporting requirements are to be completed through the Compliance Platform (including certifications, personal securities transactions covered by the Code, disciplinary disclosures, outside business affiliations, private transactions, board memberships, and gifts and entertainment) or through an alternate manner approved by the GPIM Compliance Department.
At the time of designation as an Access Person, Central Compliance will provide all Access Persons with login information and instructions for using the Compliance Platform.
3.2.2.
Electronic Reporting
Quarterly personal securities transaction reporting and annual holdings reporting will be completed electronically, to the extent practical. In order for duplicate brokerage
6

 
statements to be sent directly to the Compliance Platform or for electronic feeds to be established, Access Persons may need to provide appropriate authorization to their brokers.
3.2.3.
Exceptions to Electronic Reporting
On a case by case basis and at the discretion of Central Compliance, paper reports and certifications may be accepted in lieu of electronic reporting on the Compliance Platform.
4.
Fiduciary Duty to Clients
4.1.
Managing Conflicts
Access Persons owe a fiduciary duty to clients and have an obligation to act in their clients’ best interests. Access Persons must scrupulously avoid serving personal or conflicted interests ahead of the interests of clients. Conflicts and potential conflicts can arise in a variety of situations. All Access Persons must also seek to identify and appropriately address potential conflicts between and among client accounts as well. One client’s interests may not be favored over the interests of another. The Manual, available via OneGuggenheim, includes the Private Transactions Conflicts of Interests Review Policy that provides additional guidance and procedures for addressing potential conflicts within a business transaction context.
4.2.
Confidentiality and Safeguarding Information
Unless permitted in writing prior to disclosure, information regarding clients or their accounts may not be shared with persons outside of the Advisor, such as vendors, family members, or market participants. In particular, information regarding the trading intentions of clients or the Advisor on behalf of its clients may not be shared. Access Persons may have information regarding clients, their investment strategies, strategic plans, assets, holdings, transactions, personnel matters and other information. This information must remain confidential and may not be shared outside the Advisor.
4.3.
Prohibition on Front Running
Front-running, or engaging in conduct that may be construed as front-running, is strictly prohibited under this Code. Such conduct generally involves an Access Person purchasing or selling a Covered Security for his/her own account(s) on the basis of trading plans or actual trading positions of the Advisor’s client account(s) over which the Access Person has investment control when the Access Person knows that such order is likely to materially change a price received by a client or move a market to the benefit of the Access Person and detriment of the client. Proprietary, Access Persons’, and discretionary accounts will be monitored for front-running.
4.4.
Compliance with the Code of Ethics
7

 
On a quarterly basis, Access Persons are required to acknowledge that they have reviewed, understand and agree to comply with the Code. A current copy of this Code is available via OneGuggenheim.
5.
Reporting of Personal Trading
It is the sole responsibility of the Access Person to ensure that all reporting requirements are completed by the timeframes set forth by this Code. This may mean that the Access Person may have to enter information manually, provide statements or follow up with his/her broker-dealer or bank.
5.1.
Which Investment Accounts Do Access Persons Need to Report?
Generally, any account which is in the name of the Access Person and members of his/her Immediate Family2, which can, even if the account does not currently, hold Covered Securities (as defined in Section 5.3.1) will need to be reported.
5.1.1.
Report any of the following Investment Accounts:
a.
The Access Person has Beneficial Ownership3 over an Investment Account.
b.
Any Investment Account with a broker-dealer or bank over which the Access Person has investment decision-making authority (including accounts that the Access Person is named on, such as being a guardian, executor or trustee, as well as accounts that Access Person is not named on such as an account owned by another person but for which the Access Person has been granted trading authority).
c.
Any Investment Account with a broker-dealer or bank established by partnership, corporation, or other entity in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest through any formal or informal understanding or agreement.
d.
Any college savings account in which the Access Person has investment discretion and which holds securities issued under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code and in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest.
e.
Any other account that the CCO deems appropriate in light of the Access Person’s interest or involvement.
 



2 Immediate Family includes, but is not limited to, a spouse, child, grandchild, stepchild, parent, grandparent, sibling, mother or father-in-law, son or daughter-in-law, or brother or sister-in-law, living in the same household, or otherwise dependent on the Access Person. Access Persons may rebut this presumption if they are able to provide the Advisor with satisfactory assurances that they have no material interest in the account and exercise no control over investment decisions made regarding the account. Access Persons should consult with Central Compliance for guidance regarding this process.

3 A person has Beneficial Ownership if he or she, directly or indirectly through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary (financial) interest in a (i) security or (ii) accounts which can hold securities, including but not limited to: individual, joint, partnership, custodial, trust, IRA, UGMA and KEOGH accounts. The determination of Beneficial Ownership is the responsibility of each Access Person: it is a fact-based decision.
8

 
 
f.
Any account in which the Access Person’s Immediate Family is the owner. Access Persons are presumed to have investment decision-making authority for, and therefore should report, any Investment Account of a member of their Immediate Family if they live in the same household.
g.
Any 401(k) accounts from a previous employer which can, or offer the ability to, hold Covered Securities.
5.1.2.
Independently managed third-party account reporting:
a.
Access Persons must disclose managed/third-party discretionary accounts, i.e., where the person has “no direct or indirect influence or control”.
b.
Access Persons are required to obtain a signed copy of the Managed Account Letter (provided by Central Compliance) from their third-party investment advisor confirming that the advisor has authority to effect transactions on behalf of the account without obtaining prior consent of the Access Person and that the Access Person does not direct trades in the account.
c.
Access Persons should immediately notify Central Compliance in writing if there are any changes in control over the account or if there are any changes to the relationship between the trustee or third-party investment advisor and the Access Person (i.e., independent professional or friend or relative, unaffiliated versus affiliated firm). Please note that an immediate family member with discretion over a covered account is not considered a third-party advisor.
d.
Trades in managed/third-party discretionary accounts are not subject to the pre-clearance requirements and trading restrictions of the Code.
e.
Account holdings/transactions in such accounts do not need to be reported if the Access Person has no influence or control over the account.
5.2.
Required Initial Holdings Reports and Certifications
Information that is required when you initially become subject to the Advisor’s Code:
a.
Access Persons must report all of their Investment Accounts. (See Section 5.1.1 for more information.)
b.
The report must include copies of statements which include the name of the broker/dealer or bank, title on the account, security names, and the number of shares and principal amount of all holdings.
i.
If the Access Person’s brokerage firm provides automatic feeds to the Compliance Platform, the Advisor will obtain account information electronically, after the Access Person has completed the appropriate authorizations as required by the brokerage firm.
9

 
 
c.
All required account information must be reported within 10 calendar days from the date of hire, or the date on which the Access Person becomes an Employee of the Advisor and so designated as an Access Person, and the information must be current as of a date no more than 45 calendar days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person.
d.
Access Persons must complete a form certifying receipt and acknowledgement of this Code.
e.
All Access Persons and any new accounts of current Access Persons must maintain their personal brokerage accounts with brokerage firms designated and approved by Central Compliance.4 The CCO or his designee may provide exceptions to this policy on a limited basis, however the Access Person will be responsible for ensuring that the account statements and trade confirmations are received by Central Compliance in a timely manner.
f.
Existing accounts by new Access Persons which are not held at the permitted broker-dealers must be transferred within 60 calendar days from the date the Access Person is so designated; the failure to transfer within this time will be considered a violation of this Code. Any request to extend the 60 days transfer deadline must be accompanied by a written explanation by the current broker-dealer as to the reason for delay. Central Compliance may grant specific exceptions in writing.
5.3.
Required Quarterly Transaction Reports
5.3.1.
Information required on a quarterly basis:
Access Persons must report all their quarterly transactions in Covered Securities in which they have a direct or indirect beneficial interest, within at least 30 calendar days after quarter end.
Covered Securities,” as defined by the Acts, are any financial instrument related to a security, including:
Stock
Note
Treasury stock
Security future
Bond
Debenture
Evidence of indebtedness
 



4 The list of designated Broker Dealers is available on OneGuggenheim at: http://oneguggenheim/Compliance/Pages/Designated-Broker-Dealers.aspx?type=GPIM?Source=http://oneguggenheim/compliance/Pages/default.aspx
10

 
 
Investment contract
Voting trust certificate
Certificate of deposit for a security
Option on any security or on any group or index of securities (e.g., put, call or straddle)
Exchange traded fund (ETF)
Limited partnership
Certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement
Collateral-RIC certificate
Fractional undivided interest in oil, gas or other mineral right
Pre-organizational certificate or subscription
Transferable shares
Foreign unit trust (i.e., UCIT) and foreign mutual fund
Private Investments (as defined in Section 6.1 below). Please note that a Private Investment and Loan Pre-Clearance Form (available through OneGuggenheim) must be completed prior to any new investment.
Unit investment trusts (UIT)
Closed-end mutual funds
Any 529 college savings plans
Open-end mutual funds managed, advised or sub-advised by the Advisor or an affiliate, as applicable
Any other instrument that is considered a “security” under the applicable securities laws
The term “Covered Securities” does not include obligations of the U.S. government, futures on obligations of the U.S. government, bank loans, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short term debt instruments such as repurchase agreements, shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds, none of which are reportable funds, or open-end mutual funds which the Advisor or its affiliates, as applicable, do not manage, advise or sub-advise (Access Persons should be aware that investments in Guggenheim Funds through its 401(k) or Employee Investment Program are reportable as Covered Securities).
From time to time, the Compliance Platform may not receive all duplicate statements from brokers or may not receive them on a timely basis. In those cases, Access Persons will be notified by Central Compliance and must provide copies of the statements to Central Compliance who will forward the information to the Compliance Platform.
11

 
 
5.4.
Annual Holdings Reports and Certifications
5.4.1.
Information required on an annual basis:
Access Persons must provide a list of all Covered Securities in which they or their Immediate Family have a direct or indirect interest, including those not held in an account at a broker-dealer or bank. The list must include the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security. Access Persons must report the account number, account name and financial institution for each Investment Account with a broker-dealer or bank for which they are required to report.
Access Persons must report all accounts and holdings within 30 calendar days after year end via the Compliance Platform, or as otherwise permitted by Central Compliance, and the information must be current as of a date no more than 45 calendar days prior to the date the report is submitted.
Access Persons must also certify annually that they have complied with the requirements and have disclosed all holdings required to be disclosed pursuant to the requirements of this Code. In addition, Access Persons will respond to personal disciplinary history questions.
5.5.
New Investment Accounts
Upon opening a reportable account or obtaining an interest in an account that requires reporting, the account must be reported within 5 calendar days of funding the Investment Account. The account must be reported to Central Compliance via the Compliance Platform or as otherwise permitted by Central Compliance, along with the title of the account, the name of the financial institution for the account, the date the account was established (or the date on which interest or authority that requires the account to be reported was gained) and the date reported.
6.
Pre-clearance for Personal Trading
All Access Persons must pre-clear any trades in their Investment Accounts (except as provided below) through the Compliance Platform prior to execution. Prior to participating in any Private Investments (as defined below), all Access Persons must pre-clear (i.e., receive approval) for proposed transactions through Central Compliance. This is necessary in order to verify that there is no conflict between the desired trade and the Advisor’s current activities or the interests of the Advisor and its clients.
Approvals to trade in an Investment Account are generally only good on the day they are sought. If an Access Person receives approval to trade a security and does not execute the trade on the day the approval is received, the trade will need to be pre-cleared again if the Access Person still wants to execute the trade.
12

 
If an Access Person is in possession of material non-public information about any security, the Access Person must not trade it, in accordance with GPIM’s Insider Trading Policy (see the Manual for more information), despite pre-clearing the trade and receiving approval.
6.1.
Trades Requiring Pre-Clearance
1.
Covered Securities: Unless excluded below, Access Persons must pre-clear trades in Covered Securities through the Compliance Platform, which checks the trade against the Advisor’s Restricted List and any other applicable rules and guidelines. (See Section 5.3.1 above for the full list of Covered Securities.)
2.
Initial Public Offerings: Trades in IPO’s must be pre-cleared. Access Persons must request pre-approval by submitting the Private Investment and Loan Pre-Clearance Form to Central Compliance. The form is available on OneGuggenheim. Note: Any Employee who is also registered with a broker-dealer is prohibited from participating in an IPO.
3.
Private Investments: Private Investments include, but are not limited to investments in:  hedge funds, private equity funds, venture capital funds, other private fund vehicles and privately-held companies. New Access Persons must disclose any existing Private Investments within 10 days of becoming an Access Person. The Central Compliance Employee Activities Group sends an email to all new Access Persons with the Private Investments Disclosure Form, which they must complete. Existing Access Persons are required to seek prior written approval to invest in any new Private Investments and must complete the Private Investment and Loan Pre-Clearance Form (available through OneGuggenheim), providing information about the investment that will assist Central Compliance with the review of the request. The Guggenheim Capital Conflicts Review Committee (“CRC”) may also review private investment requests for approval, as necessary. Approval by the CRC is required in the event that it is determined that a proposed or existing private investment involves one or more potential significant conflicts of interest.
6.2.
Trades Not Requiring Pre-Clearance
1.
Government Securities/Certain Other Debt Instruments:  Trades in any direct obligations of the U.S. Government, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments including repurchase agreements are not required to be pre-cleared.
2.
Money Market Funds:  Trades in any investment company or fund that is a money market fund are not required to be pre-cleared.
3.
Open-End Registered Funds:  Trades in open-end mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by the Advisor or affiliates are not required to be pre-cleared.
4.
No Knowledge: Securities transactions where no knowledge of the transaction exists before it is completed are not required to be pre-cleared. For example, a transaction
13

 
effected by a trustee of a blind trust or discretionary trades involving an investment partnership, when the Access Person is neither consulted nor advised of the trade before it is executed, are not required to be pre-cleared. If an option is exercised, the underlying transaction need not be pre-cleared though the option itself must be pre-cleared.
5.
Certain Corporate Actions:  Any acquisition of securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, exercise of rights or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities is not required to be pre-cleared.
6.
529 College Savings Plans Not Advised or Sub-Advised by the Advisor:  Any transaction in units of a college savings plan established under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code, unless the underlying investment includes Open-End Registered Funds advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, are not required to be pre-cleared.
7.
Miscellaneous:  Any transaction in any other securities as Central Compliance may designate.
6.3.
Prohibited Transactions
1.
Investment Clubs: Participation in Investment Clubs is prohibited. Generally, an Investment Club is a group of people who pool their money to make investments. Usually, Investment Clubs are organized as partnerships and after members study different investments, the group decides to buy or sell based on a majority vote of the members. If you have any questions regarding whether an arrangement is an Investment Club, please contact Central Compliance.
2.
Commodity Interests:  Trading in Commodity Interests and related Futures are generally prohibited, except for the following types of futures: (i) Futures referencing broad-based securities indices (for example; S&P 500; NASDAQ 1000; and Russell 2000); (ii) Futures referencing major currencies (for example: Euro; Yen; Australian Dollar; and British Pound); (iii) Futures referencing the following physical commodities: Gold; Silver; Oil; and Natural Gas; and (iv) Futures referencing US Government debt obligations (for example: 30 year Treasury bond; 10/5 year Treasury Notes; and long-term Treasury Bonds).
Access Persons should consult with Central Compliance with regard to whether a particular instrument is a commodity interest. Senior management, together with the CCO, may grant exceptions to this prohibition on a case-by-case basis and approval will be conditioned on compliance with certain requirements.
14



7.
Trading Restrictions
7.1.
For All Trading
In addition to reporting and pre-clearance obligations, the Code also includes restrictions regarding the manner in which Covered Securities may be traded and held in any reportable Investment Accounts. (See Section 5.1.1 for more information.)
Regardless of whether a transaction is specifically prohibited in this Code, no person subject to this Code may engage in any personal securities transactions that (i) impact their ability to carry out their assigned duties or (ii) increase the possibility of an actual or apparent conflict of interest. Access Persons are prohibited from the following under any circumstances:
7.1.1.
Market Manipulation
Securities transactions may not be executed with the intent to raise, lower, or maintain the price of any security or to falsely create the appearance of trading activity.
7.1.2.
Trading on Inside Information
Transactions (e.g., purchases or sales) of any security cannot be made if in possession of material non-public information about the security or the issuer of the security. (Please also refer to the Manual for the Insider Trading Policy.)
7.1.3.
Front-running
No Access Person may trade ahead of a client transaction. (See Section 4.3 for more information.)
7.2.
Excessive Trading in Reportable Accounts
Access Persons may not engage in excessive trading in their reportable Investment Accounts. Access Persons shall not make more than 60 Covered Securities trades in any reporting quarter. Transactions that do not require pre-clearance are not included in the total, and buy or sell transactions respectively, executed in the same security on the same day, are considered to be one transaction (i.e., an approved transaction executed in lots throughout the day is considered one transaction).
Option Strategies
Option strategies such as option spreads that are executed on the same security on the same day, are considered to be one economic transaction. The multiple transactions that make up the option spread will not be counted as individual transactions towards the excessive trading limit.
7.3.
Holding Periods
7.3.1.
Registered Funds
15

 
 
Holding periods apply for certain funds advised or sub-advised by the Advisor. A list of applicable funds subject to additional personal trading policies is included as Supplements 1, 2 and 3.
After purchase in an account of a closed-end mutual fund advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, Access Persons must hold that security in that account for at least 60 calendar days from the date of purchase.
Note that this limitation also applies to any purchase or sale in an Access Person’s individual retirement account, 401(k), deferred compensation plan, or any similar retirement plan or Investment Account for their or their Immediate Family.
8.
Annual Review
The GPIM Compliance Department will review the adequacy of the policies and procedures contained in this Code and the effectiveness of its implementation on an annual basis. This review will consider any changes in the business activity of the Advisor and any changes to the Advisers Act or applicable regulations that might suggest a need to revise the policies and procedures contained herein. In addition, the GPIM Compliance Department will consider the need for interim reviews in response to significant compliance events, changes in business arrangements or regulatory developments.
9.
Retention of Records
This Code, as updated from time to time, acknowledgements of receipt of a copy of the Code by each Access Person, a list of all persons required to make reports hereunder from time to time, a copy of each report made by an Access Person and a record of any violation hereof and any action taken as a result of such violation, shall be maintained by the Advisor as required under the Advisers Act for a period of not less than 5 years.
Central Compliance will use best efforts to assure that all requests for pre-clearance, all personal securities transaction reports and all reports of securities holdings are treated as “Personal and Confidential.”  However, such documents will be available for inspection by appropriate regulatory agencies, and by other parties within the Advisor and its affiliates as are necessary to evaluate compliance with, or sanctions under, this Code.
10.
Sanctions
This Code is designed to facilitate compliance with applicable laws and to reinforce the Advisor’s reputation for integrity in the conduct of their businesses. For violations of this Code, sanctions may be imposed as deemed appropriate by the GPIM Compliance Department with Central Compliance and as applicable in coordination with senior management. Escalation will depend on the severity and frequency of the infraction considering the facts and circumstances such as potential or actual harm or reputational risk to clients, prospects or the Advisor. A pattern of violations that individually
16

 
do not violate the law, but which taken together demonstrate a pattern of lack of respect for the Code, may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.
Specifically, the Access Person shall be subject to remedial actions which may include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following:  (1) verbal warning and/or letter of instruction; (2) written memo or letter of caution (including requirement for additional training) or other measures; (3) enhanced supervision or management plan; (4) decrease in compensation, performance measure or other penalty; (5) termination of employment; or (6) referral to civil or governmental authorities for possible civil or criminal prosecution. If the Access Person is normally eligible for a discretionary bonus, violations of the Code may also reduce or eliminate the discretionary portion of his/her bonus.
11.
Interpretations and Exceptions
The GPIM Compliance Department shall have the right to make final and binding interpretations of the Code and may grant, at its discretion, exceptions to certain of the prohibited transactions as described in this Code. Any memorandum created regarding the granting of any such exceptions will be retained. Each Access Person must obtain written approval from the GPIM Compliance Department before taking any action regarding such an exception.
17

 

12.
Supplement 1 – Transactions in Closed End Funds (“CEFs”) Advised or Sub-Advised by the Advisor
With respect to transactions in CEFs advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, the following requirements are in addition to, or supplement, the requirements of the Advisor’s Code of Ethics (“Code”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code.
12.1.
Pre-Approval
Access Persons are required to obtain prior approval through the Compliance Platform before undertaking any transaction (e.g., purchase or sale) in CEFs advised or sub-advised by the Advisor. Pre-approval is in addition to, not a substitute, for other restrictions discussed below.
12.2.
Blackouts – Dividend
Access Persons are prohibited from trading in CEFs advised or sub-advised by the Advisor seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after the initial dividend of such CEF is declared. Access Persons are also prohibited from trading in CEFs advised or sub-advised by the Advisor seven (7) days before the dividend of such CEF is declared. Dividends that are automatically reinvested are not subject to the pre-approval requirement.
12.3.
Blackouts – Fund Securities
Access Persons with knowledge about or access to information about CEF equity transactions (“Equity Access Persons”) may not engage in personal transactions in equity securities to be traded in CEFs advised or sub-advised by the Advisor seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after such transaction.
12.4.
Holding Period
Access Persons are required to hold any purchase of CEFs advised or sub-advised by the Advisor for sixty (60) calendar days. Additional holding period requirements exist for persons deemed to be insiders of a closed-end fund for the purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such persons should contact Central Compliance prior to effecting trading in the closed end fund(s) for which they are an insider.
12.5.
Requests for Exceptions from Blackouts
Requests for exceptions from the blackout restriction should be submitted in writing to Central Compliance. Central Compliance shall respond to all such requests in writing.  Central Compliance will maintain records of all exception requests and records of all responses.
18


12.6.
Review of Trading
Central Compliance will review trading activity of Access Persons and in other client accounts, at least quarterly, to ensure compliance with the above procedures. A record of such reviews will be maintained by Central Compliance.
12.7.
Reporting of Transactions
Access Persons must email the CEFs Advisor at:  Section16Filings@guggenheimfunds.com, but in no event more than 24 hours, after any transaction in CEFs advised or sub-advised by the Advisor. Such reporting is required to make mandatory regulatory filings within the required time period.
19


13.
Supplement 2 – Transactions in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) Advised or Sub-Advised by the Advisor and Securities Traded by Such Funds
With respect to transactions in an ETF advised or sub-advised by the Advisor and equity securities traded by such Funds, the Advisor’s Access Persons are required to comply with the following requirements which are in addition to, or supplement, the requirements of the Advisor’s Code of Ethics (“Code”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code.
13.1.
Pre-Approval
Access Persons are required to obtain prior approval through the Compliance Platform before undertaking any transaction (e.g., purchase or sale) in an ETF advised or sub-advised by the Advisor and the securities held by such ETFs. Pre-approval is in addition to, not a substitute for, other guidelines discussed below.
13.2.
Blackouts – Fund Securities
With respect to the Advisor role as the advisor or sub-advisor to an ETF, no Access Person with knowledge about or access to information about ETF equity transactions (“Equity Access Persons”) shall engage in a securities transaction in an equity security recommended for inclusion or exclusion for the ETF from the time a final recommendation concerning such security is communicated, either to the Advisor’s investment decision-maker or to the ETF’s Advisor, until the security is purchased or sold by the ETF.
13.3.
Investment of Dividends
Dividends that are automatically reinvested are not subject to the pre-approval requirement.
13.4.
Requests for Exceptions from Blackouts
Requests for exceptions from the blackout restriction should be submitted in writing to Central Compliance. Central Compliance shall respond to all such requests in writing. Central Compliance will maintain records of all exception requests and records of all responses.
13.5.
Review of Trading
Central Compliance will review trading activity of Access Persons and in other client accounts, at least quarterly, to ensure compliance with the above procedures. A record of such reviews will be maintained by Central Compliance.
20


14.
Supplement 3 – Transactions in Unit Investment Trusts (“UITs”) for Which the Advisor Assists with the Selection of Securities Traded by Such Trusts
With respect to transactions in a UIT for which the Advisor assists with the selection of securities traded by such Trusts, and with respect to securities selected for inclusion for any such UIT, the Advisor’s Access Persons are required to comply with the following requirements which are in addition to, or supplement, the requirements of the Advisor’s Code of Ethics (“Code”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code.
14.1.
Blackouts
With respect to the Advisor’s role in security selection for UITs, no Access Person with knowledge about or access to information about UIT equity transactions (“Equity Access Persons”) shall engage in a securities transaction in an equity security recommended for inclusion or exclusion for the UIT from the time a final recommendation concerning such security is communicated to the UIT Sponsor until the time such security is deposited into the UIT.
14.2.
Requests for Exceptions from Blackouts
Requests for exceptions from the blackout restriction should be submitted in writing to Central Compliance. Central Compliance shall respond to all such requests in writing. Central Compliance will maintain records of all exception requests and records of all responses.
14.3.
Review of Trading
Central Compliance will review trading activity of Access Persons and in other client accounts, at least quarterly, to ensure compliance with the above procedures. A record of such reviews will be maintained by Central Compliance.
21


GUGGENHEIM TAXABLE MUNICIPAL MANAGED DURATION TRUST
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 Each of the undersigned officers and trustees of Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust, a statutory trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), do constitute and appoint Mark E. Mathiasen and Michael P. Megaris as true and lawful attorneys and agents, with full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to execute in the name and on behalf of each of the undersigned as such officer or trustee, a Registration Statement on Form N-2, including any pre-effective amendments and/or any post-effective amendments thereto and any subsequent Registration Statement of the Trust pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and any other filings in connection therewith, and to file the same under the 1933 Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or otherwise, with respect to the registration of the Trust, the registration or offering of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share; granting to such attorney and agent full power of substitution and revocation in the premises; and ratifying and confirming all that such attorney and agent may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.
This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which taken together shall constitute one instrument.




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of this 21st day of August, 2019.

/s/ Brian E. Binder 
Brian E. Binder
President, Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Randall C. Barnes 
Randall C. Barnes
Trustee
   
/s/ John L. Sullivan 
John L. Sullivan
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting
Officer and Treasurer
/s/ Donald A. Chubb, Jr. 
Donald A. Chubb, Jr.
Trustee
 
/s/ Jerry B. Farley 
Jerry B. Farley
Trustee
   
 
/s/ Roman Friedrich III 
Roman Friedrich III
Trustee
   
 
/s/ Amy J. Lee 
Amy J. Lee
Trustee
   
 
/s/ Ronald A. Nyberg 
Ronald A. Nyberg
Trustee
   
 
/s/ Ronald E. Toupin, Jr. 
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
Trustee




Subject to Completion, dated [●], 2019
The information in this Prospectus Supplement is not complete and may be changed. A Registration Statement relating to these securities has been filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. This Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
FORM OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT1
(to Prospectus dated            , 2019)
Shares
Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust
Common Shares
$    per Share


Investment Objective. Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust (the “Trust”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Trust’s investment objective is to provide current income with a secondary objective of long-term capital appreciation. The Trust cannot assure investors that it will achieve its investment objectives.
Investment Strategy. The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of taxable municipal securities. Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its net
(continued on following page)
NYSE Listing. The Trust’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the    Common Shares offered by this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “GBAB.” As of          , the net asset value (“NAV”) per share of the Trust’s Common Shares was $      per share, and the last reported sale price of the Trust’s Common Shares on the NYSE was $       per share, representing a [premium/discount] to NAV of      %.


Investing in the Trust’s Common Shares involves certain risks.  See “Risks” on page of the accompanying Prospectus and “ ” on page of this Prospectus Supplement.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
Per Share
Total(1)
Public offering price
$
$
Underwriting discount 
$
$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the Trust(2) 
$
$
                            (notes on following page)
The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about              .



This Prospectus Supplement is dated             .

1
In addition to the sections outlined in this form of prospectus supplement, each prospectus supplement actually used in connection with an offering conducted pursuant to the registration statement to which this form of prospectus supplement is attached will be updated to include such other information as may then be required to be disclosed therein pursuant to applicable law or regulation as in effect as of the date of each such prospectus supplement, including, without limitation, information particular to the terms of each security offered thereby and any related risk factors or tax considerations pertaining thereto. This form of prospectus supplement is intended only to provide a rough approximation of the nature and type of disclosure that may appear in any actual prospectus supplement used for the purposes of offering securities pursuant to the registration statement to which this form of prospectus supplement is attached, and is not intended to and does not contain all of the information that would appear is any such actual prospectus supplement, and should not be used or relied upon in connection with any offer or sale of securities.

S-1

(notes from previous page)
 

(1)
[The Trust has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional                common shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within     days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover overallotments, if any.  If such option is exercised in full, the public offering price, sales load, estimated offering expenses and proceeds, before expenses, to the Trust will be $     , $      and $      , respectively.  See “Underwriting.”]
(2)
Offering expenses payable by the Trust will be deducted from the Proceeds, before expenses, to the Trust.  Total offering expenses (other than sales load) are estimated to be $        , which will be paid by the Trust.

(continued from previous page)

assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes (“Managed Assets”) in taxable municipal securities, including Build America Bonds (“BABs”), which qualify for federal subsidy payments under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “Act”). Additionally, under normal market conditions, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than taxable municipal securities, including tax-exempt municipal securities, from which interest income is exempt from regular federal income tax (sometimes referred to as “tax-exempt municipal securities”), asset-backed securities (“ABS”), senior loans, and other income-producing securities. At least 80% of the Trust’s Managed Assets are invested in securities that, at the time of investment, are investment grade quality. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are below investment grade quality. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The Trust does not invest more than 25% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities in any one state of origin or more than 15% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are illiquid.
This Prospectus Supplement, together with the accompanying Prospectus, dated     , 2019, sets forth concisely the information that you should know before investing in the Trust’s Common Shares. You should read this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, which contain important information about the Trust, before deciding whether to invest, and you should retain them for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated,         2019 (the “SAI”), containing additional information about the Trust, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the accompanying Prospectus. This Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the SAI are part of a “shelf” registration statement filed with the SEC. This Prospectus Supplement describes the specific details regarding this offering, including the method of distribution. If information in this Prospectus Supplement is inconsistent with the accompanying Prospectus and SAI, you should rely on this Prospectus Supplement. You may request a free copy of the SAI, the table of contents of which is on page           of the accompanying Prospectus, or request other information about the Trust (including the Trust’s annual and semi-annual reports) or make shareholder inquiries by calling (800) 345-7999 or by writing the Trust, or you may obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Trust) from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Free copies of the Trust’s reports and the SAI will also be available from the Trust’s website at www.guggenheiminvestments.com.

The Trust’s common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the accompanying Prospectus.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, paper copies of the Trust’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website address to access the report.

     If you already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change, and you need not take any action. At any time, you may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from the Trust electronically by contacting your financial intermediary or, if you are a registered shareholder and your shares are held with the Trust’s transfer agent, Computershare, you may log into your Investor
S-2

 
Center account at www.computershare.com/investor and go to “Communication Preferences” or call 1-866-488-3559.
 
     You may elect to receive paper copies of all future shareholder reports free of charge. If you invest through a financial intermediary, you can contact your financial intermediary to request that you continue to receive paper copies of your shareholder reports; if you invest directly with the Trust, you may call Computershare at 1-866-488-3559. Your election to receive reports in paper form will apply to all funds held in your account with your financial intermediary or, if you invest directly, to all closed-end funds you hold.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus contain or incorporate by reference forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the federal securities laws, that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements describe the Trust’s plans, strategies, and goals and our beliefs and assumptions concerning future economic and other conditions and the outlook for the Trust, based on currently available information. In this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “objectives,” “goals,” “future,” “intends,” “seeks,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” and similar expressions are used in an effort to identify forward-looking statements, although some forward-looking statements may be expressed differently. The Trust is not entitled to the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
S-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
Prospectus Supplement
S-
 
S-
Prospectus Supplement Summary
S-
Summary of Trust Expenses
S-
Capitalization
S-
Use of Proceeds
S-
Recent Developments
S-
Underwriters
S-
Legal Matters
S-
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
S-
Additional Information
S-
 
Prospectus
 
 
 
Prospectus Summary
 
Summary of Trust Expenses
 
Senior Securities and Other Financial Leverage
 
The Trust
 
Use of Proceeds
 
Market and Net Asset Value Information
 
Investment Objective and Policies
 
The Trust’s Investments
 
Use of Financial Leverage
 
Risks
 
Management of the Trust
 
Net Asset Value
 
Distributions
 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
 
Description of Capital Structure
 
Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Trust’s Governing Documents
 
Closed-End Fund Structure
 
Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund
 
Tax Matters
 
Plan of Distribution
 
Custodian, Administrator, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent
 
Legal Matters
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Additional Information
 
Privacy Principles of the Trust
 
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information
 
 

 
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus in making your investment decisions. The Trust has not authorized any other person to provide you with different or inconsistent information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Trust takes no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information appearing in this Prospectus Supplement and in the accompanying Prospectus is accurate only as of the respective dates on their front covers. The Trust’s business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since such dates. The Trust will advise investors of any material changes to the extent required by applicable law.
S-4


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This is only a summary of information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Trust’s Common Shares. You should carefully read the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information, dated           , 2019 (the “SAI”), especially the information set forth under the headings “Investment Objective and Policies” and “Risks,” prior to making an investment in the Trust. Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the accompanying Prospectus.
 
The Trust 
Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust  (the “Trust”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company that commenced operations on [ ], 2010. The Trust’s primary investment objective is to provide current income with a secondary objective of long-term capital appreciation.
The Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share, are called “Common Shares” and the holders of Common Shares are called “Common Shareholders” throughout this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus.
   
Management of the Trust 
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as the Trust’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the Trust’s investment sub-adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”). Guggenheim Partners is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundation insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners with the supervision of more than $       billion of assets as of            . Guggenheim Partners is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe, and Asia. The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are referred to herein collectively as the “Adviser.”
   
Listing and Symbol 
The Trust’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GBAB.” As of            , the last reported sale price for the Trust’s Common Shares was $          . The net asset value (“NAV”) per share of the Trust’s Common Shares at the close of business on            , was $            .
   
Distributions 
The Trust has paid distributions to Common Shareholders monthly since inception. Payment of future distributions is subject to approval by the Trust’s Board of Trustees, as well as meeting the covenants of any outstanding borrowings and the asset coverage requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Trust’s next regularly scheduled distribution will be for the month ending                                       and, if approved by the Board of Trustees, is expected to be paid to common shareholders on or about           .
   
The Offering 
Common Shares Offered by the Trust
 
S-5

 
Common Shares Outstanding after the Offering
 
The number of Common Shares offered and outstanding after the offering assumes the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the Trust will issue an additional       Common Shares and will have                 Common Shares outstanding after the Offering.
 
The Trust’s Common Shares have recently traded at a premium to net asset value (“NAV”) per share and the price of the Common Shares is expected to be above net asset value per share. Therefore, investors in this offering are likely to experience immediate dilution of their investment. Furthermore, shares of closed-end investment companies, such as the Trust, frequently trade at a price below their NAV. The Trust cannot predict whether its Common Shares will trade at a premium or a discount to NAV.
   
Risks 
See “Risks” beginning on page      of the accompanying Prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in the Trust’s Common Shares.
   
Use of Proceeds 
The Trust estimates the net proceeds of the offering to be approximately $ . The Trust intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with its investment objective and policies as stated in the accompanying Prospectus. It is currently anticipated that the Trust will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with its investment objective and policies within            months after the completion of the offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in cash, cash equivalents or other securities, including U.S. government securities or high quality, short-term debt securities. The Trust may also use the proceeds for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses, although the Trust currently has no intent to issue Securities primarily for these purposes.

S-6

SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES
The following table contains information about the costs and expenses that Common Shareholders will bear directly or indirectly. The table is based on the capital structure of the Trust as of              (except as noted below) after giving effect to the anticipated net proceeds of the Common Shares offered pursuant to this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus and assuming that the Trust incurs the estimated offering expenses. The purpose of the table and the example below is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a holder of Common Shares, would bear directly or indirectly.
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
 
Sales load (as a percentage of offering price)
%
Offering expenses borne by the Trust (as a percentage of offering price)
%
Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan fees(1)
None
 

Annual Expenses
Percentage of Net Assets
Attributable to Common Shares
Management fees(2) 
%
Interest expense(3) 
%
Other expenses(4) 
%
Total annual expenses 
%

 

(1)
Dividend reinvestment plan participants that direct a sale of Common Shares through the Plan Agent are subject to a sales fee of $   plus $   per share sold. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
(2)
The Trust pays the Adviser an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 0.60% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets (net assets plus any assets attributable to Financial Leverage). The fee shown above is based upon outstanding Financial Leverage of       % of the Trust’s Managed Assets. If Financial Leverage of more than      % of the Trust’s Managed Assets is used, the management fees shown would be higher. Management fees calculated based on management fees earned for the year ended           divided by average net assets attributable to Common Shareholders for the period ended .
(3)
Interest expense is based on the Trust’s outstanding reverse repurchase agreements as of      , and assumes the use of leverage in the form of reverse repurchase agreements representing       % of the Trust’s Managed Assets at an annual interest rate cost to the Trust of      %. The actual interest expense will vary over time in accordance with the amount of reverse repurchase agreement transactions and variations in market interest rates.
(4)
Other expenses are estimated based upon those incurred during the fiscal year ended.
Example
The following Example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (1) “Total annual expenses” of  % of net assets attributable to Common Shares, (2) the sales load of $ and estimated offering expenses of $ , and (3) a 5% annual return*:
 
1 Year
3 Years
5 Years
10 Years
Total Expenses Incurred
$
$
$
$
 

*
The Example should not be considered a representation of future expenses or returns.  Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those assumed. Moreover, the Trust’s actual rate of return may be higher or lower than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the Example. The Example assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value.
S-7

CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the Trust’s capitalization at             :
(i)  on a historical basis;
(ii)  on an as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance of an aggregate of    Common Shares pursuant to the Trust’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan, and the application of the net proceeds from such issuances of Common Shares; and
(iii)  on an as further adjusted basis to reflect the assumed sale of      of Common Shares at a price of $       per share in an offering under this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus less the aggregate underwriting discount of $      and estimated offering expenses payable by the Trust of $      (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option).
 
Actual
As Adjusted
(unaudited)
As Further 
Adjusted
(unaudited)
Short-Term Debt:
     
Borrowings
$  
$
$
Common Shareholder’s Equity:
     
Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share; unlimited shares authorized,           shares issued and outstanding (actual),              shares issued and outstanding (as adjusted), and              shares issued and outstanding (as further adjusted)
     
Additional paid-in capital
     
Total distributable earnings (loss)
     
Net assets
     

S-8

USE OF PROCEEDS

The Trust estimates that the net proceeds to the Trust from this offering will be approximately $            million (or $              million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional Common Shares in full), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses borne by the Trust.
The Trust intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with its investment objective and policies as stated in the accompanying Prospectus. It is currently anticipated that the Trust will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with its investment objective and policies within              months after the completion of the offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in U.S. government securities or high quality, short-term money market securities. The Trust may also use the proceeds for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses, although the Trust currently has no intent to issue Common Shares primarily for this purpose.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
[TO COME, IF ANY]
S-9

UNDERWRITERS
[TO COME]
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters will be passed on by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, as special counsel to the Trust in connection with the offering of Common Shares. Certain legal matters will be passed on by                , , , as special counsel to the underwriters in connection with the offering of Common Shares.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Ernst & Young LLP, 1775 Tysons Blvd, Tysons, Virginia 22102, serves as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust and will annually render an opinion on the financial statements of the Trust.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
This Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus constitute part of a Registration Statement filed by the Trust with the SEC under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act. This Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus omit certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Trust and the Common Shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov).
S-10




 

$
Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust



Common Shares




FORM OF
PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT

 
 

 

S-11